Department of State bulletin

t

MZ

SIIiaEso

■^

the
Department

of
State

United States
Government Printing Office

DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

Washington 25, D. C.

PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID

PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. $300

(GPO)

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

The American Ambassador . . .

This 22-page pamphlet discusses the role of America's highest
ranking diplomatic official, the Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary. The pamphlet corrects prevalent misconceptions
about the operations of American posts abroad and presents a
brief historical discussion of American diplomacy from the
earliest days of the Nation to the present time. Other sections
deal with the American woman in diplomacy and the requirements
for the ideal ambassador in today's world.

Publication 6420

10 cents

The American Agricultural Attache . . .

In an expanding world community, American agriculture needs
information on agricultural developments in other countries,
assurance that the foreign market for American agricultural prod-
ucts will be maintained and promoted, and representation at the
international level. All three functions are performed by the 85
agricultural attaches in 54 countries throughout the world. This
23-page pamphlet contains an account of the development of the
agricultural attache service and a discussion of each of the func-
tions of the attache. A final section covers the requirements,
salaries, and assignment periods for the career service of the
agricultural attache.

Publication 6422

15 cents

Both of these pamphlets are available from the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Government Prmting Office, Washington 25,
D.C.

To:

Order Form

Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washini?ton 25, D.C.

Please send me ... copies of The American Ambassador and ... copies
of The American Agricultural Attache.

Enclosed And:

(rash, check, or
money order).

Name:

Street Address:

City, Zone, and State:

rHE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol. XXXVI, No. 927

AprU 1, 1957

ICIAI

KLY RECORD

TFn STATES
tiUN POLICY

THE UNITED STATES LOOKS AT THE MIDDLE

EAST • by Deputy Under Secretary Murphy 515

THIRD MEETING OF THE COUNCIL OF THE SOUTH-
EAST ASIA TREATY ORGANIZATION

Firuil Communique 527

Statements by Secretary Dulles 529

Secretary Dulles' News Conference, Canberra, March 13 . . . 533

UNITED STATES REPLIES TO SOVIET PROPOSAL

FOR DECLARATION ON MIDDLE EAST 523

COIMPLIANCE WITH U.N. RESOLUTION CALLING
FOR WITHDRAWAL OF ISRAEL FROM
EGYPTIAN TERRITORY

Statement by Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, March 8 , . . 543
Statement by U.N. Secretary-General Dag Hammarskjold,

February 22 544

Report of U.N. Secretary-General, March 8 544

For index see inside back cover

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol. XXXVI, No. 927 • Pubucation 6471
April 1, 1957

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printing Office

Washington 2B, D.O.

Prick:

62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26

Single copy, 20 cents

The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1956).

Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
bo reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF Ptatk Bulletin as the source will bo
appreciated.

The Department of State BULLETIN,
a iveekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as icell as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.

Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.

J

The United States Looks at the Middle East

by Deputy Under Secretary Murphy '

I am indeed grateful for this opportunity to ap-
pear here at Georgetown University and before
this forum for a discussion of some of the prob-
lems of the Middle East. The issues which have
arisen during the last 6 months within that area
have engaged the loyalties and sympathies of the
American people. There has been a high degree
of involvement of local American interest in the
solutions of the problems posed by the Middle
East. We of the State Department appreciate a
chance to talk over this situation with an informal
audience such as this and to express our views as
to the best course to follow in the national interest
of the United States.

I am also delighted with the formulation of the
topic for this evening's presentation. It seems
most appropriate to exchange views on the Middle
East at this time in hope that we may achieve
a better understanding of the delicate problems
involved. Georgetown's inquiries into our for-
eign relations are justly famous, and I hope I may
be of even some small assistance to you in your
study of the area.

The United States has vital security interests
in the Middle East. These interests are magni-
fied by our role as leader of the free world.

In the first place, it would be a major setback in
this great struggle if the two-hundred-odd million
Moslems of the area should be persuaded that
they could achieve their destiny as nations under
the sway of international communism. The
Soviet Union has become very active in this region.
Its expansionist purposes are unmistakable.

' Address made at the International Relations Enquiry
at Georgetown University, Washington, D.C., on Mar. 14
(press release 145).

Secondly, the Middle Eastern area specifically
contains perhaps 75 percent or more of the world's
oil resources under its sands. The continuing un-
interrupted flow of this oil is necessary to the
economic and military strength of our European
allies, which in turn is necessary to our own
security. Although we can, as is presently being
demonstrated, temporarily supply our European
allies with their fuel needs, the drain upon the
reserves of the Western Hemisphere over a pro-
tracted period would gi'eatly weaken the free
world.

Finally, the Middle East area itself is of great
strategic geographic importance. It controls
both the land and sea routes linking Asia, with its
raw-material resources, with Western Europe,
which is the major supplier to Asia of manufac-
tured goods essential to its development. It con-
trols the gateway to Africa, with its vast human
and mineral resources, which is just beginning to
play its role upon the world stage.

Hence, the United States must act with a high
degree of responsibility and friendly impartiality
in the clashes of national interests which are keep-
ing the Middle East in a state of turmoil. We
consider the people in the area our friends, and we
want them to remain our friends.

The major internal problem, which over-
shadows every other issue in the area, is the Arab-
Israeli dispute. The creation of the State of
Israel has a significant and illuminating back-
ground. In fact, I should like this evening to
dwell on the origin and causes of some of the situ-
ations we face in the area, in the hope that our
present objectives and courses of action will be
more readily understood.

April 1, 1957

515

Emergence of Nationalism in Middle East

A good starting point is the emergence of na-
tionalism in the Middle East some time during the
latter half of the 19th century. The Ottoman
Empire had by then grown accustomed to its role
as a "sick man." But the forces of nationalism
were already at work among its peoples. A
Viennese journalist, Theodore Herzl, motivated
by the clamor and implications of the Dreyfus
affair in France, decided that the Jewish people
could not achieve a secure status until they had
become identified with a national entity. He
succeeded in restating the age-old religious long-
ing of the Jews to return to the Holy Land in
modern nationalistic terms.

These same forces were at work among the
Arab peoples of the Ottoman Empire. The brief
emergence of Egypt under Muhammad Ali in the
early years of the century as a power which could
challenge the world order had given new hope to
those who dreamed of the days when an Arab
caliph had ruled a united Islam. We Americans
had more than a little to do with the emergence of
an Arab nationalism which thought and spoke in
the popular terms of the day. It was in our edu-
cational and missionary institutions in the area
that the Arabic language had a rebirth and where
our political philosophy received eager acceptance.

In the course of World War I, the Allied Pow-
ers sought the support of both of these national-
isms. The appeal to Jewish nationalism took the
form of the Balfour Declaration of November 2,
1917. The appeal to the Arabs took the form of
assurances and encouragement to the Sharif of
Mecca, Protector of the Holy Places of Islam, who
revolted against his Turkish overlords in the hope
of assuming a new caliphate. The romantic fig-
ure of Lawrence of Arabia stalks through these
pages of history.

At the close of the war, the British found them-
selves in possession of a mandated area handed
them by the League of Nations. This area ap-
peared to be almost as barren in resources as it
was rich in religious and historical tradition and
controversy. It was soon divided into two sepa-
rate entities : Palestine and Transjordan.

Transjordan was brought into being as a fief
for the late King Abdullah. Abdullah was one
of the sons of the Sharif of Mecca. His brother,
Feisal, who had been proclaimed as King of Syria,
was beleaguered by the French in Damascus, who

were attempting to assert the authority given
them by the League for their mandate in Syria
and Lebanon. Abdullah's presence in Syria j
would have been an embarrassment to the British ;
so it was decided that he should be asked to tarry
on his journey and remain in Transjordan, where
a state of his own would be established. Winston
Churchill has told how he created Transjordan
one Sunday afternoon while he was in Jerusalem.
All this came to pass, and during King Abdullah's
lifetime the State of Transjordan was a model of
the close collaboration between the Arabs and
Great Britain. The Arab Legion was created and
maintained by the British and proved its worth
when it assisted Allied forces in putting down a
revolt in Iraq in 1941.

In Palestine, that portion of the mandate to the
west of the Jordan Kiver, there was rapid eco-
nomic and social development as Jews from all
over the world came to take on the task of drain-
ing the marshes and making the desert bloom. It
soon became apparent, however, that reconcilia-
tion of Jewish and Arab nationalism in this state
would not be an easy task. There was bloodshed
between Arabs and Jews almost from the very
beginning of the mandate. Indeed, the longest
period of real tranquillity in Palestine was the
duration of World War II, when the magnitude of
events on the world scene made pointless the local
conflict.

Partition of Palestine |

At the close of World War II, violence again
erupted in Palestine. Britain made a final su-
preme effort to reach an amicable settlement be- .
tween Arabs and Jews. When this failed, Britain \
decided to turn the problem over to the United
Nations. After dispatching a commission to the
field to study the problem and make recommenda-
tions, the United Nations General Assembly voted
in November 1947 to recommend both the partition
of Palestine into an Arab and a Jewish state, to
be politically independent but in economic union,
and the territorial internationalization of Jerusa-
lem. Jewish leaders decided to accept this recom-
mendation, although it fell considerably short of
their expectations, and proclaimed their state in
May 1948. Arab leaders both within and outside
Palestine decided to contest it by force.

The United States had strongly supported the
partition resolution in the General Assembly and

516

Department of Stale Bulletin

■was deeply concerned that a peaceful solution
should be reached in the Palestine problem.
Fighting broke out in 1948 and continued through
several broken United Nations truces until General
Armistice Agreements were signed in accordance
with a Security Council directive in 1949. These
agreements were to have been but the first step
in a process leading to a peace arrangement be-
tween the parties brought about under United
Nations auspices. They have remained to this day
as the only international agreements regulating
relations between Israel and the neighboring Arab
States. Ralpli Bunche [Under-Secretary of the
United Nations], who is back in the area today,
had a great deal to do with the successful nego-
tiation of these agreements.

The territorial situation emerging from the
Armistice Agreements was quite different fi-om
that envisaged in the partition resolution. Israel,
which had surprised the world with its military
prowess, was in occupation of considerably more
territory than that originally allotted to the Jewish
state. Transjordan, whose Arab Legion was by
far the most effective Arab fighting force, gained
possession of the Judean hills stretching from
Nabhis to Hebron. This territory was formally
incorporated into Transjordan, which had mean-
while in 1950 changed its name to the Hashemite
Kingdom of Jordan. The proposal for an in-
dependent Arab state in economic union with the
Jewish state fell by the wayside, as did that for an
internationalized Jerusalem. Jerusalem has been
divided and is imder de facto occupation by the
Israelis in the New City and by the Jordanians in
the Old.

These events were bound to have tremendous
repercussions in Jordan, which was no longer a
quiet and well-ordered Arab entity oriented toward
the British. Its population was trebled overnight,
and one-third of its inhabitants were Arab refugees
subsisting on a United Nations dole. The new
Jordan faced its relationship with Britain with
distrust arising out of the Palestine conflict. Like
other nations in the region, Jordan desired to assert
full sovereignty and independence and to cast off
longstanding ties with larger powers in the "West.
The assassination of King Abdullah, a stanch
ally of Britain, in 1951, the dismissal of Lieutenant
General Glubb and other Arab leaders from the
Arab Legion in 1955, the anger at Britain for hav-
ing undertaken military operations against Egypt,

all hastened the desire to minimize British influ-
ence. The Anglo-Jordan Treaty of 1948, under
which the British guaranteed Jordan's territorial
integrity and subsidized Jordan's defense estab-
lishment, was terminated yesterday. Jordan,
which recognizes its lack of economic viability and
acknowledges its need for foreign aid, has sought
such assistance from the Arab states of Egypt,
Sj'ria, and Saudi Arabia. Jordanians have also
exj>ressed the hope that United States aid can be
increased. It is clifEcult to see a secure and pros-
perous future for Jordan in tlie absence of an
Arab-Israel settlement.

Since 1948 Israel has seen a trebling of popu-
lation and considerable economic development.
Economic progress has been impaired by the lack
of political stability in the area, however, and
Israel daily encounters the obstacles to progress
created by continuing Arab hostility. Israelis
have had to become used to border incidents, eco-
nomic warfare, and lack of any kind of relations
with their immediate neighbors.

It might be worth while to add a footnote to this
historical excursus about how and why the Gaza
Strip came into being. The territory of the town
of Gaza and the land to the north and south of
it were allotted, under the 1947 partition resolu-
tion, to the Arab state. "Wlien Egypt undertook
military operations in Palestine in 1948, it en-
tered Palestinian territory at the old international
frontier to the south of Gaza. The end of the
hostilities and the signing of the armistice saw
Egypt remaining in occupation of the 5-by-25-
mile strip of territory along the Mediterranean
with Gaza roughly at its center. Egypt continued
to occupy this territory by virtue of the Armistice
Agreement. Egypt never claimed sovereignty
over the Strip but said that it was held in military
occupation subject to an ultimate peace settlement
which would secure the rights of the Palestine
Arabs. In addition to the indigenous population
of about 60,000, there are 200,000 Arab refugees
who fled from what is now Israel. So even before
the creation of the United Nations Emergency
Force, the United Nations had considerable re-
sponsibility for the care and subsistence of at
least two-thirds of the population of Gaza.

The New Regime in Egypt

Egypt is the spearhead of Arab hostility to Is-
rael. Egypt, too, has undergone important

April ?, ?957

517

changes in the recent past. New revohitionary
leaders forced the abdication of King Farouk in
1952 and proclaimed a republic in 1953. The new
regime set itself with enthusiasm to the task of
improving basic economic conditions. Large es-
tates were broken up. Attention was given to ir-
rigation projects to reclaim desert lands. The
passage of legislation to encourage foreign in-
vestment suggested realistic appraisal of the
country's need of outside help. There were even
faint glimmers of hope for a realistic and rational
approach to the intensely emotional problem of
Palestine.

To this seemingly devoted leadership the
United States offered encouragement and sup-
port. We sought to promote understanding and
conciliation between Egypt and Britain in the
longstanding dispute over the British-held base in
Suez. Without taking sides or pressuring either
party, we worked to keep open the avenue of con-
ciliation, and just before the second anniversary
of the regime in Egypt agreement in principle
was announced on this thorny problem. We of-
fered technical assistance to stimulate the pace of
development and economic aid, in keeping with
the country's capacity to absorb it, to accelerate
the rate of economic growth. In the last 5 years
we have provided Egypt with nearly $90 million
of assistance in various forms.

Recognizing the country's need to strengthen its
internal security and keep its defenses in readi-
ness, the United States indicated willingness to
make reasonable quantities of defensive arms
available to the new government. The Egyptian
leaders studied a gi-ant-aid agreement which we
were prepared to enter into and decided against it.
They asked to buy arms. They found difficulty
in paying for them, and we agreed to consider al-
ternative financing arrangements. We were un-
derbid in terms of financing. Egypt bought So-
viet arms in exchange for Egyptian cotton — cot-
ton, a commodity bulging from our own ware-
houses, a commodity we could not consider im-
porting in quantity.

Although deeply concerned at this evidence of
new Soviet mischief in the area, we sought to con-
tinue fruitful cooperation with Egypt in other
spheres. Egypt's wish to store within its own
borders its share of the untapped waters of the
Nile received our sympathetic consideration. We
were not unmindful of some expert opinion that

storage in the humid upper reaches of the Nile —
outside Egypt's boundaries — might involve less
loss by evaporation. We were not unmindful of
the rights of other riparian states, and our offer
of help for the Aswan Dam presupposed agree-
ment on division of waters. But, basically, it
looked as though the Egyptian leadership was
fully determined to commit its resources to the
Pligh Dam. Their determination seemed to be a
driving economic force in itself. We offered to
help. In reply Egypt asked that our help be
given on a basis which caused us misgivings. We
reluctantly reached the conclusion that other com-
mitments had undermined the possibility of a
sustained economic effort on Egypt's part, without
which our assistance would be unavailing.

We continued willing to assist on less ambitious
projects. We announced our decision regarding
the Aswan Dam on July 19 last year. On July 26
Nasser nationalized the Suez Canal Company.

The stubborn, unpleasant realities — the eco-
nomic facts of life — have not been conducive to the
kind of relationship we had hoped to develop. We
felt these economic problems could not be gain-
said. Our views were received with suspicion and
misunderstanding by colonial-sensitive Arab
opinion as being animated by selfish interest.

Our hopes for cooperation were dimmed by a
historical legacy which for the most part involved
nations other than the United States. This is
ironic but basic to our situation in Egypt, in SjTia,
and to a lesser degree in other parts of the region.
Happily this is not the case in Lebanon, a sophis-
ticated and advanced nation with which we main-
tain friendly relations, nor is it true in Saudi
Arabia, Iraq, and some other countries.

The Arabian Peninsula

As we move away from the countries at the core
of the Arab-Israel dispute, the focus of our inter-
est and concern in the Middle East shifts. The re-
cent visit of King Saud was symbolic of the spot-
light being thrown increasingly on one of the least
known parts of the Arab world, the Arabian pen-
insula. This peninsula, approximately one-third
the area of the United States, contains a variety of
peoples, lands, resources, and historical back-
grounds. It is the cradle of the modern Arab peo-
ple. It has in the past been the home of fabled
rulers, like the Queen of Sheba, and the spices and

518

Department of State Bulletin

incenses of Biblical times probably came from its
highlands.

Since the consolidation of the Saudi Kingdom
in 1925, Saudi Arabia has been the largest and in
many ways the most important of the states of the
peninsula. The United States has had relations of
special importance with this Kingdom since the
1930's and is currently negotiating an agreement
which will provide for further cooperation. King
Saud is an important Arab leader and as Keeper
of the Holy Shrines at Mecca and Medina is a
figure of growing significance in the Arab world.
Firmly committed against communism, he follows
his father's traditional policy of close friendship
with the United States.

The other major independent kingdom in the
peninsula is the highland state of Yemen in the
southwestern corner of the peninsula. It is the
source from which the ancestors of the modern
Arabs migrated, and its ruins give evidence that
gi-eat kingdoms once existed in its mountains.
Today this ancient land is seeking to develop its
resources and to modernize its cities. A conces-
sion was granted in 1955 to an American company
to explore for minerals. The Imam has also been
tempted by liberal offers of aid from the Soviet
bloc, and Soviet and satellite experts have re-
cently begun to arrive. The Soviet assistance has
included at least one shipment of satellite arms
sought by the Imam to strengthen Yemen in its
dispute with the British over the Aden Protec-
torate.

The Aden Protectorate was formed through a
series of treaties by which the British maintain
political control over some 40 minor principali-
ties in the hinterlands to the north and the east
of the Crown Colony of Aden. An unsettled
border between these principalities and Yemen,
tribal difficulties in the area, and Yemeni claims to
much of the Protectorate have resulted in spas-
modic outbursts of violence along the border. Re-
cently, these have increased in severity, although
there is hope that talks may take place between
the two parties which will lessen the current
tension.

To the east of Aden lies the Hadhramaut, a
highland area which was the ancient source of
frankincense and myrrh. This also forms a part
of the Aden Protectorate, but its ties, strangely
enough, are primarily with India, where many of
its people have gone as merchants.

In the southeastern corner of the peninsula lies
Muscat and Oman, a little known independent
principality with which the United States has had
very long relations. One of the first treaties
signed by the United States in Asia was with the
Sultan of Muscat in 1832. The United States had
a consulate in Muscat for over 60 years and, in
view of the imjiortance of the area, is now consider-
ing the reestablislunent of a post there.

To the north lies a series of small principali-
ties under British protectorate known as the
Trucial States, named from the truce arrange-
ments made with these states in the 19th century
in order to halt attacks by pirates on British ships
in the Persian Gulf. One of the Trucial States,
Abu Dhabi, together with the Sultan of Muscat,
is involved in a dispute with Saudi Arabia over
the sovereignty of a key transportation and trade
center in southeastern Arabia, the Buraimi oasis.
The United States has exercised informal good
offices seeking a solution to this problem and is
hopeful that, when diplomatic relations are again
established between Saudi Arabia and the United
Kingdom, which represents these two states,
further talks can be held.

On the western shores in the Persian Gulf are
three states which are better known to the world
because of their oil resources. The largest and
richest is Kuwait at the north end of the Gulf,
where oil production exceeds that of any other
state in the Middle East. The Shaikli of Kuwait
was recently described as the biggest oil man of
them all. Kuwait, like the other two states,
Bahrein and Qatar, is bound by treaty relation-
ship to the United Kingdom, which provides for
their foreign affairs and defense.

This vast peninsula has been thrust into promi-
nence not only by fabulous resources but by the
important role its leaders are beginning to play
in the events of the area. We can anticipate that
in the days to come the strange names of places
and people will become increasingly known and
important to us in the developing United States
relationships to the peoples of the Middle East.

Iraq lies at the northeast comer of the Arabian
peninsula and linlvS it with Iran and South Asia.
Iraq has been the one Arab nation which has par-
ticipated in Western-sponsored collective security
arrangements. It has been genuinely concerned
with the Communist threat and seeks United
States assistance to strengthen its defenses.^

April 1, 1957

519

Prime Minister Nuri Al-Said has since 1932 been
the iron man of Iraqi politics and has led the
country in significant economic and social develop-
ment. Recent events liave tested the stability of
the Iraqi Government, but its anti-Ck>mmunist
stand and friendsliip with the United States have
not been impaired. We have provided Iraq with
substantial assistance, mostly military, to assist
it in presei-ving its security and stability.

The Northern Tier

The Arabian peninsula and the Palestine area
are insulated against the direct tlirust of Com-
munist imperialism by two very important na-
tions — Turkey and Iran. These two, together
witli Iraq and Pakistan, have consistently demon-
strated their confidence in the principle of collec-
tive security and form a bulwark against Soviet
penetration.

Shortly after World War II, the Soviet Union
souglit to gain a military foothold in northern
Iran and to establish a puppet government there.
The Soviet Union was forced to withdraw by
Iran's strong protests and by pressures exerted by
the United Nations, with the United States play-
ing a leading role. Parallel with these pres-
sures on Iran the Soviet Union resimied its tra-
ditional attempts to force Turkey into yielding
control over the Dardanelles and the Bosporus.
Aggressive Soviet actions in Turkey and Greece
were successfully met and overcome by the mili-
tary and economic support furnished under
United States policies adopted in 1947.

Turlvey and Pakistan were among the first states
in the Middle East to work actively for the realiza-
tion of collective defense in the Middle East. In
April 1954 they signed an agreement of coopera-
tion and consultation, followed in February 1955
by the conclusion of an agreement with similar
objectives between Turkey and Iraq. The latter
agreement, to which Pakistan, Great Britain, and
Iran eventually adhered, is familiarly known as
the Baghdad Pact, and it represents the most ef-
fective step thus far taken by tlie nations of the
Middle East to fill the deficit of power in that
troubled area.

Not only have Turkey and Pakistan taken the
initiative in the Middle East. Each is contribut-
ing to tlie collective defense of a wider area, Tur-
key as a member of tlie North Atlantic Treaty
Organization, Pakistan as an original signatory
of the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization.

In short, these countries have shown in a variety
of ways that they share with us certain basic
assumptions about the need for collective measures
of defense to deter aggression by international
communism. This fact, as much as any other,
has helped sliape the close relations that exist be-
tween the United States and these nations of the
"northern tier." The United States has extended
military and economic aid to Turkey, Iran, and
Pakistan for some years, the total amount being
well over $2 billion. United States aid has lielped
them achieve significant economic gains while at
the same time strengthening the effectiveness of
their military defenses. These countries are im-
portant allies to the United States. Their in-
dependence and stability are of major interest to
us.

Independent Libya

On the western flank of the Middle East is
Libya, a relatively new country strategically
placed in North Africa. The United States has
supported and assisted Libya on political, eco-
nomic, and military fronts from the first day of
its independence in 1951. In 1949 we joined a
large majority of the members of the U.N. General
Assembly in approving a resolution calling for
Libya's independence prior to January 1, 1952.
Under authority of this resolution, Libya declared
itself free and independent on December 24, 1951.

Of the total Libyan revenues of $30 million in
fiscal year 1956, $12 million, or 40 percent, will be
U.S. aid. Our surplus agricultural products,
valued at approximately $10 million since January
1954, have played an important role in alleviating
hunger and preventing famine conditions in
Libya. United States technical assistance to
Libya since fiscal year 1954 has totaled almost $7
million. In addition, the United States has con-
tributed over 50 percent of all funds expended by
the United Nations for technical assistance in the
country.

Under terms of the Mutual Security Act, the
United States has programed militai"}' assistance
for Libya and will equip a 1,000-man increment of
the Libyan Army.

Libyan foreign policy has shown a marked
friendliness to the United States and a growing
understanding and appreciation of tlie threat of
international communism. By agreement with
Libya, the United States operates a major air
base at "Wlieolus Field, near Tripoli. In 1956

520

Department of Stale Bulletin

Libya turnexi down Soviet offers of economic and
military assistance but peinnitted establishment of
diplomatic relations. Libya also evicted the
Egyptian Embassy's military attache last fall for
activities considered inimical to Libyan
sovereignty.

We are proud of the progress being made by
Libya and happy that we are able to assist. The
orderly development of the new states of Africa
to political stability and economic well-being is a
source of gratification.

Major Elements of U.S. Policy

The main purpose of this examination of the
individual countries and specific problems of the
Middle East has been to define the situations we
are working with and to point up the major ele-
ments of our policies. To imderstand the really
critical problems being headlined today, it is
essential to have a good grasp of the background
and the ramifications of the issues affecting the
whole area.

TVIiere do we stand on these really critical prob-
lems ? I want to refer in particular to the Arab-
Israeli dispute, the Suez Canal, and Soviet efforts
to penetrate the region.

The Arab-Israeli issue has been a United Na-
tions problem from its very beginning. We are
hopeful that the United Nations will remain the
forum because we believe that the nations involved
are responsive to the ideals of peace with justice.
Prior to the events of last October and November,
the tempo of events had been building to fever
pitch. We had recognized that President Nas-
ser's nationalization of the Suez Canal Company
and, more particularly, the manner in which this
was announced had provoked the British and
French and alarmed the Israelis. But at the same
time we were convinced that the type of action
they chose to take in the last days of October and
the early days of November was in error. Fur-
thermore, and more importantly, the painstaking
beginnings which had been made through the
United Nations toward the establishment of a sys-
tem of world order were being jeopardized by this
resort to force when the possibilities of negotia-
tions had not been completely exhausted.

In the historic debates which took place in the
United Nations around the clock through those
crowded days of early November it became clear
that there was a realization that a large portion
of the responsibility for the situation which had

arisen rested upon the United Nations for its fail-
ure to come to grips with the basic problems which
lay at the root of the conflict. The United States
emphasized its intention to take advantage of this
fluidity in the situation by introducing two resolu-
tions on November 3 ^ in the United Nations Gen-
eral Assembly which revealed our determination
to come to grips with the basic issues.

Out of this debate came a very significant action.
The United Nations was enabled to create a force
in being, the United Nations Emergency Force, in
record time. For years the possibility of estab-
lishing a United Nations police force to enforce
decisions of the United Nations had been debated
in a desultory fashion, but it too had become a
casualty of the cold war until the crisis created in
the Middle East made the members put aside their
hesitation. The Unef under its present authority
has a limited mission — to oversee the withdrawal
of British, French, and Israeli forces from
Egypt — and it is in Egypt with the agreement of
the Egyptian Government. This phase of its mis-
sion has now largely been completed, but there is
earnest consideration being given, under a resolu-
tion of February 2,^ to authorizing the force in
being to act as a deterrent to the resumption of
hostilities and as a means of tranquilizing the area
while new approaches are sought toward an
eventual settlement. The principle which was at
stake was the authority of the United Nations and
its ability to take a constructive and fair approach
in creating and maintaining conditions under
which the conflict of national interests between the
parties concerned could be worked out.

To enable this situation to move forward along
the lines which all the members of the United
Nations except the Soviet bloc seemed to desire, it
was a prerequisite that the Israelis withdraw from
Egypt without having achieved political ad-
vantages which Israel did not possess before it
invaded Egypt. On the other hand, Israel had
some very legitimate and genuine concerns for its
own security, particularly regarding free passage
through the Straits of Tiran and the danger of
renewed fedayeen raids from the Gaza Strip.
These two aspects of the problem have now been
fully brought to the attention of the world public,
and a number of states, led by the United States,
have made unilateral declarations of their own

' U.N. docs. A/3272 and 3273.

= Bulletin of Feb. 25, 1957, p. 327.

AptW 1, 1957

521

policy in regard to these issues. These have, in
turn, enabled Israel to withdraw in the confidence
that the world community would now earnestly
direct its attention to remedying the conditions
which led to the outbreak of the conflict.

The Suez Canal problem, which became linked
in its latter stages with the question of Israel
withdrawal, is also essentially a problem for the
United Nations. The only existing unanimously
approved agreement by all the parties concerned
is embodied in the Security Council resolution of
October 13, 1956,* which sets forth the six prin-
ciples under which the parties concerned agree to
work out a final arrangement for the future opera-
tion of the canal. The prospects of the canal
being opened in the near future under an interim
operating arrangement without prejudicing the
final settlement seem favorable. The difficulties
of working out detailed implementation of the six
principles should by no means be discounted. But
in the light of the new determination of the
United Nations and the persistent and tireless
efforts of Secretary-General Hammarskjold to
find a solution which can be accepted by all the
parties, the United States is convinced its best
hope for achieving the objectives of the free
world in this respect lie within the United
Nations.

Irresponsible Behavior of Soviet Union

Tlie record of the events of the last 6 months in
the Middle East reveals a high degree of irrespon-
sible behavior by the Soviet Union. The repeated
attempts to take advantage of this situation to
achieve political profit with the Arabs or to exer-
cise pressure upon Israel, Britain, and France
after they had already agreed to withdraw from
this ill-fated adventure, besides the obvious pur-
pose of distracting attention from their brutal
attack on Hungary, can lead one to conclude only
that the Soviet Union's objectives in the area are
to weaken it to the maximum extent possible and
to keep it in a constant state of turmoil and chaos.

To deal with this problem, which relates to the
area as a whole, we Iiave devised the Middle East
plan or American Doctrine for the Middle East as
embodied in the message of President Eisenhower
to the Congress of January 5, 1957.= The plan
aims to do three things, each of them with the con-
sent of the states involved. First, if the states of

* Ibid.. Oct. 22, 1956, p. 616.
■ Ibid., Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.

522

the area wish it, we are prepared to strengthen
their internal security and their legitimate na-
tional self-defense through the extension of mili-
tary aid. Secondly, if the states of the area desire
it, we are prepared to cooperate with them in eco-
nomic projects designed to raise the standards of
living and strengthen the stability of the coun-
tries, thereby diminishing the attractiveness of
grandiose offers of economic aid from the Soviets
designed to promote subversion. And thirdly,
we are prepared to use the armed forces of the
United States to prevent direct overt aggression
by forces controlled by international communism.

This proposal has now received strong support
from the Congress of the United States and the
endorsement of a large majority of the representa-
tives of the American people. Ambassador
James Richards left 2 days ago ^ to travel
throughout this area, to explain to the various
governments just precisely in what ways the
American Doctrine for the Middle East could
assist them in strengthening their ability to re-
main free and independent, and to work out
recommendations which would be conducive to
that end. I

In our judgment the major threat to the Middle
East is represented by the forces of international
communism, and we feel deeply that we must
never lose sight of this danger. The United
States has a vital stake in keeping the Middle
East from falling under Soviet domination. In-
deed we must not allow the situation there to de-
teriorate to a point where the nations of the area
in desperation would turn to the Soviet Union for
help. Wliile internal quarrels may engage our
emotions and loyalties, we must not permit these
factors to influence our exercise of great and
grave responsibility as a leader of the free-world
nations or to color the sense of justice and
friendly impartiality which is so deeply rooted in
the traditions of the American people.

We are taking important and constructive meas-
ures in the Middle East. The problems ahead
are, to say the least, formidable and will require
the very best diplomacy of which we are capable.
Nevertheless, progress has been made.

We of the Department of State thank George-
town University and the International Eelations
Enquiry for this chance to talk with you. We
shall watch with interest the following discus-
sions in this series on tlie Middle East,

' Ibid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481.

Department of State Bulletin

United States Replies to Soviet Proposal for Declaration on Middle East

Press release 131 dated March 11

Following is the text of a note delivered
ly U.S. Charge d'Affaires Richard H. Davis to
the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Andrei Gromyko,
at Moscow, March 11, 1957, in reply to a Soviet
note of February 11, 1957, concerning the Middle
East. The British and French Governments
also replied to the Soviet note on March 11.

U.S. NOTE OF MARCH U

The Embassy of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry of For-
eign Affairs of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics and, on instructions of its Government,
has the honor to transmit the following communi-
cation in reply to the Ministry's note of February
11, 1957 concerning the Middle East area.

It is noted that the Government of the U.S.S.R.
proposes that the Governments of the United
States, United Kingdom, France and the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics should, jointly or
separately, proclaim basic principles governing
their relations with countries of the Middle East.

In dealing with this proposal, the United States
Government deems it essential to set forth the fol-
lowing considerations :

The United States adheres and will continue to
adhere to the principles of the United Nations
Charter in its dealings with countries in the Mid-
dle East as elsewhere. Along with the other prin-
ciples of the Charter, it fully supports those
singled out in the Ministry's note— peaceful settle-
ment of disputes ; non-interference in internal af-
fairs; respect for sovereignty and independence.
It is ready to cooperate with any country, great or
small, sincerely dedicated to carrying them out.
The United States Government feels obliged, how-
ever, to point out that the Soviet Union could
demonstrate its own willingness to carry out the
liigh principles it sets forth by itself respecting

kptW 1, 7957

those U.N. resolutions addressed to the U.S.S.R.
calling for compliance by the U.S.S.R., such as
those relating to its actions with respect to Hun-
gary. Great Britain and France, the other recip-
ients of the Soviet proposal, have just made such
a demonstration as a contribution to world order
in fully complying with United Nations resolu-
tions regarding the withdrawal of their forces
from Egypt.

The form which cooperation in the Middle East
should take — with specific reference to the pro-
posal of the Soviet Government — is a matter for
decision in consultation with the Middle Eastern
states. Because of its respect for the iirinciple
of non-interference in the affairs of other nations,
the United States would not wish to be party to
an attempt by the great powers, as suggested by
the U.S.S.R., to arrogate to themselves decisions
on matters of vital importance to the nations of
the Middle East; or to prevent those who feel
themselves tlireatened from association of their
own free will with other nations in legitimate col-
lective security arrangements, in accordance with
the provisions of the United Nations Charter.
When it comes, therefore, to such matters as mili-
tary "blocs", the liquidation of foreign bases and
the withdrawal of foreign troops, set forth in the
principles proposed by the U.S.S.R., the United
States Government must point out that the Middle
Eastern states are fully capable of deciding what
cooperative efforts are required to enable them to
play their part in the defense of the area.

The principles in the Soviet note include a caU
for renunciation of arms shipments to the Middle
East. With regard to this point, the United
States Government wishes to make clear that it has
consistently recognized a need on the part of the
Middle Eastern states to maintain a certain level
of armed forces to assure their internal security
and legitimate self-defense and to play their part
in the defense of the area as a whole. The United
States has also consistently sought to avoid an

523

arms race between the Arab states and Israel. In
carrying out its policy with regard to the export
of arms to the Middle East, the United States Gov-
ernment has always kept in mind the need to en-
courage stability and foster progress toward last-
ing peace and security there. It therefore regrets
that the Soviet Government, on the contraiy, saw
fit to effect massive shipments of arms into the area
at a time when regional disputes there had become
sharply exacerbated.

Finally, the Ministry's note talks of economic
cooperation to be carried out, it states, without any
conditions incompatible with the dignity and sov-
ereignty of these countries. The Soviet Govern-
ment ought to be aware that the United States pro-
vides, and will continue to provide, economic as-
sistance only to those Middle Eastern states re-
questing it. No attempt is, or will be, made to
force this assistance on any state, or through it to
seek to impose conditions upon the countries con-
cerned. There is no basis, therefore, for consider-
ing the acceptance of such assistance incompatible
with national dignity and sovereignty.

The Soviet proposal, as a whole, is clearly based
on a false premise. It stems, presumably, from
the distorted interpretation of the nature and pur-
pose of United States policies contained in the
Ministry's note.

Contrary to this interpretation, President
Eisenhower's outline of United States policy to-
ward the Middle East envisages genuine practical
efforts directed toward consolidating peace and
security there in full cooperation with the Middle
Eastern countries concerned. These efforts are
designed to make a full contribution to economic
progress in the area and to help the countries there
maintain their independence.

Also, there is cause for considerable doubt as to
the seriousness of the Soviet Government's invita-
tion to the Govermnent of the United States to
join it in cooperation in the Middle East. It has
been put forward at a time when certain Soviet
official acts and statements suggest that the
U.S.S.R. neither desires nor expects such coopera-
tion. In fact, on the day following the delivery
of its call for cooperation in the Middle East, the
U.S.S.R. engaged once more in vilification of the
United States by introducing into the United Na-
tions a spurious item attacking this Government's
policies in that area. This followed a similar
baseless Soviet item distorting United States poli-

cies toward Eastern Europe.^ Consequently,
there is much reason to question whether the coop-
eration proffered by the U.S.S.R. is intended to
further a mutually desired aim.

On its part, the United States will continue to
work toward peace and greater stability in the
Middle East through the United Nations and
through measures taken at the request of, and in
cooperation with, the states in the area themselves.
It would like to be able to hope that the Soviet
Union would make its own contribution to tran-
quillity there. The United States naturally de-
sires to see friendly relations, based on mutual
respect and confidence, develop not only among
the Middle Eastern states but also between them
and countries outside the area, including the
U.S.S.R. However, as elsewhere, this largely de-
pends on the U.S.S.R. itself. If the U.S.S.R. will
indeed conduct itself in a manner conforming to
the principles it proposes, it will be moving in
this direction and not only make a contribution to
peace in the Middle East but in other areas as
well.

SOVIET NOTE OF FEBRUARY 11

The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics expresses its respects to the Embassy
of the United States of America and upon the instructions
of the Soviet Government has the honor to communicate
the following:

As a result of the efforts of the peace-loving peoples,
supported by the United Nations, the aggressive actions
against Egypt were liquidated, and favorable circum-
stances have developed and real possibilities have been
Created for insuring peace and also for settling inter-
national problems in the region of the Near and Middle
East.

The liquidation of the hot-bed of war in this region
created prerequisites for strengthening national inde-
pendence, governmental sovereignty and economic de-
velopment not only of Egypt but of all countries of the
Near and Middle East, and also opened the way for broad
cooperation of countries of this region with all countries
on principles of equality among states, formulated in
particular in the decisions of the Bandung Conference.

The peace-loving peoples justly expected that hence-
forth peace in the Near and Middle East would be pre-
served and strengthened, that an end would be placed
to the policy of foreign intervention in the internal affairs
of the countries of this region, that the sovereignty and

' For a statement by Senator Knowland on the Soviet
item on alleged U.S. intervention in Eastern Europe, see
Bxn,LETiN of Mar. 18, 1957, p. 463.

524

Department of State Bulletin

independence of the countries of the Near and Middle
East would be sincerely respected and that the countries
of this region, especially the victim of agfrression —
Egypt — would be given unselfish economic assistance.

However, the period of softening of the tense situation
in this region, regrettably, turned out to be of short
duration and the hopes of the peoples were not realized.

As a result of the unilateral moves on the part of some
powers, the situation in the Near and Middle East in the
recent past has again become seriously exacerbated. This
exacerbation is evoked first of all by the fact that there
are intentions to utilize in a unilateral manner in the
Near and Middle East without the agreement of the
United Nations, armed forces of one of the great powers
at its own discretion for intervention in the internal af-
fairs of this region. There is also in view the granting of
so-called economic assistance to countries of the Near
and Middle East, foisting on them conditions that these
countries reject any kind of ties with specific states —
members of the United Nations — that is, with the ac-
ceptance of political conditions for this "assistance" in-
compatible with the dignity and sovereignty of these
countries and with the high principles of the United
Nations.

It is impossible not to recognize that Implementation
of such a policy in circumvention of the United Nations
would lead to a new dangerous exacerbation of the situa-
tion in this region, which only recently was an arena of
military operations evoked by aggression against Egypt,
and would threaten the cause of world peace.

The mentioned plans are nothing other than a continua-
tion of the policy of creating closed aggressive military
blocs of the type of NATO, SEATO, and the Baghdad
Pact and erection of artificial economic and political
barriers interfering with normal ties among states.

The principle of peaceful coexistence of states regard-
less of differences in their social and state systems is the
basis of the foreign policy of the Soviet Union. It is
known that in establishing its friendly relations with
the Arab States the Soviet Union not only never sought
deterioration of relations with these countries with other
great powers, but on the contrary came out for the neces-
sity of wide international cooperation, came out for the
necessity of guaranteeing durable peace and creating an
atmosphere of trust in the region of the Near and Middle
East. The Soviet Union does not have and does not
aspire to have military bases and any concessions in the
Near and Middle East countries for the purpose of ex-
tracting profits and does not aspire to receive any privi-
leges in this region, since all this is incompatible with the
principles of Soviet foreign policy.

The Soviet Union is vitally interested that peace exists
in the region of the Near and Middle East, situated in the
immediate vicinity of its borders. It is sincerely inter-
ested in strengthening the independence of the countries
of this region and in their economic prosperity.

In the opinion of the Soviet Government, preservation
of peace in the Near and Middle East is a necessary con-
dition not only for the development of Near and Middle
East countries, but also, as recent events have demon-
strated, for providing for the economic welfare of many
other countries.

The necessity of consolidating peace and security in the
Near and Middle East demands broad development of
political, economic, and cultural ties between all coun-
tries, particularly of joint actions, in accordance with
the Charter of the United Nations, of great powers who
bear basic responsibility for the maintenance of peace.

The Soviet Government considers that it would be pos-
sible to secure firm and lasting peace in this region by
means of joint efforts of the great powers — the U.S.S.R.,
U.S.A., England, and France, permanent members of the
United Nations Security Council, if all the above-men-
tioned great powers built their relations with the Near and
Middle East countries on the basis of general principles
of a policy of non-intei-vention in their internal affairs
and respect for their national independence and
sovereignty.

Proceeding from the foregoing, the Soviet Government
proposes to the Governments of the United States of
America, England, and France, to draw up and proclaim
basic principles concerning the question of peace and
security in the Near and Middle East, and of non-inter-
vention in the internal affairs of this region. These prin-
ciples could be laid down as a basis of a joint declaration,
acceptance of which would exclude the possibility of a
dangerous unilateral action of this or that great
power in respect to the Near and Middle East countries
and would help to strengthen peace and security in
this most important region, to develop national economies,
and to consolidafe the independence of these countries.

It goes without saying that the declaration would be
open to adherence by any government interested in peace
and security which desires to build relations with the
Near and Middle East countries on the basis of the prin-
ciples mentioned.

The proposals concerning the corresponding obligations
of the participant powers of the declaration could be im-
mediately brought to the attention of the governments
and peoples of the Near and Middle East countries.

In transmitting herewith the basic theses of a draft
declaration of the four powers — U.S.S.R., U.S.A., England,
and France, proposed by the Government of the U.S.S.B.,
the Ministry of Foreign Affairs would be grateful to the
Embassy of the United States of America for informing
it regarding the acceptability to the Government of the
United States of America of the basic principles presented
in this draft of the declaration concerning the question of
peace and security in the Near and Middle East and non-
intervention in the Internal affairs of the countries of
this region.

The Soviet Government would also have no objections
if the Governments of the United States of America,
England, France, and the Soviet Union issued separate
declarations, identical in content and based on the prin-
ciples set forth in the enclosed draft, on their relations
with the Near and Middle East countries.
CAttacbment)

DRAFT DECLARATION

Draft of the basic principles of the declarations by the
Governments of the U.S.S.R., the United States, Britain,
and France regarding the question of peace and security

April 1, 1957

525

in the Near and Midflle East and noninterference In
the internal alTairs of the countries of this region.

Moscow, February 11, 1957.

The basic principles of the declaration by the Govern-
ments of the U.S.S.R., the United States, Britain, and
France on the questions of peace and security in the Near
and Middle East and noninterference in the internal
affairs of countries of this area :

The Governments of the U.S.S.R., the United States,
the United Kingdom, and the French Republic, guided by
lofty peace-loving aims and the principles of the United
Nations expressed in its Charter, declare their agreement
that at the basis of their policy in respect of the countries
of the Near and Middle East lies the aspiration to estab-
lish peace and security in the Near and Middle East and
in the whole world; acknowledge and respect the lofty
principles of relations between states formulated at the
Bandung Conference of Asian and African Countries;
are striving to create favorable conditions for the
strengthening of the national independence and national
sovereignty of the countries of the Near and Middle East;
express a sincere desire to contribute disinterestedly by
common efforts to the economic development of the coun-
tries of this area, and are in this proceeding from the
fact that the natural wealth of the underdeveloped coun-
tries is the inalienable national property of the peoples
of these countries, which have the full right to dispose of
and use it in the interests of the development of their
national economy and progress.

The Governments of the U.S.S.R., the United States,
Britain and France wish to contribute to the all-around
development of economic, business, and cultural relations
of the countries of the Near and Middle East on the basis
of equality and mutual advantage for all countries. They
are of the opinion that wide economic and trade relations
of the countries of that area are in accordance not only
with the interests of these countries but also with the
interests of securing economic prosperity for other coun-
tries of the world. They recognize the need for a peace-
ful settlement of all international problems and questions
relating to the Near and Middle East, by way of negotia-
tions.

Being aware of the importance of the responsibility
which they carry for the maintenance of peace and
security throughout the world, the Governments of the
U.S.S.R., the United States, Britain, and France pledge
themselves to follow in their policy toward the Near and
Middle East the principles stated below :

1 — The preservation of peace In the Near and Middle
East by settling outstanding questions exclusively by
peaceful means and by the method of negotiations ;

2 — Noninterference in the internal affairs of Middle
Eastern countries, and respect for their sovereignty and
independence ;

3 — Renunciation of all attempts to involve these coun-
tries in military blocs with the participation of the Great
Powers ;

4 — Liquidation of foreign bases and withdrawal of
foreign troops from the territory of Middle Eastern
countries;

526

5 — Reciprocal refusal to deliver arms to Middle Eastern
countries ;

6 — Promotion of the Middle Eastern nations' economic
development without attaching any political, military, or
other terms incompatible with the dignity and sover-
eignty of these countries.

The Governments of the U.S.S.R., the United States,
Great Britain, and France express the hope that other
states, in their relations with Middle Eastern countries,
will adhere to the same principles.

Ambassador Richards Leaves
for Middle East

Followmg is the text of a statement made hy
Ambassador James P. Richards., Special Assist-
ant to the President, at Washington National Air-
port on March 12 on his departure for the Middle

East}

Press release 132 dated March 11

President Eisenhower has asked me to visit the
nations of the Middle East to present and discuss
his proposals to promote peace, freedom, and eco-
nomic well-being of the area. I feel honored by
his request and undertake this mission with a sense
of the very great responsibility it involves.

The President is seeking through this program
to make an important contribution to the security
and stability of the independent nations of the
Middle East who wish our cooperation. I share
his hope that full explanation and discussion of
the program will demonstrate the close identity of
interests between Middle Eastern countries and
my own.

It is only natural that a new initiative such as
the President's may not be completely understood
in the first instance and may even be misinter-
preted in some quarters. I shall try to remove
such misunderstandings if any have arisen.

The determination of the United States to assist
in the maintenance of the independence of free
nations, including those of the Middle East, has
been fully demonstrated. My colleagues and I
begin this mission proudly conscious of recent
American leadership giving practical effect to
that determination.

The strong support of the Congress for the
President's program once again gives assurance
tliat the American people hold out a hand of

' For background, see Bulletin of Mar. 25, 1957, p. 4S0.
Department of State Bulletin

friendship to the historic lands and peoples of
the Middle East. It is the American hope that
all governments will work actively for freedom
and stability in a peaceful world.

In keeping with the spirit of the President's
proposals, discussions will be held only with gov-
ernments who wish them, and we will not try to
force our views upon others. The President and
I do not look upon this mission as the inaugura-
tion of a vast new aid program. We do believe

that the greater flexibility which the Congi-ess has
approved in the use of funds will enable us to
undertake some new and more effective programs
which will materially contribute to the strength-
ening of the area.

In our preparation for this important mission,
we have deeply appreciated the support and good
wishes of the American people and of those in
other lands. Our inspiration and our purpose
are strong. We shall do our best.

Third Meeting of the Council of the Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization

Folloio-ing is the text of the final communi-
que issued at the close of the third annual meeting
of the Council of Ministers of the Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization, held at Canberra, Australia,
March 11 to 13, together with three statements
Tnade iy Secretary Dulles at the meeting and the
transcript of a news conference held iy Secretary
Dulles at Canberra on March 13.

FINAL COMMUNIQUE, MARCH 13

Press release 141 dated March 13

Plans to consolidate and enhance the progress
made in preserving the freedom of all countries
in Southeast Asia have been agreed to by the
Seato Council at its third meeting, held under
the chairmanship of Mr. K. G. Casey, Minister
for External Affairs of Australia.

These plans provide for :

Maintenance of the defensive capacity of Treaty
members to deal effectively with armed aggres-
sion.

Extension of the program to detect, appraise,
expose and combat subversion directed from with-
out.

Development of the economic resources of
Treaty members, particularly the Asian member
states, by measures inside and outside Seato.

AprW 1, 1957

Defense Plans

The Ministers believe that while the immediate
military threat to peace in Southeast Asia has
diminished, the forces of international Commu-
nism are still working for the ultimate objective
of world domination.

The Council noted that in Asia the Communist
so-called peace front is in reality a front of mil-
lions of armed men. The military strength of
Communist China and of North Viet-Nam is con-
tinually being increased.

In the circumstances the Council agi-eed that
Seato could not relax its vigilance and must main-
tain its capacity to deter and repel aggression. In
the face of the threat which is not itself static,
the Seato nations by their united efforts are con-
tinually increasing and adapting their capacity
to deal with it. If the Communists have chosen
for tactical reasons to exert their pressure by other
than military means for the present, this does not
mean that they would not attempt to exploit any
weakness in Seato military preparedness if the
opportunity came.

As a result of the work of the military advisers
over the past year, Seato Governments are agreed
upon the nature of the Communist threat in the
Treaty area and the kind of military measures
which would be necessary to defeat it.

Military planning is a continuing process and

527

will be helped by the setting-up of a pennanent
military planning office at Bangkok with staff
representing all member countries.

Close cooperation among the forces of the mem-
ber countries is being assisted by realistic train-
ing exercises arranged by the Seato military ad-
visers.

Anti-Subversion Program

The Council believes that the military threat
to the region is deterred by the very existence of
Seato and the collective defense represented by
its members. The emphasis in Communist and
Communist-inspired tactics in the area has there-
fore continued to move from the open threat of
force to more flexible tactics of non-violent pene-
tration and undermining of non-Communist states
still accompanied in some cases by aimed insur-
rection.

Believing that public knowledge of these
tactics — of how and where subversion is occur-
ring — is an essential prerequisite of effective ac-
tion against them, the Council agreed to direct its
civil organization to intensify its work of identi-
fying all phases of subversive tactics; to make
known its findings amongst member governments ;
and to expose them to the scrutiny of public
opinion.

With this object the Council approved specific
projects for the exposure of these activities. Basic
material for these projects will come from analy-
ses by the Committee of Security Experts and
from information provided by the Seato Ee-
search Service Center and by member govern-
ments. The Council recognized that in counter-
ing subversion the primary responsibility rests
with each government, aided as necessary by its
friends. But an important supplementary role
can be played by Seato, and decisions made by
the Council at its present meeting will make that
role more effective.

Economic and Social Progress

The Council discussed economic activities re-
lating to Article III of the Treaty.^ The repre-
sentatives of Pakistan, the Philippines, and Thai-
land drew attention to the economic problems in
their countries requiring cooperative action with
other members, and the Council discussed what

' For text, see Buixbtin of Sept. 20, 1954, p. 393.

528

were the most appropriate arrangements by which
these problems might be resolved.

Seato expert Committees have recommended
specific projects to assist in relieving the economic
burden of defense and to make a contribution to-
wards the continuation of economic development
under Seato's protective shield. Council mem-
bers undertook to consider the carrying out of
these recommendations.

The Council noted with satisfaction the prog-
ress made in the economic development of Asian
member states. The Council also noted that a
number of countries, particularly the United
States, were providing considerable economic as-
sistance bilaterally as a direct contribution to
treaty objectives. In addition to these bilateral
programs, some assistance is being provided spe-
cifically under the auspices of Seato. For ex-
ample, the Australian Government is thus pro-
viding 2 million pounds.

The Council decided that Seato cultural activi-
ties should include encouragement and assistance
to national activity in this field. It urged member
governments to foster bilateral cultural exchanges
within the Seato Community.

In addition the Council approved a number of
multilateral projects in the cultural relations field.

This is a new and promising development which
will strengthen the spirit of friendship which
already marks the relations between the eight
Seato member countries. A major cultural proj-
ect approved for immediate introduction is a
Seato fellowship program under which scholars
of Seato countries will be encouraged to under-
take study and research in fields of special interest
to Seato.

Another important project adopted is the con-
vening in one of the Asian member coimtries, of
a "Round Table" meeting, consisting of outstand-
ing authorities, in order to discuss Asian civiliza-
tions and cultures.

The Council also adopted a French proposal that
the competent bodies of Seato should consider
the problem of educational assistance in the Treaty
area and recommend measures applicable in this
field within the framework of Seato.

Permanent Organization and Budget

The Council considered the strengthening of the
permanent civil organization in Bangkok and to
that end decided to appoint a Secretary General

Department of State Bulletin

and a Deputy Secretary General. They directed
the Council Representatives to determine the terms
of reference of these officers and the timing of the
appointments and to consider and report on nomi-
nations from member governments for these posts.
The Council approved a budget of $787,145 for
the fifteen months ending June 30, 1958 to cover
the cost of their permanent civil and military head-
quarters in Bangkok and to help finance certain
joint jn-ograms.

Final Observations

Among the topics discussed by the Council was
that of neutralism.

It was observed with concern that some govern-
ments have in varying degrees adopted a line of
active opposition to collective security arrange-
ments such as Seato which are in full accord with
the Charter of the United Xations.

It was hoped that as time passed and the value
of Seato became more widely appreciated that
those who criticized it today would eventually be
willing to welcome it. Seato is not an exclusive
organization but remains open to all those coun-
tries in Southeast Asia who are willing to share its
benefits and responsibilities. The Council mem-
bers wish to stress that it was genuine concern for
the security of the area which led to their volun-
tary association in Seato ; all nations of the area
whether members of Seato or not, are benefiting
from the protection provided by Seatos collective
deterrent strength.

The members of the Council recorded their ab-
horrence at the use of Soviet forces to crush the
struggle by the Hungarian people for independ-
ence. They noted that the Soviet action was con-
doned and supported by Communist China. They
noted the vivid and revealing contrast provided
by the policies of certain member governments,
which have already led or are now leading to
full independence in various hitherto dependent
territories.

The Comicil met in an atmosphere of great
friendship, understanding and mutual trust. As
the organization moves into its new and expanded
phase of activity, the Council members are deter-
mined that Seato will work for the enrichment as
well as the defense of human life and liberty in
accordance with the principles and purposes of tlie
Charter of the United Nations.

The representatives attending the Third Seato

April 7, 1957

420297 — 57 3

Council Meeting were: Australia - Rt. Hon. R. G.
Casey; France - M. Pierre de Nelice; New Zea-
land -Hon. T. L. MacDonald; Pakistan -Mr. S.
Amjad Ali; Philippines- Vice President Carlos
P. Garcia; Tliailund-Mr. Rak Panyarachun;
United Kingdom -Rt. Hon. The Earl of Home;
United States -Hon. John Foster Dulles.

STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES AT OPEN-
ING SESSION, MARCH 11

Press release 128 dated March 11

It is a great satisfaction for me to serve for the
third time as the United States representative at
the annual conference of the Seato Council. It
is appropriate that we thus come together to take
stock of our strength in the vital Seato area. We
are happy to be able to do this in the hospitable
land of Australia.

During the 3 years since our defensive treaty
M'as signed, Seato has proven a strong bulwark.
It has contributed greatly to the relative peace
and security which all the member nations now
enjoy. Seato is an effective force against aggres-
sion and subversion. This fact has encouraged
constructive developments in many fields. The
increased stability in the treaty area is fully
evident.

One notable example is the unity and strength
developed by the Republic of Viet-Nam. A
serious problem does, however, remain in Laos,
where, despite the Geneva armistice agreement,
international communism continues to support the
Pathet Lao insurgents. The Republic of Korea,
Japan, and the Republic of China are outside the
treaty area, but there is an interlocking connection
with them because the United States does have
collective defense treaties with these other free
Asian nations. It may therefore be relevant to
report that there is growing strength in each of
these three other free nations.

Political progi-ess within our treaty area is at-
tested by the fact that the Federation of Malaya
will soon achieve full independence. With re-
spect to Singapore, amiable and fruitful dis-
cussions are now in progress. During the period
of Seato's existence, the free countries of the area
have conducted orderly elections on a nationwide
basis and have been able to implement their ideals
of universal suffrage and free elections.

Substantial social and economic progi-ess has

529

been made by all member states. A broad inter-
change of visits by officials, as between the free
Asian countries, has served to create new bonds
of fi-iendship and understanding. Useful inter-
changes have also taken place between the free
Asian nations and the West. I recently had the
pleasure of receiving in my offices the 1,000th Thai
to come to the United States under the technical
training program conducted by our International
Cooperation Administration.^ By such inter-
changes in their lands and ours, the American
people learn much about the ancient culture and
the modern aspirations of free Asian nations. I
hope in turn tliat they learn something of value
from us and that it will serve both to advance
their own professional careers and to contribute to
the happiness and well-being of their peoples.

United States cooj^eration with our Asian
partners continues through bilateral arrangements
for economic aid, technical assistance, and cultural
exchange. These include our recent program of
Seato cultural gi-ants.=* Also of help is our mem-
bership in the Colombo Plan and Ecafe [Eco-
nomic Commission for Asia and the Far East],
and our bilatei'al agreements of sharing knowledge
and materials for the peaceful uses of atomic
energy. Plans for an Asian Nuclear Center lo-
cated at Manila are being actively studied by the
Colombo Plan nations with assurance of sub-
stantial United States support, both technical and
fuiancial.

Our mutual security pacts, including Seato, are
other manifestations of the same intent. And let
there be no doubt in any quarter — be it friendly
or hostile — that the American Nation is united in
its determination to respond to our obligations
under these pacts. Also that determination is
backed by power in being and in useful places.

Beyond the Treaty Area

We need, however, also to look beyond the con-
fines of our own treaty area. Events elsewhere
have been dramatic and instructive. Since we last
met, it has been demonstrated beyond a doubt that
the materialistic rule of communism will never
meet the aspirations with which human beings are
endowed by their Creator.

' For an exchange of corresiiondence between President
Elsenhower and the Prime Minister of Thailand, see
Bulletin of Mar. 18, 1957, p. 442.

'Ibid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 503.

Within the Soviet Union, the rulers have had to
disavow Stalin's brand of communism. They have
had to move, even though slowly, toward granting
their people greater personal security, gi'eater
freedom of thought and of conscience, and greater
enjoyment of the fruits of their labor. Within
Poland and Hungary, 12 years of indoctrination
have failed to persuade the youth that the Soviet
system satisfies either national or their individual
desires. Throughout the satellite area, there is
revulsion against the brutal colonialism and ex-
ploitation of Soviet imperialism. We can con-
fidently conclude from this that international com-
munism now imposed upon many of the peoples
of Asia is a passing and not a permanent phase.

On the other hand, developments elsewhere re-
veal characteristics which should keep us on guard.
When the people's revolt in Hungary could not
be subdued by the Eed Army forces already there,
Hungary was openly invaded and overrun by So-
viet divisions, spearheaded by tanks. They ruth-
lessly slaughtered the j^eople of Hungary who
were manifesting their desire of freedom. The
Soviet rulers did this in defiance of repeated calls
from the United Nations that the Soviet desist
from this armed attack upon another member state
in violation of the charter.

In the Middle East, the Soviet rulers have per-
sistently sought to foment trouble. Wlienever it
seemed that the difficulties in the area might be
peacefully composed, the Soviets have intervened
and by vicious propaganda and by large-scale
arms shipments sought to set the peoples of the
area against each other. All of this again is in
clear defiance of their obligations to seek the
settlement of international disputes by peaceful
means and in conformity with the principles of
justice and international law.

We must keep indelibly clear in our minds that
international communism is not regardful of le-
gality or of humanity or of the moral force of
world opinion as reflected in the General Assem-
bly of the United Nations. For these reasons it
is at most but a transient if painful episode in the
history of mankind.

The open support given by the Communist Chi-
nese to Soviet colonialism and imperialism and to
Soviet defiance of the United Nations has ominous
implications for all free Asian nations. These ac-
tions give us all ample warning of the true nature
of the Chinese Communist regime. They also

530

Department of Stale BuUelin

finphiisize the continuing importance of the mili-
tary side of Seato, of the work of our military ad-
\iser.s and of our combined military planning. All
of this has been highly ell'cctive.

Avoiding Communist Traps

A year ago at Karachi I stated (hat the success
of our trade, aid, and cultural exchange programs
was producing imitators.'' These imitatore, I said,
would use such programs for completely different
purposes. Our purpose is to build up the free na-
tions. Their purpose would be to destroy freedom
and independence.

I also predicted that the free Asian leaders who
had shown great political skill in winning in-
dependence for their countries would readily dis-
tinguish between liberty and tyranny. They
would do so even though tyranny went about
disguised in the pilfered clothes of liberty. I
do not think any of the free Asian leaders have
been deceived. Some may not yet be fully aware
of the danger from the numerous underground
forces which the Communist conspirators tradi-
tionally use. However, in various free Asian
countries there is already evidence of official action
to counter Communist penetration of schools,
trade unions, and minority groups. These are
encouraging beginnings in meeting a large-scale
and growing threat.

We who are members of Seato may gain influ-
ence beyond the treaty area as we ourselves set a
good example. Let us put our own houses in
order. Let us avoid Communist traps baited with
offers of trade and aid. Let us expose Communist
techniques of subversion. Let us make economic
and social progress. Let us build up our educa-
tional systems. T^et us give fair treatment to
minority groups. Let us train capable trade-union
leaders. Thus we can do much to show other free
nations how to seal off effectively the various tra-
ditional avenues of Communist penetration.

The several Seato committees have done much
planning to assist member nations toward this end.
I congratulate all who have taken part in laying
this groundwork for Seato activities and cooper-
ation in many fields. In the months and years
ahead those plans need to be put into effect and
enlarged. I am sure that in these meetings here
at Canberra we shall contribute strongly to this
achievement.

' Ibid., Mar. 19, 1956, p. 449.
April h 1957

STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES ON U.S.
CHINA POLICY, MARCH 12

Press release 138 dated March 13

The United States adheres steadfastly to the
three main aspects of its China policy, which is to
recognize the Republic of China ; not to recognize
the so-called People's Republic of China; and to
oppose the seating of this People's Republic in
the United Nations as the accredited representa-
tive of what the charter calls the Republic of
China.

This policy is not merely an expression of
emotional dislike of Chinese communism, al-
though the creed and practices of the Chinese
Communists are in fact repugnant to us. Also
our policy is not merely an expression of senti-
mental loyalty to the Republic of China, although
we do feel loyalty to a Government which was
loyal to the Allied cause throughout even the
darkest days of the Second World War.

Our policy stems primarily from considera-
tions of national interest and, we believe, of inter-
national interest. First of all we ask ourselves:
Will the interests of the United States be ad-
vanced by according diplomatic recognition to the
Chinese Communist regime?

The answer to that is in our opinion clearly
negative. United States diplomatic recognition
of the Chinese Communist regime would serve no
national purpose but would strengthen and en-
courage influences hostile to us and our allies and
further imperil lands whose independence is re-
lated to our own peace and security.

In this connection we recall that there are many
millions of immigrant Chinese who form parts of
the populations of free Asian countries. Today
many of them, perhaps most of them, remain loyal
to the Republic of China now seated at Taiwan,
which symbolizes the China that they know. We
can see only loss and no gain in action which would
make these overseas Chinese more apt to serve
the subversive policies of the Chinese Communist
regime.

If we examine this matter from the standpoint
of the United Nations, we come to a similar con-
clusion. The United Nations would not be
strengthened if the Communists were there to
represent China, and we cannot see that they have
any right to this role.

The charter seeks that membership should be
made up of peace-loving governments able and

531

willing to carry out their obligations under the
charter. There is no evidence that the Chinese
Communist regime would represent China in the
spirit envisaged by the charter. It has fought
the United Nations in Korea and still stands con-
demned as an aggressor against the United Na-
tions. It seized Tibet by force. It promoted the
war in Indochina. It refuses to renounce resort
to war as an instrument of its policy in relation
to Taiwan and the Penghus. Its conduct toward
other nations and their citizens does not reflect the
tolerance and good neighborliness which the mem-
bers of the United Nations are supposed to prac-
tice.

If the Communist regime were allowed to repre-
sent the Republic of China in the United Nations,
it would presumably sit on the Security Council
as a permanent member with veto power. That
Council is the body which by the charter is en-
trusted with primary responsibility for the main-
tenance of peace and security in conformity with
the principles of justice and international law. It
would be grotesque if that high responsibility were
to be conferred upon a regime which itself stands
condemned as an armed aggressor against the
United Nations and which itself is a most con-
spicuous, violator of justice and international law.

The United Nations is faced with growing re-
sponsibilities. These could not be more readily
discharged by giving the Chinese Communists the
opportunity to work mischief there.

We believe that United States policies are not
merely in our own interest and in the interest of
the free world but also that they are in the in-
terest of the Chinese people themselves, with
whom the American people have historic ties of
friendship.

STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES AT
CLOSING SESSION, MARCH 13

Press release 140 dated March 13

We have, I believe, every leason to be gratified
with what has been accomplished during the 3
days of the Seato Council meeting at Canberra.
Inspired by the opening address of Prime Minis-
ter Menzies, we have gone on to adopt sound
recommendations for expanded activities. These
will promote the peace and security of the area by
making the Seato nations better able to counter
in all its varied aspects the Communist threat.

These programs cover diverse fields, such as
combined military-defense information programs,
economic cooperation, and cultural exchange. But
they all have a single purpose. Their aim is to
strengthen spiritually and physically the peoples
and nations who wish to resist the Communist
menace and to pursue in freedom their individual
and national aspirations. These manifold activi-
ties of Seato require for their success a high degree
of coordination. This will be promoted by the
Secretary General and Deputy Secretary General,
new positions which the Council here has agreed
to establish.

I wish, Mr. Chairman, to express my apprecia-
tion and that of the entire United States delega-
tion to our host, the Government of Australia, to
you, Mr. Casey, our able chairman, and to the
others here in Canberra who have done so much
to make the Council meeting the success it has
been. We recognize the enormous effort that goes
into preparing for such an important meeting at-
tended by so many people of different lands. We
have been met on all sides by careful preparation,
courtesy, cooperation, and good humor. It is the
excellence of arrangements made for us here that
has pennitted us to accomplish so much in these
3 days.

These arrangements have a significance which
goes far beyond the personal enjoyment of the dele-
gates themselves. It contributes to the develop-
ment of the friendship between our countries
which, as Prime Minister Menzies pointed out, is
one of the imponderable but most valuable assets
of our association. In this connection, I am sure
that my colleagues will wish to join me in asking
the chairman to convey to the Speaker of the House
and the President of the Senate our gratitude for
their gracious hospitality and ask them to convey
to the parliamentary stall' and to Hansard our ap-
preciation for their great assistance and the skill
with which they have handled this important
conference.

The success of this third Council meeting, like
that of the previous two, also owes much to the
various Seato committees, the Council represent-
atives, and the military advisers, who did such
excellent work in preparing their reports and
recommeiulafions. Their conscientious efforts
through the more than 2 years of Se.vto's existence
have made it possible for us to look forward each
year with increased confidence in ourselves and in

532

Deparfment of State Bulletin

our capacity to resist the vaT-iod forms of attack
wliich we know are being made and will continue
to be made against us by the Communists.

At this meeting we have again aflirmed our be-
lief that only through the exercise of wliat the
United Nations Charter calls the inherent right
of collective defense backed by adequate force can
we exfject to remain free. By constant vigilance
and dedication to the high purposes expressed in
our treaty and in the Pacific Charter, we can hope
that in the coming year Seato will contribute fur-
ther to the peace and security not only of South-
east Asia but of the world. Thank you.

SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE,
CANBERRA, MARCH 13

Press release Hi dated March 14

Secretary Dulles: I am very happy to have a
chance to meet with you for a few minutes. Our
conference has just closed, and I shall be going
back to Washington the first thing tomorrow
morning. It has been, I think, a good conference.
It has not been spectacular; it has been harmo-
nious and in that respect perhaps it has not made
much news, but from the standpoint of a member
of the Council I would rather have it that way.
We have built, I think, constructively, and I have
tlie feeling more than ever before that Seato is a
real solid going concern. My feeling in that re-
spect is somewhat increased perhaps by the fact
that I am told that the Communist propaganda is
attacking us very viciously and blaming all the
evils of much of the world upon Seato. That, at
least, proves that we are not insignificant. I
might say in reply that I think events of recent
years have demonstrated beyond the possibility of
doubt that the Communists try to make trouble
where there is none and, if there is any anywhere,
they try to make it worse. That has certainly
been our experience during this last year. Now
if you have any questions I would be glad to try
to answer them.

Q. Mr. Dulles, is it correct that under tchat is
noio knoion a.s the Eisenhower Doctrine, if one of
the middle East powers asked for military aid to
frotect therii from armed aggression, the United
States will give such aid?

A. Well, there are three aspects of the so-called
Eisenhower Doctrine. One is to assist the coun-

tries to build up their economies so they can be
strong and independent. The second is to help
them to develop their own defensive capabilities
so that they will have a dependable security-
defense force. And the third is, if they are at-
tacked by a Communist-controlled country and if
they want our assistance, the President is author-
ized to give it.

Q. Mr. Dulles, the situation in the Middle
East — do you see any alarming portents in the
nei'j developments there?

A. Well, I would not like to answer that ques-
tion because I am not fully up to date. I would
prefer not to talk about the recent developments
in that part, of the world. Those are being
handled — from the standpoint of the United
States — being handled from Washington. And I
am not kept fully informed, and I would prefer
not to comment on the basis of inadequate in-
formation on what is obviously a delicate situa-
tion.

Q. Mr. Dulles.^ could you ansioer a subsidiary
question stemming from the first one?

A. All right.

Q. Why toas it that the United States did not
give military aid, to Hungary when she appealed
to the United, States to protect her from Russia?

A. Well, there was no basis for our giving mili-
tary aid to Hungary. We had no commitment to
do so, and we did not think that to do so would
either assist the people of Hungary or the people
of Europe or the rest of the world.

U.S. Negotiations With the Philippines

Q. Mr. Dulles, has there been any progress in
the United States negotiations with the Philip-
pine Government on the question of American
bases in the Philippines?

A. There has been no recent progress made.
The talks have been temporarily suspended. I
expect that they will be resumed soon. The dif-
ferences between us are, I think, not insurmount-
able, and I expect that there will be an amicable
settlement, but at the moment the discussions are
in suspension.

Q. Mr. Secretary, the question I have been try-
ing to ask is whether or not the events in the Mid-
dle East have caused any change in your plans to

April I, 7957

533

return home. You are still planning to stay over-
night here and start hack tomorrow morning?

A. Yes, I am going back according to schedule,
going back tomorrow morning. I hope to spend
a day at Honoluhi and rest up, and I will be back
in Washington on Saturday or Sunday and get
ready for the Bermuda conference with Mr.
Harold Macmillan, which will begin on Wednes-
day afternoon.

Q. We should not put any significance to your
leisurely trip tomorrow? You donH regard the
Middle East situation as alarming?

A. No, all I can say is that I am conscious that
the people in Washington are perfectly able to
take care of it.

Q. That means you tuill miss the National Se-
curity Cowncil meeting that is called for Thurs-
day?

A. They have them every Thursday ; so, if I am
ever absent on a Thursday, I miss that meeting.

Q. I understand that this was specially called
for the Middle East discussion.

A. I don't think so. I think it is a regular
Thursday meeting.

Q. Mr. Dulles., is Ameiica introducing atomic
weapons to Southeast Asia for SEATO defense in
the area?

A. No, not that I am aware of. We have atomic
capabilities in our own mobile forces in the area,
but they are confined, as far as I am aware, to
our own forces.

Q. Mr. Dulles, could you say why it is that
President Eisenhower has not asked for authority
to protect any European country against armed
aggression?

A. We have such authority in the North Atlan-
tic Treaty. You see, we get the authority in any
one of two ways. One is by a congressional res-
olution, and the other is by a treaty. A treaty be-
comes a law of the land in the same way that a
congressional joint resolution becomes law of the
land. So that we can operate in either of two
ways, either under the treaty form, which is the
case of Europe, or the joint resolution form, which
is that adopted in the case of the Middle East.

Q. Gould I just ask you to explain why the
United States, after suggesting the formation of
the Baghdad Pact, subsequently withdrew from it?

Baghdad Pact

A. Well, it would be hardly accurate to say we
witlidrew from it because we were never a member
of the Baghdad Pact. We did suggest the desir-
ability of an organization for secm-ity purposes
of what I call the nortliern-tier countries. I made
that suggestion after having been out there the
first year I was Secretary of State some 4 years
ago. We were very glad to see the Baghdad Pact
formed. We are associated with it in many re-
spects, and I hope will become even more closely
associated with it without necessarily becoming a
formal member of the treaty organization.

Q. Mr. Dulles, in your opening address to the
Council and those of the other Ministers, there was
reference to the primary requirement of insuring
the security of countries in South and Southeast
Asia. Could you tell us how SEATO proposes to
apply that to the Kashmir prohlem?

A. Well, I am not sure that Seato will interest
itself in the Kashmir problem. I don't think that
is a problem for Seato. You will recall perhaps
that the United States, at least in adhering to the
Seato treatj', said that the aggression with which
we concerned ourselves was Communist aggres-
sion, and we limited our participation to that kind
of aggression.

Q. Would that he direct aggression, sir, or
Commjunist-inspired aggression?

A. I think that the actual language of the treaty
is "Communist aggi-ession."

Q. Mr. Dulles, you are reported to have told the
United States Congress on January £5 that an
American soldier called upon to fight in the Middle
East could "feel a lot safer" if he did not have
British and French troops alongside him. WJiat
do you mean hy that?

A. I was referring to the fact that some of the
Senators were suggesting that, if there were mili-
tary operations in the area, they should be under-
taken jointly with the British and the French. On
the other hand, the United Nations had just called
upon the British and the French to withdraw and
had created the United Nations Emergency Force
without participation by the Britisli and the
French. It did not seem to me under the circum-
stances it would be desirable for us to try to bring
back the British and French forces into the area
from which they had just retired as a result of
the recommendations of the United Nations.

534

Department of State Bulletin

Q. Mr. Dulles, is the United States jmtting ojf
naming an American amhassculor to the Philip-
pines until after the elections there and, as a con-
sequence, putting ojf the bases talks?

A. No, I hope that we will be able to ask the
agrcment, as it is called, of the Philippine Gov-
ernment for the appointment of an ambassador
shortly.

Q. And who is that?

A. We will have to tell the Government that
first.

Possibility of Sudden Communist Attack

Q. Mr. Dulles, would you feel that things are
just as delicate in the Southeast Asia area as in
the Middle East?

A. I would say that there exists here about the
same danger of Communist attack as there does in
the Middle East. I spoke to that point somewhat
this morning at the conference, pointing out the
fact that the danger of attack from Communist-
controlled countries can never be foreseen with
any confidence. When it comes, if it comes, it will
be because in the Communist type of dictatorship
they can make their preparations in entire se-
crecy. There is no 2:)arliamentary situation to con-
cern them, no public relations situation to concern
them ; there is no free press to concern them, and
they can always act and, if they wish, strike in a
way which will take us by surprise. Therefore,
we must always be prepared and ready as long as
they have the kind of military potential which
they do have, and as long as they have the ex-
pansionist ambitions which they do have.

Q. Mr. Dulles, what are you hoping will he the
outcome of the Bermuda talks?

A. Well, these talks are the kind of talks which
we have periodically with the heads of other gov-
ernments with whom we have many relations.
There are always a series of these talks throughout
each year, and there are a number of matters of
common concern to the British and ourselves that
we will talk over, and I think we will come to a
better understanding between ourselves.

Q. Is the United States concerned about the
presence of Russians in Antarctica, and is the
United States prepared to do anything about

them?

A. We are concerned about their presence there.
In fact, we are concei'ned about their presence
almost anywhere. I have had talks on that sub-
ject with your Prime Minister and your Foreign
Minister. I think we. want to be very careful that
the Soviets, under the guise of the Geophysical
Year, don't engage in activities which are not
contemplated by the scientists who outlined that
year.

Q. Mr. Dulles, in view of what you just said
about the danger of sudden Communist attach it
ivould be possible legally for tlie United States to
act immediately under the SEATO treaty if that
attack occurred in this region?

A. Yes, it would be.

Q. Mr. Dulles, has the Australian viewpoint on
Dutch New Guinea been put to you, and, if so, have
you had any reaction to it?

A. About New Guinea, no, we have not had any
particular talks about that. I think the problem
comes up annually at the United Nations. It
came up again this year. I forget what the dispo-
sition was. But our position in that matter is
well known. There is nothing new to develop on
that.

■Middle East

Q. Mr. Dulles, do you feel that the United
Nations should take a stronger line with Egypt,
as it took with Israel?

A. I think that we should try to stand for the
principles of the charter, the principle that dis-
putes should be settled by peaceful means and in
conformity with the principles of justice and in-
ternational law. That is the first article of the
charter. We have tried to make that prevail as
against Israel, and I believe we should also try to
make it prevail as against Egypt.

Q. lias the United States of America ever re-
gretted its decision to cancel the loan to Egypt for
the Astoan Dam?

A. No, I think if anything events have con-
firmed that fact that it would not have been a
wise operation for us to have tried to conduct to-
gether. That was a gigantic proposition wlrich
involved expenditures of probably a billion and
a half dollars, by far the largest operation of the
kind ever known in the history of the world. It

April 1, 1957

535

would have taken about 15 years of close associa-
tion ; it would have involved an austerity progi-am
on the part of Egj-pt which I think the people
would have come to resent and would have blamed
the foreigners who were the partners in the enter-
prise. The more we studied it, the more we came
to the conclusion that it was not a suitable project
for the United States and the United Kingdom,
because they were in it also, to try to conduct with
Egjpt.

Q. Do you think it hastened the seizure of the
canal company iy Egypt?

A. Well, it is hard to say whether that hastened
it or not. We now know from statements made
by President Xasser and also made by President
Tito that there had been plans to seize the Uni-
versal Canal Company made approximately 2
years before. The plans wei'e all ready and this
may have provided the occasion, but, if there had
not been this occasion, I am quite sirre another one
would have been found.

Q. Mr. Dulles, was it the hope of yowr Govern-
ment when the United Nations first moved into
the Gaza Strip that they would remain for some
considerable time?

A. We believe that it would be desirable to have
the United Nations Emergency Force function as
a barrier between Israel and the neighboring Arab
countries. That has been difficult to work out,
partly because Israel has not wanted to have any
elements of the United Nations Force on the
Israeli side of the boundary and Egypt has not
wanted to have them exclusively on the Egyptian
or Gaza Strip of the boundary. But I still hope
something can be worked out there to give greater
stability and tranquillity to the area and to put
a stop to the raiding back and forth.

Q. Did the Israeli Government agree to with-
draic its forces on the assumption of the United
Nations barrier?

A. No, I would hardly say that, because Israel
itself has been the principal obstacle to creating
that ban-ier. As I pointed out, they have not
wanted to have the United Nations forces actually
on the boundary line.

Q. Mr. Dulles, since the Philippines loill not
yield on this question of jurisdiction, wiill the
United States eventually meet the Philippine
demands?

A. I don't believe the issue is quite as sharp as
your question suggests, and I am confident of this,
that two countries which have as much in com-
mon as the Philippine Republic and the United
States have are going to find a mutually satisfac-
tory answer to this problem. It is unthinkable
that our whole problem of mutual security, which
is so important to both of us, should collapse on
this issue. I am sure it will not collapse because
I have faith in the reasonableness and concilia-
tory nature of both parties.

Q. Could you give us some information on the
ideas of the United States thinking of the present
infernal strife in Indonesia?

A. Well, it is always difficult and a little bit
dangerous to try to diagnose what is essentially,
I think, an internal development within In-
donesia. But from the information that I have it
would seem as though this was largely a problem J
of the degree of autonomy to be accorded to the "
different islands. It is a question of, you might
say, the balance of power between the Federal
Government and the various island communities.
I do not believe that in its present manifestation
it has any international aspects of significance.

Communist China

Q. What assurances, undertakings, and actions
would the United States reguire of Communist
China hefoi'e it would consider recognition of the
Comm/unist regime?

A. Well, as I said in my statement, the United
States looks at it from the standpoint of doing or
not doing what will serve the best interests of the
United States. Now when you have a regime
which is avowedly hostile to us and all that we
stand for, to my mind it doesn't make much sense
that we should take action to make it stronger and
enhance its influence and prestige in the world.
The reason for our action is what basicallj' I de-
scribed and, if that reason disappeared, then I
suppose we would have to reconsider the situation,
but basically a nation conducts its foreign policy
in such a way as to protect itself and recognition
is something that is a privilege, not a right. No
government has a right to have recognition. It
is a privilege that is accorded, and we accord it
when we think it will fit in with our national in-
terest, and if it doesn't, we don't accord it.

Q. Mr. Dulles, have you had talks today or talks

536

Department of Stale Bulletin

at (HI hei'e with Lord Home and Mr. Menzles on
the sititatwn in the Middle East, specifically the
Gaza Strip?

A. Well, we have not discussed it except in the
most casual way because, as I have said, I have
not here in Canberra tried to keep in touch with
that situation. That is being dealt with, from
the standpoint of the United States, in Washing-
ton. And while we have alluded to it casually as
we have met together on various topics, we have
not had any serious talks about the matter because
I have said to them the same thing that I have
said to you here — I am not handling that phase of
the matter for the Government of the United
States. At the present time it is being handled by
the Acting Secretary of State in Washington.

Q. Can you express your views on the jwbu/re
form of administration of the Suez Canal?

A. Well, the views that we hold are those that
were expressed first at the conference in London
where the 18 nations, including the United States,
adopted certain proposals and the matter was fur-
ther discussed in the Security Council of the
United Nations and there the United States, as
a member of the Security Council of the United
Nations, voted for the so-called six principles.
Then there were private discussions on the ap-
plication of those six principles which were con-
ducted by the Secretary-General as between the
Foreigii Secretaries of the United Kingdom,
France, and Egypt, and those were expressed and
embodied in a letter which the Secretary-General
made public to the members of the United Na-
tions. That all advanced the matter quite a long
way toward what we think is an acceptable so-
lution, and if that could be brought to a conclu-
sion, as was forecast at that time, I think it would
be generally acceptable.

Q. Mr. Dulles, referring again to atomic xoeap-
ons, would the United States forces in the Pa-
cific have quick access to them, in an emergency?

A. The United States forces, yes indeed. Our
forces almost everywhere nowadays have atomic
weapons as almost a normal part of their equip-
ment. Now we don't take them everywhere, but
so far as they are on American soil and under
American jurisdiction or on American ships,
American planes, they have immediate access to
atomic capabilities.

Q. Folloiving that, Mr. Dulles, the Commander
in Chief of NATO said on his appointment that
he would use, on hehalf of NATO, he would make
the fullest use of all atomic weapons. Does that
policy also apply to the combined forces of
SEATO?

A. Well, of course we don't have quite the
same military setup. There is no commander of
a joint operation in Seato as is the case with
Nato, where there is a Saceur, the Supreme Com-
mander of Europe, who has the operational re-
sponsibility for forces of a number of different
nationalities. But the United States forces which
are committed to the defense of Seato would have
the same atomic capability as the United States
forces do in Nato.

Q. Does the United States envisage ever using
the Woomera rocket range for rocket testing?

A. Now you are out of my depth. I don't know.
That is a matter that the Defense people would
Imow about, but I don't know.

Q. There was some speculation that Mr. Menzies
loould he asking you for a clear definition of
United States policy on the Middle East during
your visit here. I guess it was only speculation,
but I loonder if you had been asked for that.

A. No, I wasn't asked for that. I think our
position is fairly clear. I will take one more ques-
tion, and I have to get ready for dinner with Lord
Home.

Q. Have you a clear view of United States pol-
icy on the Middle East?

A. Have I a clear Adew of it ? I think so, yes.

Working Group on German Reunifica-
tion Completes Report

Press release 149 dated March 15

The Working Group, consisting of representa-
tives of the United States, the United Kingdom,
France, and the Federal Republic of Germany,
which has been meeting at Washington to review
the problem of German reunification in relation
to European security, has now completed a report
for the consideration of the four governments.^

' For an announcement of the meeting, which began on
Mar. 6, and the names of the chief representatives of the
four governments, see Bdxletin of Mar. 25, 1957, p. 491.

AptW 7, 7957

537

German Minister for Atomic Affairs
To Visit the United States

The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on March 12
(press release 136) that Siegfried Balke, German
Federal Minister for Atomic Affairs, would arrive
March 13, aboard the S.S. United States. He will
be in the United States about 10 days.

In response to an invitation from the Depart-
ment of State and Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman of
the Atomic Energy Commission, Dr. Balke will
proceed to Washington for talks with officials of
the Department of State and the Atomic Energy
Commission. Afterward, the Minister will visit
the first full-scale nuclear power plant mider con-
struction at Shippingport, Pa., and the Commis-
sion's National Laboratories at Lemont, 111., and
Oak Ridge, Tenn. Before returning to Germany,
Dr. Balke will visit Canada.

Mr. Stassen To Represent U.S.
at London Disarmament Meetings

Press release 139 dated March 13

Harold E. Stassen, Special Assistant to the
President, will represent the U.S. Government at
the forthcoming meetings of the Disarmament
Subcommittee of the United Nations Disarma-
ment Commission, which are expected to convene
at London on March 18, 1957.

Amos J. Peaslee, formerly American Ambas-
sador to Australia, will be the Deputy U.S.
Representative.

The United Nations Disarmament Commission
was established by the General Assembly in 1952
and is concerned with preparing proposals on all
aspects of the regulation of armed forces and
armaments, including nuclear weapons. The
Commission is composed of the 11 members of the
United Nations Security Council and Canada.
In 1953, on recommendation of the General As-
sembly, the Disarmament Commission set up a
Subcommittee of Five — Canada, France, the
United Kingdom, the United States, and the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics — to seek in
private an acceptable solution of the disarmament
problem. This Subcommittee met most recently
at Ijondon in the spring of 1956. It has now been

reconvened to continue its efforts in accordance
with a United Nations General Assembly reso-
lution which passed 76-0 on February 15, 1957.^

Hungary's National Holiday

Statement hy President Eisenhower

White House press release dated March 15

March 15th is a day of special significance to
the Hungarian people. As a traditional Hun-
garian national holiday commemorating the Hun-
garian people's struggle of 1848-49 against for-
eign domination, it symbolizes their enduring
aspirations for freedom and national independ-
ence.

It is most fitting at this time, when the world
has again witnessed the courageous sacrifice of the
Hungarian people for these cherished ideals, that
we should affirm our understanding of the mean-
ing which this day has in the hearts and minds
of Hungarians everywhere.

The struggle for human freedom has been a
vital force in the history and progress of civilized
mankind. In our highly interdependent modern
society this struggle, wherever waged, has neces-
sarily become the common concern of all human-
ity. Today, as in the time of Louis Kossuth, the
American people deeply sympathize with the just
demands of the Himgarian people for freedom and
independence.

The suffering which the Hungarian people have
undergone for the sake of these principles has
forged an vmbreakable bond with the free-world
community. The Hungarian people have in their
lifeblood written anew the message that an alien
and unwelcome ideology cannot forcibly be im-
posed on a free-spirited people. Wlien attempted,
the inevitable result is the complete rejection of
that ideology and hatred of those who seek to im-
pose such tyranny upon others. In recognition
of this truth which the Hungarian people have
demonstrated, we can do no less than express our
confident hope and our profound belief that the
processes of enlightemnent and justice among men
and nations will triumph in the end in Hungary
and in all other oppressed nations.

^ For backgi-oiind, see Bdi,i.etin of Feb. 11, 1957, p. 225,
and Mar. 11, 1957, p. 423.

538

Department of State Bulletin

Department Announcement Regarding
Canadian Ambassador to Egypt

Press release 152 dated March 16

The Canadian Embassy has had discussions
■with the Department of State with regard to state-
ments concerning E. H. Norman, now Canadian
Ambassador to Egypt, made on March 14 during
hearings of the Senate Internal Security Subcom-
mittee.

The Department of State notes that comments
were made in the committee hearings which could
be interpreted as assigning to Mr. Norman certain
questionable political affiliations. It should be
pointed out that the investigation being under-
taken by the committee lies entirely within the
conti'ol of the committee. Allegations which may
have been made regarding Mr. Norman in the
course of the hearing do not represent opinions of
the U.S. Government.

The United States maintains the friendliest re-
lations with Canada and has every confidence in
the Canadian Government's judgment in the selec-
tion of its official representatives.

Tenth Anniversary of
Greek-Turkish Aid Program

Following are the texts of messages sent hy
President Eisenhoioer on March 12 to King Paul
of Greece and President Celal Bayar of Turkey
on the 10th anniversary of the Greeh-Turkish Aid
Program.

Message to King of Greece

White House press release dated March 12

YoTjR Maji:sty: I am delighted to convey to
you my greetings on the occasion of the anniver-
sary of a decade of Greek-American coopera-
tion in the interest of security and economic
progress.

Ten years ago, Greece was fighting bravely for
its very existence against the onslaught of com-
munist imperialism. I acclaim Greek achieve-
ment in winning that struggle and then repairing
the devastation it had caused, and in continuing to
play an important part in the defense of the free
world.

I am proud that Greece and the United States

have stood together during this difficult period.
The partnership of our countries is a striking ex-
ample of the way in which free nations working
together can contribute to the peace and security
of the international community.
Most respectfully,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

Message to President of Turkey

White House press release dated March 12

Dear Mr. President: On the occasion of the
anniversary of a decade of Turkish-American co-
operation in the interest of security and economic
progress, I am delighted to convey to you my
greetings. I acclaim the accomplishments of Tur-
key during the past ten years in strengthening its
position of enlightened leadership, and in taking
an important part in the defense of the free world.

I am proud that Turkey and the United States
have stood together during this difficult period.
The partnersliip of our countries is a striking ex-
ample of the way in which free nations working
together can contribute to the peace and security
of the international community.
Sincerely,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

Pan American Games

Press release 142 dated March 13

In view' of extensive 'press inquiries regarding
the appropriation for the Pan American games
scheduled to he held at Cleveland in 1959, Roy R.
Rubottom, Jr., Acting Assistant Secretary for
Inter-Amencan Affairs, and I. W. Carpenter, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary-Controller, made the follow-
ing statements on March 13:

STATEMENT BY MR. RUBOTTOM

The Pan American games were inaugurated
after World War II by the Pan American Sports
Congress, an organization composed of 29 nations
of the Western Hemisphere. They are patterned
after the Olympic games and are to be held every
4 years, the first having been held in Buenos Aires
in 1951 and the second in Mexico City in 1955. It
is my understanding that representatives of the

AptW 7, 7957

539

city of Cleveland issued an invitation to this group
to hold the 1959 games in their city, and on March
11, 1955, this invitation was accepted by the Pan
American Sports Congress and Cleveland was
designated as the site for the 1959 games.

Wlien the legislation was proposed, the Depart-
ment commented as follows :

This occasion will provide our country with an oppor-
tunity to further promote pan-American friendship
through the effective media of amateur sportsmanship.
Our facilities, our hospitality and our treatment of the
many visitors from abroad, both participants in the
games and spectators, will be compared with that which
was provided by Argentina and Mexico. It is important
that this comparison not be to our discredit. Not only
foreigners coming to Cleveland, but the millions who will
follow the games abroad by press, radio and television
will be apprised of the importance and attention our coun-
try gives these games. They can make a long-term con-
tribution to our foreign policy objectives by creating a
broader understanding of our country and people and our
recognition of the importance of our good neighbors of
this hemisphere.

It is the position of the Department that this under-
taking by the city of Cleveland to be host to the Pan-
American Games in 1959 merits appropriate support from
the Federal Government. It may be appropriate to point
out that the National Governments of both Argentina and
Mexico provided substantial financial support in the
organization of the games In their capitals.

On July 30, 1956, a joint resolution of Congress
was approved as Public Law 833 and reads as
follows :

Resolved by the Senate and House of Representa-
tives of the United States of America in Congress as-
sembled. That there is hereby authorized to be appropri-
ated out of moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appro-
priated tie sum of $5,000,000 for III Pan American Games
(1959). The said appropriation shall be available for
the purpose of promoting and insuring the success of the
Pan American games to be held in Cleveland, Ohio, in
1959 and shall be expended in the discretion of the organi-
zation sponsoring said games, subject to such audit as
may be prescribed by the Comptroller General of the
United States.

STATEMENT BY MR. CARPENTER

The Department of State is in no way responsi-
ble for the issuance of the invitation for the games
to be held in Cleveland. The Department's inter-
est is based on its desire that the games be held in

circumstances and in an atmosphere which will
promote friendly relations among the nations of
this hemisphere. Since an American city is the
host, it is particularly important that our foreign
guests depart with a feeling that they have been
among sincere friends.

An appropriation has been included in the De-
partment's budget for fiscal year 1958. The De-
partment is not in a position to speak to the de-
tails for which these funds are required. Officials
of the city of Cleveland and of the Pan American
Games Foundation are familiar with that.

The Department has no substantive responsi-
bility for these games. Neither will it have a
voice with regard to the manner in which these
funds will be spent. It would seem appropriate,
therefore, that justification for these funds should
be advanced by the representatives of the Cleve-
land Pan American Games Foundation, which
organization would have the responsibility rather
than the Department.

The Department believes that the inclusion of
this type of estimate in the State Department
appropriation stinicture is vmdesirable since the
State Department does not customarily engage
in actually spending funds for activities of this
kind within the United States. The Department
will have no objection if this item were to be re-
moved from its appropriation chapter.

Letters of Credence

Haiti

The newly appointed Ambassador of Haiti,
Dantes Bellegarde, presented his credentials to
President Eisenhower on March 11. For the
texts of the Ambassador's remarks and the Presi-
dent's reply, see Department of State press release
127.

Chile

The newly appointed Ambassador of Chile,
Mariano Puga, presented his credentials to Presi-
dent Eisenhower on March 12. For the texts of
the Ambassador's remarks and the President's re-
ply, see Department of State press release 133.

540

Departmenf of Stafe Bulletin

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES

Calendar of Meetings '

Adjourned During March 1957

U.N. General Assembly: 11th Session New York Nov. 12, 1956-Mar.

9, 1957.

U.N. ECOSOC Subcommission on Prevention of Discrimination and New York Feb. 18-Mar. 15

Protection of Minorities: 9th Session.

ICAO Technical Panel on Teletypewriter Montreal Feb. 19-Mar. 8

U.N. ECE Working Party on Gas Problems: 2d Session Geneva Feb. 25-Mar. 1

U.N. ECOSOC Population Commission: 9th Session New York Feb. 25-Mar. 8

ILO Governing Body: 134th Session (and Committees) Geneva Feb. 25-Mar. 9

International Sugar Council: Statistical Committee London Mar. 4 (1 day)

U.N. ECOSOC Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations . . New York Mar. 4-6

SEATO Engineering Workshop Study Group Rawalpindi, Pakistan . . . Mar. 4-7

International Sugar Council: Executive Committee London Mar. 5 (1 day)

International Sugar Council: 12th Session London Mar. 6-7

FAO Committee on Relations with International Organizations . Rome Mar. 7-8

U.N. ECAFEIndustrv and Trade Committee: 9th Session .... Bangkok Mar. 7-17

SEATO Council: 3d Meeting Canberra Mar. 11-13

Technical Advisory Council of Inter-American Institute of Agri- Turrialba, Costa Rica . . . Mar. 11-14

cultural Sciences: 2d Meeting.

FAO Ad Hoc Intergovernmental Meeting on Wheat and Coarse Rome Mar. 11-15

Grains.

International North Pacific Fisheries Commission: Ad Hoc Com- Tokyo Mar. 11-17

mittee for Study of Reports Submitted Under Article III 1 (a) of

the International North Pacific Fisheries Convention.

9th Pakistan Science Conference Peshawar, West Pakistan . . Mar. 11-18

ILO Inland Transport Committee: 6th Session Hamburg Mar. 11-23

International North Pacific Fisheries Commission: Standing Com- Tokyo Mar. 18-23

mission on Biology and Research.

U.N. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East: 13th Ses- Bangkok Mar. 18-28

sion.

FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 28th Session .... Rome Mar. 18-29

International Tin Study Group and Management Committee: 9th London Mar. 19-20

Meeting.

WMO Working Group on Networks of the Commission for Synoptic DeBilt, Netherlands .... Mar. 19-30

Meteorology. .,, , >,».»»

U.S.-U.K. Bermuda Meeting Bermuda Mar. 21-23

in Session as of March 31, 1957

U.N. Trusteeship Council: Standing Committee on Petitions. . . New York Feb. 18-
U.N. Arf //oc Committee on Establishment of Special U.N. Fund for New York Mar. 11-

Economic Development (SUNFED). ,, „

ICAO Aerodromes, Air Routes, and Ground Aids Division: 6th Montreal Mar. 12-

Session. ..t -.r , i>i , .

U.N. Trusteeship Council: 19th Session New York Mar. 14-

U.N. Disarmament Commission: Subcommittee of Five London Mar. 18-

U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Status of Women: 11th Session . New York Mar. 18-

ICEM Executive Committee: 7th Session Geneva Mar. 28-

Scheduied April 1-June 30, 1957

FAO Cocoa Studv Group: Statistical Subcommittee Rome Apr. 1-

UPU Executive and Liaison Committee Lausanne Apr. 1-

* Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Mar. 1.5. 1957. Asterisks Indicate tentative dates and places.
Following is a list of abbreviations: U.N., United Nations; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council: ICAO, International
Civil Aviation Organization ; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe ; ILO, International Labor Organization ; SEATO,
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization : FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization ; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia
and the Far East • WMO, World Meteorological Organization ; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion- UPU Universal Postal Union: UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization;
UNICEP United Nations Children's Fund : GATT, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade ; ITU, International Tele-
commimication Union ; NATO, North Atlantic Treaty Organization ; WHO, World Health Organization ; UNREF, United
Nations Refugee Fund ; PAIGH, Pan American Institute of Geography and History ; PASO, Pan American Sanitary
Organization.

April I, 7957 541

Calendar of Meetings — Continued

Scheduled April 1-June 30, 1957 — Continued

ILO Advisory Committee on Salaried Employees and Professional Geneva Apr. 1-

Workers: 4th Session.

UNESCO Intergovernmental Advisory Committee on the Major Paris Apr. 1-

Project on Mutual Appreciation of Asian and Western Cultural

Values: 1st Meeting.

FAO European Commission for Control of Foot-and-Mouth Disease: Rome Apr. 2-

4th Session.

FAO Special Committee on Observer Status Rome Apr. 2-

FAO Cocoa Study Group: Executive Committee Rome Apr. 4-

ICEM Subcommittee on Coordination of Transport Geneva Apr. 5-

ICEM Council: 6th Session Geneva Apr. 8-

U.N. Scientific Committee on the Eflfects of Atomic Radiation: 3d Geneva Apr. 8-

Meeting.

U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Human Rights: 13th Session . . . Geneva Apr. 8-

U.N. ECAFE: 5th Regional Conference of Asian Statisticians . . . Bangkok Apr. 8-

UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee New York Apr. 8-

ILO Tripartite Working Party on Wages, Hours of Work, and Geneva Apr. 11-

Manning on Board Ship.

United States World Trade Fair New York Apr. 14-

U.N. Economic and Social Council: 23d Session New York Apr. 16-

Inter- American Commission of Women: Technical Experts and Mexico, D. F Apr. 20-

Administrative Heads of Women's Labor Bureaus.

FAO International Poplar Commission: 9th Session Paris Apr. 22-

International Poplar Congress Paris Apr. 22-

ICAO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Hire, Charter, and Madrid Apr. 24-

Interchange of Aircraft.

2d European Civil Aviation Conference Madrid Apr. 24-

9th ILO International Conference of Labor Statisticians .... Geneva Apr. 24-

U.N. ECE Steel Committee and Working Parties Geneva Apr. 24-

Inter-American Committee of Presidential Representatives: 3d Washington Apr. 29-

Meeting.

ITU Administrative Council: 12th Session Geneva Apr. 29-

U.N. ECOSOC Narcotic Drugs Commission: 12th Session . . . . New York Apr. 29-

U.N. Economic Commission for Europe: 12th Session Geneva Apr. 29-

South Pacific Commission: Conference on Review of the Commis- Canberra Apr. 30-

sion.

International Commission on Irrigation and Drainage: 3d Congress. San Francisco May 1-

10th International Cannes Film Festival Cannes May 2-

NATO Council: Ministerial Meeting Bonn May 2-

ILO Mptal Trades Committpe: 6th Si'ssion Geneva May 6-

FAO Technical Meeting on Soil Fertility for Latin America .... Turrialba, Costa Rica . . . May 6-

U.N. ECE Seminar on Industrial Statistics Athens May 6-

U.N. ECOSOC Social Commission: 11th Session New York May 6-

FAO European Forestrv Commission: 9th Session Rome May 7-

WHO: 10th World Hpalth Assembly Geneva May 7-

International Hydrographic Bureau: 7th Congress Monte Carlo May 7-

Inter- American Travel Congresses: Permanent Executive Com- Washington May 10-

mittee.

FAO Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council: 7th Session Bandung May 13-

U.N. ECAFE Highway Subcommittee: Seminar on Highway Tokyo Mav 13-

Safety.

U.N. Economic Commission for Latin America: 7th Session ... La Paz May 15-

International Conference for Uses of Radar in Marine Navigation . Genoa May 16-

International Cotton Advisory Committee: 16th Plenary Meeting . Istanbul May 20-

Intf'rnational Commission for Northwest Atlantic Fisheries: 7th Lisbon May 20-

Meeting.

Customs Cooperation Council: 10th Session Brussels May 27-

WHO Executive Board: 20th Session Geneva May 27-

ILO Governing Body: 135th Session Geneva May 27-

U.N. ECE Housing Committee: 14th Session and Working Parties . Geneva May 27-

UNREF Standing Program Subcommittee: 5th Meeting Geneva May 27-

UNESCO Executive Board: 48th Session Paris May 27-

PAIGH Directing Council: 2d Meeting Rio de Janeiro May*

Inter-Ameriean Commission of Women: 12th General Assembly . . Washington June 1-

FAO Council: 26th Session Madrid June 3-

UNREF Executive Committee: 5th Session G?neva June 3-

U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Small-Scale Industries and Handi- India June 3-

craft Marketing: 5th Meeting.

World Power Conference : International Executive Council .... Belgrade June 4-

World Power Conference: Sectional Meeting Belgrade June 5-

International Labor Conference: 40th Session Geneva June 5-

FAO Asia-Pacific Forestry Commission: 4th Session Bandung June 8-

542 Deparfment of Sfafe BuUefin

Calendar of Meetings — Continued

Scheduled April 1-June 30, 1957 — Continued

GATT Balance-of-Payments Consultations

U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Working Party on Trans-
port of Dangerous Goods.

PASO Executive Committee: 31st Meeting

ICAO Panel on Future Requirements for Turbo-jet Aircraft: 3d
Meeting.

WMO Commission for Aerology: 2d Session

WMO Commission for Instruments and Methods of Observation:
2d Session.

7th International Film Festival

FAO Technical Advisory Committee on Desert Locust Control: 7th
Meeting.

International Rubber Study Group: 13th Meeting

International Council for the Exploration of the Sea: 45th Meeting .

International Whaling Commission: 9th Meeting

U.N. ECAFE Iron and Steel Subcommittee: 7th Session

FAO Desert Locust Control Committee: 4th Session

U.N. ECOSOC Coordination Committee

International Wheat Council: 22d Session

Geneva June 10-

Geneva June 11-

Washington June 12-

Montreal June 17-

Paris June 18-

Paris June 18-

Berlin June 21-

Morocco* June 23*-

Djakarta June 24-

London June 24-

London June 24-

Bangkok . . June 24-

Morocco* June 2.5*-

Geneva June 25-

London June

Compliance With U.N. Resolution Calling for Withdrawal of Israel
From Egyptian Territory

FoUoioing is the text of a statement made hy
Henry Cabot Lodge, U.S. Representative to the
General Assembly, on March 8, together with a
statement made by Secretary-General Dag Ham-
marskjold in the plenary session of February 22
and a report by the Secretary-General on March 8.

STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, MARCH 8

U.S. delegation press release 2640

Today marks compliance with our first resolu-
tion of February 2 ^ for the withdrawal of Israel
from Egypt. The way now lies open to cari-y out
our second resolution, which aims at acliieving
peaceful conditions after withdrawal.

This is an event in the history of the United
Nations which is full of deep meaning for all
people in the world — wherever they may be— who
wish to be saved from the scourge of war.

It is an event which reflects credit on Israel, a
nation which heeded the call of world opinion.

It is an event which reflects credit on those mem-
bers, notably Egypt, who by patience and forbear-

ance demonstrated their steadfast faith in the
United Nations.

It is an event which reflects credit on the skill,
wisdom, and devotion to duty of the Secretary-
General.

It is an event which proves again the value of
the United Nations as an organization which plays
an indispensable part in causing the world, as in
this case, to take a turn away from war.

The United States welcomes the report of the
Secretary-General and pledges its support to as-
sure that what has now been achieved will be used
as a foundation on which to build a good future
for the people of the Near East free from the dan-
ger of conflict.

As is fitting, the report dwells on the construc-
tive purposes of our second resolution of February
2} This resolution stated that after full with-
drawal of Israel from the Sharm el-Sheikh and
Gaza areas the scrupulous maintenance of the
Armistice Agreement required the placing of
Unef on the Egyptian-Israel demarcation line and
the implementation of other measures proposed in
the Secretary-General's report of 24 January ^ to

' Bulletin of Feb. 25, 1957, p. 327.

' Ihid., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 275.

April ?, 1957

543

assist in achieving a situation conducive to the
maintenance of peaceful conditions in the area.

The steady worsening of conditions along the
armistice line which culminated in the hostilities
of last October demonstrated how fear of aggres-
sion on one side begets fear on the other. Out of
this fear comes the danger for the future.

It was to head off this danger that the Assembly
endorsed the deployment of the United Nations
Emergency Force on the armistice line and at the
Straits of Tiran. It was with this danger in
mind that I pointed out on January 28 ^ that the
deployment of the United Nations Emergency
Force must be such as to assure a separation of the
armed forces of both sides as required by the
Armistice Agreement.

Now that we approach this new stage in the de-
ployment of the Unef, the United States appeals
to all concerned to cooperate in giving effect to
the practical and sensible measures which are set
out in the reports by the Secretary-General of
January 24, February 22, and March 8, and which
are called for by the second resolution of Febru-
ary 2. The United States in particular is con-
vinced that the continued deployment of the
United Nations Emergency Force in accordance
with the second resolution of February 2 affords
the best hope of allaying the fear which has ani-
mated both sides and, thus, of establishing a basis
for further progress toward peace and tranquillity
in that part of the world.

We have made a wonderful beginning. We
have nursed the patient through several crises.
Now let us give him a chance to put some flesh on
his bones, and build up an immunity to future
illness.

STATEMENT BY SECRETARY-GENERAL, FEB-
RUARY 22

United Nations press release dated February 22

On February 11th I submitted the report (A/3527),' in
pursuance of the resolution of the General Assembly of 2
February (A/Res/461). Events since then have not
called for .i further report and I have presented none.

It is well-known, however, that discussions have been
carried on outside this house in the continuing resolve to
attain the goals defined in the several resolutions of the

'Ibid., p. 270.

'Ibid., Mar. 11, 1057, p. 394.

General Assembly. I have maintained close contact with
these activities and have been kept well-informed on them.
These serious efforts to break through the unfortunate
Impasse and to unlock the door to constructive endeavour
are deserving of warm appreciation.

Insofar as United Nations activities and positions are
concerned, developments in the interim have given no
reason to revise any of the substance of the previous re-
port. However, in the light of some subsequent discus-
sions in which I have engaged, I may make the following
statement in the nature of a supplement to that report.

"The Secretary-General states with confidence that it is
the desire of the Government of Egypt that the take-over
of Gaza from the military and civilian control of Israel —
which, as has been the case, in the first instance would be
exclusively by UNEF — will be orderly and safe, as it has
been elsewhere. It may be added with equal confidence
that the Government of Egypt, recognizing the present
special problems and complexities of the Gaza area and
the long-standing major responsibility of the United Na-
tions there for the assistance of the Arab refugees, and
having in mind also the objectives and obligations of the
Armistice Agreement, has the willingness and readiness
to make special and helpful arrangements with the United
Nations and some of its auxiliary bodies, such as UNEWA
and UNEF. For example, the arrangement for the use of
UNEF in the area should ensure its deployment on the
Armistice line at the Gaza Strip and the effective inter-
position of the Force between the armed forces of Egypt
and Israel. Similarly, the assistance of the United Na-
tions and its appropriate auxiliary bodies would be en-
rolled toward putting a definite end to all incursions and
raids across the border from either side. Furthermore,
with reference to the period of transition, such other ar-
rangements with the United Nations may be made as will
contribute towards safeguarding life and property in the
area by providing eflicient and effective police protection;
as will guarantee good civilian administration ; as will
assure maximum assistance to the U.N. refugee pro-
gramme; and as will protect and foster the economic
development of the territory and its people."

REPORT OF SECRETARY-GENERAL, MARCH 8

U.N. doe. A/.3568

I

1. The General Assembly, on 2 February 1957, adopted
a resolution (A/Res/460) in which, after recalling its
previous resolutions on the same subject, the Assembly
called upon Israel to complete its withdrawal behind the
Armistice Demarcation Line without further delay.

2. The Foreign Minister of Israel, on 1 March, an-
nounced in the General .\ssembly the decision of the Gov-
ernment of Israel to act in compliance with the re<iuest
in this resolution. The same day the Secretary-General
instructed the Commander of the United Nations Emer-
gency Force, as a matter of the utmost urgency, to arrange
for a meeting with the Israel Conniiander-iu-Chief, in
order to agree with him on arrangements for the com-

544

Department of State Bulletin

plete and unconditional withdrawal of Israel in accord-
ance with the decision of the General Assembly.

3. On 4 March, the Foreign Aliuister of Israel conflrnied
to the General Assembly the Government of Israel's
declaration of 1 March. The same day the Commander
of the United Nations Emergency Force met at Lydda
with the Israel Commander-in-Chief. Technical arrange-
ments were agreed upon for the withdrawal of Israel and
the entry of the United Nations Emergency Force in the
Gaza Strip during the hours of curfew on the night of
6/7 March. Arrangements were made for a similar take-
over of the Sharm-al-Shaik area on 8 March.

4. On 6 March, General Burns reported that the "United
Nations Emergency Force troops are now in position in
all camps and centres of population in Gaza Strip". At
that stage the operation had been carried out according
to plan and without incidents. At 0400 GMT 7 March
all Israelis had withdrawn from the Gaza Strip with
the exception of an Israel troop unit at Rafah camp. By
agreement, that last Israel element was to be withdrawn
by 1600 GMT 8 March. Full withdrawal from the Sharm-
al-Shaik area would be effected by the same time.

5. On 7 March, the Commander of the United Nations
Emergency Force notified the population of Gaza that "the
United Nations Emergency Force, acting in fulfilment of
its functions as determined by the General Assembly of
the United Nations with the consent of the Government
of Egypt, is being deployed in this area for the purpose
of maintaining quiet during and after the withdrawal of
the Israeli defense forces. Until further arrangements
are made, the United Nations Emergency Force has as-
sumed responsibility for civil affairs in the Gaza Strip.
. . . UNRWA will continue to carry out its resjMnsibility
and will continue to provide food and other services as
in the past. UNEF and UNRWA will do their best to
relieve pressing needs which may arise from the present
situation".

6. The Secretary-General, thus, is now in a position to
report full compliance with General Assembly resolution
I of 2 February 1957 (A/Res/460).

II

7. On 2 February, the General Assembly adopted a sec-
ond resolution (A/Res/461) "recognizing that with-
drawal by Israel must be followed by action which would
assure progress towards the creation of i)eaceful con-
ditiou.s" in the area. Under the terms of this resolution,
the completion of withdrawal puts its operative para-
graphs into full effect.

S. In the resolution on action to foUow a withdrawal,
the General Assembly requested the Secretary-General, in
consultation with the parties concerned, to carry out
measures referred to in the resolution and to report as
appropriate to the General Assembly. The Secretary-
General will now devote his attention to this task. The
stand of the General Assembly in the resolution is to be
interpreted in the light of the report of the Secretary-
General of 24 January (A/3512), which the Assembly
noted "with appreciation".

9. Specifically, the General Assembly called upon the
Governments of Egypt and Israel scrupulously to observe
the provisions of the General Armistice Agreement be-

tween Egypt and Israel of 24 February 1949 and stated
that it considered that, after full withdrawal of Israel
from the Sharm-al-Shaik and Gaza areas, the scrupulous
maintenance of the Armistice Agreement "requires a plac-
ing of the United Nations Emergency Force on the Egypt-
Israel Armistice Demarcation Line".

10. The Assembly further stated that it considered that
the maintenance of the Armistice Agreement requires the
implementation of "other measures as proposed in the
Secretary-General's report", with due regard to the con-
siderations set out therein, with a view to assist in
achieving situations conducive to the maintenance of
peaceful conditions in the area. This statement, as it
was formulated, read together with the request to the
Secretary-General to consult with the parties, indicates
that the General Assembly wished to leave the choice of
these "other measures" to be decided in the light of
further study and consultations.

Ill

11. Arrangements made by the Commander of the
United Nations Emergency Force provided for an initial
take-over in Gaza by the Force. This was in accordance
with the statement of the Secretary-General to the General
Assembly on 22 February, that "the take-over of Gaza
from the military and civilian control of Israel ... in
the first instance would be exclusively by UNEF". In-
structions from the Secretary-General to the Commander
of the United Nations Emergency Force reflected the
position thus reported to the General Assembly. The
notification by the Commander quoted in section I above
indicates the basis for this initial take-over as well as its
extent. The same statement indicates the importance of
the role that UNRWA can play in the initial take-over.

12. In accordance with decisions of the General Assem-
bly, UNRWA has important functions in relation to the
refugees in Gaza, which constitute the major part of the
population of the area. Because of these normal functions
and of the additional contributions which that agency
can make in aiding the non-refugee population, UNRWA
is of essential assistance to the United Nations Emergency
Force in its present operation. Therefore, and on the as-
sumption that this course is in accordance with the Gen-
eral Assembly's wishes, the Director of UNRWA has
agreed with the Secretary-General in this phase of the
development to extend its immediate assistance beyond
its normal functions. This would be done in fields which
are related to those functions and in which a sharing of
responsibilities devolving on the United Nations Emer-
gency Force at the initial take-over seems indicated. The
Secretary-General wishes to express his appreciation
for this assistance, of which he feels he can avail himself
within the terms established for the United Nations Emer-
gency Force as they have to be applied in the present phase
of its activities. To the extent that UNRWA in this con-
text is incurring additional costs, the reason for which
is within the sphere of the responsibilities of the United
Nations Emergency Force, a question of compensation will
arise for later consideration.

13. The United Nations may also incur other additional
costs than those caused by the assistance rendered by

April 1, 1957

545

DNRWA. The Emergency Force may be in need of ex-
pert advice that can properly be provided by the Secre-
tariat. If members of the Secretariat are taken over by
the United Nations Emergency Force on a secondment
basis, the cost obviously will be finally provided for as
UNEP expenditures under the relevant resolutions of
the General Assembly. In other cases costs should be
carried by the Secretariat in the normal veay.

14. The Secretary-General finally wishes to inform the
General Assembly that arrangements will be made
through which, without any change of the legal structure
or status of the United Nations Truce Supervision Or-
ganization, functions of UNTSO in the Gaza area will be
placed under the operational control of the Force. A
close co-operation between UNTSO and UNEF will be
maintained.

U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences

Inland Transport Committee of ILO

The Department of State announced on March
11 (press release 129) that the United States
would be represented by the following tripartite
delegation at the sixth session of the Inland Trans-
port Committee of the International Labor Or-
ganization, convening at Hamburg, Federal
Republic of Germany, from March 11 to 23:

Representinq the Govebnment op the United States

Delegates

Kenneth H. Tuggle, Commissioner, Interstate Commerce
Commission

Leon Greenberg, Chief, Division of Productivity and Tech-
nological Development, Bureau of Labor Statistics, De-
partment of Labor

Adviser

George Tobias, Labor Attach^, American Consulate Gen-
eral, Geneva, Switzerland

Representing the Employees op the United States

Delegate

Ernest W. Harlan, Bruce Motor Freight, Des Moines,
Iowa

Representing the Workers op the United States

Delegates

Rudolph Faupl, International Representative, Interna-
tional Association of Machinists, AFL-CIO, Washing-
ton, D. C.

Harold Ulrlch, General Chairman, Brotherhood of Rail-
way and Steamship Clerks, Freight Handlers, Express
and Station Employees, Boston, Mass.

The Inland Transport Committee, one of eight
industrial committees established by the Ilo in
1945, is composed of government, worker, and
employer representatives from specific industries.

These committees examine labor problems in their
particular industries.

The agenda of the sixth session of the Inland
Transport Committee, as fixed by the Governing
Body at its 127th session (Eome, November 1954),
includes reports concerning labor inspection in
road transport; methods of improving organiza-
tion of work and output in ports; and a general
report, dealing particularly with (a) action taken
in the various countries in light of the conclusions
adopted at previous sessions of the Committee;
(i) steps taken by the International Labor Office
to follow up the studies and inquiries proposed by
the Committee ; and (c) recent events and develop-
ments in inland transport.

The 26 countries which have been invited to send
tripartite delegates to this meeting are: Argen-
tina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada,
Colombia, Denmark, Egypt, Finland, France, the
Federal Republic of Germany, Greece, India,
Italy, Japan, Mexico, the Netherlands, Norway,
Pakistan. Portugal, Sweden, Switzerland, Tur-
key, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

UNESCO Executive Board

The Department of State announced on March
11 (press release 130) the United States delegation
to the 47th session of the Executive Board of the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization (Unesco), which will meet at
Paris on March 18. Prior to the convening of this
session, an ad hoc committee will meet from
March 11 to 15.

Athelstan F. Spilhaus, Dean of the Institute of
Technology, University of Minnesota, is the U.S.
representative on the Executive Board of Unesco.
Dr. Spilhaus will be assisted by the following ad-
visers : Henry J. Kellermann, Counsel for Unesco
Affairs, American Embassy, Paris; Guy Lee,
Unesco Relations Staff, Department of State; and
Byron Snyder, Office of International Administra-
tion, Department of State.

In addition to considering the report of the ad
hoc committee on the reorganization of the Execu-
tive Board and the schedule of meetings for the
next 2 years, the 47th session will also consider
necessary readjustments in Unesco's program and
budget for 1957-58 to implement the decisions
reached at the Ninth General Conference held at
New Delhi in November 1956.

It is expected that the Executive Board's 47th
session will adjourn on March 28.

546

DeparlmenI of Slate Bulletin

TREATY INFORMATION

U.S. Signs Agreement With France on
Defense Use of Technology

Press release 135 dated March 12

The Department of State announced on March
12 the signing of an agreement with France to
facilitate the exchange of patent rights and tech-
nical information for defense purposes. The
agreement was signed at Paris on March 12, 1957,
by Christian Pineau, French Minister of Foreign
Affairs, and Charles W. Yost, U.S. Charge d'Af-
faires. The agreement with France entered into
force on the date of signature.

The agreement is expected to foster the ex-
change of technology for defense purposes be-
tween the two Governments and between the pri-
vate industries of the two countries. Thus, it
should be of reciprocal benefit in providing for
national defense and in contributing to the mutual
defense of the North Atlantic Treaty area.

The agi-eement with France is the latest to be
signed of a series negotiated with the Xato coun-
tries and other countries with which the United
States has mutual defense ties. Similar agree-
ments have been signed with Italy, the United
Kingdom, Belgium, Norway, the Netherlands,
Greece, the Federal Eepublic of Germany, Turkey,
and Japan.

These agi-eements recognize that, whenever
practicable, privately owned technology should
generally be exchanged through commercial agree-
ments between owners and users. They also note
that rights of private owners of patents and tech-
nical information should be fully recognized and
protected in accordance with laws applicable to
such rights. The agreements are also intended to
assure fair treatment of private owners when they
deal directly with a foreign government. In addi-
tion, the agreements provide for the protection of
technical information communicated through gov-
ernment channels and for the establishment of
arrangements by which owners of patentable in-
ventions placed under secrecy by one government
may obtain comparable protection in the other
country. The agreements further provide that,
as a general rule, when government-owned inven-

Aprit 1, 1957

tions are interchanged for defense purposes, this
interchange will take place on a royalty-free basis.

Each of the agreements provides for the estab-
lishment of a Technical Property Committee to be
composed of a representative of each government.
These committees are charged with general respon-
sibility for considering and making recommenda-
tions on any matters relating to the agreements
brought before them by either government, either
on their own behalf or on behalf of their nationals.
One of the specific functions of the committee is
to make recommendations to the governments,
either in particular cases or in general, concern-
ing disparities in their laws affecting the compen-
sation of owners of patents and technical informa-
tion.

The U.S. representative to the Technical Prop-
erty Committees in Europe is assigned to the
staff of the Defense Adviser, United States Mis-
sion to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization
and European Regional Organizations (Usro), 2
Rue St. Florentin, Paris.

Policy guidance for the U.S. representatives on
the Technical Property Committees is provided
by the Interagency Technical Property Commit-
tee for Defense, which is chaired by the Depart-
ment of Defense and includes representatives of
the Departments of State, Justice, and Commerce,
the International Cooperation Administration,
and the Government Patents Board. This com-
mittee is assisted by an industry advisory group
representing major sectors of American industry
concerned with defense production.

Educational Exchange Agreement
With Ireland

Press release 151 dated March 16

An educational exchange agreement was signed
at Dublin on March 16 between Ireland and the
United States in connection with the use of the
American grant counterpart fimd. The agree-
ment was signed by Liam Cosgrove, Minister for
External Affairs, on behalf of Ireland, and "Wil-
liam Howard Taft III, American Ambassador,
on behalf of the United States.

The agreement provides that a sum of 500,000
pounds sterling out of the grant counterpart fund
(which totals approximately 6,142,000 pounds
sterling) is to be allotted, in the words of the
agreement, "to promote further mutual under-

547

standins: between the peoples of Ireland and the
United States of America by wider exchange of
knowledge tlirough educational contacts."

The terms of the agreement provide that ap-
proximately 25,000 pounds sterling shall be ex-
pended annually for the purpose of financing
studies, research, instruction, teaching, lecturing,
and other educational activities on the part of
Irish citizens in American schools, universities,
and other institutions of higher learning on the
one hand, and of American citizens in like educa-
tional institutions in Ireland on the other. The
funds available under the agreement may be used
to finance transportation, tuition, maintenance,
and other expenses for such educational activities.

The scholarship exchange program will be ad-
ministered by a joint Irish-American board in
Dublin. The agreement will come into force when
the Government of Ireland has notified the U.S.
Government that the necessary legislative steps
have been taken to implement the agreement.'
Further details as to the operation of the agree-
ment, and as to the manner in which applications
for scholarship benefits under it are to be applied
for, will be announced at a later date.

Current Actions

MULTILATERAL

Aviation

Agreement on joint financing of certain air navigation

services in Greenland and the Faroe Islands. Done at

Geneva September 25, 1956."

Signatures : Sweden, November 15, 1956; Belgium, Can-
ada, Federal Republic of Germany, Israel, and Italy,
November 28, 1956.

Acceptances deposited: Canada, January 18, 1957 ; Ice-
land, February 18, 1957.
Agreement on joint financing of certain air navigation

services in Iceland. Done at Geneva September 25,

1956.'

Signatures: Sweden, November 15, 1956; Belgium, Can-
ada, Federal Republic of Germany, Israel, and Italy.
November 28, 1956.

Acceptances deposited: Canada, January 18, 1957; Ice-
land, February 18, 1957.

Copyright

Universal copyright convention. Done at Geneva Septem-
ber 6, 19,52. Entered into force September 16, 1955.
TIAS .3324.
Accession deposited: Ecuador, March 5, 1957.

Protocol 1 concerning application of the convention to the
works of stateless persona and refugees. Done at

Geneva September 6, 19.52. Entered into force Sep-
tember 16, 1955. TIAS 3324.
Accession deposited: Ecuador, March 5, 1957.
Protocol 2 concerning application of the convention to
the works of certain international organizations. Done
at Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into force Sep-
tember 16, 1955. TIAS 3324.
Accession deposited: Ecuador, March 5, 1957.

Slave Trade

Convention to suppress the slave trade and slavery.
Signed at Geneva September 25, 1926. Entered into
force March 9, 1927. 46 Stat. 2183.
Accession deposited: Libya, February 14, 19.57.

Trade and Commerce

International convention to facilitate the importation of
commercial samples and advertising material. Dated
at Geneva November 7, 1952. Entered into force
November 20, 1955."

Notification iij United Kingdom of extension to: Aden,
Barbados, British Guiana, British Honduras, Cyprus,
Falkland Islands, Fiji, Gambia, Gibraltar, Gold
Coast, Hong Kong, Jamaica, Kenya ', Leeward Islands
(Antigua, Montserrat, St. Christopher, Nevis, An-
guilla, and British Virgin Islands), Federation of
Malaya, Malta," Mauritius, North Borneo, Federation
of Nigeria, St. Helena, Sarawak, Seychelles, Sierra
Leone, Singapore, Somaliland Protectorate, Tan-
ganyika," Trinidad and Tobago," Uganda," the Wind-
ward Islands (Tonga, Dominica, Grenada, St. Lucia,
and St. Vincent), and Zanzibar, February 5, 1957.

BILATERAL

El Salvador

Treaty of friendship, commerce and consular rights.
Signed at San Salvador February 22, 1926. Entered
Into force September 5, 1930. 46 Stat. 2817.
Notification hy the United States of elimination of arti-
cle VI: February 8, 1957.

Mexico

Air transport agreement. Effected by exchange of notes
at Mexico March 7, 1957. Enters into force June 5,
1957.

Sweden

Agreement amending the agreement of .January 18, 1956
(TIAS 3477) for cooperation concerning civil uses of
atomic energy. Signed at Washington August 3, 1956.
Entered into force: March 12, 1957 (date on which each
Government received from the other written notifica-
tion that it has complied with statutory and constitu-
tional requirements).

Thailand

Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 4.55; 69 Stat. 44, 721).
Signed at Bangkok March 4, 1957. Entered into force
March 4, 1957.

United Kingdom

Agreement amending sections 5 and 6 of the financial
agreement of December 6. 3945 (TIAS 1545) by provid-
ing for the conditions under which annual installments
may be deferred. Signed at Washington March 6, 1957.
Enters into force when each Government notifies the
other that it has approved the agreement.

' Not in force.
548

■ Not in force for the United States.
" With reservation.

Department of State Bulletin

DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE

Foreign Service Examination

Press release 125 dated March 8

The Department of State announced on Marclv
8 that the semiannual Foreign Service officer ex-
amination will be given on June 24, 1957, at more
than 65 centers throughout the United States.
This examination is open to all who meet the age
and citizenship requirements outlined below.

Officials of the Department of State estimate
that several hundred new Foreign Service officers
will be required during the next year to fill posi-
tions overseas and in Washington, D.C. After
completing 3 months of training at the Foreign
Service Institute in Washington, some of the new
officers will take up duties at the 270 American
embassies, legations, and consulates around the
world. At these posts, which range in size from
the large missions such as Paris and London to
the one-man posts such as Perth, Australia, the
new officer may expect to do a variety of tasks, in-
cluding administrative work ; political, economic,
commercial, and labor reporting; consular duties;
and assisting and protecting Americans and pro-
tecting U.S. property abroad. Other new officers
will be assigned to the Department's headquarters
at Washington, where they will engage in research
or other substantive work, or in the many adminis-
trative tasks which are essential to the day-to-day
conduct of foreign affairs.

To explain fully these opportunities in the
Foreign Service which await the qualified young
men and women of the United States, Foreign
Service officers will visit a large number of col-
leges and universities this spring. In order to
make known the diversified needs of the Depart-
ment of State and Foreign Service, these officers
will talk not only with promising students of his-
tory, political science, and international relations
but also with those who are specializing in eco-
nomics, foreign languages, and business and public
administration.

Those successful in the 1-day written examina-
tion, which tests the candidate's facility in Eng-
lish expression, general ability, and background,
as well as his proficiency in a modern foreign

language, will subsequently be given an oral ex-
amination by panels which will meet in regional
centers throughout the United States. Those can-
didates who pass the oral test will then be given
a physical examination and a security investiga-
tion. Upon completion of these phases, the candi-
date will be nominated by the President as a
Foreign Service officer of class 8, vice consul, and
secretary in the diplomatip service.

To be eligible to take the examination, candi-
dates must be at least 20 years of age and under 31,
as of May 1, 1957, and must also be American citi-
zens of at least 9 years' standing. Although a
candidate's spouse need not be a citizen on the
date of the examination, citizenship must have
been obtained prior to the date of the officer's
appointment.

Starting salaries for successful candidates range
from $4,750 to $5,350 per year, depending upon
the age, experience, and family status of the indi-
vidual. In addition, insurance, medical, educa-
tional, and retirement benefits are granted, as well
as annual and sick leave.

Application forms may be obtained by writing
to the Board of Examiners for the Foreign Serv-
ice, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
The closing date for filing the application is May
1, 1957.

Confirmations

The Senate on March 14 confirmed David K. E. Bruce
to be Ambassador to the Federal Republic of Germany.
(For biographic details, see press release 89 dated Feb-
ruary 25.)

The Senate on March 14 confirmed C. Douglas Dillon
to be a Deputy Under Secretary of State. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 22 dated January 14.)

The Senate on March 14 confirmed Elbridge Durbrow
to be Ambassador to Viet-Nam. (For biographic details,
see press release 104 dated March 1.)

The Senate on March 14 confirmed Amory Houghton
to be Ambassador to France. (For biographic details,
see press release 88 dated February 25. )

The Senate on March 14 confirmed Thorsten V. Kali-
jarvl to be an Assistant Secretary of State. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 98 dated February 28.)

The Senate on March 14 confirmed G. Frederick Rein-
hardt to be Counselor of the Department of State. (For
biographic details, see press release 56 dated February 7.)

The Senate on March 14 confirmed William J. Sebald
to be Ambassador to Australia. (For biographic details,
see press release 90 dated February 25.)

April 1, 1957

549

Resignations

Herman Phleger as Legal Adviser, effective about April
1. ( For text of Mr. Plileger's letter to the President and
the President's reply, see White House press release dated
March 13.)

PUBLICATIONS

Foreign Relations Volume

Press release 107 dated March 4

The Department of State on March 16 released
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1939,
Volume II, General, The British Commonwealth,
and Europe. All the other volumes of the five
for 1939 have previously been published except
Volume- V, The American Republics, -which is in
process of preparation.

The first 212 pages of this volume contain
papers on various general subjects: Antarctic
claims and exploration, assistance to refugees,
fisheries off the coast of Alaska, and a number of
technical and economic pi'oblems.

Documentation on relations with the British
Commonwealth (pages 213-364) includes sections
on the United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, and
India. Problems of relations between the United
States as a neutral and the British as belligerents
are covei'ed, as well as other usual matters of di-
plomacy. Among the war subjects treated is the
sinking of the S. S. Athenia with loss of American
lives. It was only after the war that it was fully
established that this was an act of a German
submarine.

The remaining 534 pages of documentation
cover relations with individual continental Euro-
pean countries. The Soviet Union is omitted,
since the record for that country has already been
published in Foreign Relations of the United
States, The Soviet Union, 1933-1939. As would
be expected for a year in which the general Euro-
pean war began, subjects of diplomacy included
normal peacetime diplomatic relations as well as
subjects connected with the crises leading to war
and into the war itself. "Wliile the coming of the
war is primarily treated in volume I, this volume
contains the record on the absorption of Albania
by Italy, problems arising from the annexation of
Austria by Germany, and the Spanish Civil War.

In the section on Italy are recorded suggestions by
President Roosevelt regarding the opportunity
for Mussolini to contribute to the maintenance of
peace. The appointment of Myron C. Taylor as
the President's personal representative to Pope
Pius XII is documented in a section on the
Vatican.

Copies of volume II (vii, 911 pp.) may be ob-
tained from the Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C., for $4 each.

Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: March 11-17

Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.

Press releases issued prior to March 11 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 107
of March 4 and 125 of March 8.

Subject

Haiti credentials (rewrite).

Dulles: SEATO Council, March 11.

Delegation to ILO Inland Transport
Committee (rewrite).

Delegation to UNESCO Executive
Board (rewrite).

U.S. reply to Soviet note on Middle
East.

Ambassador Richards : departure
statement.

Chile credentials (rewrite).

Herter : death of Admiral Byrd.

U.S.-French agreement on defense use
of technology.

Visit of German Minister for Atomic
Affairs.

Statement on accident Involving Yugo-
slav U.N. representative.

Dulles: SEATO Council, March 12.

Delegation to Disarmament Subcom-
mittee meetings.

Dulles: SB.\TO Council, March 13.

SEATO communique.

Statement on Pan American games.

Lightner : statement ou amendments
to Smith-Mundt Act.

Dulles : press conference, Canberra,
March 13.

Murphy : "The U.S. Looks at the Mid-
dle East."

Folger nominated Ambassador to
Belgium.

Kalijarvi: statement on amending
Anglo-American financial agreement
of 1945.

Christie retirement.

Working Group on German reunifica-
tion completes report.

U.S. note to Dominican Government
on disappearance of Gerald Murphy.

Educational exchange agreement with
Ireland.

Announcement on Canadian Ambassa-
dor to Egypt.

♦Not printed.

tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.

No.

Date

127
128
129

3/11
3/11
3/11

130

3/11

131

3/11

132

3/11

133

*134

135

3/12

3/12
3/12

136

3/12

*137

3/i;j

138
139

3/13
3/13

140

141

142

tl43

3/13
3/13
3/13
3/13

144

3/14

145

3/14

*146

3/14

tl47

3/15

*148
149

3/15
3/15

tloO

3/16

151

3/16

152

3/16

550

Department of State Bulletin

April 1, 1957 I n d

American Republics. Pan American Games . . 539

Asia. Third Meeting of the Council of tlie South-
east Asia Treaty Organization (Dulles, text of
communique) 527

Atomic Energy. German Minister for Atomic Af-
fairs To Visit the United States 538

Australia. Confirmations (Sebald) 549

Canada. Department Announcement Regarding

Canadian Ambassador to Egypt 539

Chile. Letters of Credence (Puga) 540

China, Communist. Third Meeting of the Council
of the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
(Dulles) 527

Communism. Third Meeting of the Council of the
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (UuUes, text
of communique) 527

Congress, The. Department Announcement Re-
garding Canadian Ambassador to Egypt . . . 539

Department and Foreign Service

Confirmations (Bruce, Dillon, Durbrow, Houghton,
Kalijarvi, Reinhardt, Sebald) 549

Foreign Service Examination 549

Resignations (Phleger) 550

Disarmament. Mr. Stassen To Represent U.S. at

London Disarmament Meetings 53S

Economic Affairs. Inland Transport Committee of
ILO (delegation) 546

Educational Exchange. Educational Exchange
Agreement With Ireland 547

Egypt. Compliance With U.N. Resolution Calling
for Withdrawal of Israel From Egyptian Terri-
tory (Lodge, Hammarskjold) 543

Europe. Foreign Relations Volume 550

France

Confirmations (Houghton) 549

U.S. Signs Agreement With France on Defense Use
of Technology 547

Germany

Confirmations (Bruce) 549

German Minister for Atomic Affairs To Visit the

United States 538

Working Group on German Reunifiication Completes

Report 537

Greece. Tenth Anniversary of Greek-Turkish Aid

Program (Eisenhower) 539

Haiti. Letters of Credence (Bellegarde) . . . 540

Hungary. Hungary's National Holiday (Eisen-
hower) 538

International Organizations and Conferences

Calendar of Meetings 541

Inland Transport Committee of ILO (delegation) . 546
Mr. Stassen To Represent U.S. at London Disarma-
ment Meetings 538

UNESCO Executive Board (delegation) .... 546

Ireland. Educational Exchange Agreement With

Ireland 547

e X Vol. XXXVI, No. 927

Israel. Compliance With U.N. Resolution Calling
for Withdrawal of Israel From Egyptian Terri-
tory (Lodge, Hammarskjold) 543

Middle East

Ambassador Richards Leaves for Middle East . . 526

Compliance With U.N. Resolution Calling for With-
drawal of Israel From Egyptian Territory

(Lodge, Hammarskjold) 543

The United States Looks at the Middle East

(Murphy) 515

United States Replies to Soviet Proposal for Dec-
laration on Middle East (te.xts of U.S. and

Soviet notes) 523

Mutual Security. U.S. Signs Agreement With

France on Defense Use of Technology .... 547

Presidential Documents

Hungary's National Holiday 538

Tenth Anniversary of Greek-Turkish Aid Program . 539

Publications. Foreign Relations Volume . . . 550

Treaty Information

Current Actions 548

Educational Exchange Agreement With Ireland . 547
U.S. Signs Agreement With France on Defense Use

of Technology 547

Turkey. Tenth Anniversary of Greek-Turkish Aid

Program 539

U.S.S.R. United States Replies to Soviet Proposal
for Declaration on Middle East (texts of U.S. and

Soviet notes) 523

United Kingdom. Foreign Relations Volume . . 550

United Nations

Compliance with U.N. Resolution Calling for With-
drawal of Israel From Egyptian Territory

(Lodge, Hammarskjold) 543

Inland Transport Committee of ILO (delega-
tion) 546

UNESCO Executive Board (delegation) .... 546

The United States Looks at the Middle East

(Murphy) 515

Viet-Nam. Confirmations (Durbrow) .... 549

Name Index

Balke, Siegfried 538

Bellegarde, Dantes 540

Bruce, David K.E 549

Carpenter, I.W., Jr 540

Dillon, C. Douglas 549

Dulles. Secretary 529

Durbrow, Elbridge 549

Eisenhower, President 538, 5.S9

Hamm.Trskjold, Dag 544

Houghton, Amory 549

Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 549

Lodge, Henry Cabot 543

Murphy, Robert 515

Norman, E. H 539

Phleger, Herman 550

Puga, Mariano 540

Reinhardt, G. Frederick 549

Richards. James P 526

Rubottom. Roy R.. .Tr 539

Sebald, William J 549

Stassen, Harold E 538

V. S. fiOVERHHENT PR1NTIN6 OFFICE, 1917

LvjU-UUVy

PUBLIC LfBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS

United States
Government Printing Office

DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

Washington 25, D. C.

PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID

PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300

ICPO)

Department

of
State

Order Form

To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.

Encloaed find:

(eaah, check, or
money order).

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

Foreign Relations of the United States

The basic source of information on
U. S. diplomatic history

1939, Volume II

General, The British Commonwealth, and Europe

The first 212 pages of this volume contain papers on various general
subjects: Antarctic claims and exploration, assistarice to refugees, fisheries
off the coast of Alaska, and a number of technical economic problems.

Documentation on relations with the British Commonwealth (pp. 213-
364) includes sections on the United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, and
India. Problems of relations between the United States as a neutral and
the British as belligerents are covered, as well as other usual matters of
diplomacy. Among the war subjects treated is the sinking of the S.S.
Athenia with loss of American lives. It was only after the war that it was
fully established that this was an act of a German submarine.

The remaining 534 pages of documentation cover relations with
individual continental European countries. The Soviet Union is omitted,
since the record for that country has already been published in Foreign
Relations of the United States, The Soviet Union, 1933-1939. As would
be expected for a year in which the general European war began, subjects
of diplomacy included normal peacetime diplomatic relations as well as
subjects connected with the crises leading to war and into the war itself.
While the coming of the war is primarily treated in volume I, this volume
contains the record on the absorption of Albania by Italy, problems arising
from the annexation of Austria by Germany, and the Spanish Civil War.
In the section on Italy are recorded suggestions by President Koosevelt
regarding the opportunity for Mussolini to contribute to the maintenance
of peace. The appointment of Myron C. Taylor as the President's per-
sonal representative to Pope Pius XII is documented in a section on the
Vatican.

Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing OiEce, Washington 25, D. C, for
$4 each.

Please send me copies of Foreign Relations of tfie United States, 1939,

Volume II, General, Tlie Britisfi Commonwealtli, and Europe,

Name:

Street Address:

City, Zone, and State:

FHE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

iPOCJTORY

Vol. XXXVI, No. 928

April 8,

ICIAL

:kly record
ted states

!EiGN POLICY

UNITED STATES AND UNITED KINGDOM EXCHANGE
VIEWS AT BERMUDA MEETING • Text of Joint

Communique 561

THE UNITED NATIONS AND PUBLIC UNDERSTAND-

ING • by Assistant Secretary Wilcox 555

AMENDING THE U.S. INFORMATION AND EDUCA-
TIONAL EXCHANGE ACT OF 1948 • Statement by
E. Allan Lightner, Jr 566

AIR TRANSPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN UNITED

STATES AND MEXICO • Department Announcement
and Text of Agreement 575

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO ENTER INTO LIMITED
TRADE AGREEMENT NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE
UNITED KINGDOM AND BELGIUM 581

THE COLD WAR AND THE UNIVERSITIES • Article

by Frederick Cable Oechsner 571

For index see inside back cover

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

:,ry
:Tionts

APR 2 2 1957

Vol. XXXVI, No. 928 • Publication 6473
April 8, 1957

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printing Office

Washington 25, D.C.

Price:

62 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents

The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).

Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Dep.vrtment
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.

The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government ivith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.

Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currett tly.

The United Nations and Public Understanding

J)y Francis 0. Wilcox

Assistant Secretary for International Organization Ajfairs^

I am glad to have the opportunity to discuss
some aspects of critical issues before the United
Nations. The intense glare of publicity that has
attended the negotiations on Hungary and on the
Middle East has not always been illuminating.
It has at times highlighted the unessential, even
the nonexistent, and at other times cast into deep
shadow the main lines of policy and action. I
should like to try to set in focus the role of the
United States and the United Nations in dealing
with world problems, especially aggression and
threats to the peace.

Set in simple terms, it is United States policy
to support the United Nations and to work
through it to establish and maintain peace and
well-being among nations. We believe it holds
the best hope for the security and well-being of
the American people.

We attempt to conduct our relations with other
nations in conformity with the purposes and prin-
:iples of the United Nations Charter. We avoid
the use of force as a means of settling disputes
between ourselves and other states. If a problem
irises which properly belongs in the United Na-
tions, we use our influence to bring it there. If,
in our opinion, it is not a United Nations mat-
ter, we urge its settlement by other means.

The United Nations is a political organization
which has its proper uses and its limitations. It
is not a remedy for all the world's ills. Misunder-
standing on this score is, I think, the basis of

^ Adilress made before the National Council of Jewish
Women at Washington, D.C., on Mar. 19 (press release
160).

most criticism of both the United States role in
the United Nations and the role of the United Na-
tions when attempting to deal with world crises.

Limitations of the United Nations

This past year has been a year of grave tests
for the United Nations and a time of peril for
world peace. The situations that arose in Egypt
and in Hungary provided both the peril to man-
kind and the tests for the United Nations. These
issues have in common the fact that military force
w-as used by one nation against another. This
is the ultimate issue the United Nations was de-
signed to meet and solve. The degree of success
achieved by the United Nations in restoring peace
with justice is a gage of its capabilities and its
limitations as a peace-enforcing institution. Even
more important, it is a measure of the extent to
which member states will permit it to perform its
peacemaking f imctions.

The criticism has been leveled at the United
Nations that it has proved weak and ineffective.
This was charged not only in the case of Hungary,
because of the Assembly's inability to get the
Soviet Union to withdraw its forces, but also in
the Middle East when compliance with the recom-
mendations of the General Assembly lagged.

We must face the fact that, with great-power
disunity reflected in the Security Council, the
United Nations is handicapped in preventing
breaches of the peace and bringing about restora-
tion of peace. The role of the General Assembly
is largely one of discussion and recommendation.

This does not mean, however, that the United
Nations is without power to influence the conduct

i^prW 8, 1957

555

of nations. In some ways it may be likened to
the role of the policeman in a community. In a
well-ordered community he is a symbol of law and
order, an arbiter, created by the community for
its own protection. Called in on a dispute, he
is not set upon by the mob. He is permitted to
exercise a power which he docs not, in himself,
possess. But this means that the community must
be back of him.

The world, unfortunately, is not yet wholly
made up of such communities. The General As-
sembly must still play a limited role based largely
on the constructive power of world public opinion.
This state of affairs has not been fully appreciated
in the two great issues with which the United
Nations is still seized.

The United States, because of the leading role
it has played in this General Assembly, has shared
to a considerable degree both the public approval
of the United Nations successes and the criticisms
of its failures.

In this connection, may I remind you that the
United Nations can only do what its members want
and permit it to do. We should not make the mis-
take of blaming the organization for the doubts,
the uncertainties, and shortcomings displayed by
its members.

The Crises in Egypt and Hungary

The problems presented to the United Nations
by the crises in Egypt and Hungary are well
known. There was a fundamental difference in
the nature of these problems, however. In Hun-
gary Soviet troops, ostensibly there to protect
Hungarian territory from outside aggression,
turned their guns inward against the defenseless
Hungarian people. In Egypt, on the other hand,
the clash was between the armed forces of the
states involved.

Moreover, the Israeli attack occurred after a
long series of serious provocations and violations
of the Armistice Agreement. There was no such
conceivable excuse in the case of the Soviet use of
armed force against Hungary.

Events so turned out that the United States
found itself taking the lead in United Nations ac-
tion in the case of both Egypt and Hungary. In
neither instance did we really have any choice of
the role we were to play. Both were instances
of the use of force against the territorial integrity
of another state.

556

In the former case, it was our grievous task to
bring the charge of violation of the United Na-
tions Charter against our friends and allies ; in the
latter, against a government and a system which
is the implacable foe of freedom.

We pride ourselves on being a nation of laws,
not of men. The charter likewise provides that
nations conduct their relations on the basis of
international law and justice. We had to say
to ourselves that, if we ever hope to get anywhere
with the peaceful settlement of disputes, we must
constantly take a stand against recourse to mili-
tary force, as a matter of principle and in the in-
terest of our own Nation as well as world peace.
Speaking to the Nation on the Middle East situa-
tion on February 20,^ President Eisenhower said :
"It is an issue which can be solved if only we will
apply the principles of the United Nations."

Our reason for going to the United Nations,
then, was to defend this fundamental principle —
not because we were pro- Arab or pro-Israel or
anti-Russian or because we were for or against
any state or group of states.

I think there was no lack of public support
in this country for the decisions taken by the
United Nations on both areas of conflict. There
was, however, great public impatience with the
delay in the Middle East and the flat refusal
in Hungary to comply with the resolutions
adopted by the General Assembly. It was quickly
forgotten that in both cases what the United Na-
tions was trying to do was dependent on the volun-
tary cooperation of the offending states and the
states offended against. The reason for this, of
course, is that only the Security Council may take
decisions of a compulsory character in such in-
stances. With the power of the Security Council
weakened by the veto, the United Nations has had
to fall back on the General Assembly, which has
only the power to recommend.

Given these circumstances, we should be en-
couraged by what the United Nations has so
far accomplished in the Middle East. It has
shown that the conscience and the moral consensus
of the vast majority of United Nations members,
when the chips are down, favor peaceful settle-
ment of disputes and adherence to commitments
assumed under the charter, even when such course

' Bulletin of Mnr. 11, 1957, p. 387.

Department of Slate Bulletin

seems to run counter to individual national
interest s.

In the case of Hungary, the United Nations'
inability to secure compliance with its repeated
recommendations has caused deep concern not
only among the American people but among free
peoples everywhere. In the circumstances, it has
been natural for segments of public opinion to
oversimplify the problem in seeking to place the
blame. It has been charged that the United Na-
tions is weak and futile; it has been urged tliat
Hungary and the Soviet Union be tlirown out of
the United Nations for their defiance ; it has been
argued that the United Nations and the United
States have applied a "double standard" — one for
the weak and one for the strong.

I would like to attempt some clarification of
this latter point. In his broadcast to the Ameri-
can people on October 31st ^ President Eisen-
hower said : "There can be no peace without law.
And there can be no law if we were to invoke
one code of international conduct for those who
oppose us and another for our friends."

Though he was speaking about the attack on
Egj'pt, the record shows that the United States
and the United Nations consistently adhered to
this principle. The standard applied to the use
of force in Egypt was likewise applied in Hun-
garj\ The essential difference was that the coun-
tries directly concerned in the Middle East crisis
responded to offers of United Nations assistance
to bring about a peaceful settlement. In Hun-
gai-y, such assistance was refused. Had the re-
sponse been the reverse, there would now be no
United Nations Emergency Force in the Middle
East, with a deterioration of the situation there
which I leave to your imagination.

The Hungarian Situation

The crux of the problem of Hungary was, what
can the United Nations do when one of the major
powers refuses to cooperate with the General
Assembly ?

The answers are fairly simple but not very satis-
factory. We could attempt to expel it from the
United Nations. This is obviously not a practical
solution since the concurrence of the permanent
members of the Security Council is required.

^Ibid., Nov. 12, 1956, p. 743.
April 8, 7957

The General Assembly could recommend cer-
tain political measures, such as breaking diplo-
matic relations. Unless it could persuade a large
proportion of United Nations members to cooper-
ate, this would not be a very effective sanction
and in the case of the United States would cut
us off from a useful diplomatic contact.

The General Assembly could also recommend
economic sanctions. Again, unless a large num-
ber of nations could be persuaded to join in such
sanctions, the pressure exerted would be rela-
tively slight. This is especially the case with the
U.S.S.R. and its satellites, whose total resources
are great and whose economic relations with the
West are already on a very small scale.

There is, of course, the possibility of attempt-
ing to introduce United Nations observers, but
their entrance would require the consent of the
state concerned.

The final recourse would be to recommend the
use of military forces. There is not the remotest
likelihood, with the dangers involved in the atomic
age, that the United Nations would vote for such
action.

Depressing as this picture may be, it reflects the
situation in which the world finds itself today.
This does not mean, however, that, because out-
laws exist in the world community, the rule of
law should not be applied wherever possible.

May I add a word about the so-called "double
standard." This is nothing new. In effect, the
double standard was built into the charter when
the veto provision was inserted. This gave the
great powers a privileged position in the organ-
ization.

But I think that we seriously misread recent
history if we believe United Nations resolutions
on Hungary failed to have a harmful impact on
the Soviet Union and its satellite system. These
resolutions put the Soviet Union's barbarous mis-
deeds squarely under the white light of world
opinion. They did more to expose the diabolical
nature of international communism than almost
anything that has happened since World War II.
Perhaps more important, the inherent weakness of
a system that has to rely on force alone to im-
pose its will on the majority was shockingly re-
vealed.

The Secretary of State at Canberra last week
said, "Throughout the satellite area, there is a
revulsion against the brutal colonialism and ex-

557

ploitation of Soviet imperialism." It is my opin-
ion that this revulsion, as a result of the facts
revealed in General Assembly debate, has ex-
tended to the corners of the free world.

The Middle East

There was a great deal of public controversy
over the possibility of the United Nations' impos-
ing sanctions against Israel. Now it is true that
at one time it appeared that a majority of United
Nations members might have tried to impose sanc-
tions if other methods had failed to bring about
Israel troop withdrawal from Egj'pt and the Gaza
Strip. As a member of the United Nations, the
United States would have had to take its stand
on such an issue should it have arisen.

We believed it essential that Israel should with-
draw in its own best interests. This we felt was
a necessary prelude to a solution of other jjrob-
lems in the Middle East.

I think it significant that the use of traditional
bilateral diplomacy to supplement United Nations
action in the Middle East was of major im-
portance in preventing the matter of sanctions
from becoming a divisive issue in the United Na-
tions. In this connection, I would like to quote a
statement of the delegate of Ceylon made after
Israel had annomaced its intention to withdraw :

I, as a humble representative of a small nation, would
like to pay my tribute to the Government of the United
States of America for creating a set of circumstances which
enabled the withdrawal of Israel troops. It is, in my
opinion, a very useful act in the solution of the troubles
before us.

United States Position on Gaza and Sharm el-Sheikh

The United States position on the Middle East
problem has been made clear in various public
documents beginning with the February 11 aide
memoire.^ During the long weeks in which the
Assembly has been occupied with the Middle East,
we have sought a solution which would be based
on justice and which would take account of the
legitimate interests of all parties. On March 1
Israel announced that it had decided to make full
and prompt withdrawal behind the armistice lines
in accordance with the General Assembly's reso-
lution of February 2, 1957.

In the course of this announcement, the Foreign

Minister of Israel made certain declarations which,
for the most part, constituted restatements of
what had been said in the General Assembly or by
the Secretary-General in his reports, or hopes and
expectations which seemed to the United States
not unreasonable in the light of prior actions of
the Assembly.

On March 1, Ambassador Lodge, speaking for
the United States in the General Assembly,* took
note of the statement of the Secretary -General of
February 22d in which he reported Egypt's readi-
ness and willingness to make special and helpful
arrangements in Gaza with the United Nations
and some of its auxiliary bodies. In this connec-
tion, Ambassador Lodge said :

Obviously these matters are not for the United States
alone to decide, but the United States can, I think, prop-
erly entertain the hope that such a useful role for the
United Nations and its appropriate subsidiary bodies as
the Secretary-General has described could usefully con-
tinue until there is a definitive settlement respecting the
Gaza Strip or some final general agreement between the
parties.

With respect to the area along the Gulf of
Aqaba and the Straits of Tiran, the United States
position remains as stated in Ambassador Lodge's
speech :

It is essential that units of the United Nations Emer-
gency Force be stationed at the Straits of Tiran in order
to achieve there the separation of Eg.vptian and Israeli
land and sea forces. This separation is essential until it
is clear that the nonesercise of any claimed belligerent
rights has established in practice the peaceful conditions
which must govern navigation in waters having such an
international interest. All of this would, of course, be
without prejudice to any ultimate determination which
may be made of any legal questions concerning the Gulf
of Aqaba.

Since then developments in Gaza have moved
rapidly. We have kept in close touch with Sec-
retary-General Hammarskjold and with various
members of the United Nations. Just yester-
day Mrs. Meir, Foreign Minister of Israel, called
at the Department of State to express her "deep
concern at the return of Egypt to Gaza, the re-
establishment of its control therein and the reduc-
tion of the responsibilities of the United Nations
in the Gaza area." " Mrs. Meir pointed out that
Israel viewed this situation as contrary to the as-
sumptions and expectations expressed by her and

* Ibid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 392.
558

' Ibitl., Mar. 18, 1957, p. 431.
' See p. 562.

Departmenf of State Bulletin

others in the United Nations on March 1 and sub-
sequently. She also expressed her anxiety at re-
ports and statements envisaging restrictions
against Israeli shipping in the Suez Canal and the
Gulf of Aqaba and tlie maintenance of belliger-
ency by Egypt.

Secretary Dulles reaffirmed that the United
States policy continued to be as expressed in
the speech of Ambassador Lodge in the General
Assembly on Marcli 1 and in the President's
letter of March 2 to Prime Mhiister Ben-Gurion.'
The Secretary reaffirmed "that the United States
would continue to use its influence in seeking
the objectives of peace and tranquillity and the
avoidance of any situation which would negate
the great ell'orts whicli had been made by the
world community to settle the current disputes
in accordance with the principles of the United
Nations Charter." The United States stands
firmly by the hopes and expectations it had ex-
pressed with respect to (1) the exercise of the
responsibility of the United Nations in Gaza, (2)
the free and innocent passage of the Straits of
Tiran by the ships of all nations in accordance
with international law, and (3) the settlement of
the Suez Canal problem in accordance with the six
principles adopted by the Security Council and
accepted by Egypt.*

This Government will use its influence in every
appropriate way to assist the Secretary-General
and the parties concerned to carry out the recom-
mendations of the Assembly and to create peace-
ful conditions in the area.

Very critical times remain with us. We have
made progress along the road toward our objec-
tives in the Middle East, but the road ahead is
long and difficult.

Our objectives have not changed. Through the
United Nations there have been accomplished a
cease-fire and the withdrawal of forces, and the
clearance of the Suez Canal has almost been com-
pleted. Immediately before us is the necessity for
agreeing on interim arrangements for use of the
canal and moving on to solution of the basic
problems which gave rise to the present crisis. It
is not sufficient to put out the fire ; we must prevent
it from breaking out again.

Getting at and removing the root causes is a
formidable task. It is more than enough to

' Bulletin of Mar. 18, 1957, p. 433.
' Ibid., Nov. 12, 1956, p. 754.

challenge the patience of a Job and the wisdom of
a Solomon. But can anyone seriously believe that
a lasting peace will be possible so long as the
boundaries between Israel and her neighbors re-
main unsettled and a feeling of insecurity pervades
the entire area? Can we hope to avoid serious
difficulties in the future unless real progress is
made toward the solution of the refugee problem
and the development of the area's natural re-
sources ?

The solutions to these problems are as difficult as
they are necessary. To find them, the United
States is determined to continue to use every ap-
propriate means both within and without the
United Nations. In the process, we shall be serv-
ing the cause of peace with justice everywhere.

Enlarged United Nations Membership

I would like now to turn briefly to a develop-
ment in the United Nations of great public inter-
est. That is the recent rapid increase in the size
of United Nations membership — especially from
Asia, Africa, and the Middle East. This reflects
one of the great phenomena of the postwar period.
In 12 years some 600 million people from this area
have gained self-government or independence.

The United Nations is open for membership to
all peace-loving countries able and willing to carry
out the obligations of the charter. The United
States favoi-s, within this definition, a United Na-
tions as broadly representative as possible.

A United Nations that has grown in less than 2
years from 60 to 81 members and in which the
Afro- Asian states now constitute more than a
third of the total presents new problems and, I
think, new opportunities. I do not believe that it
is necessarily cause for alarm.

Those who are concerned point to the fact that
the Assembly rather than the Security Council
has become the voice of the United Nations and
its most influential body. The relative strength
of the Latin American States has been reduced.
The conflict over so-called colonial problems has
been sharpened. With the recent increase in
membership the Afro-Asian nations alone, if they
stood together, could no doubt prevent the pas-
sage of any important resolution.

This situation requires careful consideration.
In actuality, aside from the U.S.S.R. and its
satellites, these blocs do not often vote as an entity.
We think of Afro- Asia as a unit. In fact, it is

April 8, 1957

559

extremely diverse and contains subblocs of an
ethnic, religious, or political nature.

On certain fundamental issues the Afro- Asian
nations do stand very solidly together. I refer
particularly to colonialism and economic develop-
ment. On these issues they are often joined by
the so-called Latin American bloc.

The fact is that the people of the world, regard-
less of their military or economic strength, want
an increasing voice in world affairs. In the
United Nations, and especially in the Assembly,
they find this voice. The traditionally great
powers of the West, whose greater economic
and militaiy strength gives them a preponderance
of authority and responsibility, must heed this
voice if they desire wide support for their policies
and actions. They do not have to heed it, of
course, and the Assembly cannot enforce its recom-
mendations on other members.

In my opinion, what is required of United
Nations members in the enlarged General As-
sembly, where each state has one vote, is a special
sense of responsibility. The smaller and under-
developed countries do have a collective power far
out of proportion to their economic, military, and
political strength. If they abuse this power, the
General Assembly can become a center of conten-
tion and deadlock. On the other hand, the gi'eat
powers, if their cause is just, should not lack the
support of the majority of the General Assembly
on important issues.

I believe, if we examine the record, that the
performance of the 11th General Assembly re-
flected in general this sense of responsibility of
which I speak. On the Algerian question, for
example, two Asian states, Japan and Thailand,
played a leading role in developing a procedural-
type resolution wliich avoided exacerbating the
situation.^ This was an excellent example of As-
sembly moderation and restraint. On the Cyprus

question, the General Assembly avoided preju-
dicing any substantive solution by adopting a
simple resolution which has helped maintain an
atmosphere reasonably conducive to future nego-
tiations.'" Here, too, an Asian state, India, was
able to work out a compromise resolution gen-
erally acceptable to those principallj' concerned.
In conclusion, I should like to quote from an
editorial in a recent issue of your magazine,
Council Wotrum:

One thing Is certain. The United Nations i.s the one
solid hope of humanity for a peaceful and better world ;
and the United States can and must be its strongest
supporter.

If the nations of the world had been compelled
to live the past 12 years without a conmion meet-
ing place, without basic rules by which nations
should conduct themselves, without machinery for
the peaceful settlement of their differences, with-
out a place to air disputes and seek agreements —
then it is my opinion that the world might not
have survived those 12 years. The stresses and
strains have been so great, the ideological conflict
so sharp, and the destructive power of the
weapons available so immense that without the
unifying power of the United Nations we could
have, by this time, destroyed ourselves.

If the United Nations is indeed the one best
hope we have for peace with justice, it is only
common sense to use it as the cornerstone for a
soimd, creative foreign policy-. This does not
mean that the United Nations dictates foreign
policy to us or any other country. But enlight-
ened self-interest dictates that we bend every
effort to make the United Nations serve with in-
creasing effectiveness the common desires of man-
kind for a world in which ''Life, Liberty and the
pursuit of Happiness" are not only possible but
attainable.

'Ibid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 423.

'"Ibid., JIar. 25, 1957, p. 50S.

560

Department of Slate Buflelin

United States and United Kingdom Excliange Views
at Bermuda Meeting

Following is the text of a joint communique
with annexes issued at Tucker's Town^ Bermuda,
on March 24- l>y President Eisenhower and British
Prime Minister Harold Macmillan at the close of
a 3-day meeting, March 21 to 2!i. {White House
press release dated March 2 J).).

The President of the United States and the
Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, assisted
by the United States Secretary of State and the
British Foreign Secretary and other advisers, have
exchanged views during the past three days on
many subjects of mutual concern. They have con-
ducted their discussions with the freedom and
frankness permitted to old friends. In a world
of growing interdependence they recognize their
responsibility to seek to coordinate their foreign
policies in the interests of peace with justice.

Among the subjects discussed in detail were
common problems concerning the Middle East,
Far East, Nato, European Cooperation, the re-
unification of Germany, and Defense.

The President and the Prime Minister are well
satisfied with the results of this Conference, at
which a number of decisions have been taken.
They intend to continue the exchange of views
so well begun.

The agreements and conclusions reached on the
main subjects discussed at the Conference are
annexed.

ANNEX I

1. Eecognition of the value of collective security
pacts within the framework of the United Na-
tions, and the special importance of Nato for both
covmtries as the cornerstone of their policy in the
West.

2. Reaffirmation of common interest in the de-
velopment of European unity within the Atlantic
Community.

3. Agreement on the importance of closer asso-
ciation of the United Kingdom with Europe.

4. Agreement on the benefits likely to accrue
for European and world trade from the plans for
the common market and the Free Trade Area, pro-
vided they do not lead to a high tariff bloc ; and on
the desirability that all countries should pursue
liberal trade policies.

5. AVillinguess of the United States, under au-
thority of the recent Middle East joint resolution,
to participate actively in the work of the Military
Committee of the Baghdad Pact.

6. Eeaffirmation of intention to support the
right of the German people to early reunification
in peace and freedom.

7. Sympathy for the people of Hungary ; con-
demnation of repressive Soviet policies towards
the peoples of Eastern Europe, and of Soviet de-
fiance of relevant United Nations resolutions.

8. Agreement on the need for the speedy im-
plementation of recent resolutions of the United
Nations General Assembly dealing with the Gaza
Strip and the Gulf of Aqaba.

9. Agreement on the importance of compliance
both in letter and in spirit with the Security Coun-
cil Resolution of October 13 concerning the Suez
Canal, and on support for the efforts of the Secre-
tary-General to bring about a settlement in ac-
cordance with its provisions.

10. Joint declaration on policy regarding
nuclear tests (See Annex II).

11. Agreement in principle that, in the interest
of mutual defense and mutual economy, certain
guided missiles will be made available by the
United States for use by British forces.

Apr/7 8, 7957

561

ANNEX II

1. For a long time our two Governments have
been attempting to negotiate with the Soviet Union
under the auspices of the United Nations Dis-
armament Commission an effective agreement for
comprehensive disarmament. We are continuing
to seek sucli an agreement in the current disarma-
ment discussions in London. In the absence of
such an agreement the security of tlie free world
must continue to depend to a marked degree upon
the nuclear deterrent. To maintain this effec-
tively, continued nuclear testing is required, cer-
tainly for the present.

2. We recognize, however, that there is sincere
concern that continued nuclear testing may in-
crease world radiation to levels which might be
harmful. Studies by independent scientific organ-
izations confirm our belief that this will not hap-
pen so long as testing is continued with due
restraint. Moreover, the testing program has dem-
onstrated the feasibility of greatly reducing world-
wide fallout from large nuclear explosions.

3. Over the past months our Governments have
considered various jDroposed methods of limiting
tests. We have now concluded together that in
the absence of more general nuclear control agree-
ments of the kind which we have been and are
seeking, a test limitation agreement could not to-
day be effectively enforced for technical reasons;
nor could breaches of it be surely detected. We
believe nevertheless that even before a general
agreement is reached self-imposed restraint can
and should be exercised by nations which conduct
tests.

4. Therefore, on behalf of our two Governments,
we declare our intention to continue to conduct
nuclear tests only in such manner as will keep
world radiation from rising to more than a small
fraction of the levels that might be hazardous.
We look to the Soviet Union to exercise a similar
restraint.

5. We shall continue our general practice of
publicly announcing our test series well in ad-
vance of their occurrence with information as to
their location and general timing. We would be
willing to register with the United Nations ad-
vance notice of our intention to conduct future nu-
clear tests and to permit limited international ob-
servation of such tests if the Soviet Union M'ould
do the same.

562

Meeting Between Secretary Dulles
and Israeli Foreign Minister

Following is the text of an agreed statement
released on March 18 (press release 155) folloio-
ing a meeting ietween Secretary Dulles and Israeli
Foreign Minister Golda Meir.

Israeli Foreign Minister Meir discussed with
Secretary Dulles today various aspects of the
present situation in the Middle East, particularly
developments in the Gaza Strip following Israeli
withdrawal in accordance with the United Nations
resolutions.

SIi-s. Meir expressed her deep concern at the
return of Egypt to Gaza, the re-establishment of
its conti'ol therein and the reduction of the re-
sponsibilities of the United Nations in the Gaza
area. The Foreign Minister of Israel pointed out
the gravity with which Israel viewed this situation
and emphasized that it was contrary to the as-
sumption and expectations expressed by her and
others in the United Nations on March 1 and
subsequently. She also expressed her anxiety at
reports and statements envisaging restrictions
against Israeli shipping in the Suez Canal and
the Gulf of Aqaba, and the maintenance of bel-
ligerency by Egypt.

Secretary Dulles reaffirmed that the U.S. policy
with respect to these matters continued to be as
publicly expressed, notably in the speech of Am-
bassador Lodge in the United Nations General
Assembly on March 1 and in the President's letter
of March 2 to Prime Minister Ben-Giu-ion.^ The
Secretary said that the United States was con-
cerned with current developments and was in
close touch with U.N. Secretary General Ham-
marskjold and other members of the U.N. He
said that the United States would continue to use
its influence in seeking the objectives t>i peace
and tranquillity and the avoidance of any situa-
tion which would negate the great efforts which
had been made by the world conununity to settle
the current disputes in accordance with the princi-
ples of the United Nations Charter. The United
States, the Secretary said, stood firmlj' by the
hopes and expectations it had expressed with re-
gard to the situation which should prevail in the
area with i-espect to the exercise of the responsi-

' Bulletin of Blar. IS, 105V, p. 431.

Department of State Bulletin

bility of the United Nations in Gaza, the free and
innocent passage of the Straits of Tiran bj' the
ships of all nations in accordance with interna-
tional law, and the settlement of the Suez Canal
problem in accordance with the Six Principles
adopted by the Security Council and accepted by
Egypt.^

A common readiness was expressed for con-
tinued consultation on these matters.

Death of President Magsaysay
of the Philippines

statement by President Eisenhower

White House (on board the U.S.S. Canherra) press release dated
March 17.

In the tragic death of President Magsaysay, the
people of the Philippine Republic, as well as those
of the United States and the entire free world,
have lost a valiant champion of freedom.^ I had
been looking forward to meeting with President
Magsaysay in Washington, to reaffirm the close
and affectionate ties all Americans have with his
people.

A stanch advocate of independence for his peo-
ple, President Magsaysay was also an active and
determined fighter against communism. He will
be greatly missed.

Mrs. Eisenhower and I extend to his family not
only our personal sympathies but also the heart-
felt sj'mpathies of all Americans, who have lost a
good friend.

Statement by Secretary Dulles

Press release 154 dated March 18

The tragedy that claimed the life of President
Magsaysay came as a grievous shock. I am sure
all Americans join me in extending to our close
friends of the Philippines our heartfelt condo-
lences in the loss of their beloved President.

President Magsaysay was a great Philippine
leader and an enlightened champion of the welfare
of his people. He also provided a glorious ex-
ample to the whole of Asia, and indeed to the
world, of wisdom, courage, and success in over-
coming the Communist menace.

■IhUl., Oct. 22, 1956, p. 616.

' President Ramon Magsaysny was killed in the crash
of an airliner on Cebu Island on Mar. 17.

In the death of President Magsaysay there has
been lost to the Philippine people a noble leader,
to the American people a true friend, and to the
world a stalwai-t champion and exponent of the
right of peoples to govei"nments of their own
choosing and to basic human freedoms.

Anniversary of Establishment
of Pakistan as Republic

Press release 172 dated March 23

Following is the text of a message sent by Presi-
dent Eisenhower to the President of Pakistan on
March 23 on the occasion of the first anniversary
of the establishment of Pakistan as a Republic.

His Excellency

ISKANDER MiRZA

President of Pakistan
Karachi

I take great pleasure in extending to you and
to the people of Pakistan warmest greetings and
best wishes from the people of the United States
on the first anniversary of the establishment of
Pakistan as a Republic.

Pakistan has proved to the world again that a
free people, with resolute faith and enduring
coiu'age, working together in a common cause, can
sui-mount the many difficulties that inevitably face
a new nation. You have made conmiendable
progress since independence. I am confident that
even gi-eater achievements lie aliead.

The United States values its close and cordial
ties with Pakistan. This anniversary affords me
a welcome opportunity to reaffirm the importance
I attach to the warm friendship between our two
coimtries. I have every reason to believe that as
free, independent democracies dedicated to the
basic principles of peace and justice our two coun-
tries can look forward to ever closer friendship
in the years ahead.

DwiGiiT D. Eisenhower

New U. S. Member Assumes Duties
on Iraq Development Board

Press release 167 dated March 21

The U.S. member of the Iraq Development
Board, Clifford Willson, has arrived at Bagh-
dad to take up his duties on the board. He suc-

Aptil 8, 7957

563

ceeds Wesley K. Nelson, who served for 4 years
as the U.S. member.

Mr. Willson's arrival at Baghdad will make it
possible for him to participate in the observance
of Iraq Development Week, which begins on
March 23.

In providing a member for the Development
Board, the United States has taken note of the
vigorous strides which Iraq is making toward im-
provement of the living standards of all its people.
Iraq's farsighted economic development program,
supported by wise and intelligent use of revenues
from its own resources, stands as an inspiration
to other newly developing countries. It has been
a source of gratification to the Government of the
United States to be associated with Iraq in co-
operative efforts to make the most effective use of
available resources in redeveloping the historic
lands of the Tigris and Euphrates. The several
major projects to be dedicated during Develop-
ment Week testify to the very real benefits to the
people of Iraq of this progressive program and of
the cooperative spirit which animates it.

I liter- American Highway
Nearing Completion

Press release 156 dated March 18

The awarding on March 15 of a contract for
grading a 17-mile impassable section of the Inter-
American Highway between Concepcion, Panama,
and the Costa Rican border initiated the first step
in closing the last remaining roadway gap between
the United States and the Canal Zone. The event
marks the near approach to completion of an un-
dertaking of the United States in cooperation with
Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua,
Costa Rica, and Panama begun in 1934.

Impetus was given the Inter- American High-
way program in 1955 when President Eisenhower
recommended that sufficient funds be provided for
financial and technical assistance to complete the
project at the earliest possible date.^ As a result,

' For text of the President's letters to the Congress
dated Apr. 1, 195.5, on the need for accelerating completion
of the highway, together with a map of the Inter-Ameri-
can Highway, see Bulletin of Apr. 11, 1955, p. 595.

Congress, in the summer of 1955, appropriated
$62,980,000. Rapid progress has been made since
that time. The original agreements with the re-
spective governments were negotiated by the De-
partment of State, and engineering supervision
and fiscal accountability for U.S. funds have been
provided by the Bureau of Public Roads of the
Department of Commerce. The United States is
paying two-thirds of the cost of projects, and one-
third is paid by the country in which the work is
located.

Of the 1,600 miles of the highway lying between
the southern border of Mexico and the Panama
Canal, there remained, as of July 1955, 1,080 miles
upon which improvement of some type was re-
quired to bring the highway to an acceptable
standard for normal year-round travel. Within
this unimproved mileage, there was a total of 173
miles where no passable highway existed. This
total was made up of 25 miles just south of the
Mexican border in Guatemala, 131 miles in
southern Costa Rica, and the 17-mile section in
northern Panama now to be begun. Awarding of
a contract for this section in Panama places all
impassable sections under construction. In addi-
tion, 490 miles of low-standard road are being im-
proved. Much work remains to be done, includ-
ing necessary improvements on an additional 370
miles. Many bridges are yet to be built, and some
1,000 miles of road will require final asphalt
pavement.

The present dry season which began in Decem-
ber will see the greatest construction activity on
the highway since its start. The last of the im-
passable sections is now under contract, and some
time in 1957 it should be ^wssible to drive over all-
weather or paved roads from the United States to
San Isidro, Costa Rica, a distance of 2,725 miles.
By the end of 1958 it may be possible to drive over
the entire length of the highway to the Panama
Canal.

Tourist travel over the Inter- American High-
way has already brought great benefits to the econ-
omy of Mexico. By 1959 other Central American
countries should benefit also. Feeder roads con-
necting now inaccessible areas with the main
artery are expected to develop rapidly with a
marked increase in domestic and foreign trade.

564

Department of State Bulletin

U.S. Contribution To Help Fight
Malaria in American Republics

Press release 119 dated March 7

Milton S. Eisenliower, President Eisenhower's
representative on the Inter- American Committee
of Presidential Eepresentatives, presented a check
for $1,500,000 on March 7 to Dr. Fred L. Soper,
Director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau,
as a contribution from the U.S. Government
toward malaria eradication in the other American
Republics.

The ceremony took place in the Pan American
Union building in the office of Jose A. Mora, Sec-
retary General of the Organization of American
States. Jolin B. Hollister, Director of the Inter-
national Cooperation Administration ; Dr. LeRoy
E. Burney, Surgeon General of the U.S. Public
Health Service, Department of Health, Educa-
tion, and Welfare; and Jolm C. Dreier, Ambassa-
dor of the United States to the Organization of
Amei'ican States, were among those attending the
ceremony. Following are the texts of remarks
made by Dr. Eisenliower, Dr. Mora, and Dr.
Soper.

Remarks by Dr. Eisenhower

Mr. Secretary General, Dr. Soper, and Gentle-
men : I am very happy to be able to participate in
this ceremony this morning. We have gathered
in the Pan American Union in recognition of the
vital role that the Organization of American
States is playing in efforts to advance human well-
being and. social progress in this hemisphere.

Historically, malaria has been a major foe of
economic and social progress for the American
Republics. It is still a scourge in many areas,
affecting either directly or indirectly evei-y indi-
vidual on the continent. Experience indicates
that malaria can be conquered with new weapons
which are now available. The Pan American
Sanitary Organization has played a leading part
in their development and use. Malaria has been
eradicated from several countries, including the
United States. We all share an eagerness that
it be eradicated with all possible speed from coim-
tries where it still exists.

Great interest has been expressed by the Inter-
American Committee of Presidential Representa-
tives in the role of the Organization of American

States in supporting programs for the eradication
of disease from the continent. It was my privi-
lege to announce to the members of this Committee
at its first meeting last September that the United
States was going to make a special contribution
to the malaria eradication fund of the Pan Ameri-
can Sanitary Organization. This offer was sub-
sequently made formally by the acting United
States representative at a meeting of the Directing
Council of the Sanitary Organization and is now
being implemented by a grant from the Interna-
tional Cooperation Administration. In present-
ing this check for $1,500,000, 1 hope that tliis ex-
pression of United States interest and the splendid
efforts which are being made by so many countries
will hasten the attainment of this great humani-
tarian goal of malaria eradication.

Remarks by Dr. Mora

I wish to express on behalf of the Organization
of American States and of the people of the
American Republics the most profound apprecia-
tion for this most generous contribution of the
Government of the United States to the solution
of what has been characterized as the most urgent
health problem in the Americas, the eradication
of malai-ia.

Dr. Eisenhower, may I express to you and
through you to the Government of the United
States our deepest appreciation for this renewed
demonstration of support for inter-American pro-
grams which contribute to the advancement of
human welfare of all the people of the Americas.

I now turn this contribution over to Dr. Soper,
Director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau,
our inter- American specialized organization in the
field of public health.

Remarks by Dr. Soper

Mr. Secretary General, Dr. Eisenhower, and
Gentlemen : It is with a sense of profound grati-
tude that I accept on behalf of the Pan American
Sanitary Organization this contribution by the
United States Government to the campaign to
eradicate malaria from this hemisphere.

Malaria is still a leading cause of death in many
parts of the world, including some areas in the
Americas. Its continued existence anywhere in
this hemisphere threatens reinfection in all areas
where malaria has been eradicated.

April 8, 1957

565

Science has given us a powerful new weapon in
the residual insecticides such as DDT, which make
the eradication of malaria possible and practicable
throughout the Americas. But there is also a
deadline we must meet, since mosquitoes eventu-
ally develop resistance to these insecticides. If
we move too slowly, the job becomes vastly more
difficult and costly. This is why we have given
first priority to the malaria eradication program.
The Pan American Sanitary Organization is urg-
ing governments to expand and accelerate their
national eradication programs.

There has been an excellent response, and many
governments are expecting our Bureau to give
them greater administrative and professional col-

laboration in furtherance of their eradication
programs. These demands have far exceeded our
means, and we have been forced to seek additional
resources.

And that is why, Dr. Eisenhower, we appreciate
so much this timely contribution from the United
States Government. It will enable us to move
ahead more rapidly in all the territories of the
Americas where malaria continues to exist.

On behalf of the Pan American Sanitary Or-
ganization I express our heartfelt appreciation
for this generous contribution. It is an added
demonstration of solidarity in our campaign to
eliminate malaria from our shores.

Amending the U.S. Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948

Statement hy E. Allan Lightner, Jr.

Acting Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs ^

It is a privilege to appear before this committee
in support of certain amendments to the United
States Information and Educational Exchange
Act of 1948, sometimes referred to as the Smith-
Mundt Act.

Role of Office of Public Affairs

AVhen this act was passed in 1948, all of its
functions were placed in the Department of State
under the general direction of the Office of Public
Alfaii-s. With the establishment of the United
States Information Agency, and the transfer of
information activities to that Agency, the Depart-
ment retained two important functions in con-
nection with this act :

(1) the supervision of the noninformation
functions authorized by the Smith-Mundt Act;
and

' Made before the Subtommittee on State Department
Organization and Foi-ei^rn Operations of the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs on Mar. 13 (press release 143).

(2) foreign-policy guidance to the United
States Information Agency.

The principal noninformation function pro-
vided by this act is the educational exchange pro-
gram conducted by the International Educational
Exchange Service of the Department under the
general supervision of the Assistant Secretary for
Public Affairs. The Secretary of State is also re-
sponsible for certain exchanges of personnel car-
ried out by the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration in connection with its technical
assistance program.

My comments are principally concerned witli
the amendments pertaining to the responsibilities
of the Department of State in conducting the edu-
cational exchange program. I can also assure you
that the Department favors the amendments deal-
ing with the information program.

When this act was originally passed, the House
Foreign Affairs Committee was literally pioneer-
ing in a new field. It is really quite remarkable

566

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

that during the intervening years no major
amendments have been required in the act. This
certainly illustrates the care and foresight of those
who sponsored and enacted the original legisla-
tion.

Only recently has it become apparent, as a result
of the cumulative experience in administering this
increasingly complicated program over the years,
that certain amendments to this act of 1948 are
needed.

Before explaining these changes, a brief review
of the scope of the International Educational Ex-
change Program and the relationship between the
Smith-Mundt and Fulbright parts of it may be
of interest.

Scope of Educational Exchange Activities

The authority for the annual appropriations for
all of the activities of the International Educa-
tional Exchange Service of the Department is de-
rived from the Smith-Mundt Act. This act is also
the authority under which the Department re-
quests the appropriated foreign currencies pro-
vided for under the Fulbright Act (Public Law
584, 79th Congress) . Included in the authorized
activities are the following:

( 1 ) the operation of the various educational ex-
change programs, including the exchange of per-
sons, their orientation and f ollowup ;

(2) the program of assistance to American-
sponsored schools in Latin America;

(3) the approval and facilitation of hundreds
of privately sponsored exchange pi-ograms desig-
nated as exchange- visitor programs and involving
the bringing of thousands of persons to the United
States ;

(4) assistance to other private programs involv-
ing the exchange of persons between the United
States and other countries ;

( 5 ) the responsibilities of the Secretary of State
for participation in cultural conventions and other
cultural activities between the United States and
other countries and the backstopping of such in-
ternational cultural activities as those conducted
by the Cultural Coimcil of the Organization of
American States, North Atlantic Treaty Organi-
zation, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization, etc. ;
and

(6) the coordination of these exchange and cul-
tural activities into a combined effort to insure

their maximum effectiveness in our foreign rela-
tions programs.

Relationship Between the Smith-Mundt and Ful-
bright Programs

TIio Smith-Mundt Act authorizes dollar appro-
priations for reciprocal exchanges on a worldwide
basis. For example, in 1958 we plan to conduct
programs under this act with 87 countries. Pro-
grams under the Fulbright Act, on the other hand,
are restricted to countries with which we have
specitic Executive agreements that make available
nonconvertible foreign currencies for this purpose.
It is anticipated we will have such agreements
with some 33 coimtries in 1958. Another limita-
tion on Fulbright funds is their use in connection
with schools and institutions of higher learning
Iiere and abroad. They could not be used to bring
foreign leaders here on short visits or for other
programs that are not strictly in the educational
field. The fact that the Fulbright funds are avail-
able only in nonconvertible foreign currencies is
another limitation. They can be used only for ex-
penses within the participating foreign countries
and for international travel.

In practice, tliis means that the program under
the Fulbright Act has to have a certain amount
of dollar support to supplement the foreign cur-
rencies provided. This works out at the ratio of
about $1 in U.S. currency for every $2 in foreign
currencies. The dollar currencies are used for ex-
penses of foreign participants while they are in
the United States and for the dollar costs of the
stateside and overseas services requii'ed to carry
out the program. I refer liere to appropriated
dollars. In addition to these cash outlays, max-
imum use is made of private scholarships and as-
sistance from other private sources. The total
value of such private financial support is a major
factor in the success of the Fulbright program, as
it approximates the amount of foreign currency
expended each year.

I believe you will see from the foregoing that
a joint operation of these two types of programs
in countries where both are authorized is a neces-
sity. We are constantly seeking to effect a closer
integration, and, in fact, one of the amendments
we are now proposing (section 5) is designed to
"bring about still further coordination between
these two programs.

April 8, 1957

567

Estimated Cost of Amendments

The estimated annual cost to the Department of
all these amendments will be approximately
$320,000. However, in our judgment, the im-
provement in program effectiveness will more
than offset this amount. The Department will not
request additional funds for fiscal year 1958 for
these purposes but will reprogram its regular
funds to cover any additional costs.

Changes Between Present Bill and S.3638 Considered
Last Year

The bill you are now considering differs in
some respects from the one the committee consid-
ered last year. Some of the changes are editorial
in nature; others represent changes in substance
or the adding of safeguarding provisions in com-
pliance with comments or suggestions of the com-
mittee during the hearings last year. These will
be noted as the particular provisions are discussed.

Development of Projects

Section 1 is for the purpose of authorizing our
assistance to such projects as chairs of American
studies at institutions abroad and the holding of
short seminars or workshops on various branches
of American studies.

The chairs in American studies would be filled
by American professors or American-trained pro-
fessors. We have found that projects of this na-
ture engender binational support and produce a
greater cumulative effect than can be gained from
single isolated exchanges.

This provision would also permit us to arrange
for special seminars and workshops abroad. Such
meetings would bring together groups of Ameri-
can lecturers and researchers, already abroad
under this program or the Fulbright program,
for the purpose of presenting an intensive course
on particular phases of American life and
institutions.

These special seminars or conferences would be
attended by foreign nationals who had been ex-
change visitors under the program, as well as some
foreign nationals who had not had such an ex-
perience. For the former, this would be a "re-
fresher" or "followup" session that would keep
alive and fresh in their minds their American ex-
perience and would update or expand their knowl-
edge of our country. Such sessions should also
make a real impact on participants who have never

been to the United States, giving them an in-
sight into American studies and American educa-
tional techniques. For example, a group of for-
eign high school teachers of American history or
English could attend such sessions, even though
they might not be able to come to this country
under this program. The cost, of course, would
be much less than if we brought them to this
comitry.

Orientation for N on-V .S .-Government Students

Section 2 (a) authorizes orientation courses and
materials for exchangees who are not financed
under the Government program. "VVe now give
orientation to our own grantees. This would en-
able us to do the same, on a very selective basis,
for exchangees in nongovernmental programs sim-
ilar to ours.

We have in mind particularly the orientation of
foreign students participating in privately spon-
sored programs conducted by the Institute of
International Education. The standards used in
selecting these students are basically the same as
those for Government grantees, with our embassies
abroad assisting in the screening and selection.

Orientation usually consists of a 6-week aca-
demic program at selected colleges and universi-
ties, or a 4-week visit in the homes of individual
American families under a program supervised by
the Experiment in International Living.

The wording of this provision as compared
with that submitted last year has been tightened
up to assure that the orientation will be limited to
the types of programs the Government operates
and to those instances where we can determine
that such orientation will better equip the ex-
changee to further the objectives of this act.

Third-Country Exchanges

Section 2 {h) would permit nationals of a co-
operating country to attend selected institutions
in other cooperating countries and to participate in
meetings held in such other countries. Grants
under this provision would be awarded solely for
the purpose of studying subjects pertaining to the
United States and then only when it is determined
that urgent foreign-relations objectives will be
served.

Authority now exists in the Fulbright Act for
sending nationals of countries participating in
tliat program to American institutions abroad,
such as Robert College m Turkey. As already

568

Department of State Bulletin

mentioned, the Fulbright program is limited to
about 30 countries and therefore does not meet all
the urgent needs in this field.

We have in mind, for example, projects for
bringing together nationals of Tvebanon and sur-
rounding countries to take courses under Ameri-
can professors at the American University in
Beiiiit. Also nationals of Asiatic countries could
be brought to the Univei-sity of the Philippines or
the University of Taiwan to take intensive coui-ses
in American literature, American history, etc.,
under American professors and American-trained
professors. Such arrangements would also
broaden the audience, especially in terms of reach-
ing different nationality groups, for American
professors already assigned to certain of these
countries and thus add to their effectiveness.

Two slight changes in the previous language
have been made in the wording of this provision.
The first would permit the participation in meet-
ings held in places other than selected institutions
and places of study. It could include an audi-
torium or other such public place. The other
change makes it clear that this activity will not be
undertaken in any country controlled by interna-
tional communism. I can assure you also that in-
stitutions will be selected solely on the basis of our
assurance of their desire and ability to promote
ideas and principles in keeping with our basic
foreign-policy objectives.

Advisory Cormnission Membership

The first item of Section 3 will make officers of
State imiversities and land-grant colleges eligible
to serve on the U.S. Advisory Commission on
Educational Exchange. The present wording of
the act makes the holder of any compensated Fed-
eral or State office ineligible. It is our under-
standing that this was not intended to disqualify
officers of educational institutions, but it has this
effect in some States. We believe that all such
persons should be eligible for consideration for
membei-ship on this commission.

Annual Report by U.S. Advisory Commission to
Congress

Section k amends the present law to require re-
portmg by the U.S. Advisory Commission on
Educational Exchange to Congress on an annual
rather than a semiannual basis. More frequent
reporting was desirable in the earlier days of the

kptW 8, 1957

421092 — 57 3

pi'ogram, but the commission and we believe that
an annual report will not only be sufficient but also
that it will be more meaningful to the Congress.
The exchange program is planned and operated on
an annual basis. Thus, an annual report will
cover a logical program period. Should any sit-
uation arise which would make an interim report
desirable, such a report could be prasented on the
initiative of the commission, or at our request, or
at the request of the Congress.

Use of Binational Convmissions

Section 6 authorizes the use of existing bina-
tional commissions and foundations abroad in the
administration of the program. These commis-
sions are created imder the Fulbright Act for the
purpose of administering that program in each
country. Their use in connection with the Smith-
Alundt program will add a binational element that
has proved most effective in the Fulbright pro-
gram and will facilitate the joint administi"ation
of the combined programs.

No dollars are now available for these commis-
sions. Under the proposed arrangement a very
limited amount of dollars would be made avail-
able, primarily for payment of a portion of the
salary of the key American officer.

This provision differs from the proposal of last
year in that no authority is requested to create
additional commissions. We plan to use only
those established mider the Fulbright Act, since
one of the prmcipal purposes is to coordinate the
two programs.

Advice From Private Groups

Section 6 amends section 801(6) of the act in
two respects:

First, it authorizes the calling of meetings to ob-
tain advice and assistance of private and public
educational institutions and other similar organ-
izations. This would permit better cooperation
between governmental and nongovernmental ex-
change programs so that the effectiveness of both
would be increased. Persons attending such meet-
ings at the invitation of the Government would not
require full field investigations of the kind con-
ducted for persons employed or assigned to duty.
Such investigations are not considered necessary
since the persons attending would serve in ad-
visory capacities only and would not have access
to classified material.

569

There is general authority now (section 15 of
the act of August 2, 1946, 5 U.S.C. 55a) under
which individuals may be appohited and brought
in for consultation and advice, but speciiic author-
ity as a part of this act would be extremely helpful
in attracting the type of individuals needed for
this program.

There is authority now for creating advisory
committees. The meetings contemplated under
this additional authority, however, will be gen-
erally on a short-term basis, and we do not believe
we should formally create a committee just for
these purposes.

An editorial change has been made in this pro-
vision to eliminate unnecessary language.

$15.00 Per Diem for Commission Members

Second, Section 6 authorizes an increase from
$10.00 to $15.00 in the per-diem rates payable to
members of advisory commissions and committees.
Such persons serve without compensation. The
$15.00 rate conforms to the general rate now pre-
scribed for consultants and others serving without
compensation. The authority requested would
bring these commission and committee members
under the general legislation prescribing rates of
per diem for experts and consultants serving the
Government without compensation.

Emergency Medical Expenses

Section 7 includes an item (identified as subsec-
tion 5) which authorizes the payment of emer-
gency medical expenses for persons selected to
participate in the program. The lack of authority
to pay such expenses in emergency cases has given
rise to serious problems. Foreign participants
are really guests of this Government while in this
country, and the inability of the Government to
meet their emergency hospital and medical ex-
penses, which the individuals often are imable to
meet, places them and the Government in an em-
barrassing position. Similar problems arise in
the case of American participants abroad. Au-
thority is requested also to pay the expense of
travel incurred by reason of illness. In a number
of instances participants in the program have suf-
fered mental or physical disordei-s that require
their return home accompanied by an attendant.
The proposed provision would permit payment
of travel costs incurred under such circumstances.
This authority is urgently needed to meet emer-

gency situations as they arise. The number of
such emergencies, fortunately, has been very small.

Facilitating Exchanges of International Organr-
izations

Section 8 amends section 902 of the act to per-
mit the acceptance of funds from international
organizations for operation of programs author-
ized by the act. Authority now exists for the
acceptance of such funds from foreign govern-
ments. The additional authority is needed to per-
mit this Goverimient to accept funds for use in ad-
ministering some of the fellowship programs of
the United Nations. The funds would be ac-
cepted and used for only those specific projects
for which they are made available by such or-
ganizations. Our Govermnent is dedicated to a
policy of cooperation with the United Nations.
Lack of authority to accept funds ofi'ered by this
organization for the training of foreign nationals
in the United States under its programs has proved
a source of embarrassment to our Government.
This amendment would permit the desired co-
operation.

The section diti'ers from the one proposed last
year in a matter of language only. There is no
change in its substance.

Annual Report hy Secretary of State

Section 9 proposes a change in section 1008
which would permit the Secretary of State to
report to the Congress on the educational exchange
program amiually. He is now required to report
semiannually. Since a year is required to meet
a complete cycle of the exchange program, re-
ports presented on that basis would be more com-
plete and more meanmgful.

Settlement of Tort Claims

Section 10 includes authority to settle tort claims
arising abroad by both the Department and the
U.S. Information Agency. The expeditious
settlement of equitable claims will aid immeas-
urably in maintaining and promoting friendly
relations abroad.

This will enable the Department and the U.S.
Information Agency to settle all claims arising
out of their overseas operations on a basis simi-
lar to that used by the armed services. A uni-
form basis for settlement of such claims is highly
desirable.

570

Deparfmenf of Sfofe BuUeHn

Effectiveness of Educational and Cultural Exchange
Programs

Mr. Chairman, I appreciate the attention the
committee has given to tliis rather detaiknl ex-
phuiation. We are convinced that these amend-
ments to the act of 1948 will enable the Depart-

ment to improve the administration of the edu-
cational exchange program. That program has
become such a valuable instrument in the pur-
suance of our foreign-policy goals that I am
sui'e you will look with favor on anything we
can do to make it still more effective.

The Cold War and the Universities

iy Frederick Cable Oechsner

American universities are helping this country
with ideas and personnel to fight communism on
every cold-war battlefi'ont in the world. Even if
the cold war as we know it today should last for
50 years or more, the miiversities are directly con-
tributing to shaping a world of the future where
we may enjoy genuine peaceful coexistence instead
of the uncertain substitute for it with which we
are struggling today. Hungary and Egypt, and
before them Korea, Formosa, and Indochina, have
shown us how far we still have to go.

One encouraging thought to sustain us, in the
midst of disturbing news from satellite Europe
and the Middle East, is that, while man in his
million-year history has had many periods of irra-
tional and antisocial behavior, there has never
been a time when he made such an intense,
methodical, and intelligent attempt to under-
stand and improve his behavior as at present.

Never before have we had the instruments that
we have today for studying man in the matrix of
his particular culture — whether he be American,
Russian, Egyptian, or Israeli— and the way in
which his behavior and culture relate to other in-
dividuals and groups in the world. And never be-
fore, incidentally, have we had the very real in-
centive of possible annihilation to spur us on.

In discussing the role of universities in the cold
war, I use the latter term to describe the period
since the end of World War II, a period of intense
political, economic, and psychological as well as

military pressures, a period in which we find lit-
erally dozens of gi-eat cultural groups, each with
its own cherished pattern of behavior, locked in
a struggle for power and prestige.

Almost nothing seems more important to me in
the working out of our cold-war problems than
the actual movement of persons to one another's
countries. I refer not only to the coming of dele-
gates to the United Nations and other interna-
tional conferences but also to the interchange of
experience involved in the visits of educators, lec-
turers, labor leaders, doctors, lawyers, engineers,
students, scientists, and artists and also of groups
like orchestras, theater companies, and athletic
teams. I was greatly surprised, a year or two ago,
to see a young American girl broadcasting in
Serbo-Croat from the Zagreb radio station tx)
Yugoslav young people. She had studied the lan-
guage at Smith College and had been sent overseas
under the Department of State's international
educational exchange program.

Six thousand others like her this year, both

• Mr. Oechsner is principal officer of the
U.S. consulate at Monterrey, Mexico. His
article is hosed on an address which he made
at Tulane University, New Orleans, La., on
November 10, 1956, during a temporary
assignment in the United States.

April 8, 1957

571

American and foreign, will cross the oceans to
and from United States universities under this
program, at a cost of $20 million. Another 30,000
persons will be assisted by private industry, by
the great foundations like Ford, Rockefeller, and
Carnegie, and by hospitals and medical schools,
to study, teach, or do research at univei-sities here
and in 70 countries abroad.

A basketball clinic for coaches will be held
in Japan ; in Belgium the work of the first Center
for lie-education of Cerebral Palsied Children
will go on, as will that of a similar center in
Norway; a school of journalism will operate at
the University of Thammasat in Thailand,
another at Nagpur University in India. All these
programs have been made possible through the
exchange of skills and sympathetic understanding
between Americans and people abroad.

Inter-University Projects

In many instances the U.S. educational ex-
change program has been the means of establishing
direct cooperation between American and foreign
universities. In the field of such inter-university
work, there is also another excellent progi'am
financed by the International Cooperation Admin-
istration in Washington. Under this program 53
American universities have contracts with Ica,
totaling $53.6 million, for partnerships with uni-
versities in 38 countries abroad. (In some con-
tracts, private foundations like Ford and Rocke-
feller have taken over the financing when Ica's
term was through.) These contracts are in the
area of technical cooperation, and their yield to
the United States in this cold-war period can
hardly be exaggerated.

Tulane has one of these contracts for coopera-
tion with the University of Colombia in develop-
ing medical education. A Tulane doctor has gone
to Bogota to make the primary survey; repre-
sentatives of the University of Colombia will then
come to Tulane for training, work will be done
on such things as curricula and bibliogi-aphy for
the library, and a close joint eiiort will continue
throughout the life of the contract. The Delgado
Central Trades School in New Orleans has a con-
tract for cooperation with the School of Arts and
Crafts at Beirut, Lebanon, and another with the
Kampala Technical Institute in the Protectorate
of Uganda, Africa.

On every continent American universities are

helping to develop sound, stable societies through
unremitting effort in the very practical fields of
agriculture, education, engineering, public ad-
ministration, public health, housing, vocational
training, industrial development, home economics,
sanitation, and other areas critical in the struggle
to extend democracy.

The University of Michigan, for example, has
done an outstanding job with the University of the
Philippines in setting up an Institute of Public
Administration. Oklahoma A. and M. has helped
Ethiopia to establish an agricultural college.
North Carolina is in Peru, Minnesota in Korea,
Columbia in Afghanistan; Illinois, Ohio State,
Tennessee, Wisconsin, Rensselaer, and Kansas are
in India. Oregon is in Nepal. Others are in Iran,
Iraq, Jordan, Pakistan, Turkey, Libya, Indonesia,
Thailand, Viet-Nam, and Japan.

In Ethiopia, where a school was established with
American university assistance, 437 boys applied
for enrollment but only 79 could be accepted at
first. One lad trekked 800 miles to Addis Ababa
on foot, selling most of his clothes en route. With-
out food for the last 2 days, he arrived at the U.S.
Operations Mission so weak that he had to be taken
to a hospital — but not before he told why he had
come: to attend that new school the Americans
were helping to get started. He was accepted, I
may add.

In Iran 73 schools have been set up for children
of nomadic tribes, and the schools travel with the
tribes as they migrate. The same sort of thing is
being done for the Bedouins in Jordan. Tribal
chieftains were so enthusiastic over this first edu-
cational program ever attempted for these nomads
that they wanted to hold school 8 hours a day, 7
days a week.

Needless to say, most of these places are front-
line battlegrounds in the cold war and American
universities are there fighting communism tooth
and nail. Let me tell you what a distinguished
scholar wrote to his dean when sent abroad
recently to survey the need of a contract between
his university and a foreign institution :

This job will require men with a certain missionary
spirit, but such men can exert an influence that might
have tremendous significance in this forming nation. The
easy recommendation would be to stay out and avoid all
the headaches, and even possible failure. I cannot make
that recommendation. I say this because I do not care
to contemplate the alternative : to stay out and see this
nation slip into chaos and comnianism while we make no
eflfort to save it.

572

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

study of World's Cultures

I remember, as a young newspaperman in New
Orleans, interviewing the gifted Irish poet, James
Stephens, who wrote "The Crock of Gold" and
many other poems. Discussing the political for-
tunes of Ireland in the midtwenties, I asked
Stephens what he thought Ireland's best defenses
were. "Well," he replied, "we can always retreat
into the Gaelic language. Nobody will ever find
us there."

I submit that today it is impossible for the
Irish, or any other sizable group in the world, to
retreat into its own culture. The reason is that
our country, principally through its universities,
is now engaged in a remarkably complete study
of the different cultures of the world.

This research consists largely of what are called
"area study programs." To find out about them,
I went to the State Department's External Re-
search Staff, a unit of the Office of Intelligence
Research, which devotes full time to keeping
abreast of university research dealing with foreign
area and foreign policy problems. There I was
given details of literally thousands of inquiries
into the problems of particular geographical re-
gions, often a single country or a subgroup within
a country. These research projects are being
carried out by most of the country's universities
or individual scholars, with 40 institutions carry-
ing the major load of 81 full-scale programs.

The area study programs were taken up seri-
ously during and just after World War II to meet
the needs of Government policymakers and of
American business concerns for information on
economic, political, and social conditions abroad.
Since then, and especially in the last 5 years, the
area studies have expanded and intensified enor-
mously. Today they are financed not only by the
universities and by individuals but also by the
great private foundations like Ford, Rockefeller,
and Carnegie, and also, of course, by the Govern-
ment, which continues to be one of the great users
of this intelligence developed in the universities.

Tulane has at least two important area-study
projects: the Latin American Studies Program
and a special project on the penetration of West-
ern ideas into the political processes of West Afri-
can societies. The Latin American program has
yielded richly in completed studies, including
those on Guatemala, Cuba, the Dominican Repub-
lic, Mexico, and many others on current problems.

Harvard, under a contract with the Air Force,
has made microscopic studies of Soviet culture and
behavior. (The External Research Staff lists
well over 500 titles of research projects concen-
trated on Soviet Russia.) Through its Russian
Research Center, Harvard also helps in the spe-
cial language-and-area training given selected
Foreign Service officers who will work in Moscow
or satellite areas. Other universities prominent
in this training program, coordinated with the
Foreign Service Institute, are Columbia, Cornell,
Yale, Princeton, and Stanford.

At Yale a series of handbooks on 50 foreign
countries is being prepared for the Army for the
purpose of preparing personnel going ovei'seas to
make the adjustment to their new environment.

At the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
the Center of International Studies, concentrating
on international communications, economics, and
U.S. relations with the Communist bloc, is produc-
ing work widely used in the Government. Mem-
bers of the faculty at the M.I.T. Center are con-
sultants to the Armed Forces and to the U.S. In-
formation Agency.

Other studies of utmost importance are those
in basic individual and gi-oup behavior dynamics ;
in intergroup tensions and the problems of co-
operation ; in our own American behavior and cul-
ture; in what the rest of the world thinks of us,
and why.

Fields for Further Expansion

I would like to point out a few ways in which
the Department of State feels that universities
might expand their activities if possible : (1) the
gi'anting of scholarships to qualified foreign stu-
dents; (2) stipends for foreign lecturers or re-
search scholars ; (3) establishing further ties with
particular foreign universities in fields of mutual
interest (you may recall that, at Baylor Univer-
sity not long ago. President Eisenhower imder-
scored the challenge to American universities and
graduates in "this great two-way avenue of con-
tacts") ; ' (4) encouraging well-qualified Ameri-
can students to apply for scholarships, government
or ijrivate, for study overseas; (5) encouraging
faculty members to apply for lecturing or research
positions abroad; (6) stressing the critical im-
portance of foreign-language study in our trade

' BuLLHOTN of June 4, 1956, p. 915.

April 8, 1957

573

and cultural relations with other countries. Not
only in the field of languages but in all others the
Government looks to the universities to develop
manpower for the Foreign Service.

Indeed, I can think of no more important func-
tion of the universities in the cold-vrar period than
the continued education of young people, and of
the entire adult population of the country, to un-
derstand themselves and the problems of their
age. They must learn to understand the culture
in which they were raised, including its weak-
nesses and faults, as well as the cultures of other
people.

I submit that, up to now, we have also used only
a fractional part of our social potential as nations
in learning to get along together rationally rather
than emotionally. I do not know that we will see
a "breakthrough" in our lifetime, and I am sure
that there will always be pathological individuals
like Hitler who identify the motivations of large
cultural groups with their own. But never, it
appears to me, has the light of knowledge and of
conscience been focused on these problems of be-
havior so sharply as today. I have tried to show
how the work of the American university fits into
this great struggle for the rational survival of
mankind.

U.S.-Dominican Agreement
on LORAN Station

Press release 161 dated March 19

The Governments of the United States and of
the Dominican Republic entered into an agreement
on March 19 by which the U.S. Government ac-
quires the right to establish a Long Eange Radio
Aid to Navigation (Loran) Station at Cape
Frances Viejo on the northern coast of the Domini-
can Republic.

This station, one of a series constituting a net-

work in various countries of the Caribbean and
other areas, will benefit air and sea navigation in
this increasingly congested area. It will be
manned by personnel of the U.S. Coast Guard.

United States and Japan Sign
Income-Tax Protocol

Press release 173 dated March 23

On March 23, 1957, the American Ambassador
to Japan, Douglas MacArthur II, and the Jap-
anese Minister of Foreign Affairs, Nobusuke
Kishi, signed at Tokyo a protocol supplementing
the income-tax convention of April 16, 1954,
between the United States and Japan.

The 1954 convention with Japan,^ like income-
tax conventions in force between the United States
and 18 other countries, contains provisions for the
avoidance of double taxation and the prevention
of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income.
The protocol, upon entry into force, will supple-
ment the convention by providing that the Export-
Import Bank of Wasliington shall be exempt from
Japanese tax with respect to interest on loans or
investments received by such bank from sources
within Japan. Reciprocally, the Export-Import
Bank of Japan shall be exempt from United States
tax with respect to interest on loans or investments
received from sources within the United States.

The protocol, according to its terms, will con-
tinue in force concurrently with the 1954 conven-
tion unless terminated earlier by a 6 months'
written notice of termination given by either Gov-
ernment to the other Government.

The jirotocol will be transmitted to the Senate
for advice and consent to ratification. The text
of the protocol will be available in printed form
upon publication of the Senate Executive
document.

' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3176.

574

Department of Slate Bulletin

Air Transport Agreement Between United States and Mexico

Press release 122 dated March 7
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

Francis White, United States Ambassador to
Mexico, and Licenciado Luis Padilla Nervo, Sec-
retary of Foreign Eelations for Mexico, concluded
on March 7 at Mexico City an exchange of notes
providing for an air transport agreement between
the two countries.

Tlie exchange of notes, incorporating the un-
derstanding between the two countries, establishes
the routes to be served by United States and Mexi-
can flag airlines and contains the principles under
which these routes will be operated.

The understanding between the two Govern-
ments also provides that the agi'eement shall be-
come effective 90 days after the signature of the
exchange and that it shall expire on June 30, 1959.
At the request of either Government, made prior
to May 30, 1959, conversations may be initiated
looking to agreement concerning subsequent regu-
lation of air transport between the two countries.

TEXT OF AGREEMENT

Mexico, D.F., Ma/rch 7, 1957

His Excellency

Sr. Lie. Louis Padilla Nervo,
Secretary of Foreign BelatioTis,
Mexico, D.F.

No. 942

Excellency : I have the honor to acknowledge
the receipt of Your Excellency's note No. 501404
of today's date, together with the attached Memo-
randum of Understanding and Annex, which read
in translation as follows:

Mb. Ambassador : I have the honor to advise Your Ex-
cellency that the Government of Mexico, in a desire to
conti-ibute to the improvement of air transport between
oui- two countries, is prepared to execute a provisional

arrangement regarding civil aviation with the Govern-
ment of the United States of America in the terms of
the Memorandum of Understanding and its Annex which
I attach to the present note.

If, as I understand is the case, the Government of the
United States of America is also willing to conclude
such an arrangement on this basis, the present note and
the note in reply from Your Excellency communicating
your Government's acceptance of the Memorandum of
Understanding and its Annex above-mentioned shall con-
stitute a provisional arrangement regarding civil avia-
tion between the two Governments.

I take this occasion to renew to Y'our Excellency the
assurances of my highest consideration.

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

1. The aeronautical authorities of the Government of
Mexico shall grant permits to airlines designated by the
Government of the United States of America to operate air
services on the air routes specified below, via intermediate
points, in both directions, and to make regular stops
at the points listed in this paragraph :

A. New York, Washington-Mexico City.

B. Chicago, Dallas, San .\ntonio-Mexico City, via inter-
mediate points in the United States.

C. Los Angeles-Mexico City, via intermediate points
in the United States.

D. New Orleans-Mexico City.

E. New Orleans-M6rida, and beyond, to Guatemala,
and beyond.

F. Miami-M^rida, and beyond, to Guatemala, and
beyond.

G. Houston, Brownsville-Tajnpico, Mexico City, Tapa-
cluila, and beyond, to Guatemala, and beyond.

The aeronautical authorities of the Government of the
United States of America shall grant permits to airlines
designated by the Government of Mexico to operate air
services on each one of the air routes specified below,
via intermediate points, in both directions, and to make
regular stops at the points listed in this paragraph :

A. Mexico City-Washington, New York.

B. Mexico City-Chicago, via intermediate points in
Mexico.

C. Mexico City-Los Angeles, via intermediate points in
Mexico.

D. Mexico City-New Orleans, via intermediate points
in Mexico.

E. Mexico City-Miami, and beyond, via intermediate
points in Mexico.

April 8, 1957

575

F. Mexico City-San Antonio, via intermediate points In
Mexico.

G. (Pending).

2. Both parties agree not to designate, for the present,
more than one airline for each route.

3. An airline designated by either country may, at its
discretion, omit stops on any of the routes specified on any
or all flights.

4. The aeronautical operations of the designated lines
shall be governed by the principles set forth in the
Annex to the present Memorandum of Understanding.

5. The present Provisional Arrangement shall enter
in force ninety days after the date of the exchange of
notes.

6. The arrangement shall terminate June 30, 1959.

7. Upon request of either Government, prior to May
30, 1959, talks may be initiated to reach an agreement
concerning a system to regulate air transport subsequent
to June 30, 1959, between the two countries.

Annex

(A) The term "aeronautical authorities" means In the
ease of the United States of America, the Civil Aero-
nautics Board or any person or agency authorized to
perform the functions exercised at the jjresent time by the
Civil Aeronautics Board and, in the case of the United
Mexican States, the Ministry of Communications and
Public Works or any person or agency authorized to
perform the functions exercised at present by the said
Ministry of Communications and Public Works.

(B) The term "designated airline" means an airline
that one party has notified to the other party, in writ-
ing, to be the airline which will operate a specific route
or routes listed in the Memorandum of Understanding.

(C) The term "territory" in relation to a State means
the land areas and territorial waters adjacent thereto
under the sovereignty, suzerainty, protection, mandate
or trusteeship of that State.

(D) The term "air service" means scheduled air
service performed by aircraft for the public transport
of passengers, mail or cargo.

(B) The term "international air service" means an air
service which flies over the territory of more than one
State.

(P) The term "stop for non-traflic purposes" means a
landing for any purpose other than taking on or discharg-
ing passengers, cargo or mail.

II

Each party grants to the other party rights neces-
sary for the conduct of air services by the designated
airlines, as follows: the rights of transit, of stops for
non-traflic puriioses, and of commercial entry and de-
parture for international traflic in passengers, cargo, and
mail at the points in its territory named on each of the
routes specified in the Memorandum of Understanding.
The fact that such rights may not be exercised im-
mediately .shall not preclude the subsequent inauguration
of air services by the airlines of the party to whom such

rights are granted over the routes specified in the Mem-
orandum of Understanding.

Ill

Air service on a specified route may be inaugurated
immediately or at a later date at the option of the party
to whom the rights are granted by an airline or airlines
of such party at any time after that party has desig-
nated such airline or airlines for the route and the other
party has given the appropriate operating permission.
Such other party shall, subject to Section IV, be bound
to give this permission provided that the designated air-
line or airlines may be required to qualify before the
competent aeronautical authorities of that party, under
the laws and regulations normally applied by these au-
thorities, before being permitted to engage in the opera-
tions contemplated by the Memorandum of Understand-
ing and this Annex.

IV

Each party reseiTes the right to withhold or revoke
the operating permission provided for in Section III of
this Annex from an airline designated by the other party
in the event that it is not satisfied that substantial own-
ership and effective control of such airline are vested
in nationals of the other party or in case of failure by
such airline to comply with the laws and regulations
referred to in Section V of the present Annex, or in case
of the failure of the airline or the Government desig-
nating it to fulfill the conditions under which the rights
are granted in accordance with the Provisional Arrange-
ment.

V

(A) The laws and regulations of one party relating to
the admission to or departure from its territory of air-
craft engaged in international air navigation, or to the
operation and navigation of such aircraft while within
its territory, shall be applied to the aircraft of the air-
line or airlines designated by the other party and shall
be complied with by such aircraft upon entering or de-
parting from, and while within the territory of the first
party.

(B) The laws and regulations of one party relating
to the admission to or departure from its territory of
passengers, crew, or cargo of aircraft, such as regulations
relating to entry, clearance, immigration, passports, cus-
toms, and quarantine shall be complied with by or on
behalf of such passengers, crew or cargo of the other
party upon entrance into or departure from, and while
within the territory of the first party.

VI

Certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency
and licenses issued or rendered valid by one party, and
still in force, shall be recognized as valid by the other
party for the purpose of operating the routes and serv-
ices provided for in the Memorandum of Understanding
and in the present Annex, provided that the requirements
under which such certificates or licenses were issued or
rendered valid are equal to or above the minimum stand-
ards which may be established pursuant to the Conven-
tion on International Civil Aviation. Each party reserves

576

Departmenf of State Bulletin

the right, however, to refuse to recognize, for the pur-
pose of flight above its own territory, certiflcates of
competency and licenses granted to its own nationals by
anotlier State.

VII

In order to prevent discriminatory practices and to
assure equality of treatment, both parties agree further
to observe the following principles :

(a) Kach of the parties may impose or permit to be
imposed just and reasonable charges for the use of pub-
lic airports and other facilities under its control. Each
of the parties agrees, however, that these charaes shall
not be higher than would be paid for the use of such air-
ports and facilities by its national aircraft engaged in
similar international services.

(b) Fuel, lubricating oils, consumable technical sup-
plies, spare parts, regular equipment, and stores intro-
duced into the territory of one party by the other party
or its nationals, and intended solely for use by aircraft of
such party shall he exempt on a basis of reciprocity from
customs duties, inspection fees and other national duties
or charges.

(c) Fuel, lubricating oils, other consumable technical
supplies, spare parts, regular equipment, and stores re-
tained on board aircraft of the airlines of one party
authorized to operate the routes and services provided for
in the Memorandum of Understanding and in this Annex
shall, upon arriving in or leaving the territory of the
other part.v, be exempt on a basis of reciprocity from
customs duties, inspection fees and other national duties
or charges, even though such supplies be used or con-
sumed by such aircraft on flights in that territory.

(d) Fuel, lubricating oils, other consumable technical
supplies, spare parts, regular equipment, and stores taken
on board aircraft of the airlines of one party in the terri-
tory of the other and used in international services shall
be exempt on a basis of reciprocity from customs duties,
excise taxes, inspection fees and other national duties or
charges.

VIII

There shall be a fair and equal opportunity for the
airlines of each party to operate on the routes listed in
the Memorandum of Understanding.

IX

In the operation by the airlines of either party of the
trunk services described in the Memorandum of Under-
standing the interest of the airlines of the other party
shall be taken into consideration so as not to affect un-
duly the services which the latter provide on all or part of
the same routes.

X

The services made available to the public by the air-
lines operating under the Provisional Arrangement shall
bear a close relationship to the requirements of the public
for such services.

It is understood that services provided by a designated
airline under the Memorandum of Understanding and the
present Annex shall retain as their primary objective the
provision of capacity adequate to the traffic demands be-

tween the country of which such airline is a national
and the countries of ultimate destination of the traflSc.
The right to embark or disembark on such services inter-
national traffic destined for and coming from third coun-
tries at a point or points on the routes specified in the
Memorandum of Understanding shall be applied in ac-
cordance with the general principles of orderly develop-
ment to which both parties suliscribe and shall be subject
to the general principle that capacity should be related:

(a) to traffic requirements between the country of
origin and the countries of ultimate destination of the
traffic ;

(b) to the requirements of through airline operation;
and,

(c) to the traffic requirements of the area through
which the airline passes after taking account of local and
regional services.

Both parties agree to recognize that the fifth freedom
traffic is complementary to the traffic requirements on
the routes between the territories of the parties, and at
the same time is subsidiary in relation to the traffic re-
quirements of the third and fourth freedoms between the
territory of the other party and a country on the route.

In this connection both parties recognize that the de-
velopment of local and regional services is a legitimate
right of each of their countries. Tliey agree therefore to
consult periodically on the manner in which the standards
mentioned in this section are being complied with by their
respective airlines, in order to assure tliat their respec-
tive interests in the local and regional services as well as
through .services are not being prejudiced.

Every change of gauge justifiable for reasons of econ-
omy of operation, shall he permitted at any stop on the
designated routes. Nevertheless, no change of gauge may
be made in the territory of one or the other party when
it modifies the characteristics of the operation of a through
airline service or if it is incompatible with the principles
enunciated in the present Annex.

"When one of the parties after a period of observation of
not less than ninety days considers that an increase in
capacity or frequency offered by an airline of the other
party is unjustified or prejudicial to the services of its
respective airline it shall notify the other party of its
objection to the end that consultation be initiated between
the appropriate aeronautical authorities and decision on
the objection be made by mutual agreement within a
period which may not be more than ninety days beginning
on the date of such notification. For this purpose the
operating companies shall supply all traffic statistics that
may be necessary and required of them.

XI

Rates to be charged on the routes provided for in the
Memorandum of Understanding shall be reasonable, due
regard being paid to all relevant factors, such as cost of
operation, reasonable profit, and the rates charged by any
other carriers, as well as the characteristics of each serv-
ice, and shall be determined in accordance with the follow-
ing paragraphs :

(A) The rates to be charged by the airlines of either
party between points in the territory of the United States

April 8, 1957

577

of America and points in the territory of tlie United
Mexican States referred to in the Memorandum of Under-
standing shall, consistent with the provisions of the pres-
ent Annex, be subject to the approval of the aeronautical
authorities of the parties, who shall act in accordance
with their oblisations under the Provisional Arrange-
ment, within the limits of their legal powers.

(B) Any rate proposed by an airline of either party
shall be filed with the aeronautical authorities of both
parties at least thirty (30) days before the proposed date
of introduction; provided that this period of thirty (30)
days may be reduced in particular cases if so agreed by
the aeronautical authorities of both parties.

(C) During any period for which the Civil Aero-
nautics Board of the United States of America has
approved the traffic conference procedures of the Inter-
national Air Transport Association (hereinafter called
lATA), any rate agreements concluded through these pro-
cedures and involving United States airlines will be
subject to approval of the Board. Likewise, agreements
concluded through this machinery may also be required
to be subject to the approval of the aeronautical author-
ities of the United Mexican States pursuant to the prin-
ciples enunciated in paragraph (A) above.

(D) The procedure described in paragraphs (E), (F)
and (G) of this Section shall apply:

1. If, during the period of the approval by both parties
of the lATA traffic conference procedure, either, any
specific rate agreement is not approved within a reason-
able time by either party, or, a conference of lATA is
unable to agree on a rate,

or

2. At any time no lATA procedure is applicable, or

3. If either party at any time withdraws or fails to
renew its approval of that part of the lATA traffic con-
ference procedure relevant to this Section.

(E) In the event that power is conferred by law upon
the aeronautical authorities of the United States of Amer-
ica to fix fair and economic rates for the transport of
persons and property by air on international services and
to suspend proposed rates in a manner comparable to that
in which the Civil Aeronautics Board at present is em-
powered to act with respect to such rates for the transport
of persons and property by air within the United States
of America, each of the parties shall thereafter exercise
its authority in such manner as to prevent any rate or
rates proposed by one of its airlines for services from the
territory of one party to a point or points in the territory
of the other party from becoming effective, if in the
judgment of the aeronautical authorities of the party
whose airline or airlines is or are proposing such rate, that
rate is unfair or uneconomic. If one of the parties on
receipt of the notification referred to in paragraph (B)
above is dissatisfied with the rate proposed by the airline
or airlines of tlie other party, it shall so notify the other
party prior to the expiry of the first fifteen (15) of the
thirty (30) days referred to, and the parties shall endeavor
to reach agreement on the appropriate rate.

In the event that such agreement is reached, each party
will exercise its best efforts to put such rate into effect
as regards its airline or airlines.

If agreement has not been reached at the end of the
thirty (30) day period referred to in paragraph (B)
above, the proposed rate may, unless the aeronautical
authorities of the country of the air carrier concerned see
fit to suspend its application, go into effect provisionally
pending the settlement of any dispute in accordance with
the procedure outlined in paragraph (G) below.

(P) Prior to the time when such power may be con-
ferred upon the aeronautical authorities of the United
States of America, if one of the parties is dissatisfied
with any rate proposed by the airline or airlines of either
party for services from the territory of one party to a
point or points in the territory of the other party, it shall
so notify the other party prior to the expiry of the first
fifteen (15) of the thirty (30) day period referred to in
paragraph (B) above, and the parties shall endeavor to
reach agreement on the appropriate rate.

In the event that such agreement is reached, each party
will use its best efforts to cause such agreed rate to be put
into effect by its airline or airlines.

If no agreement can be reached prior to the expiry of
such thirty (30) days, the party raising the objection to
the rate may take such steps as it may consider necessary
to prevent the inauguration or continuation of the service
in question at the rate complained of.

(G) When in any case under paragraphs (E) or (P)
of this Section the aeronautical authorities of the two
parties cannot agree within a reasonable time upon the
appropriate rate after consultation initiated by the com-
plaint of one party concerning a proposed rate or an
existing rate of the airline or airlines of the other party,
upon the request of either, the terms of Section XIII of
this Annex shall apply.

XII

Consultation between the competent authorities of both
parties may be requested at any time by either party for
the purpose of discussing the interpretation, application,
or amendment of the Provisional Arrangement or Route
Schedule (Point 1 of the Memorandum of Understanding).
Such consultation shall begin within a period of sixty
(60) days from the date of the receipt of the request by
the Department of State of the United States of America
or the Ministry of Foreign Relations of the United Mexi-
can States as the case may be. Should agreement be
reached on amendment of the Provisional Arrangement
or Schedule of Routes, such amendment will come into
effect upon confirmation by a further exchange of diplo-
matic notes.

XIII

Except as otherwise provided, any dispute between the
parties relative to the interpretation or application of the
Provisional Arrangement which cannot be settled through
consultation shall be submitted for an advisory report
to a tribunal of three arbitrators, one to be named by
each party, and the third to be agreed upon by the two
arbitrators so chosen, provided that such a third arbi-
trator shall not be a national of either party. Each of the
parties shall designate an arbitrator within two months
of the date of delivery by either party to tlie other party
of a diplomatic note requesting arbitration of a dispute;
and the third arbitrator shall lie agreed upon within one
month after such period of two months.

578

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

If t'ither of the parties fails to designate its own arbi-
trator within two months, or if the third arbitrator is
not agreed uixm within the time limit indicated, either
party may request the President of the International
Court of Justice to make the necessary appointment or
appointments by choosing the arbitrator or arbitrators.

The parties will use their best efforts under the powers
available to them to put into effect the opinion expressed
in any such advisory report. A moiety of the expenses
of the arbitral tribunal shall be borne by each party.

XIV

The Provisional Arrangement, all amendments thereto,
and contracts connected therewith shall be registered
with the International Civil Aviation Organization.

XV

If a general multilateral air transport Convention ac-
cepted by both parties enters into force, the Provisional
Arrangement shall be amended so as to conform with the
provisions of such Convention.

XVI

Either of the two parties may at any time notify the
other party of its intention to terminate the Provisional
Arrangement. Such notice shall be sent simultaneously
to the International Civil Aviation Organization. In case
such notification should be given the arrangement would
terminate six months after the date on which the notice
of termination may have been received, unless the com-
munication under reference is annulled before the end
of this period by agreement between both parties. Should
the other party not acknowledge receipt it shall be con-
sidered that the notification was received by it 14 days
subsequent to the date on which it is received by the In-
ternational Civil Aviation Organization.

XVII

Upon entry into effect of the Provisional Arrangement
the aeronautical authorities of the two parties must com-
municate to each other as soon as possible the informa-
tion relating to authorizations given to the airline or air-
lines designated by them to operate the routes mentioned
in the Memorandum of Understanding.

XVIII

The aeronautical authorities of both parties shall re-
spectively advise each other eight days before the actual
placing in operation of their respective permits the fol-
lowing data : schedules, frequencies, tariffs and tyi)es of
aircraft normally utilized in their services. Any modifi-
cation of the data under reference shall similarly be
communicated.

In reply, I have the honor to advise Your Ex-
cellency that the Government of the United States
of America is prepared to conclude a provisional
arrangement on the basis proposed in Your Ex-
cellency's note, Memorandum of Understanding
and Annex under reference, and accept your pro-
posal to regard that note, the Memorandum of

Understanding and Annex and the present reply
as constituting a provisional arrangement regard-
ing civil aviation between our two Governments.
Please accept, Excellency, the renewed assur-
ances of my highest consideration.

Francis White

U.S. and Netherlands Resume
Air Transport Negotiations

Following is a Department announcernent con-
cerning the reswmption on March 19 of negotia-
tions on the U.S. -Netherlands air transport agree-
ment, together with an exchange of letters betimen
President Eisenhoioer and Dr. Willem Drees,
Prime Minister of the Netherlands.

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

Press release 163 dated March 19

Delegations of the Governments of the United
States and the Kingdom of the Netherlands re-
sumed negotiations on March 19 for the conclu-
sion of a bilateral air transport agreement. The
negotiations were suspended last May.

The chairman of the Netherlands delegation is
E. H. van der Beugel, State Secretary for Foreign
Affairs. The vice chairman is H. J. Spanjaard,
director of the Department of Civil Aviation,
Ministry of Transport and Waterways. The other
members of the delegation are Baron S. G. M. van
Voorst tot Voorst, Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary at the Netherlands Em-
bassy in Washington ; J. C. Nieuwenhuijsen, Min-
istry of Foreign Affairs ; E. D. Baiz, representa-
tive of the Government of the Netherlands An-
tilles; F. J. Barend, representative of the Govern-
ment of Surinam; L. H. Slotemaker, managing
director of KLM, Royal Dutch Airlines; and
S. C. van Nispen, commercial secretary at the
Netlierlands Embassy in Washington.

The U.S. delegation is headed by Thorsten V.
Kalijarvi, Assistant Secretary of State for Eco-
nomic Affairs ; vice chairman is G. Joseph Minetti,
member. Civil Aeronautics Board. Other mem-
bers of the delegation are H. Alberta Colclaser,
Hendrik van Oss, and John P. Walsh, Department
of State; Raymond Sawyer and Joseph C. Wat-
son, Civil Aeronautics Board. Bradley D. Nash,
Deputy Under Secretary of Commerce for Trans-

AprW 8, 1957

579

portation, will be an adviser to the U.S. delega-
tion, and Paul Reiber, representing the Air Trans-
port Association of America, will attend as an
observer.

EXCHANGE OF LETTERS

Press release 16G dated March 21

The Prime Minister's Letter

The Hague, 28th February 1957

Dear Mr. President: Your many responsi-
bilities in American and world affairs will un-
doubtedly make it impossible for you to follow
closely all questions pertaining to the bilateral
relationship of the United States of America and
the Netherlands, however united our coimtries are
in the cause of the free world. I have therefore
hesitated before writing you this personal letter
to ask yoiu" special attention for the negotiations
on an air transport agreement between the Nether-
lands and the United States, which are to begin
in Washington on March 19th next.

These negotiations probably are of minor im-
portance as compared to the many problems which
the world at the present moment is facing, but
Her Majesty's Government, the Parliament and
the people of the Netherlands consider their out-
come to be vital to the economy of my country.

The special geographic and demographic situa-
tion of my country, its limited natural resources,
require that the Netherlands maintain its historic
position as a world carrier, if it is to pull its weight
as a sound member of the Western Alliance.

It is for this reason that I am taking the ex-
ceptional step of writing you to draw your atten-
tion to these negotiations, which naturally will be
followed very closely by the Government and the
people of the Netherlands.

The traditional friendship between your great
nation and the Netherlands encourages me to feel

confident that you may see your way to giving this
matter some personal thought. I am convinced
that tliis would be extremely helpful in bringing
about a favorable outcome of these discussions.

Wliile thanking you in advance for anything
which you may be able to do in this respect, I avail
myself of this opportunity to send you the as-
surances of my highest esteem and of my feelings
of sincere friendship.

W. Drees

The President's Letter

March 18, 1957
Dear Mr. Prime Minister: I was very pleased
to receive from the Ambassador of The Nether-
lands your letter of February 28 concerning the
significance which the Government and people of
The Netherlands attach to the forthcoming civil
air negotiations between our two countries. I am
glad that you did not hesitate to write me directly
about a matter which affects so vitally the relations
between the United States and The Netherlands.
Both of our countries, which have joined with
other like-minded nations to achieve certain mu-
tual objectives in Nato, have as a common purpose
the healthy expansion of our free economies, so
necessary for the maintenance of the Western
Alliance.

I place, as do the people of the United States,
a very high value on maintaining and strengthen-
ing our close relations with The Netherlands.
Such a relationship not only permits, but re-
quires the frank exchange of views on problems
of mutual concern. I have instructed the United
States Delegation for the forthcoming civil air
negotiations to give the most serious consideration
to the factors described in your letter.
Sincerely yours,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

580

Departmenf of State Bulletin

Notice of Intention To Enter Into Limited Trade Agreement Negotiations
With the United Kingdom and Belgium^

The Interdepartmental Committee on Trade
Agreements on March IS issued notice of the in-
tention of the U.S. Government, under the au-
thority of the Trade Agreements Act as amended
and extended, to enter into limited trade agree-
ment negotiations with certain contracting par-
ties to tlie General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade.

These negotiations are being held in connection
with requests for compensatory tariff concessions
by the United Kingdom and Belgium on the basis
of the increase last year of the U.S. rate of duty
on certain linen toweling. The increase from 10
percent to 40 percent ad valorem in the rate of
duty on linen toweling became effective on July
26, 1956.^

The action to increase the duty was taken under
the escape-clause provision of the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade after a finding by the
U.S. Tariff Commission that domestic industry was
being seriously injured as a result of increased im-
ports caused at least in part by a tariff conces-
sion which was initially negotiated with the United
Kingdom in the agreement.

In accordance with the escape-clause provision,
the United States has consulted with the countries
having a substantial interest as exporters of linen
toweling. The United Kingdom and Belgium,
both of which have exported substantial quantities
of linen toweling to the United States, have re-
quested compensation for the U.S. action, which
thej' consider an impairment of the concession.
Japan, a small supplier of toweling, has indicated
that it would expect to benefit from compensation
granted to the other supplying countries. Ordi-

' This material is also available as Department of State
publication 6470 and may be obtained from the Division
of Public Services, Department of State, Washington 25,
D.C. See also 22 Fed. Reg. 1878.

' Bulletin of July 16, 1956, p. 115.

narily the country using some procedure imder the
general agreement to increase a duty which is the
subject of a concession grants compensatory con-
cessions to the countries adversely affected.
Sliould agreement on such compensatory conces-
sions not be reached provision is usually made for
the affected country to suspend equivalent
concessions.

Tariff concessions by the United States will be
considered within the limitation of authority
available to the President imder the Trade Agree-
ments Act as amended. The Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1955 provides that rates may be
reduced 15 percent below the January 1, 1955,
rates by stages of 5 percent a 5'ear over a 3-year
period but that no stage or reduction may be made
effective after June 30, 1958. Consequently there
remains authority to reduce rates to as much as 10
percent below the January 1, 1955, rate, in two an-
nual stages of 5 percent each.

In accordance with past practice and the re-
quirements of trade agreements legislation, the
committee's notice sets in motion preparations for
the negotiations, including opportunity for pre-
sentation by interested persons of both written
and oral views on jDOSsible concessions which may
be granted and the determination of "peril points"
by the U.S. Tariff Commission on jiroducts on
which the United States will consider granting
concessions.

Included with the committee's notice is a list of
products, some of which might be offered as com-
pensatory concessions.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
announces that its hearings to receive the views of
interested persons concerning the proposed negoti-
ations will open on April 24, 1957. Domestic pro-
ducers, importers, and other interested persons
are invited to present to the committee views and
all pertinent information about products on the

April 8, 1957

581

published list or any other aspect of the negotia-
tions. All views and information will be care-
fully considered in deciding whether or not a con-
cession should be offered by the United States.
Consideration will also be given to all relevant
information submitted to the Committee for
Reciprocity Information in connection with its
hearings in October 1955 and January 1956 in
preparation for the Geneva tariff negotiations.
Accordmgly, persons who presented information
and views at those hearings regarding products on
the attached list and who do not desire to modify
or supplement such material, need not — but may
if they wish — repeat their written or oral
submissions.

Applications for oral presentation of views and
information should be presented to the Committee
for Reciprocity Information not later than the
close of business April 17, 1957. Persons desiring
to be heard should also submit written briefs or
statements to the committee by April 17, 1957.
Only those persons will be heard who have pre-
sented written briefs or statements and have filed
applications to be heard by the dates indicated.
Communications are to be addressed to "Com-
mittee for Reciprocity Information, Tariff Com-
mission Building, Washington 25, D.C." Fur-
ther details concerning the submission of briefs
and applications to be heard are contained in the
committee's notice.

The membership of the Committee on Trade
Agreements and of the Committee for Reciprocity
Information is identical, consisting of representa-
tives of the Departments of State, Treasury, De-
fense, Agriculture, Commerce, Labor, and In-
terior, and the International Cooperation Admin-
istration, as well as a member of the U.S. Tariff
Commission. The Department of State member
is the chairman of the Committee on Trade Agree-
ments, while the Tariff Commission member is the
chairman of the Committee for Reciprocity
Information.

The U.S. Tariff Commission also announced on
March 18 that it will hold public hearings begin-
ning April 24, 1957, in connection with its "peril
point" investigation, as required by section 3(a)
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951,
on the extent to which U.S. concessions on listed
products may be made in tlie negotiations without
causing or threatening serious injury to a domestic
industry producing like or directly competitive

products. Copies of the notice may be obtained
from the Commission. Views and information
received by the Tariff Commission on its hearings
referred to above will be made available to the
Committer for Reciprocity Information for con-
sideration by the Interdepartmental Committee on
Trade Agreements. Persons who appear before
the Tariff" Commission need not — but may if they
wish — also appear before the Committee for Reci-
procity Information, if they apply in accordance
with the procedures of that committee as outlined
above.

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMMITTEE ON TRADE
AGREEMENTS

Trade agreement negotiations with governments which
are contracting parties to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade regarding compensation for escape
clause action.

Pursuant to Section 4 of the Ti-ade Agreements Act,
approved June 12, 1934, as amended (48 Stat. 945, ch. 474;
65 Stat. 7?>, ch. 141) and to paragraph 4 of Executive
Order 10082 of October 5, 1949 (3 CFR, 1949 Supp., p. 126) ,
and In view of certain "escape clause" action with respect
to toweling of flax, hemp, or ramie taken by the President
on June 25, 1956 (Proclamation 3143, 3 CFR, 1956 Supp.,
p. 33) under the authority of section 350 of the Tariff
Act of 1930, as amended (48 Stat. 943, ch. 474) and Section
7(c) of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1051 (65
Stat. 74, ch. 141), notice is hereby given by the Interde-
partmental Committee on Trade Agreements of Intention
to enter into trade agreement negotiations under Article
XIX of the General Agi-eement regarding compensation to
contracting parties to the Agreement that have a sub-
stantial Interest as exporters for such escape clause action.
Since the purpose of the negotiations is the granting of
compensatory concessions by the United States, It Is not
anticipated that they will result in any concessions by
other countries for the benefit of United States exports.
The results of these negotiations would be embodied in
Schedule XX to the General Agreement.

There is annexed hereto a list of articles imported into
the United States to be considered for possible modification
of duties and other Import restrictions, or specific con-
tinuance of existing customs or excise treatment In the
negotiations of which notice is given above.

The articles proposed for consideration in the negotia-
tions are identified in the annexed list by specifyin.g the
numbers of the pjiragraphs in tariff sclicdules of Title I
of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, in which they are
provided for together with the language used in such
tariff paragraphs to provide for such articles, except that
where necessary the statutory language has been modified
by the omission of words or the addition of new language
In order to narrow the scope of the original language.

No article will he considered in the negotiations for

582

Department of State Bulletin

possible modification of duties or other import restrictions,
imposition of additional import restrictions, or specific
continuance of existing customs or excise treatment unless
it is included, specifically or by reference, in the annexed
list or unless it is subsequently included in a supjile-
mentary public list. Only duties on the articles listed
Imposed under the paragraphs of the Tariff Act of 1930
specified with regard to such articles will be considered
for a possible decrease, but additional or separate ordinary
duties or import taxes on such articles imposed under any
other provisions of law may be bound against increase as
an assurance that the concession under the listed para-
graph will not be nullified. In the event that an article
which as of March 1, 1957 was regarded as classifiable
under a description included in the list is excluded there-
from by judicial decision or otherwise prior to the con-
clusion of the trade agreement negotiations, the list will
nevertheless be considered as including such article.

Pursuant to Section 4 of the Trade Agreements Act, as
amended, and paragraph 5 of Executive Order 10082 of
October 5, 1949, information and views as to any aspect
of the proposals announced in this notice may be sub-
mitted to the Committee for Reciprocity Information in
accordance with the announcement of this date issued by
that Committee. Any matters appropriate to be con-
sidered in connection with the negotiations proposed above
may be presented.

Public hearings in connection with "peril point" investi-
gation of the United States Tariff Commission in connec-
tion with the articles included in the annexed list pursuant
to Section 3 of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of
1951, as amended, are the subject of an announcement of
this date issued by that Commission.

By direction of the Interdepartmental Committee on
Trade Agreements this 18th day of March 1957.

Carl D. Corse
Chairman

Interdepartmental Committee
on Trade Agreements

List of Articles Imported Into the United States
Proposed for Consideration in Trade Agreement
Negotiations

Par.

Par.

52

93
218(a)

Tariff Act of 1930, Title I— Dutiable List

All chemical elements, all chemical salts and
compounds, and all combinations and mix-
tures of any of the foregoing, all the foregoing
obtained naturally or artificially and not
specially provided for:
Sodium alginate.

Sperm oil, refined or otherwise processed;
spermaceti wax.

Zinc cWoride; zinc sulphate.

Biological, chemical, metallurgical, pharma-
ceutical, and surgical articles and utensils
of all kinds, including all scientific articles
and utensils, whether used for experimental
purposes in hospitals, laboratories, schools or
universities, colleges, or otherwise, all the
foregoing, finished or unfinished, wholly or in
chief value of fused quartz or fused silica.

372

90G

907

921

1009(c)

1010

1410

Tariff Act of 1930, Title I— Dutiable List

Textile machinery, finished or unfinished, not
specially provided for:

Machinery for manufacturing or processing
vegetable fibers other than cotton or
jute prior to the making of fabrics or
crocheted, knit, woven, or felt articles
not made from fabrics (except beaming,
slashing, warping, or winding machinery
or combinations thereof, and except
bleaching, printing, dyeing, or finishing
machinery).
Cloth, in chief value of cotton, containing wool.
[Note: Paragraph 1122, Tariff' Act of 1930,
limits the wool content of cloth classifiable
under paragraph 90G to less than 17 per-
cent in weight.)
Tracing cloth; waterproof cloth, wholly or in
chief value of cotton or other vegetable fiber,
but not in part of India rubber.
All other floor coverings, including carpets,
carpeting, mats, and rugs, wholly or in chief
value of cotton:

Imitation oriental rugs.
Woven fabrics, in the piece or otherwise, wholly
or in chief value of vegetable fiber, except
cotton, filled, coated, or otherwise prepared
for use as artists' canvas.
Woven fabrics, not including articles finished or
unfinished, of flax, hemp, ramie, or other
vegetable fiber, except cotton or jute, or of
which these substances or any of them is the
component material of chief value, not
specially provided for (except toweling, i. e.,
fabrics chiefly used for making towels, of
flax, hemp, or ramie, or of which these sub-
stances or any of them is the component
material of chief value).
Unbound books of all kinds, bound books of all
kinds except those bound wholly or in part in
leather, sheets or printed pages of books bound
wholly or in part in leather, all the foregoing
not specially provided for, if other than of
bona fide foreign authorship (not including
diaries, music in books, pamphlets, prayer
books, sheets or printed pages of prayer books
bound wholly or in part in leather, or tourist
literature containing geograpliic, historical,
hotel, timetable, travel, or similar informa-
tion, chiefly with respect to places or travel
facilities outside the continental United
States) .

COMMITTEE FOR RECIPROCITY INFORMATION

Trade Agreement Negotiations with Governments which
are contracting parties to the General Agreement on

April 8, 1957

583

Tariffs and Trade regarding compensation for escape
clause action.

Submission of information to tlie Committee for Reci-
procity Information.

Closing date for applications to appear at hearing April
17, 1957.

Closing date for submission of briefs April 17, 19S7.

Public hearings open April 24, 1957.

The Interdepartmental Committee on Trade Agreements
has issued on this day a notice of intention to participate
in trade agreement negotiations under Article XIX of
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade regarding
compensation to contracting parties to the Agreement that
have a substantial interest as exporters for the escape
clause action with respect to toweling of flax, hemp, or
ramie taken by the President on June 25, 1956. Annexed
to the notice of the Interdepartmental Committee on
Trade Agreements is a list of articles imported into the
United States to be considered for possible concessions in
the negotiations. Since the purpose of the negotiations
is the granting of compensatory concessions by the United
States, it is not anticipated that they will result in any
concessions by other countries for the benefit of United
States exports.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information hereby gives
notice that all applications for oral presentation of views
in regard to the proposed renegotiations shall be submitted
to the Committee for Reciprocity Information not later
than April 17, 1957. The application must indicate the
product or products on which the individual or groups
desire to be heard and an estimate of the time required
for oral presentation. Written statements shall be sub-
mitted not later than April 17, 1057. Such communica-
tions shall be addressed to "Committee for Reciprocity
Information, Tariff Commission Building, Washington 25,
D. C." Fifteen copies of written statements, either typed,
printed, or duplicated shall be submitted, of which one
copy shall be sworn to.

Written statements submitted to the Committee, except
information and business data proffered in confidence,
shall be open to inspection by interested persons. In-
formation and business data proffered in confidence .shall
be submitted on separate pages clearly marked For Of-
ficial Use Only of Committee for Reciprocity Information.

Public hearings will be held before the Committee for
Reciprocity Information, at which oral statements will be
heard, beginning at 2:00 p. m. on April 24, 1957 in the
hearing room in the Tariff Commission Building, Eighth
and E Streets N. W., Washington, D. C. Witnesses who
make application to be heard will be advised regarding
the time and place of their individual appearances. Ap-
pearances at hearings before the Committee may be made
only by or on liehalf of those persons who have filed written
statements and who have within the time prescribed made
written application for oral presentation of views. State-
ments made at the public hearings shall be under oath.

Persons may present their views regarding any matter
appropriate to l>e considered in coimection with the pro-
posed negotiations, although, as indicated above, it is not

anticipated that they will result in any concessions by
other countries for the benefit of United States exports.
Copies of the list attached to the notice of intention to
negotiate may be obtained from the Committee for Reci-
procity Information at the address designated above and
may be inspected at the field oflBces of the Department of
Commerce.

The United States Tariff Commission has today an-
nounced public hearings on the import items appearing
in the list annexed to the notice of intention to negotiate
to run concurrently with the hearings of the Committee
for Reciprocity Information. Oral testimony and written
information submitted to the Tariff Commission will be
made available to and will be considered by the Inter-
departmental Committee on Trade Agreements. Con.se-
quently, those whose interests relate only to import prod-
ucts included in the foregoing list, and who appear before
the Tariff Commission, need not, but may if they wish,
appear also before the Committee for Reciprocity In-
formation.

By direction of the Committee for Reciprocity Informa-
tion this 18th day of March 1957.

Edward Yaedlet

Secretary,

Committee for Reciprocity Information

President Asks Study of Tariff Quota
on Alsilte Clover Seed

White House press release dated March 14

The President on March 14 requested the Tariff
Commission to determine whether and to what ex-
tent the present tariff quota on alsike clover seed
will remain necessary after June 30, 1957.

In an escape-clause proceeding under section 7
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act, the Pres-
ident adopted on June 30, 1954, a Tariff Commis-
sion recommendation for a tariff quota providing
a duty of 2 cents per pound up to 1,500,000 pounds
and 6 cents per pound for imports in excess of tliat
amount.^ The tariff quota was established for 1
year. At the President's request the Commission
submitted a supplemental report, and on June 29,
1955, the President liberalized the tariff quota and
extended it for 2 j-ears.^ The present tariff is 6
cents per poimd on imjjorts exceeding 2,500,000
pounds and 2 cents per pound iq> to that amount.
It expires on June 30, 1957.

• Bulletin of .\ug. 2, 1954, p. 167.
" /6«d., July 18, 1955. p. IIG.

584

Department of State Bulletin

President Decides Against Study
of Tariff on Hatters' Fur

White Ilouse press release dated March 14

The President on March 14 concurred with the
Tariff Commission's recent finding that no formal
investigation should be instituted at this time to
determine whether the tariff should be reduced on
imports of hatters' fur. The President found,
with the Tariff Commission, that there is no suf-
ficient reason at this time to reopen the escape-
clause action which resulted in an increase of the
duty on imports of hatters' fur. The President's
decision means that the increased rate of duty,
established in 1952^ as a result of escape-clause
action, -will continue to apply without reduction
or other modification.

The President's action was taken after the views
of all interested departments and agencies of the
executive branch had been received and studied.
The Tariff Commission's report was made pursu-
ant to Executive Order 10401, wliich requires
periodic review of actions taken under the escape
clause. It was transmitted to the President on
February 4, 1957.

The tariff on hatters' fur was reduced as the re-
sult of trade agreement negotiations in 1935 and
again in 1948. Effective February 9, 1952, the
tariff on imports of hatters' fur was increased as
the result of an escape- clause action to its present
rate of 47^ cents per pomid, but not less than 15
percent nor more than 35 percent ad valorem.

The Tariff' Commission's report constitutes its
fourth periodic review of the escape-clause action
taken on this product.^

President Orders Investigation
of Effects of Tung Oil imports

White House press release dated March 22

The President has requested the U.S. Tariff
Commission to make an inmiediate investigation of
the effects of imports of tung oil on the domestic
price-support program for tung nuts and tung oil
and on the amount of products processed in the
United States from tmig nuts or tung oil. The
President's action was taken in response to a rec-
ommendation from the Secretary of Agriculture.

The Commission's investigation will be made pur-
suant to section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment
Act, as amended.

President's Letter to Chairman of Tariff Commission

Dkak Mk. Chairman: I have been advised by
the Secretary of Agriculture that there is reason
to believe that tung oil is being and is practically
certain to continue to be imported into the United
States imder such conditions and in such quantities
as to render or tend to render ineffective or to ma-
terially interfere with the price support program
for tung nuts and tung oil undertaken by the De-
partment of Agriculture, pursuant to Section 201
of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1949, as
amended, or to reduce substantially the amount
of products processed in the United States from
domestic tung nuts and tung oil. A copy of the
Secretai-y's letter is enclosed.^

The Tariff Commission is requested to make an
immediate investigation under Section 22 of the
Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended, to de-
termine if there is a need for restrictions on tung
oil imports. The Conmiission's findings should
be completed as promptly as practicable.
Sincerely,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES

^ Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1952, p. 96.

- Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D.C.

U.N. Relief and Worlds Agency
for Palestine Refugees

Following are the texts of two statements made
in the Special Political Committee hy Mrs. Oswald
B. Lord, U.S. Representative to the General As-
se7nbly, together with a U.S. -sponsored 7'esolu-
tion adopted in plenary session on February 28.

STATEMENT OF FEBRUARY 18

U.S. delegation press release 2620

I am very much impressed with the compre-
hensive reports of the Director of the United

' Not printed.

AptU 8, 1957

585

Nations Relief and Works Agency.^ After hear-
ing his own excellent statement of last week, I wish
first of all to pay tribute to Mr. [Henry E.] La-
bouisse and to the many faithful members of his
agency. They have really done a most competent
job under stringent limitations and unusually dif-
ficult circumstances in taking care of the welfare
of the Arab refugees.

My Government has the widest sympathy and
understanding for the plight of these refugees. I
am personally concerned, for, Mr. Chairman, I
have seen refugees all over the world — in Ger-
many, Pakistan, India, Viet-Nam, Formosa — but
the refugee camps I visited in the Middle East —
Lebanon and Jordan are the most depressing be-
cause of the fact that these refugees have been
there so long and seem to have so little to hope for.

This in itself is depressing enough, but it is
even more depressing and unfortunate that, al-
though we have considered their plight here year
after year, the situation is not improving. Not
only is it not improving — it is not being solved.
"VAHiy ? To my Government and to me there are
three major elements that seem to stand out, and I
want to elaborate on all three — but to sum them
up:

First, a decision was made over 8 years ago that
refugees would have the right to decide whether
they should be repatriated or whether they should
be compensated. Second, let's face the fact there
has been some deterioration of relations between
the agency and some of the host governments.
Third, and most important, a good deal of lack of
progress is due to the question of contributions.

Let's take the first point, that the refugees con-
tinue to live in the faith of the promise made to
them 8 years ago that they will be repatriated to
Israel or compensated. This has not been put into
effect. The United States Government believes
that with the minimvmi of good faith and willful
understanding of particular and emotional prob-
lems involved we should find a way to settle this
problem.

Let's take a look at the second problem — the
deterioration of relations between the agency and
some of the host governments. I don't have to
remind the delegates of some of the unjustified
instances of noncooperation on the part of some
of the host governments that Mr. Labouisee has
cited in his report. This type of noncooperation

■ IJ.N. docs. A/3212 and Add. 1.
586

between a host government and the Director and
his responsible officials, fellow delegates, is incon-
sistent with the obligations as outlined in articles
104 and 105 of the charter.

This is really a matter of concern because, if any
United Nations agency finds that host governments
do not respect their charter obligations, the Direc-
tor of that particular agency would have the right
to suspend, curtail, or terminate its activities. I
am sure that all would agree with the United
States Government that, whether it is with the
United Nations Eelief and Works Agency or any
other agency, the Director, if unable to carry out
his assigned functions under the protection of the
resolution which governs his activities and under
the two articles of the charter, could well terminate
his activities.

However, I am sure you would all agree with the
United States delegation that host governments
are entitled to protect and exercise their sovereign
rights within their territories, and very possibly
by exercising such sovereign rights honest differ-
ences can arise.

We are most desirous to minimize the chances of
such a conflict, and we want to see each host gov-
ernment given a regard for its sovereignty — which
any free nation is entitled to exercise.

Together, however, with this legitimate desire
of the host governments to exercise fully their
sovereign rights, we must consider the fact that
the mandate of the United Nations Eelief and
Works Agency has a little more than 3 years to
run. My Government believes that this body
should now commence assisting the agency and
the governments as best it can in preparing against
the eventual termination of the United Nations
Eelief and Works Agency's activities in orderly
planning and in fairness to the host governments
and the welfare of the refugees. We believe that
the Director of the agency should, after consulta-
tions with the host governments, prepare for sub-
mission to the 12th General Assembly specific pro-
I^osals — witliout jDrejudice, of course, to the refu-
gees' right of repatriation or compensation — for
future implementation of the various responsibili-
ties with which the agency is now charged.

The third and most important problem that I
have referred to is contributions. I think most
of the speakers here have agreed with Mr.
Labouisse in his desire to undertake improve-
ments — a desire he has expressed in all his reports.
My delegation is in complete accord, but we do

Department of State Bulletin

not think that only a few governments and par-
ticularly the United States can and should assume
full financial responsibility for insuring the wel-
fare of the refugees.

We will always stand ready to match generosity,
but we have all agreed over and over again here at
the TJnited Nations when we have discussed other
contributions — United Nations Children's Fund,
technical assistance, etc. — that the very health and
moral fiber of the United Nations is not served by
contributions from a limited number of nations.
One reason why there is so much interest, so much
support, in the United Nations Children's Fund
and technical assistance programs is because, in
1956, 79 countries completed their contributions
to the United Nations Children's Fund and, in
195C, 61 countries pledged to the Technical As-
sistance Program.

Let's put all our efforts in a wider basis for
pledging of contributions and, if possible, larger
contributions. By contributions from more coun-
tries, by increased contributions, we can then fore-
see better standards of relief as requested by the
Director. If, on the other hand, contributions
fall short of the budget requirements, then the
Director will have no choice — and it will be a tragic
and unfortunate choice — but to reduce the alread5
meager services to the refugees. If tliis tragedy
should happen and services have to be reduced, we
wish that food and clothing be the very last to
suffer.

Mr. Chairman, now let us turn to the question
of the rehabilitation fund. In the past my Gov-
ei'nment has always actively supported substantial
rehabilitation programs. By this we mean pro-
grams that would improve the welfare of the
refugee, provide him with a sense of security and
a sense of belonging among his Arab brethren, but
at the same time not prejudice his right to repatri-
ation or compensation. Many diligent efforts
have been made — such as those devoted to the de-
velopment of the Jordan Valley, made by my
Government. Unfortunately, agreements for
these projects have not materialized although, as
the Director has indicated, they have proved feas-
ible and technically somid. We are still hopeful
that projects will be agreed upon which will ac-
complish economic benefits to both the govern-
ments involved and to the refugees.

Therefore, we would like to suggest that the
Director's discretion with regard to use of reha-
bilitation funds be broadened to the extent that

he may in his discretion disburse moneys from
the rehabilitation fund for general economic de-
velopment projects, subject only to agreement by
the recipient government that within a fixed pe-
riod it will assume financial responsibility for an
agreed number of refugees. We think, Mr. Chair-
man, in making such a suggestion that the projects
which may be agreed upon can really benefit the
economies of the Arab world and will also con-
tribute to the welfare of the refugees. In line
with our interest in maintaining the rehabilita-
tion fund, I can assure this Committee that my
Government is presently making plans for a fur-
ther contribution to the rehabilitation fund.

Mr. Chairman, I want to again express our
admiration for the work which the Director of
the United Nations Eelief and Works Agency has
done. If one smgle example is needed to demon-
strate the efficiency and capacity of the Director
and the agency, it can be found in the special
report of the Director concemiing the agency's ac-
tivities in the Gaza Strip between November 1st
and mid-December of last year.- Despite military
operations and the deplorable damage and loss of
life, my Government feels that it can truly say
"well done" to the brilliant performance of the
agency.

May I again appeal to all countries to remember
that in this problem we are not dealing with a
political situation as such. We are dealing with
human beings who deserve more of our sympathy
and consideration than they have received in the
past.

STATEMENT OF FEBRUARY 22

U.S. delegation press release 2628

This Committee now has before it a draft resolu-
tion which has the cosponsorship and support of
the United States. Much of its language is fa-
miliar to us since the problem has been long before
us and, regrettably, will be before us probably for
some years to come. I say regrettably because
human beings and their sufferings are involved.
It is in a continued and renewed effort to assist in
the alleviation of this mass misery that the United
States hopes that this resolution will receive the
large majority support it warrants.

Mr. Chairman, as we see it, this resolution faces

' U.N. doc. A/3212 Add. 1.

April 8, 7957

587

facts, many of which are regi'ettable, particularly
in the fourth, fifth, and sixth preambular para-
graphs, whicli relate to the inadequacy of contri-
butions, to the fact that the hope of repatriation
or compensation has not been fulfilled, and that,
as the Director had to point out most unliappily
in his report, cooperation between certain host
governments and the agency has been inadequate.
We believe it necessary that there be improvement
on all of these points in the coming year or else
the agency cannot hoi^e to carry out its mandate.

The first operative paragraph also faces facts in
that it should be an earnest effort on the part of
the Director and the governments concerned to
plan ahead in such a manner that the relationships
between the agency and the host governments are
so adjusted that the responsibilities with which
the agency is now charged may carry on into the
future in a manner best designed to insure the
future welfare of the refugees and face the fact
that the mandate of the agency by Resolution 818
(IX) is ended on June 30, 1960. In urging this
step we want to stress that what we are asking the
Director to do is in no way prejudicing the rights
of the refugees or prejudging the solution of this
problem. We fully appreciate the difficulties
which the host governments may be forced to face,
and this body should in the future be prepared to
consider what those difficulties may be and what it
can do about them. It is for this reason that we
believe the Director should report to the next Gen-
eral Assembly along the lines indicated in the first
operative paragraph. For our part, the United
States stands ready to be of such assistance as may
be indicated. The second operative paragraph is
a reminder to all of us that the agency has certain
rights and privileges which we must all respect if
it is to function as expected of it. Accordingly, we
believe it appropriate to request of the host gov-
ernments the necessary cooperation with the
agency and with its personnel and to extend to
them every appropriate assistance in carrying out
their functions.

The third operative paragraph is traditional
in resolutions on this problem in that it directs
the agency to pursue its programs, bearing in mind
the limitations imposed u,pon it by the contri-
butions.

The fourth operative paragraph indicates our
continued interest and concern that rehabilitation
projects capable of supporting a substantial num-
ber of refugees be sought and carried out. The

United States has given much thought to this mat-
ter and still believes that it is in the interests of
the Arab peoples themselves that projects be found
which will not only benefit the refugees but can
have a profoundly beneficial effect on the Arab
governments. For this reason, we are proposing
in operative paragraph 5 that the Director's au-
thority be broadened from what it has been to per-
mit him to use rehabilitation funds, as they may be
available, to arrange with individual host govern-
ments for general economic development projects.
We believe that such arrangements should involve
agreement on the part of any host government
that within a fixed period of time it will assume
financial responsibility for an agreed number of
refugees. Certainly it is in the interests of all con-
cerned that every effort be made to reduce the refu-
gee .problem as rapidly as possible. We are hope-
ful that this broader discretion will be of gx-eat
assistance.

The remaining operative paragraphs are famil-
iar in that they request the agency to continue its
consultations with the Palestine Conciliation Com-
mission. It reiterates its appeal to private organi-
zations and governments to assist in meeting the
serious needs of other claimants for relief in the
area. It requests the Negotiating Committee for
Extrabudgetary Funds to continue to seek the fi-
nancial assistance needed and, most important of
all, urges all governments to increase their contri-
butions to the extent necessary to carry through
the agency's programs.

The tenth operative paragraph takes cogni-
zance of the fearless and courageous work of faith-
ful international servants who continue to carry
out tlie program for the refugees in the Gaza Strip
following the recent hostilities. The Director and
the agency ought to be commended for this initia-
tive.

Finally, it expresses the General Assembly's
thanks to the Director and the staff of the agency
for their continued faithful efforts. Thanks are
also always due to the many private organizations
which have for so long continued their valuable
work in assisting the refugees.

In conclusion, Mr. Chairman, may I say that it
is our hope that the passage of this resolution will
lend new vitality to the efforts of all of us in help-
ing to assist and solve the Arab refugee problem.
It is the conviction of my Government that failui-o
to act in the affirmative way which we propose
can have most unfortunate results for the refugees.

588

Deparlmenf of State Bulletin

and they should come first in the minds of all of
us here.

TEXT OF RESOLUTION ^

The General Assembly,

Recalling its resolutions 194 (III) of 11 December 1948,
302 (IV) of 8 December 1949, 393 (V) of 2 December
1950, 513 (VI) of 26 January 1952, 614 (VII) of 6 No-
vember 1952, 720 (VIII) of 27 November 1953, 818 (IX)
of 4 December 1954 and 916 (X) of 3 December 1955,

Noting the annual report and the special report of the
Director of the United Nations Relief and Works Agency
for Palestine Refugees in the Near East and the report
of the Advisory Commission of the Agency,*

Having reviewed the budget for relief and rehabilita-
tion prepared by the Director of the Agency,

Noting with concern that contributions thereto are not
yet sufficient.

Noting that repatriation or compensation of the refu-
gees, as provided for in paragraph 11 of resolution 194
(III), has not been effected, that no substantial progress
has been made in the programme endorsed in paragraph
2 of resolution 513 ( VI ) for the reintegration of refugees
and that therefore the situation of the refugees continues
to be a matter of serious concern.

Noting that the host Governments have expressed the
wish that the Agency continue to carry out its mandate
in their respective countries or territories and have ex-
pressed their wish to co-operate fully with the Agency
and to extend to it every appropriate assistance in carry-
ing out its functions, in accordance with the provisions of
Articles 104 and 105 of the Charter of the United Nations,
the terms of the Convention of Privileges and Immuni-
ties, the contents of paragraph 17 of its resolution 302
(IV) of 8 December 1949 and the terms of the agreements
with the host Governments,

1. Direets the United Nations Relief and Works Agency
for Palestine Refugees in the Near East to pursue its
programmes for the relief and rehabilitation of refugees,
bearing in mind the limitation imposed upon it by the
extent of the contributions for the fiscal year;

2. Requests the host Governments to co-operate fully
with the Agency and with its personnel and to extend to
it every appropriate assistance in carrying out its
functions ;

3. Requests the Governments of the area, without prej-
udice to paragraph 11 of resolution 194 (III), in co-
operation with the Director of the Agency, to plan and
carry out projects capable of supporting substantial num-
bers of refugees ;

4. Requests the Agency to continue its consultation with
the United Nations Conciliation Commission for Pales-

' U.N. doe. A/Res/524 ; adopted by the Special Political
Committee on Feb. 23 (A/SPC/L.13/Rev. 2) by a vote
of 66 to with 1 abstention (Iraq) and by the General
Assembly on Feb. 28 by a vote of 68 to with 1 abstention
(Iraq).

' U.N. doc. A/349S.

tine in the best interest of their respective tasks, with
particular reference to paragraph 11 of resolution 194
(III);

5. Decides to retain the rehabilitation fund and au-
thorizes the Director in his discretion to disburse such
monies, as may be available, to the individual host Gov-
ernments for general economic development projects,
subject to agreement by any such Government that within
a fixed period of time it will assume financial resiMJusibil-
ity for an agreed number of refugees, such number to
be commensurate with the cost of the project without
prejudice to paragraph 11 of resolution 104 (III) ;

0. Reiterates its appeal to private organizations and
Governments to assist in meeting the serious needs of
other claimants for relief as referred to in paragraph 5
of resolution 916 (X) ;

7. Requests the Negotiating Committee for Extra Budg-
etary Funds, after receipt of the requests for contribu-
tions from the Director of the Agency, to seek the financial
assistance needed from the United Nations Members;

8. Urges all Governments to contribute or to increase
their contributions to the extent necessary to carry
through to fulfilment the Agency's relief and rehabilita-
tion programmes ;

9. Notes with approval the action of the Agency in
continuing to carry out its programme for the refugees
in the Gaza Strip;

10. Expresses its thanks to the Director and the staff
of the Agency for continued faithful efforts to carry out
its mandate, and to the specialized agencies and the many
private organizations for their valuable and continuing
work in assisting the refugees ;

11. Notes that the Agency is changing its financial period
from a fiscal to a calendar year basis and that conse-
quently the current budgets cover an IS-month period
from 1 July 1956 to 31 December 1957, and that special ar-
rangements for the audit of funds in this period are being
made with the United Nations Board of Auditors ;

12. Requests the Director of the Agency to continue
to submit the reports referred to in paragraph 21 of reso-
lution 302 (IV) as modified by paragraph 11 above.

TREATY INFORMATION

Current Actions

MULTILATERAL
Customs Tariffs

Protocol modifying the convention signed at Brussels July
5, 1890 (26 Stat. 1518), creating an international union
for the publication of customs tariffs. Done at Brassels
December 16, 1949. Entered into force May 5, 1950.'
Adherence deposited: Rumania, February 13, 1957.

' Not in force for the United States.

April 8, 7957

589

Trade and Commerce

Agreement on Organization for Trade Cooperation. Done

at Geneva March 10, 1955.^

Notification deposited {recognising signature as bind-
ing) : Austria, February 11, 1957.
Protocol of rectification to French text of the General

Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva June

15, 1955. Entered into force October 24, 1956, for those

provisions vphich relate to parts II and III of the

General Agreement. TIAS 3677.

Notification deposited (recognizing signature as bind-
ing): Austria, February 11, 1957.
Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the General

Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva

Mav li3, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 1956. TIAS

3591.

Schedules of concessions enter into force: Dominican
Republic, April 10, 1957.

Wheat

International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signature
at Washington through May 18, 1956. Entered into
force July 16, 1956, for parts 1, 3, 4, and 5, and August
1, 1956, for part 2. TIAS 3709.
Acceptance deposited: Lebanon, March 20, 1957.

BILATERAL

Dominican Republic

Agreement for establishment of a long range radio aid to
navigation station at Cape Frances Viejo. Signed at
Washington March 19, 1957. Entered into force March
19, 1957.

France

Agreement to facilitate interchange of patent rights and
technical information for defense purposes. Signed at
Paris March 12, 1957. Entered into force March 12,
1957.

Greece

Agreement further amending the agricultural commodities
agreement of August 8, 1956, as amended January 21,
1957 (TIAS 3633, 3741), by providing for the purchase
of additional wheat. Effected by exchange of notes at
Athens March 1 and 4, 1957. Entered into force March
4, 1957.

Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of August 8, 1956 (TIAS 3633), by providing for
the purchase of wheat with funds allotted for the pur-
chase of lard. Effected by exchange of notes at Atliens
February 13 and 23, 1957. Entered into force February
23, 1957.

Jordan

Agreement amending the agreement of May 1 and June 29,
1954 (TIAS 3145), relating to duty-free entry and de-
frayment of inland transportation charges for relief
supplies and packages. Effected by exchange of notes
at Amman July 6, September 28, and October 15, 1955.
Entered into force September 28, 19.55. (Substitution
for exchange of notes of March 15 and 24, 1955, listed
in Bulletin of May 9, 1955. )

Switzerland

Exchange of notes at Washington March 1 and 4, 1957,
approving the agreed minute of February G, 1957, re-
lating to interpretation of the air transport agreement
of August 3, 1945, as amended (TIAS 1576, 1929).
Entered into force March 4, 1957.

DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE

Designations

Norman B. Hannah as Special Assistant to the Deputy
Under Secretary for Administration, effective March 11.

Charles Whitehouse as Special Assistant to the Deputy
Under Secretary for Economic Affairs, effective March 11.

Max V. Krebs as Special Assistant to the Under Secre-
tary, effective March 24.

' Not in force.

Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: Marcli 18-24

Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. 0.

Press releases issued prior to March 18 which ai>
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 119 and
122 of March 7 and 143 of March 13.

Subject

Educational exchange.

Dulles : death of President Magsaysay.

Meeting of Secretary Dulles and Mrs.
Meir.

Progress on Inter-American Highway.

Phillips : statement on plant protection
convention.

Drew nominated Ambassador to Haiti
(biographic details).

Bonsai nominated Ambassador to Bo-
livia (biographic details).

Wilcox : "The United Nations and Pub-
lic Understanding."

Agreement with Dominican Republic
for LORAN station.

Young nominated Ambassador to Neth-
erlands (biographic details).

U.S.-Netherlands air transport nego-
tiations.

Educational exchange.

Polish coal mining officials visit U.S.

Exchange of letters with the Nether-
lands on civil air negotiations.

New U.S. member of Iraq Development
Board.

Educational exchange.

Bohlen nominated Ambassador to Phil-
ippines (biographic details).

Fifth anniversary of Escapee Program.

Russell nominated Ambassador to New
Zealand (biographic details).

Eisenhower : anniverssary of IPakistan
Republic.

Signing of income-tax protocol with
Japan.

*Not printed.

tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.

No.

Date

*153
154
1.55

3/18
.3/18
3/lS

156
tl57

3/18
3/19

*1.58

3/18

*159

3/18

160

3/19

161

3/19

*l(i2

3/19

163

3/19

*164

tlC5

166

3/20
3/21
3/21

167

3/21

*16S
*169

3/21
3/22

tl70
*171

3/22
3/22

172

3/23

173

3/23

590

Depar/menf of Sfafe Bulletin

April 8, 1957

Index

Vol. XXXVI, No. 928

American Republics

Intcr-Americau Highway Nearin;; Conipletiun . . 564
U.S. Contribution To Help Fight Malaria in
American Republics (Milton Eisenhower, Mora,
Soper) 565

Atomic Energy. United States and United King-
dom Exchange Views at Bermuda Meeting (text
of joint communique) 561

Aviation

Air Transport Agreement Between United States

and Mexico (text) 575

U.S. and Netherlands Resume Air Transport Nego-
tiations (Eisenhower, Drees) 579

Belgium. Notice of Intention To Enter Into
Limited Trade Agreement Negotiations With the
United Kingdom and Belgium 581

Communism. The Cold War and the Universities

(Oechsner) 571

Congress, Tlie. Amending the U.S. Information

and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 ( Lightner ) . 566

Department and Foreign Service. Designations

(Hannah, Whitehouse, Krebs) 590

Dominican Republic. U.S.-Dominican Agreement

on LORAN Station 574

Economic Affairs

Inter-American Highway Nearing Completion . . 564

New U.S. Member Assumes Duties on Iraq Develop-
ment Board 563

Notice of Intention To Enter Into Limited Trade
Agreement Negotiations With the United King-
dom and Belgium 581

President Asks Study of Tariff Quota on Alsike

Clover Seed 584

President Decides Against Study of Tariff on

Hatters' Fur 585

President Orders Investigation of EITects of Tung
Oil Imports 585

United States and Japan Sign Income-Tax Protocol . 574

Educational Exchange. Amending the U.S. Infor-
mation and Educational Exchange Act of 1948
(Lightner) 566

Europe. United States and United Kingdom Ex-
change Views at Bermuda Meeting (text of joint
communique) 561

Health, Education, and Welfare

The Cold War and the Universities (Oechsner) . . 571
U.S. Contribution To Help Fight Malaria in Ameri-
can Republics (Milton Ei-senhower, Mora, Soper). 565

Hungary. The United Nations and Public Under-
standing (Wilcox) 555

Iraq. New U.S. Member Assumes Duties on Iraq
Development Board 563

Israel. Meeting Between Secretary Dulles and

Israeli Foreign Minister (text of statement) . . 562

Japan. United States and Japan Sign Income-Tax

Protocol 574

Mexico. Air Transport Agreement Between United

States and Mexico (text) 575

Middle East

Meeting Between Secretary DuUes and Israeli For-
eign Minister (text of statement) 562

The United Nations and Public Understanding

(Wilcox) 555

U.N. Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refu-
gees (Lord) 585

United States and United Kingdom Exchange Views

at Bermuda Meeting (text of joint communique). 561

Mutual Security. United States and United King-
dom Exchange Views at Bermuda Meeting (text
of joint communique) 561

Netherlands. U.S. and Netherlands Resume Air

Transport Negotiations (Elsenhower, Drees) . . 579

Pakistan. Anniversary of Establishment of Paki-
stan as Republic (Eisenhower) 563

Philippines. Death of President Magsaysay of the

Philippines (Eisenhower, Dulles) 563

Presidential Documents

Anniversary of Establishment of Pakistan as

Republic 563

Death of President Magsaysay of the Philippines . 563

President Orders Investigation of ElfCects of Tung

Oil Imports 585

U.S. and Netherlands Resume Air Transport Nego-
tiations (Eisenhower, Drees) 579

Refugees. U.N. Relief and Works Agency for

Palestine Refugees (Lord) 585

Treaty Information

Air Transport Agreement Between United States

and Mexico 575

Current Actions 589

United States and Japan Sign Income-Tax Protocol . 574
U.S. and Netherlands Resume Air Transport Nego-
tiations (Eisenhower, Drees) 579

U.S.-Dominican Agreement on LORAN Station . . 574

United Kingdom

Notice of Intention To Enter Into Limited Trade
Agreement Negotiations With the United King-
dom and Belgium 581

United States and United Kingdom Exchange Views
at Bermuda Meeting (text of joint communique). 561

United Nations

The United Nations and Public Understanding

(Wilcox) 555

U.N. Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refu-
gees (Lord) 585

United States and United Kingdom Exchange Views
at Bermuda Meeting (text of joint communique) . 561

Name Index

Drees, Willem 580

Dulles, Secretary 562,563

Eisenhower, Milton S 565

Eisenhower, President 561, 563, 580, 585

Hannah, Norman B 590

Krebs, Max V 590

Lightner, E. Allan, Jr 566

Lord, Mrs. Oswald B 585

Macmillan, Harold 561

Magsaysay, Ramon 563

Meir, Golda 562

Mora, Jos6 A 565

Dechsner, Frederick Cable 571

Soper, Fred L 565

Whitehouse, Charles 590

Wilcox, Francis O 5.55

Willscm, Clifford 563

U. S. G0VERNr4ENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957

United States
Government Printing Office

DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

Washington 25, D. C.

PENALTY FOrt PRIVATE USE TO AVOID

PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. $300

(GPO)

the
Department

of
State

Order Form

To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.

Encloaed And:

(rash, check, or
money order).

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

Foreign Relations of the United States

The basic source of information on
U. S. diplomatic history

1939, Volume II

General, The British Commonwealth, and Europe

The first 212 pages of this volume contain papers on various general
subjects: Antarctic claims and exploration, assistance to refugees, fisheries
oil' the coast of Alaska, and a number of technical economic problems.

Documentation on relations with the British Commonwealth (pp. 213-
364) includes sections on the United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, and
India. Problems of relations between the United States as a neutral and
the British as belligerents are covered, as well as other usual matters of
diplomacy. Among the war subjects treated is the sinking of the S.S.
Athenia with loss of American lives. It was only after the war that it was
fully established that this was an act of a German submarine.

The remaining 534 pages of documentation cover relations with
individual continental European countries. The Soviet Union is omitted,
since the record for that country has already been published in Foreign
Relations of the United States, The Soviet Union, 1933-1939. As would
be expected for a year in which the general European war began, subjects
of diplomacy included normal peacetime diplomatic relations as well as
subjects connected with the crises leading to war and into the war itself.
While the coming of the war is primarily treated in volume I, this volume
contains the record on the absorption of Albania by Italy, problems arising
from the annexation of Austria by Germany, and the Spanish Civil War.
In the section on Italy are recorded suggestions by President Roosevelt
regarding the opportunity for Mussolini to contribute to the maintenance
of peace. The appointment of Myron C. Taylor as the President's per-
sonal representative to Pope Pius XII is documented in a section on the
Vatican.

Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C, for
$4 each.

Please send me copies of Foreign Relations of the United States, 1939,

Volume II, General, The British Commonwealth, and Europe.

Name:

Street Address :

City, Zone, and State:

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

"736^3. / 1^20

IE

FFICIAL

EEKLY RECORD

Vol. XXXVI, No. 929 AprU 15, 1957

SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF

MARCH 26 595

STATUTE OF INTERNATIONAL ATO!MIC ENERGY
AGENCY TRANSMITTED TO SENATE

President's Message of Transmittal 615

Report by Secretary Dulles 616

Summary of Statute 618

THE SOVIET-OCCUPIED ZONE OF qERMANY:
A CASE STUDY IN COMMUNIST CONTROL • by

Eleanor DulU's 605

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION IN CLIMATOLOGY

• Article by Helmut E. Landsberg 612

MITED STATES
)REIGN POLICY

For index see inside back cover

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE a

Boston Public Library
Super'n*""'' ■"* of Documents

MAY 6 - 1957

Vol. XXXVI, No. 929 • Publication 6476
April 15, 1957

For sP'le by tho Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printins OfTic«

Washington 25, D.C.

Price:

62 Issues, domestic $7.50. foreign $10.25

Single copy, 20 cents

The printing of this publication has been
approved by Ihe Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (Jnnuary 19, 1956).

Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyriehted and items contained herein may
be reprinted Citation of the Department
OF aT.\TE Bt'LLETiN as the sourcG will be
appreciated.

The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of Slate and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and staletnents and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a parly and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.

Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.

Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 26

Press release 175 dated March 26

Secretary Dulles: Since I last met with you, I
have been to two important international confer-
ences. The first was the conference of the South-
east Asia Treaty Council, which was held in Can-
berra, Australia, and then more recently, the
Bermuda conference with the Prime Minister and
the Foreign Secretary of the United Kingdom.
Both of those conferences have been important,
useful, and I think one can use the word "success-
ful" conferences. I would be glad to answer ques-
tions about those conferences or any other matters
that you want to question me about.

Q. Mr. Secretary, as a result of the talks with
the Prime Minister at Bermuda, do you expect a
closer joint effort in the intelligence and planning
fields ietween the United States and Britain?

A. We do not plan to have any substantive
change in that respect. We have, of course, for a
long time had an association with the United
Kingdom and Canada and with the Nato organi-
zation, particularly in relation to such matters as
an alert if there should seem to be a danger of a
Soviet attack. The Nato alert arrangement re-
lates primarily to an attack, you might say, from
the East, and the Canadian and U.K. arrangement
to a possible attack from the polar area, from the
north. There was some discussion about review-
ing and perfecting some of these alert arrange-
ments, but that is the only understanding on the
matter that took place.

Q. Mr. Secretary, is it correct that your under-
standings or conclusions or agreements, ivhatever
the proper word may ie, were set down on paper
and initialed at Bermuda?

A. There was no understanding put down on
paper at Bermuda except a procedural one for re-
furbishing, you might say, or reviewing the intelli-
gence arrangements which we have concerning
alerts.

Q. That is, there were no understandings, for
example, on what policies the two Governments
might pursue in the Middle East under various
contingencies depending on the Hammarshjold
inission in Cairo?

A. No, although in the course of the long, exten-
sive talks which we had and particularly some in-
formal talks that took place, particularly in the
dinner and evening sessions, we talked about a
great variety of subjects, and I believe those things
were touched upon, but they did not lead to any
agreement.

Q. That is, to written agreements? Nothing
that teas committed?

A. No. I would stick by my original language.

Q. In other words, each Government has its own
position and not the same position on what it will
do under these various possible contingencies?

A. I would say that the exchanges of views that
took place were useful, I think, in making it
likely that there would be a common policy. But
the contingencies tliat we had to deal with were so
varied and so unpredictable that it seemed to be
rather unprofitable to try to reach a formal agree-
ment as to what we would do in any one of a score,
perhai)s, of possible variations of future develop-
ment.

Q. Mr. Secretary, has this Government been re-
ceiving any interim repoi'ts from Mr. Hammar-
skjold, and, if so, could you characterize them?

A. We have received no interim reports from
Mr. Ilanunarskjold. We liave through Ambas-
sador Hare had some contacts with him and with
the Egyptian Government, through which we have
gotten some inkling, I woultl say, as to the nature
of the talks, but we are still quite in the dark this
morning, for example, as to what has taken place
during the recent discussions. Tliose discussions
are not yet concluded. There was one last night,

April 75, 1957

595

which I think probably was an important one.
We have no report as yet. I understand Mr.
Hammarskjold will shortly be returning, at which
time he will probably make a report, which will be
available to us and to others.

Q. Yau could not say now as to lohether you are
hopeful or not of the progress of his talks?

A. Well, I used in the background conference
which I had at Bermuda the phrase "cautious
optimism," and I think that that is a phrase which
can be safely taken out of the wraps of the back-
ground conference and even permitted publicly.

Q. Mr. Secretary, what is your understanding
as to Mr. Hammarskjold'' s impending report? To
whom toould it he made? To the Advisory Com-
mittee, or what?

A. He would make it presumably to the Advis-
ory Committee, at least. It might be made public.
I don't know what his intentions are.

Q. Yes. But I was wondering as to whom if
would he addressed in the first place.

A. Yes.

Q. I notice annex II of the Bermuda comtnu-
nique ^ dealt with a joint policy of the two coun-
tries toward testing of nuclear weapons. Did that
come ahont as a result of the protests on the part
of Japan?

A. No. It did not come about as a result of
those protests, except as you can say that those pre-
occupations held by Japan were a part of the sum
total of the concern which prompted us to make
some statement on the subject. But it was not
specifically ascribable to any one cause.

Q. Mr. Secretary, at yesterday's White House
hriefing of the congressional leaders on the Ber-
mmda conference, to what extent was the possihilify
or the prospect of the United States^ providing
guided missiles for France discussed?

A. Well, it was discussed only in a very casual
way. A question was asked as to whether there
was a possibility that guided missiles might be
supplied to countries other than the United King-
dom, and the reply made was that we were not
actually giving any consideration to that because
the whole project was still in an experimental
stage. These missiles are not actually (lying yet,

' For text, see Bulletin of Ai»r. 8, l'J57, p. 501.

and we can't predict with absolute certainty as to
when they can be made available even for the
United Kingdom. It seemed that the United
Kingdom was the first place to start in this busi-
ness of deploying these missiles to areas from

Deployment of Ballistic Missiles
in United Kingdom

statement by James C. llugertu
Press Secretary to the President

White House press release dated March 25

The project for the deployment of inteiiuedlate-
range ballistic missiles in the United Kingdom is
an initial project which itself is yet to be fully de-
veloped, both from the standpoint of the weapons
themselves and the precise conditions for deploy-
ment. This is the logical place of beginning. Sub-
sequent deployments will, of course, remain to be
considered but are not under active consideration.

which they could, if need be, serve most effectively
as a deterrent, and this seemed to be the best way
to start. Now, in principle, there is no reason
to limit it to the United Kingdom, except that as
a practical matter it would be premature to start
considering it on a broader basis when we still
have quite a ways to go before this particular
United Kingdom project can be realized.

Egypt and the UNEF

Q. Mr. Secretary, does the United States he-
lieve that Egypt should make a pledge of nonhel-

ligereney to Israel?

A. We believe that under the Armistice Agree-
ments there is not a right to exercise belligerent
rights. We believe that is evidenced by the fact
that that was the basis for the Security Council
decision of 1951 with reference to the right of
passage of cargo for Israel throngli the Suez
Canal. And the basis for that decision was that
under the Armistice Agreement Egypt did not
possess belligerent rights. We voted for that reso-
lution at the time, and we adhere to the view
which was then held.

Q. Mr. Secretary, do xre helieve that the United
Nations Emergency Force should he stationed on
hofh sides of the armistice line?

A. We believe that it would conduce to the tran-

596

Department of State Bulletin

quillity of the area if the United Nations Emer-
gency Force was able to station itself astride, you
might say, of the armistice line. That would in-
volve some slight positioning of troops on the
Israeli side as well as upon the non-Israeli side
of the armistice lines, and that seems to have been
called for by the United Nations resolution of
February 2, 1 think it wag, calling for the station-
ing of Unef forces "on"' the armistice line.- Since
the armistice line is a line of no measurable width,
but you might say an invisible line, it is not pos-
sible for human beings to stand "on" it without
being a little bit on one side and on the other.

Q. Mr. Sec7'etary, did you discuns this with Mrs.
Meir ichen she ivas here and ask that she accept
this/

A. Yes, we did discuss it,

Q. Would yov, teU us her answer?

A. No, I don't think I would be wise in doing
that.

Q. Mr. Secretary, on that point, is the Ameri-
can position that UNEF has in e-ffect completed
its task in the post-Suez-invasion period and you
are noio trying to turn it, or would like to see it
turned, into an organization which would back
up the armistice which was settled, agreed upon,
prior to this — in other words, into a long-term, af-
fair, having nothing to do with the events siiice
la.st fall?

A. "Well, that is one way of putting it; perhaps
it puts it a little bit more jjositively than I would
put it. I think it must be recognized that there is
a chance of hostilities breaking out again in the
event that restraints are not exercised by both
sides. But I would not say that the initial role
of the United Nations Emergency Force was
exhausted until there is more assurance than there
is today that belligerent rights may not be exer-
cised if it should wholly withdraw. And, while
it is true that the initial hostilities have come to
a close and the initial forces of invasion have been
totally withdrawn, I do not think that there is
assurance of tranquillity which would indicate
that the initial mission was wholly accomplished.
That depends, of course, upon how one interprets
the original terms of reference. But I think that

-Ibid., Feb. 25, 1957, p. 327.
April 15, 1957

the original terms of i-eference are broad enough
to cover the prospective activities of the Unef.

Q. Mr. Secretary, it seems to be the position of
some powers that UNEF is there at the sufferance
of Egypt and must leave when Egypt decides that
it viust go. Can you tell us what the United States
position on that is?

A. The generally accepted view in the United
Nations is that the General Assembly has no right
to imj^ose upon any nation the presence of any
observers or i-epresentatives or forces of the United
Nations and that, in order for them to enter upon
the territory of another state, they have to have
the consent of that state. Now once the consent
has been given, then I think a good argument can
be made that the consent cannot be arbitrarily
withdrawn, frustrating the original project,
because other people change their positions in
reliance of the original consent, forces are set in
motion, a chain of events has occurred. And we
would question, certainly, whether Egypt has the
right arbitrarily to alter and change a consent once
given until the purpose of that consent has been
accomplished.

Alternate Routes for Oil

Q. Mr. Secretary, would you give us yov/r views,
sir, about the advisahility of having altei-nate
routes to bnng in the oil to the West, such ai pipe-
lines and super tankers, in case Mr. Nasser gets
balky over his canal again?

A. There are already in process of formation
plans for alternatives or supplements to the Suez
Canal, particularly in relation to the transporta-
tion of oil. Those consist primarily of projects for
new pipelines and also for the construction of
larger tankers. Now those plans are, as I put it,
in process of formation, primarily by private con-
cerns who are doing so uniler the impulse of ordi-
nary commercial considerations. There is going
to be, presumably, an increased demand for oil.
The facilities of the Suez Canal, even if they
remain fully available, are not going to be ade-
quate. Consequently, private concerns which are
interested in the transportation of oil are them-
selves considering the possibilities of additional
pipelines and of additional large tankers. Now
those projects are under way, and they are under
way entirely under wliat I refer to as a commercial
impetus to meet demands. They are being met

597

primarily by companies whose business it is to
anticipate and meet public demands for commer-
cial reasons. These big tankers are being built.
Today there are, I understand, being built by an
American concern 100,000-ton tankers in Japan.
And companies interested in the oil are meeting,
I think in London— have been meeting— to con-
sider a new pipeline project.

Now these are going to go ahead, I think, in
any event because of the inadequacy of the canal
to meet the anticipated future need. They will
go ahead at what you might call a normal com-
mercial rate if we think that the canal is going to
be a dependable reliance of the West. If it is felt
that the canal will not be a reliable dependence
of the West, then probably there will be added
to the commercial factor a political factor which
would accelerate these developments. That is
about the situation.

Q. Mr. Secretary., the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee yesterday put out a report saying that
tecause of its concentration on the world crises
the United States is in danger of overlooking the
interests of Central America and the Caribhean.
The report also says that '■''in this area, rightly or
virongly, the United, States is vietoed as neglect-
ful of its friends in the Western Hemisphere.'''' I
wonder if you care to comment on that?

A. I would question very much the accuracy of
that estimate of the situation. I believe that
never before in history has the United States paid
as much attention to its relations with the other
Republics of the Organization of American
States as has been the case during recent years,
and I think that there is an appreciation of that
fact by these governments. Just to illustrate:
For the first time now we meet regularly with the
representatives of the Organization of American
States to discuss with them world problems in
which they are interested — and I have met with
them before the summit conference, after the
summit conference, the subsequent Meeting of
Foreign Ministers, the Suez Canal crisis — things
which they are vitally interested in, because they
know that, if a war occurs, a general war occurs,
they are going to be in it. Then, of course, there
was the Panama meeting and the outgrowths of
that meeting. I believe that we are giving very
great attention, in fact an unusual amount of at-
tention, to our relations with all the Latin Ameri-
can States.

Q. Mr. Secretary, I would like to check hack on
an answer you gave a moment ago. Do I under-
stand it is the position of the United States that
the Egyptian Government does not have the
foioer, legally speaking, under present circwm-
stances to compel United Nations forces to ivith-
draw from its territory?

A. The problem I don't think permits of a
categorical answer. Now there was one question
put to me here that suggested that the United
Nations had accomplished its original mission, to
which the consent of Egypt had been given, and
that therefore its continuance there in effect was
for a new purpose. If that's the case, and to the
extent that's the case, then the original consent
given by Egypt may have exhausted its purpose.
If that has not been the case, then I think the
consent given by Egypt cannot be arbitrarily
withdrawn. I don't say it can't ever be with-
drawn, but I say it can't be "arbitrarily" with-
drawn without giving countries who have relied
upon it an opportunity to turn around and re-
appraise their position in the light of the new
situation.

Q. Mr. Secretary, is it ymir view then that the
mission of UNEF has not been completed as yet?

A. Well, I indicated, I think, my views : I felt
that under a liberal construction of the original
mandate to the Unef, in the light of the present
situation and the fact that there is no clear as-
surance that hostilities — that belligerency — may
not reoccur, it is not correct to conclude that the
original mandate has been exhausted.

Q. Does the right of Egypt — or the question of
Egypfs right to withdraw its consent — is that af-
fected in any tvay hy the fact that Israel has so far
refused to alloio the UNEF to station its troops
on its side of the border?

A. Well, that is one of a number of factors that
enter into one's conclusions about this thing. That
is not an isolated and a single factor.

Seeking Advisory Opinion of World Court

Q. Mr. Secretary, does it remain this Govern-
menfs intention to attempt, together with other
poivers, to establish the principle of free or inno-
cent passage thi^ough the Gulf of Aqaba; and, if
so, can you give us an idea at whut time that will
he made?

598

Department of State Bulletin

A. It is our intention to do that. Tlint intention
was made clear I think by the aide memoire which
we gave to the Government of Israel and published
last February.^ Now the question of how it takes
place is not yet determined. I think that it is the
fact that a certain amoiuit of shipping is or shortly
will be in fact passing through the straits, al-
though I also thinlv that it is important to get a
decision by the International Court of Justice as
to what the legal rights of the parties are. Wc
indicated, indeed, in that aide memoire that that
would be a factor ; that we felt that the preponder-
ance of legal authority was so strong in favor of
the right of passage that we felt that we were en-
titled to insist upon a right of passage unless and
until there was a contrary decision by the World
Court. And you may recall that the report of the
Secretary-General ^ said that he did not think that
belligerent rights should be exercised in relation to
the Sharm el-Sheikh area and the Straits of Tiran,
because he also shared the view that the preponder-
ance of legal authority was that there was no right
to exercise belligerent rights and to stop innocent
passage through there. But it would be very help-
ful, I think, and it would be helpful also from the
Egyptian standpoint, to get a decision on that
matter. And consideration is now being given to
ways and means of seeking an advisory opinion on
that matter from the International Court of
Justice.

Q. Must each of the countries involved agree to
the competence of the Court 'before it can judge
the matter?

A. Well, the United Nations, acting either
through the Security Council or through the Gen-
eral Assembly, can request an advisory opinion
from the Court, and that is the procedure which is
presently being envisaged. Now, if you go to the
Court in what you might call an adversary pro-
ceeding, where one of the parties brings a case
against another, then that would require the ac-
ceptance by both parties of the jurisdiction of the
Court. That is not so surely obtainable, and there
would not be a case there unless and until there
was an effort to obstruct, and we don't want that to
happen. So we think the preferable procedure
is to try to get an advisory opinion. That, of
course, would take a qualified vote by the Security

'/Ji/rf., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 392.

- Ibid.. Feb. 18, 1957, p. 271 and p. 275.

April 15, 1957

Council or a two-thirds vote by the General As-
sembly, but we hope that that would be obtainable.

Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, what is the effect of
an advisory opinion? Does that become then res
.ndjudicata and, subsequently, an adversary would
merely apply to the Court for enforcement of an
injunction or the equivalent of an advisory
opinion?

A. Well, I think that's getting me a bit out of
my depth. That is a pretty complicated legal
problem which I wouldn't want to answer off-
hand. I used to take a good many days, and get
a good many dollars, for answering questions like
that. (Laughter)

Aid to Poland

Q. Mr. Secretary, 5 Tnonths ago yesterday, if my
dates are correct, you offered ecorwndc aid to
Poland out of our abundance. The negotiations
are still going on unfrwitfully. Can you tell us
whether this delay is explained by a change of pol-
icy here, or, if not, wlrnt is the cau^e of the delay?

A. I must confess that I am not as fully versed
about that topic as I should be. It is being han-
dled primarily by Mr. Dillon, and the recent de-
velo[)ments have oocuntid wliilo I havo b^jen in
Canberra or Bermuda, or getting ready for Ber-
muda. I don't have a full, up-to-date report about
that. My understanding is that at least up to the
time when I went away to Canberra, and I think
I reported it at my last press conference, there
had been going on merely a study of information
about the economic situation in Poland and the
ascertainment of what the needs might be. It had
not yet gotten down to a concrete negotiation. I
think probably I had better confine myself to
saying that I am not really up to date on the recent
developments, which are being handled by Mr.
Dillon.

Q. Can you say whether there has or has not
been any change in the attitude of this Govern-
ment toward extending aid?

»

A. There has been no change. At the time when
the negotiations were begun, the view was taken
that it was appropriate to consider that the pres-
ent Government of Poland was not so completely
dominated by the Government of the Soviet
Union, or by what is called in the legislation "in-

599

ternational communism," as wholly to preclude
the possibility of that aid. That was obviously a
pretty close decision that we came to, and at the
time we came to it it was decided we would keep
the situation under review because actions taken,
or omissions of action, might lead us to change our
judgment in that respect. I do not understand
that there is any recommendation to me to change
the opinion which I gave before I went away
in that respect.

Q. Mr. Secretary, on the Middle East pipeline
question, would you explain to us the thesis which
was apparently developed at Bernmda of giving
these pipelines, either existing or proposed, some
new international status?

A. The idea is the same idea which is applied
in this country to pipelines of an interstate charac-
ter, which to a very considerable extent are under
the jurisdiction and control of the Federal Gov-
ernment in order to give stability to the opera-
tion. Now in essence a pipeline is no different
from an international canal. They are both ways
of getting through land. You have the Treaty of
Constantinople of 1888, which gives international
status to the Suez Canal, and it seemed to be ap-
propriate to consider at least giving an interna-
tional status to a pipeline so that it could not be
arbitrarily interfered with by states through
whose territory the pipeline passed.

We have the experience of the pipeline, the so-
called I. P. C. [Iraq Petroleum Company] pipe-
line, which goes from Iraq through Syria, which
is subject to a pretty arbitrary action by the
Syrian Government and no country has any treaty
status to complain about. It is purely, or very
largely, a matter between the companies concerned
and the foreign government, and, while every gov-
ernment has a right to try to promote and pro-
tect the private interests of its citizens abroad, that
is quite different from the situation of a pipeline
governed by an international treaty. Thei'efoi'e,
consideration is being given to having a treaty
arrangement with the countries through which the
new pipeline would go. That, of course, presup-
poses that such a treaty arrangement is acceptable
to the countries concerned. You can't impose it
upon them.

This j^ipeline, if it goes through the north —
through Turkey, for example — is a pretty big oper-

ation and would cost a good deal more than the
Suez Canal originally cost. The cost may be
measured in terms of hundreds of millions of
dollars, and there is a reluctance, and a natural
and understandable reluctance, on the part of
investors to put that much money into it unless it
can get some kind of treaty protection.

Q. It does not apply to existing pipelines?

A. No.

Communist China

Q. At the Canberra meeting the final commumi-
que that was issued ^ spoke about a lessening of the
possibility of war in Asia. Would yo%i. attnbute
that to the growing strength of the free nations
through SEATO or beamse of a weakening of
the strength internally of Communist China?

A. I would ascribe it more to the development
of strength and unity of the countries around
Communist China, notably through the Seato
treaty and the other treaties which the United
States has, treaties with Korea, Japan, the Re-
public of China, the Philippines, and so forth,
which I think make it inexpedient for the Chinese
Communists to use methods of violence. They
started out by using primarily methods of violence.
They used those methods in North Korea, they used
them in Tibet, they used them in northern Viet-
Nam, and they started using them in relation to
Taiwan, the Straits of Formosa. Now I think the
growing strength and unity and demonstrated will
of the affected free nations to resist, and to resist
with a measure of unity, has made it seem inexpe-
dient to the Chinese Communists to use those
methods. But I attribute it more to that than to
an internal weakness within China because, while
undoubtedly there are many internal weaknesses,
those weaknesses do not primarily relate to a
weakening of their military power, which has
actually been developing, and their system of stra-
tegic air fields, railroads, and air power generally
has been increasing.

Q. Mr. Secretary, have you had opportunity
since your return to give any further attention to
the admitting of American correspmxdents to Red
China? What is the status?

' Ibiil., Apr. 1, l!),-)!, p. 527.

600

Department of State Bulletin

A. I have given a little thought to it as I have
had time to think and scribble down some ideas on
my plane trips recently. But I have not had an
opportunity to exchange my own thoughts with the
other officers of the Department who are primarily
concerned. I expect to be doing that within the
next few days, and it may or may not lead to some
positive conclusions.

Q. Mr. Secretary., the President said a couple
of weeks ago that he was going to discuss the sub-
ject with \jou. Have you talked about this par-
ticular thing of the admission of Am^iican cor-
respondents into Red China?

A. I chat with the President frequently about
this thing. Whether I have talked about it with
him since that press conference I am not sure, but
I am in close touch with the President about that
subject.

Resuming Traffic in Suez Canal

Q. Mr. Secretary, could you give your evalua-
tion of the prospects of resuming traffic in the
Suez Canal?

A. I know no more than what is public knowl-
edge. It loolvs as though the canal would be open
for most vessels \Titliin perhaps a couple of weeks.
It is increasingly open to vessels of light draft.
It is not possible to say at any one moment whether
it is "open" or not because it all depends upon
"open to what ?'". Small vessels are going through
now, a little bit bigger vessels will be going
through tomorrow, bigger vessels the day after
that. It all depends upon what the draft is of
the vessels you are talking about. It will not be
open for the largest vessels probably for a some-
what longer period of time because I think there
is silt that has to be dug out and so forth. It will
probably be open increasingly from now on, and
most of the vessels, perhaps up to 10,000 tons, at
least, will be going through within a week or 10
days.

Q. Mr. Secretary, in this period ichat are these
vessels doing about paying tolls for the use of the
canal?

A. I believe that, insofar as any that have gone
through, they have paid tolls to the Suez Canal
Authority, but the number of vessels that have
gone through is not significant enough to estab-
lish any pattern.

Q. Do the vessels of the United States have any
instructions on this point?

A. No.

Q. Mr. Secretary, in the Bermuda com-munique,
when you discussed the nuclear testing, you set
forth the two stipulations, one that Russia give
prior announ-cetnent and the other that it admit
international observers to its tests. If the Rus-
sians were to surprise the world and accept these
two stipulatio-ns, hoio would that neiv situation
meet the objections of Japan and India and. other
powers? In other words, the testings would still
go on, would they not?

A. Yes, the testings would still go on. But
there would be a sounder basis than now exists for
bringing them under international control, and
some approach at least would have been made to
an international dealing with the matter. I don't
say that the acceptance of these two requirements
by the Soviet Union would solve the problem, but,
once you start down a certain path, it is easier
to go on down that path and that would be a be-
ginning and not an effective end.

Before we break u[3 — and I see it is beginning
to get late — I want to say that the last time we
met we ended up on a somewhat wondering note
about the status of romance. Mrs. Dulles and I
are sending a telegram today to Mr. and Mrs.
Harold Connolly at Prague extending to them our
congratulations.

Secretary Dulles Writes Foreword
for New Editions of "War or Peace"

IPress rplp;ise 17!) dated llarcli 20
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

Secretary Dulles made public on March 29 a
foreword he has written for new editions of his
book War or Peace, originally published in the
first part of 1950.

The new editions are in foreign languages —
Japanese, 25,000 volumes; Turkish, 20,000 vol-
umes; and Arabic, 5,000 volumes — and a paper-
backed reprint in English by the Macmillan Com-
pany in 50,000 volumes for overseas sale at 15
cents per copy, or less. Royalties have been waived
on all these editions.

April 15, J 957

601

Secretary Dulles wrote the foreword because in
the 7 years since the book was first published cer-
tain intervening events have occurred which call
for comment.

TEXT OF FOREWORD

It is a matter of gratification to me that War
or Peace continues to be published in various
languages. Tliis book was written in the early
weeks of 1950. It sought to portray the danger
of war and to describe the political policies and
spiritual attitudes which would be needed to win
the peace. As I write this new preface, seven
years later, I find little then said tliat now requires
to be unsaid. But certain intervening events have
occurred which call for comment.

Chapter Two, entitled "Know Your Enemy,"
is largely documented from the writings of Stalin,
notably his Problems of Leninism. Stalin has
fallen into some disfavor with the Soviet bloc at
the time of this writing. However, Soviet Com-
munism continues to adhere to the Stalin doctrine
which is cited.

ChajDter Six discusses the action of the United
Nations to create the Republic of Korea. It is
pointed out that, up to the time of writing, i. e.
early 1950, the influence of world opinion, focused
through the United Nations Assembly, had effec-
tively inhibited Communist invasion from the
North. But, I said, "It would, of course, be rash
to predict that this situation will continue indefi-
nitely."' It did not in fact continue indetinitely.
In June 1950 the Communists, in defiance of the
United Nations, struck with armed force against
the Republic of Korea.

The reaction of the United Nations is now a
matter of well known history. It marks a major
chapter in the evolution of world organization.
For whatever may have been the reasons which
encouraged the Communists to feel that they could
attack with impunity and without opposition, the
fact is that there was opposition, that it was
effective opposition and that the aggressors were
thrown back to and behind their point of begin-
ning. This is the first time in history that aggres-
sion has been met and punished by tlie power of a
previously organized world society.

However, this episode thi-ows additional light
on tile problem of world organization, dealt with

in Chapter Sixteen. The quick response of the
United Nations to the Korean aggression was
jjossible only because at that particular moment
the Soviet Union was "boycotting" the United
Nations Security Council, and thus failed to ex-
ercise its veto power.

The lesson drawn from this event has led to a
marked development of the system of regional
associations, described in Chapters Eight and Six-
teen. At the beginning of 1950, the only collective
defense arrangements were those created by the
Rio Treaty of 1947 and the North Atlantic Treaty
of 1949. Since then the North Atlantic Treaty
itself has been enlarged by the added member-
ship of Greece, Turkey, and the Federal Repub-
lic of Germany. There have also come into being
several security treaties in relation to Asia. There
are the United States-Philippine Treaty of Au-
gust 30, 1951; the United States-Australia-New
Zealand Treaty of September 1, 1951 (Anzus) ;
the United States-Japan Security Treaty of Sep-
tember 8, 1951; the United States-Republic of
Korea Treaty of October 1, 1953; the Southeast
Asia Security Treaty made on September 8, 1954,
by Australia, France, New Zealand, Pakistan,
the Philippines, Thailand, the United Kingdom
and the United States (Seato) which also covers,
by protocol, the territory of Cambodia, Laos, aiid
the Republic of A^ietnam ; and the United States-
Republic of China Security Treaty of December
2, 1954.

The United States is now joined with 42 other
nations in collective security pacts pursuant to
Article 51 of the United Nations Charter.

The imexpectedly rapid development of such
pacts, so that they now protect most of the world,
is a direct consequence of the Connnunist armed
aggression against the Republic of Korea, and
the fear that should another such aggression oc-
cur there could not be an effective United Nations
response because of the Soviet veto power.

Such pacts are not, however, the only alterna-
tive to veto in the Seciu'ity Council. The United
(Nations General Assembly acted in the fall of
1950 to adopt resolutions and rules so that it
could quickly react in the event of an armed at-
tack with which the Security Council cannot deal
by reason of veto by permanent members. This
General Assembly action was taken under the
title "Uniting for Peace," and was invoked in
the case of armed action in the Middle East in

602

Department of State Bulletin

October-November 1956. Thereby the United
Nations General Assembly assumed a new stature.

Chajiter Twelve, denlino; with the "Five- Year
Score," ends on a somewhat pessimistic note.
There is quoted the Izvestia editorial of January
1, 1950, listing tlie countries which had been
brought under the rule of Soviet Communism,
and it is noted that the editorial concludes, "Com-
munism will triumph ! A Happy New Year, Com-
rades, a very Happy New Year!"'

It is, however, to be obsei-ved that since that
boastful editorial was written, there have been
only negligible additions to what Izvestia called
"the camp of democracy and socialism." Tibet
was taken over by the Chinese Communists; and
Vietnam was infiltrated from North to South by
Communism. But the Communist elements have
been eradicated from the South of Vietnam where
the Eepublic of Vietnam seems firmly established,
even though the North is dominated by the so-
called "People's Republic.'' Broadly speaking,
the collective measures taken by the free nations
have served to check the onrush of Communism
which was foreseen by Izvestia on January 1, 1950.
And in Guatemala, Iran and Austria, Soviet Com-
munist power lias been largely eradicated.

Part IV deals with "What Needs To Be Done."
Some of this has been done, and the fact that it
has been done has preserved freedom in much of
the world and gained it in parts of the world.
World organization has to some extent been de-
veloped as advocated in Chapter Sixteen. The
United Nations has greatly gained in universality,
the membersliip being now 81.

In the first edition of War or Peace, I suggested
the desirability of developing some system of
weighted voting. The subsequent growth in
membership only serves to accentuate the inade-
quacy of the voting methods, both in the Assembly
and the Security Council. In the circumstances,
reconsideration of voting rights has become even
more needed.

The General Assembly has agreed in principle
to the idea of convening a Charter Eeview Con-
ference, as urged in Chapter Sixteen, but the ac-
tual holding of that conference remains in doubt.

It remains my conviction that a Charter Review
Conference will serve a useful purpose. The
world climate, at the time the conference is con-
vened, may permit formal amendments to bring
the Charter more in line with the needs of the

atomic age. In any event it will be helpful to
examine the progress the United Nations has made
and determine how it might be developed into a
more ell'ective instrumentality for world peace.

In Chapter Sixteen reference is made to the pos-
sibility of tlie Communist Government of Cliina
being admitted to the United Nations in order to
achieve greater "universality." It is pointed out,
however, that "A regime that claims to have be-
come the government of a country through civil
war should not be recognized until it has been
tested over a reasonable period of time."

This testing has indicated the ability, so far,
of the Communist regime to maintain itself in
power, althougli by ruthless, police-state methods.
However, it is equally demonstrated that that
regime does not possess the qualities which en-
title it to speak for China in the United Nations,
either in the Assembly or, much less, in the
Security Council, which is empowered by all the
members to have "the primary responsibility for
the maintenance of international peace and
security."

Since War or Peace was written, there have
occurred a number of significant actions by the
Chine-se Communist regime. It participated in
the armed aggression against Korea. The United
Nations has specifically condemned the Chinese
Commmiist regime on tliis account, and has called
for economic sanctions against that regime. This
Assembly action has not, at this writing, been
revoked. The Cliinese Communist regime remains
in military possession of the northern part of
Korea in defiance of United Nations action. It has
forcibly subjugated Tibet. It actively promoted
the Indochina War. It threatened to take Taiwan
by force and has declined to renounce the use of
force in this area in accordance with the Charter
Principle calling upon all members to refrain from
the use of force other than in accordance with the
Principles of the Charter. It encroached, with
its armed forces, upon Burma. It violated the
Korean Armistice by holding in captivity military
personnel of the United Nations; and in violation
of its own formal assurances, it has held in prison
United States civilians.

So long as the United Nations Charter applies
a qualitative test to participation in the United
Nations (See Articles 4, 5, and 6), and so long
as the Chinese Communist regime shows the char-
acteristics which have been described, it ought not

Apri] 15, 1957

603

to be given representation in the United Nations.

In conclusion, I would reemphasize the basic
thesis of War or Peace that peace will only be won
if there is constant effort to win it. Any relaxation
in this effort brings with it peril.

Quincy Wright, in his Sttuli/ of War, lists 278
wars fought between 1480 and 1941. This is an
average of 3 wars every 5 years. Several of these
wars, including World War II, were fought after
the League of Nations was formed and after the
Pact of Paris had pledged all the nations to abolish
war. Also several wars have been fought since
the United Nations was formed in 1945. These
include the Korean War, the Indochina War, and
the Israeli-Arab wars. There have also been the
military acts of Britain and France in Egypt.
Wars are today a threatening possibility in several
parts of the world.

The fact is that war will be an ever present
danger until there are better developed institu-
tions for peace, such as an adequate body of inter-
national law, an international police force, and a
reduction of national armaments. Today we live,
and I fear for long shall live, under the shadow
of war. Only if we are vividly conscious of this
fact will we make the exertions needed to prevent
war.

Let us recognize that war is not prevented
merely by hating war and loving peace. Since
the beginning, the peoples of the world have
hated war and longed for peace. But that has not
gained them peace. Even a sincere effort like the
Pact of Paris showed the futility of attempting
to abolish war without creating adequate and
effective compensating institutions to replace it.

The fact is that love of peace, by itself, has never
been sufficient to deter war.

One of the great advances of our time is recog-
nition that one of the ways to prevent war is to
deter it by having the will and the capacity to
use force to punish an aggressor. This involves
an effort, within the society of nations, to apply
the principle used to deter violence within a com-
munity. There, laws are adopted which define
crimes and their punishment. A police force is

established, and a judicial system. Thus there
is created a powerful deterrent to crimes of vio
lence. This principle of deterrence does not op
erate 100 percent even in the best ordered com-
munities. But the principle is conceded to be
effective, and it can usefully be extended into the
society of nations. That, as we have seen, has
actually occurred in an impressive measure.

Another aspect of the problem is that there can
never, in the long run, be real peace unless there
is justice and law. Even as I write there are
grave injustices such as the servitude of the Soviet
satellites and the division of Germany, Korea and
Vietnam. But even if these injustices could be
eradicated, the resultant condition would not be
one to be perpetuated forever. Change is the
law of life. New conditions are constantly aris-
ing which call for change lest there be injustice.
Such injustices tend ultimately to lead to resort
to force unless other means of change exist.

Those who love and want peace must recognize
that unless they exert themselves as vigorously
for peace as they do for victory, and as vigorously
for justice as they do for peace, they are not apt
to have either peace or justice. Peace is a coin
which has two sides. One side is the renunciation
of force, the other side is the according of justice.
Peace and justice are inseparable. This is recog-
nized by Article 1 of the United Nations Charter.

The task of winning peace and its necessary
component, justice, is one which demands our fin-
est effort. There must be a contribution from
every nation, as we strive to institutionalize peace.
Peace also depends on the effort of individuals as
they help to mold their nation's j^olicies and as
they may themselves directly contribute to one
or more of the many aspects of international
endeavor.

There has been, heretofore, the lack of sus-
tained and sacrificial individual and national ef-
forts needed to save the world from war. Surely
that is a lack which ought now to be made good,
as war becomes a catastrophe too awful to be
contemplated.

John Fostkr Dctxes

604

Department of State Bulletin

The Soviet-Occupied Zone of Germany: A Case Study in Communist Control

hy Eleanor Dulles

Special AssisUx/nt to the Director, Office of German Afftdi'fi

Education with whicli you as a group are con-
cerned is in considerable measure the formulat-
ing of significant questions and then the attempt
to find answere. It is concerned with the manner
in which past experience can aflect the nature of
man and his actions. There are presmned to be
goals toward which the human race is pressing.

One of our main goals is seen in our present
struggle to assure the largest possible degree of
freedom for the development of man's highest
potential. In all our efforts directed to this end
we are inevitably concerned with those who are
in bondage, partial or complete. We must from
time to time appraise our situation and recognize
those important questions which relate to our
programs and to Soviet methods of controlling
subject peoples.

Moscow, with the announced intention of ex-
tending the borders of international communism,
has ajiparently developed its capabilities to a
high degree but has reached discernible limits
which will set the boundaries of its future effort.
It is useful to ascertain not only how and where
they have extended their power but also where
their progress is checked. One such line of fail-
ure and area of defeat has been found already
in Germany. Here success has been stopped far
short of the Kremlin's goal, and failure at a num-
ber of points is e\ndent. The major aspect of its
gams and losses in tliis important countiy merit
consideration at this time when Gemian issues
are recognized as of primary importance.

^Address made before the Buffalo Federation of
■Women's Clubs at Buffalo, N.Y., on Mar. 27 (press release
174 dated Mar. 26).

Three questions relating to Soviet control, which
will affect not only the fate of Germany but of
the entire world, are very much on our minds
these days. They are complementary aspects of
Moscow's capacity to manage the peoples and
territories which they wish to hold in their Com-
mimist empire. One is their ability to develop
a unity and cohesion between different nations
and different races. A second is their capacity
to industrialize and exploit the economic poten-
tial of the territories they dominate at a pace com-
parable to expansion in the free world. The third
is their ability to develop tlu'ough training, edu-
cation, and indoctrination the human resources
of the millions under their rule.

It is especially interesting to watch their per-
formance in Germany, where the line of their con-
trol cuts the country into two widely different
areas. In the West their failure to gain influence
or to develop exchanges of goods and ideas has
been conspicuous. In the East Zone of occupa-
tion the matter is more complex and warrants
careful examination.

At the present time no final answer can be
given as to Soviet accomplishments and defeats
in East Germany. It is evident, however, that
the consequences of Soviet action there have had
a profound influence not only on the Germans
but also on others throughout the world. The
unwillingness of the people to be absorbed into
the Connnunist system is impressive. This is of
special significance after the recent events in Po-
land and Hungary. The limits to Soviet effec-
tiveness in Germany are noteworthy. In respect
to the questions we are considering, the balance
between the political, economic, and psychological

April 15, 1957

605

gains and losses suggests the possibility of Soviet
failure to hold their present alarming farflung
power here or elsewhere. A firm belief now that
the Soviet-occupied zone will sometime be free
can strengthen understanding and action.

The judgment of the degree of Soviet strength
and weakness and the probable duration of their
rule, which we are considering here, would clearly
differ from counti7 to country. Generalizations
to apply to all of them are not justified in the
light of the wide variation to be found in differ-
ent cases. The example of East Germany derives
its special interest not only because of its peculiar
importance in Western strategy but also because
of the large volume of information which is avail-
able to us and that throws light on Soviet be-
havior eveiywhere. It has a direct bearing not
only on the solution of German problems but on
world security problems.

Crucial Role of Berlin

In strengthening of resistance and in its sources
of information the city of Berlin continues to
play a crucial role. The zone, a large and impor-
tant territory with 17 million Germans now more
than a decade under Soviet domination, is to some
extent open to study and inspection. More facts
are available from the East in and through Ber-
lin and are subject to check for their validity than
from other Communist-ruled areas. The varied
means of communication, the travel back and
forth, and the interchange of letters and personal
contacts of all types are gi-eater in volume and
significance than for any other European satellite.

Here, in the center of the zone, the direct con-
tacts between people in the West and in the East
affect practically every resident of the Soviet-
occupied area of Germany. More than 3 million
persons and perhaps more than 5 million come to
West Berlin and to West Germany every year.
In some months the estimates of visitors have
been in excess of 700,000. Some of the visits are
short — people coming to West Berlin for a look at
the industrial fair, for the annual agricultural
show held during the Green Week, for the cul-
tural or film festivals. Others are longer visits
to relatives and friends and visits by students
and businessmen. Some come as strangers seek-
ing new friends and new ways to learn of the
West.

The results of these visits to Berlin and the

Federal Republic, and also of thousands of trips
from the West to the East, are a considerable mass
of information, many impressions and reports of
events and policies. For example, when statistics
of agricultural production are published, they
can be tested against common knowledge as to
the potato harvest, grain yield, crop conditions,
and food rationing. In this area, perhaps better
than anywhere else, the Iron Curtain is only an
open grill — the view of what is going on is thei'e
for all to see.

Because we can learn much from this, we are
impelled to examine the facts and appraise ihe
nature of Soviet management and control. The
results of this study can contribute in a significant
manner to the understanding of where the Soviets
stand in relation to the satellites and what direc-
tions they may decide to take in the future. The
conclusions reached may not be encouraging, but
at least they can help to outline the course of
future action for the West. In any case, to the
extent that they approximate a true appraisal,
such a review is bound to be useful.

Although for political and administrative pur-
poses East Berlin is incorporated into the zone, it
has special problems and characteristics. Since
it is still part of the city, half slave and half free,
it places in sharp contrast Soviet management
and control. This situation must be considered
separately from the zone.

The city. East and West, technically speaking
is still a four-power occupied area. West Berlin
is not a part of the Federal Republic in a legal
sense although psychologically and economically
it is almost like an eleventh Land or pi-ovince of
the western sovereign state of Germany.

In the Pankow district of East Berlin, closely
integrated with East Germany, is the seat of the
puppet government, a government called by the
Soviets free of their control. Actually, it is
rigidly held under Russian armed force through
Communist German agents. It is separated from
West Berlin by only a thin line of occasional bor-
der watchei-s and a few large signs and notices
indicating changes in jurisdiction.

In spite of the many close relations between the
different parts of the city, the political differences
as one crosses the narrow line of demarcation are
as great as those between Hungary and Austria.
Over this 37-mile sector border across the town
l)ass as many as 100,000 persons each day. Few

606

Department of Stale Bulletin

ai'e stopped or questioned. Approximately 45,000
are regular workers, border crossers who live in
one political area and work in another, going
freely to and fro. Only occasionally are they
questioned — usually the reason is that they carry
a package or brief case. In rare instances they
are searched by the Eastern police for Western
deutschemarks, the money which they are not sup-
posed to have on their persons. More often the
large numbers of students, casual visitors, mer-
chants, relatives of West or East Berliners, visi-
tors to concerts and museums, moviegoers or
persons seeking to buy a pound of butter or a pair
of shoes in the West move unhindered. In the
case of those going to the East there are also no
barriers. There are visitors to relatives or friends
or even occasionally persons in search of antiques
or special objects like cameras offered for sale in
the East.

There is a sense of almost physical pressure of
one system on the other. Soviet prestige suffers
from this traffic, but it would suH'er also if it were
stopped by force.

Contrast Between East and West

As a result of this movement back and forth,
the contrast between East and West and the great
difference in the standard of living is always evi-
dent to everyone. Moreover, the presence of the
Allied occupation forces and their support of the
city is visible and daily apparent. This makes
it virtually impossible for the Soviets to take the
risk of severing the city. Berlin cannot be ab-
sorbed into the bloc.

In spite of the ring of Communist might around
the East sector of Berlin there is no sense of
cohesion with the Kremlin. The rejection of its
occupiers in the minds of the people is almost com-
plete. The attempts of Moscow to shift respon-
sibility and prestige to the Pankow government
installed in East Berlin, surrounded and protected
as it is by the 22 military divisions stationed in
the iimnediately adjacent areas, has not been con-
vincing to the Germans anywhere, either in the
East or in the W^est. One can conclude that their
administration of the East sector of the city and
its economic and political potential has been only
superficially successful.

It is reliably reported by the foremost German
experts on the subject that the puppets of the

Soviets holding their brief authority by bribes,
threats, and blood money are more hated bj' the
Germans than are the Russians, who are acting on
the basis of a more recognizable set of power ob-
jectives. Thus under present conditions normal
relations are not possible between the East Ger-
man instruments of the Soviet r>der and their
oppressed subjects. Similarly, the East German
authorities in Berlin have little official contact
with the Western World.

The principal financial advantages to the Rus-
sians of holding East Berlin are negligible. In
the light of conditions in East Berlin one can
question whether economic resources of the city
have been used efficiently or benefit significantly
the economic interest of the East Zone. The ste-
rility of the Soviet occupation is evident, ^^(lually
apparent is the significance for Communist aims
of denjnng the city to the West. Even though it
can be assumed that the cost of holding the Soviet
sector by force since the time of the blockade and
the split of the city outweighs any direct benefit
derived from its production or trade, the purely
strategic and prestige reasons remain predomi-
nant, but the performance of the Soviets has not
been impressive.

The residents of the eastern part of the city are
in a peculiar position. They have the advantages
of constant refreslmient in the western sector of
the city and opportunities to buy the many essen-
tial conmiodities, including food and clothing.
While living under the Communist regime they
gain the stimulus of the free air and the dynamic
activity of the western part of the city, busily
restoring its physical plant and its cultural life.
Thus they are not totally subject to the rule or
the living standards of the satellites or of Russia.
They can stay on from day to day knowing escape
is always jjossible.

Berlin is thus a major reason for and an out-
standing example of the failure to integrate East
Germany into the Soviet bloc. The city makes this
part of Soviet conquest and control different from
other areas but in some ways even more signifi-
cant. The management of the zone demonstrates,
for example, the oppressive nature of the effort
10 bring conditions into line with Moscow. It
shows how much force is needed to keep the reins
tight in a sitiuition where there ai-e steady and
dependable channels of communication when peo-
ple under one system remain in close contact with
people under vastly different political and philo-

April 15, J 957

607

sophic systems. It is somewhat paradoxical that
the veiy conditions that increase the resistance
potential also lessen the danger of violent ex-
plosion. This danger is generally conceded to be
less than in several of the more enclosed areas.
This is the current forecast even though the Ger-
man spirit of resistance in the East is constantly
nourished and clearly manifest in many vrays.

Exploitation of Potential Assets

Perhaps more rewarding, however, is the at-
tempt to examine the wider extent and the naore
comprehensive efforts of the Communists in the
considerable territory of 41,000 square miles with
the 17 million people who live in the East Zone.
Here there are substantial assets to exploit. Here
are the large uranium deposits. These are now
being used exclusively for the benefit of the So-
viet atomic program. Here are the substantial
soft -coal mines, henry and light industries, uni-
versities, and highly urbanized areas of Leipzig,
Dresden, Weimar, Magdeburg, and other centers.
Here is a tradition of effective management and
productive labor. The question is, how have the
Soviets used these potential assets and to what
extent have East Zone resources helped them in
their objectives?

From the point of view of political interna-
tional relationships little has been accomplished.
They have built up an uneasy and limited set of
contacts with the bloc and a few nonsatellite na-
tions. The few links between the Commimist-
created East German government and nations
outside the Soviet bloc are uncertain, insecure,
and relatively unproductive. There is little like-
lihood that the concerted drive to increase the
number and scope of trade and other treaties since
the Soviet declaration of East German "inde-
pendence" on September 20, 1955, will have any
real success. A major reason for the inability of
the Communist regime in East Germany to de-
velop diplomatic relations has been the vigilance
and strength of the Federal Republic in Bonn.

For one thing the zone has now too little to
offer in the way of exports. For another there
are many apparent pitfalls in the waj' of alli-
ances between a puppet government and free na-
tions. As long as the Communists use force to
maintain their position in FaisI Germany, those
who make ties with their chosen instruments of
Commimist policy will be anxious for fear the

authorities will be changed or liquidated and the
agreements collapse. The strong democratic na-
tions of the non-Commimist world are bound to
hesitate before making pacts with those who are
not able to act independently of Moscow.

If trade treaties on an ad hoc basis are con-
cluded, as the}' have been in nine cases, they will
be almost inevitably on the basis of short-run
economic considerations with an eye always to
the uncertain future. If the trade is not produc-
tive, there will be little reason to attempt to work
out mutual adjustments. Agreements based on
the expectation of long and dependable inter-
change cannot be reached easily where there is
no tradition and no political philosophy to indi-
cate a future interchange of goods on a basis of
sound reciprocity.

"Where uncertainty exists as to the nature of
the leadei-ship of future governments and the
status of relations with Moscow, the links can-
not bind closely and the relationships are fragile.
Thus the nine agreements as of early 1957 between
the German Democratic Republic and nonsatellite
governments constitute, both in scope and num-
ber, a feeble accomplishment in the light of the
effort and intention.

Lag of East Zone Economy

In the case of East Germany the economic ex-
ploitation by the Soviets falls far short of their
plans and leaves the people at a lower standard
of living than any other comparably industrial-
ized area. Even by their own reports the 5-yeat
goals have not been reached. The Soviets have
not demonstrated there any significant capacity
to exploit the resources by force or to take advan-
tage of the opportunities by a doctrine and a
method acceptable to the workei-s and managers
in the zone. There is no sign that the Conmiu-
nist appi'oach has led to productivity or inven-
tiveness.

The Soviet rulers have had 12 years in which
to develop momentum. Capital-goods production
is behind scliedule. Consumer goods are in short
supply. There one finds clearly another indica-
tion of the difficulties which face the Kremlin in
managing alien lands.

The reconstruction of the East German econ-
omy after the war would not have been easy in
any case. It was made more difficult because at
the outset there were the crippling removals of

608

Department of Slate Bulletin

equipment and raw materials by Russia. Fac-
tories were stripped of machinery. Rolling stock,
trucks, and capital assets of a wide variety of
types were taken from the country. The trains
moving eastward were loaded witli machine tools
and heavy equipment. Electrical machinery and
other valuable as.sets were taken away which were
to be sorely missed when the time for rebuilding
the economy came. Estimates of the amount of
material wealth removed indicate that it was in
excess of 15 billion dollars' worth at the time it
was taken away. Little is known of the manner
in which equipment was reinstalled or of the use
made of those capital instruments by the Rus-
sians. Much can be said about the damage these
removals caused to the East German economy.

The more significant, if perhaps not so clearly
apparent, reason for the lag of the East Zone econ-
omy behind comparable areas in general and be-
hind West Germany in particular is the lack of
contractual arrangements. Under this system
there is no effective business responsibility or mo-
tive to produce. Here we see an economy which
has reached an advanced state of professional pro-
ficiency, with a highly skilled labor force and rea-
sonably good natural resources, forced ruthlessly
into the Communist mold.

Approximately 70 percent of the industry is
said to have been conununized already. A much
smaller segment of the agricultural land is in the
so-called cooperatives. New private ventures are
virtually ruled out. All the industry which re-
mains outside state control is starved for the lack
of capital and is in a disadvantageous position as
regards maintenance and access to adequate labor
supply.

The question arises naturally in the minds of
workers and supervisors of labor — for whom are
they working? The answer is bound to be "for
the Soviets." Cooperative effort to build up state
enterprises could only be exi^ected to stimulate
vigorous effort on the part of labor and capital if
the authorities themselves have goals which are
acceptable. In the lack of such incentives and
loyalties, productive effort is balanced constantly
against the immediate cost and man is apt to limit
his effort to work "for bread alone."

This sense of futility has in fact prevailed
throughout the zone. As far as one can discern,
Soviet armed force and dire need of the people
are the bases for economic effort. Few of the
usual motives appear to be operative. The short-

run considerations which determine the kind of
work and the amount of energy that goes into
the assigned tasks are those which relate to sur-
vival and not those which develop from the hope
of a large-scale and impressive building of a sound
and dependable economic system.

Refugees "Vote With Their Feet"

The most striking evidence of the failure of the
regime to give the people the elemental satisfac-
tions which the Communists have continuously
promised to the masses has been the tmending
stream of refugees from the Soviet-occupied ter-
ritory to the AVest. The steady flow of workers
and professional men. of farmers and laborers,
from the workshops, the farms, and the mines of
East Germany is the kind of public-opinion poll
that no one can ignore. It has been said that
close to 2 million refugees have voted "with their
feet." This large number of voluntary exiles
have staked their hopes and their lives on the
belief that they can live and work according to
their standards and principles only in the West.
They have rejected the methods and the aims of
the Communist regime which they have come to
know so well.

It is not easy to be a refugee. Almost every
man of feeling is attached to the place which he
calls home. The very shape of the hills, the smell
of the meadows and the woods, the curve of the
rivers, which he has known from his earliest cliild-
hood, are part of his well-loved birthright. To
leave all this for unknown cities and an mifamiliar
countryside, to be separated from liis neighbors
and his friends, and to seek new dwellings and
new employment is not easy. One caimot take
lightly the meaning of this large-scale and con-
tinuing migration.

Wliile the Kremlin may not understand the
meaning of this migiation, for those who hear the
story at the various Berlin and Federal Republic
reception centers there is an unforgettable im-
pression of the profound disappointment in the
cultural life and conditions of work which they
have fomid in the last 12 years. It is not so much
the lack of food and clothing, though conditions
in this respect still leave much to be desired, but
more the climate of hmnan relations and pressures
applied in all their work, the lack of choice, the
inability to seek one's own place in the system
and shape one's life in a spirit of hope and free-
dom which lead to despair. These motives and

April IS, 1957

4218-i9— 57 3

609

the protests against the Communist regime indi-
cate the core of the Communist dilemma.

Time factors plague the Communists in their
administration of the Soviet-occupied zone of
Germany. The improvement so far achieved in
economic affairs has been much slower than else-
where in Europe. The political developments in
the zone have failed to establish the authorities
there on a firm basis. The cringing dependence
on the Soviet authorities of all the high officials
and their inability to speak except as instructed
have been evident not only to all Germans but
also to the world at large. INIeanwhile, the re-
jection of Russian comnuniism has been so com-
plete that there is danger of serious depopulation.
Already almost 1.5 percent of the population has
left as voluntary expatriates from their homes.
The labor shortage is severe and hampers eco-
nomic progress.

Thus the three questions which are significant
indications of the Soviets' capacity to rule the
area can be given tentative answers. The slow
gains at some points are more than offset by
losses at others which hamper improvements in
the standard of living and prevent East German
acceptance of tiie i-egime. The individual de-
prived of his legal and political rights is fearful,
uncooperative, and hostile to the occupying
powers. If the 400,000 soldiers were withdrawn,
the Communist facade would collapse overnight.
The area is stanchly German and relatively un-
affected by alien doctrines to which it has been
exposed. Russia has developed no alliance here,
but it has added to the number of potential
enemies at a cost which is likely to increase in
goods and effort if they are to keep the potential
resistance under control.

There are time factors which disturb the West-
ern allies as they consider conditions in the East
Zone. There is inevitably some erosion of the
spirit as pressure on the individual continues from
month to month. There is bound to be disillu-
sionment over the inability of the Federal Repub-
lic and the "Western World to win their freedom.
Institutions, even though unpopular and oppres-
sive, have a tendency to become a part of the
day-to-day fabi-ic.

Thus, in some measure even the failures of the
Russians in this area complicate the problems for
tiie Western World. The Communist dilemma
of more oppression or costly aid is to some extent

paralleled by the urgent problems of the free
world. Our efforts to manifest our underetand-
ing, aid to visitors from the East, assistance to
refugees, are of the greatest importance.

Above all, the development of the North At-
lantic Treaty alliance and closer European eco-
nomic cooperation through the common market
and EuBATOM can create the conditions of strength
from which eventual German reunification will
come. The moment of opportunity lies ahead.
It will come the sooner because the Russians know
that those who live in the East Zone have not ac-
cepted their system. It is the more certain be-
cause of the millions who, despite almost over-
whelming inducement, have kept the faith and
stood firm. "Wlio can say what would be the cir-
cumstances in East Germany in ^0 years if the
Russians were to remain^ It would be a bold
and not a wise man who would venture to predict
the results of long-continued occupation. As of
the present, however, there is no I'ecord of suc-
cess. No achievement in the economic field, no
winning over of the people, no brilliant diplo-
matic accomplishments can encourage the Krem-
lin in its shaping of future policy toward
Germany.

U.S. Asks Dominican Government
To Reopen Gerald Murphy Case

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

The Department of State announced on March
16 (press release 150) that it had instructed the
Embassy at Ciudad Trujiilo to deliver a note to
the Dominican Government in reply to a communi-
cation from that Government submitting various
documents and other evidence concerning the dis-
appearance in December 1956, in the Dominic4\n
Republic, of Gerald I^ester Murphy, a U.S. civil-
ian aviator.'

The documents submitted with the Dominican
note included an official report by the Attorney
(General of the Dominican Republic that Mr. Mur-
phy had been killed by Octavio de la Maza, a

' For background, see Bulletin of Feb. 11, 1957, p. 221,
and Mar. 4, 1957, p. 349.

610

Department of State Bulletin

Dominican airline pilot. A suicide note, attrib-
uted to Mr. de la Maza and containing a state-
ment that he had killed himself in remorse over
the death of Mr. Murphy, was included in the
Dominican documentation.

TEXT OF U.S. NOTE

No. 382

The Embassy of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Department of
State for Foreign Affairs and Worsliip and has
the honor to acknowledge its Note No. 3.'i51 of
February 9, 1957 transmitting the following docu-
ments in connection with the disajipearance of
Gerald Lester Murphy :

1. Report by the Attorney General of the
Dominican Republic.

2. Photostats of the suicide note attributed to
Octavio de la Maza accompanied by photo-
stats of known specimens of his handwi-iting.

3. Analysis of de la Maza suicide note by Pro-
fessor Manuel Ferrandis Torres of the Uni-
versity of Madrid concluding that the de la
Maza suicide note is authentic.

4. Final disposition of the Murphy case by the
examining magistrate concluding that he was
murdered by de la Maza and must be pre-
sumed dead.

5. Final disposition of the de la Maza case by
the examining magistrate concluding that he
committed suicide after liaving murdered
Murphy.

6. Interrogations by the examining magistrate
in connection with the Murphy and de la
Maza cases.

7. Miscellaneous reports related to the Murphy
and de la Maza cases inchiding medico-legal
and autopsy repoi'ts on de la Maza.

From examination of these documents and
other evidence, this Government has concluded
that if the specimens of handwriting submitted
by the Dominican authorities as being of de la
Maza are actually his, then the suicide note was
not written by de la Maza.

Furthermore, this examination reveals a con-
tradiction between the report of the Dominican
Attorney General which states that Murphy's
"political influence" in the Dominican Republic

was tlie "object of investigation without anything
serious being produced to justify it" and other
available information. Our investigations indi-
cate that Murphy was well acquainted with high
Dominican officials, among them the late Colonel
Salvador Cobiiin and Brig. General Arturo K
Espaillat.

It would also appear that Murphy's income
while in the Dominican Republic must not have
been limited to the $350 per month salary which
the Dominican Attorney General states he earned
as a co-jjilot for the Dominican Aviation Com-
pany (Cda). Our investigations have confirmed
statements made by several American Cd.\ pilots
to the Dominican authorities that Murphy, in the
words of one of them, "had more money than the
rest of us" and that he owned two cars, one in
Miami and one in Ciudad Trujillo. As far as is
known. Murphy had no income of record in the
United States during the period of his employ-
ment in the Dominican Republic. The Govern-
ment of the United States is gravely concerned
about the disappearance of one of its citizens in
the Dominican Republic. It assumes that this
concern is shared by the Dominican Govermnent.

In view of the foi'egoing observations and other
evidence which it has developed within its do-
mestic jurisdiction, the Government of the United
States considers the case of Gerald Lester Mui'phy
as unsolved. The Dominican Government is ur-
gently requested to reopen and vigorously pursue
its investigation of the disappearance of this citi-
zen of tlie United States.

The Embassy of the United States of America
avails itself of this opportunity to renew to the
Department of State for Foreign Affairs and
Worship the assurances of its highest considera-
tion.

Ciudad Trujillo, D.R.,
March 16, 1957.

Polish Coal Mining Officials
Visit United States

Press release 165 dated March 21

On March 22 a delegation of eight Polish coal
mining officials will arrive in the United States
for a 3-week tour of principal mining facilities
in the coal-producing States east of the Missis-

Apn\ 15, 1957

611

sippi. The tour has been arranged and will be
conducted by the National Coal Association.

The Polish visit is in accordance with an agree-
ment between the Department of State and the

Polish Embassy for the exchange of delegations
of coal mining experts. It is anticipated that a
reciprocal U.S. delegation will visit Poland later
this year.

International Cooperation in Climatology

SECOND SESSION OF COMMISSION FOR CLIMATOLOGY
OF WORLD METEOROLOGICAL ORGANIZATION

l)y Helmvt E. Landsherg

From January 14 to 25, 1957, the Government
of the United States acted as host to the Commis-
sion for Climatology (CCl) of the World
Meteorological Organization (Wmo) at Washing-
ton, D.C. The Wmo is one of the specialized
agencies of the United Nations. Much of its work
is accomplished by technical conmaissions, of which
CCl is one.

The history of formal international cooperation
in climatology goes back to 1872, when the Inter-
national Meteorological Coirmiittee, an early
predecessor of Wmo, met at Leipzig and placed on
its agenda several items dealing with standard-
ization of climatic practices. In 1929 the
International Meteorological Organization, the
immediate antecedent of Wmo, created the Com-
mission for Climatology, which has met at regular
intervals except for the World War II interrup-
tion. This was its second session since the Wmo
took over the functions of these earlier groups.

For the past 7 years the Commission has had, as
president, C. W. Thornthwaite of the United
States, a world-renowned research worker in the

• Dr. Landsherg., author of the above article,
is Director of the Office of Climatology of
the U.S. Weather Bureau. He served as
principal U.S. delegate at the second session
of the WMO Commission for Climatology.

field of climatology and director of the Laboratory
of Climatology of the Drexel Institute of Tech-
nology, Centerton, N.J. Under his chairmanship
the first plenary session of the current meeting
was addressed by Francis O. Wilcox, Assistant
Secretary of State for International Organization
Affairs. Mr. Wilcox welcomed the delegates to
Washmgton and stressed the importance of the
work the specialized United Nations agencies are
doing for the promotion of constructive inter-
national cooperation and for the creation of better
standards of living everywhere.' Further wel-
come was extended by F. W. Eeichelderfer, Chief
of the U.S. Weather Bureau and fonner president
of the Wmo. Dr. Eeichelderfer, who is the per-
manent U.S. representative to the Wmo and a
member of its Executive Committee, called at-
tention to some of the important tasks before
the Commission, among which are the problems of
water supplies, drought, and long-range climatic
trends.

Delegates and Activities at Second Session

The following 24 member nations of Wmo sent
delegates to the second session :

Australia

Belgium

Brazil

Byelorussian S.S.R.

Canada

Cuba

' For text of Mr. Wilcox's remarks, see Bulletin of
Feb. 4, 1957, p. 197.

612

Department of State BuUetin

Dominican Republic Poland

France Sweden
Germany, Federal Republic Thailand

of Ukrainian S.S.R.

Ireland Union of Soviet Socialist
Israel Republics

Korea United Kingdom

Mexico United States

Netherlands Uruguay

Norway

Venezuela

Two nonmember nations, Albania and Liberia,
sent observers.

There were also observers from the Interna-
tional Civil Aviation Organization (Icao), the
Food and Agriculture Organization (Fag), the
World Health Organization (Who), the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization (Unesco) and from six other inter-
national technical organizations. A group of 11
invited experts, associated with universities and
research institutions, joined the deliberations on
technical problems.

The official U.S. delegation was composed of
H. E. Landsberg and H. C. S. Thom of the U.S.
Weather Bureau and Woodrow C. Jacobs of the
Air Weather Service, U.S. Air Force. They were
aided by nine advisers from the Office of Clima-
tology of the Weather Bureau, the Directorate of
Climatology of the Air Weather Service, and the
Aerology Branch of the Navy.- Secretariat serv-
ices were handled by the Office of International
Conferences of the Department of State. The
Wmo secretariat was represented by K. Langlo
and O. M. Ashford from the headquarters of the
organization at Geneva. Their technical assist-
ance throughout the conference contributed
greatly to the success of the session.

Most of the woric of the Commission was
handled in two committees. The first committee
dealt with climatological regulations, require-
ments, rules, and practices, while the second con-
cerned itself with research problems and applied
climatology. A lengthy agenda of 6 administra-
tive and 15 major technical items was handled.
The heavy work schedule, which often required
late working hours, was relieved by an interesting
program of social and scientific events. Among
the technical attractions was a tour of Weather
Bureau facilities in the Washington, D.C., area,
including a visit to the weather center in Suit-

^ For a Department announcement of the U.S. delegation
to the second session, see ihid., Jan. 28, 1957, p. 153.

land, Md., where a large electronic computer has
become one of the great modern aids in weather
forecasting. An exliibit of weather instrmnents
and equipment which had been arranged in the
lobby of the U.S. Department of Commerce build-
ing formed another feature of interest to the
delegates.

The president of the Commission had arranged
for six scientific lectures by delegates and invited
experts. These were presented during two after-
noon sessions and dealt with some of the latest
technical advances and problems. Many of the
delegates also attended an evening meeting of the
District of Columbia Branch of the American
Meteorological Society and the national meeting
of this society at New York City after the close
of the session. In addition, the Weather Bureau
arranged for an inspection trip to the National
AVeather Records Center in Asheville, N.C., after
the session. This is the greatest depository and
processing center of climatological data in the
world, with a library comprising 300 million
weather observations. Twenty-two foreign dele-
gates spent 2 days inspecting this facility and its
newest electronic equipment.

Worldwide Inventory of Climatic Conditions

The final results of the meeting were contained
in 10 resolutions and 9 recommendations to the
Executive Committee of the Wmo. The primary
results, when implemented, will be moderniza-
tion and modification of international practices in
climatology. These will be of considerable practi-
cal benefit. Uniform procedures are a virtual
necessity in the mapi>ing of weather elements,
which obviously have no regard for national
boundaries. A worldwide effort toward an in-
ventory of the climatic conditions in the form of
a climatic atlas is also to be undertaken under a
unified system of standards. Such an atlas should
contribute significajotly to economic betterment
since temporarily or permanently adverse aspects
of climate underlie much of the world's trouble.
Floods, droughts, and hurricanes are among the
prime causes of human disaster. Adequate statis-
tics on these as well as the less frightening but
equally important elements of temperature and
rainfall have to be compiled. They are basic
material for agricultural planning, for major
projects of reforestation, and for irrigation and
hydroelectric schemes.

April IS, 1957

613

Of basic importance is a continuous -watch on
trends in the climatic elements, both from natural
and, perhaps, artificial causes. Among the last
are the possible climatic changes induced by large-
scale river basin developments. One of the ques-
tions before the Commission was whether such
changes might be adverse. It was the considered
opinion that such developments would have only
minor local effects and that these would probably
be beneficial rather than detrimental. In view
of the widespread international interest in such
questions, the Wmo secretariat was urged to pub-
lish a technical note for general information,
based on the experience of various member nations.

In recognition of the fact that water resources
are among the most critical problems confronting
many nations or areas, a number of discussions
centered around hydrological questions. In par-
ticular, the procedures to measure water income in
form of snow and water loss by evaporation came
under scrutiny. Recommended procedures re-
sulted in draft, chapters for the ''Guide to Clima-
tological Practices." This will be a book contain-
ing advice on the best techmques at present
available to climatologists. Considerable draft
material for this text was accumulated and re-
viewed during the session. The final drafting
and editing will be in the hands of a small working
group of the Commission.

The climate of the upper air, especially over the
oceans, is of vital interest to international air
traffic. Specifically, the frequency ot encounters
with hazards such as icing and severe turbulence
is of concern to every airline. Inflight weather
reports are regularly filed witli the meteorological
services, but there has been a need for statistical
studies to handle and analyze this infonnation.
These studies will be initiated under a recommen-
dation of the Commission.

Just before World War II a telecommunication
exchange of monthly temperature and rainfall
values was begun. It was thought that this infor-
mation, if collected on a worldwide scale, would
help long-range weather forecasting. After an
interruption by the war, this project was resumed
with the cooperation of many nations. Currently
the data thus gathered are published by the U.S.
Weather Bureau under Wmo sponsorship in a
bulletin entitled Monthly Climatic Data for the
World, which has proved to be of considerable
economic value. Such quastions as "Are frosts

damaging the Brazilian coffee crop?", "Is a
drought developing in Australia?", or "Did the
monsoon bring normal amounts of rainfall to
India?" can be readily answered. The present
session of the Commission reviewed the proce-
dures for both the radio messages and publication
of the data. A scheme for a better network of
stations was prepared, and a plea for univei'sal
cooperation was made. In view of the general
desire for this uniform collection of climatological
information, a further expansion of the scheme to
all member nations of the Wmo can now be
expected.

The exchange of views on scientific matters at
the session was particularly helpful. Latest de-
velopments in the various countries were reviewed.
Some of them were presented in the scientific
lectures which became part of the session's docu-
mentation and will therefore be available to all
member nations. Others were presented in the
form of national progress reports. These will be
condensed by (he secretariat of the Wmo into a
technical note.

Among the final actions of the Commission was
the election of officers for the next 4-year period.
Dr. Thornthwaite, who under the rules could not
be reelected, was succeeded as president by R. G.
Veryard of the United Kingdom. C. C. Boughner
of Canada was elected vice president.

Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography

Economic and Social Council

Development of International Travel, Its Pre.sent Increas-
ing Voliune and Future Prospects. Addendum to the
note by the Secretary-General. B/2933/Add.3, January
17, 1957. 7 pp. mimeo.

Consideration of the Provisional Agenda for the Twenty-
Fourth Session. Note by the Secretary-General.
E/2949, January 18, 1957. 9 pp. mimeo.

Commission on Human Rights. Periodic Reports on Hu-
man Rights and Studies of Specific Rights or Groups
of Rights. Note by the Secretary-General. E/CN.4/-
7.'!4, January 24, 19,^7. 4 i)p. mimeo.

Commission on the Status of Women. Advisory Services
in the Field of Human Rights. Report by the Secretary-
General. E/CN.6/294, January 24, 1957. 4 pp. mimeo.

Commission on the Status of Women. Bride-Price, Polyg-
amy and Rights of the Mother with Respect to her
Children. E/CN.6/295, January 34, 1967. 47 pp.
mimeo.

Commission on the Status of Women. Practical Methods
for the Implementation of Ekjual Pay for Equal Work.
B/CN.6/296, January 24, 1957. 35 pp. mimeo.

614

Department of State Bulletin

statute of International Atomic Energy Agency Transmitted to Senate '

PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE OF TRANSMITTAL

The White House, March 21, 1957.

To the Seriate of the United States:

Witli a view to receiving the advice and consent
of tlie Senate to ratification, I am attaching liere-
with a certified copy of the Statute of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency.- I also transmit
for the information of the Senate a report ad-
dressed to me by the Secretary of State in regard
to the statute, together with certain related papers.

When the Statute of the International Atomic
Energy Agency was open for signature at United
Nations Headquarters in New York for 3 months,
from October 26, 1956, to January 24, 1957, it was
signed in behalf of the United States of America
and by 79 other nations. It is the product of al-
most 3 years of negotiations, beginning with my
address to the United Nations on December 8,
1953.^ There I expressed the profound hope of
the American people, a hope shared by people
throughout the world, that means could be found
to harness the atom to the labors of peace.

Today, in the grim necessity of preserving the
peace, the free world must turn to the deadly
power of the atom as a guardian of freedom and
a prime deterrent to aggression. Yet the true
promise of the atom is not for destructive purposes
but for constructive purposes. And, in America,
M-e can already see in atomic energy an enormous
potential for human benefit : electric power, treat-
ment of disease, and extraordinary service to agi-i-
culture, industry, and science itself. And this is
but the beginning. There is every indication that
we can look forward to even greater values of
atomic energy in America.

' Keprinted from S. Exec. I, 8oth Cong., 1st sess.
' Not iirinted here ; for text, see Bxtixetin of Nov. 19.
195G, p. 820.

= IMd., Dec. 21, 1953, i>. 847.

Tlie peoples of other nations also see great hope
in the atom for the development of their economies
and advancement of their welfare. They devoutly
wisli for ways and means of directing the atom to
peaceful uses. There is widespread appreciation
of the role the United States has already played in
the great atoms-for-peace program to help many
of these nations start their own atomic energy
programs.

Now, in our proposal to the United Nations for
the establishment of an International Atomic En-
ergy iVgency, we have answered the basic desire
of many nations for an international body to which
all may belong — a body in which all may safely
pool their knowledge and skill for the advance-
ment of all; from which all may draw knowledge,
advice, and nuclear fuels to aid their individual
efforts in developing the atom for peaceful em-
ployment.

This promise of increased well-being for the
people of the world offered by the International
Atomic f^nergy Agency is a major purpose of our
proposal. Another is the extension of our fixed
and unending determination to open and widen
all possible avenues toward a just and enduring
world joeace. In promoting these purposes, the
International Atomic Energy Agency would pro-
vide a practical meeting place — a common gi'ound
of cooperative effort among nations. Thus,
through shared \\o\yQ and work, the world would
come to realize the innnense possibilities of the
atom for the benefit of all.

The statute and the Agency which it will estab-
lish hold promise of important progress in that
direction. They constitute both a practical ap-
proach and a symbol of all that people of good
will hope to see accomplished through the use of
atomic energy. They offer the luiderdeveloped
nations in particular an earlier availability of the
benefits flowing from the constructive uses of the
atom, and afford all countries the prospect of

April IS, 1957

615

mutually stimulated scientific advance dedicated
to the welfare of mankind.

To achieve the confidence essential to coopera-
tion among membei"s of the International Atomic
Energy Agency, great care has been exercised to
insure that fissionable material will be safe-
guarded to prevent its diversion to any military
purpose. A comprehensive safeguard system is
provided by the statute. This will apply to all
aspects of the Agency's activity involving nuclear
materials. A key part of this system is a plan
of thorough international inspection. The United
States will provide fissionable materials for
Agency projects only as this safeguard system is
put into effect. I am satisfied that the security of
the United States will not be endangered by ma-
terials made available to or through this Agency.
I should add that the United States is under no
obligation to disclose secret information to this
Agency.

Authority for directing the Agency will rest
primarily in a Board of Governors. The method
of choosing these Governors was considered with
particular care. The formula finally agreed upon
balances geographic considerations with the capac-
ity of the cooperating nations to supjily technical
or material support to agency projects. This
formula assures the protection of the interests of
America and the free world. There is also reason-
able assurance against entry into the Agency of
nations which are excluded from the United
Nations, and which were excluded from the Con-
ference and from Agency membership by over-
whelming vote on a number of occasions.

This statute is the work of many. It reflects the
experience of those concerned with our Nation's
efforts since World War II to relieve the burdens
of armament for all people. It is consistent with
the policies of our present Atomic Energy Act. It
has profited by the addition of suggestions from
bipartisan congressional hearings.

It is my firm belief that this statute, and the
International Atomic Energy Agency provided
by it, are in the present and future interest of our
country. They have my wholehearted support.
I urge early consent to the ratification of the
statute, so that the United States which proposed
the establishment of this new instrument of peace-
ful progress may be among the first to give it
final approval.

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

Department of State,
Washington., February 21, 1957.
The President,

The White House:

I have the honor to submit to you, with a view
to transmission to the Senate for advice and con-
sent to ratification, a certified copy of the Statute
of the International Atomic Energy Agency,
which was open for signature at United Nations
Headquarters in New York from October 26,
1956, to January 24, 1957, and during that period
was signed in behalf of the United States of
America and 79 other nations.

The purpose of this treaty is to establish an
International Atomic Energy Agency pursuant
to the atoms-for-peace proposal made by you in
your historic address before the General Assembly
of the United Nations on December 8, 1953. In
that address you outlined your plan for an inter-
national agency, to be established under the aegis
of the United Nations, with responsibility for find-
ing methods to apply atomic materials to the
abundant production of power and to the needs of
agriculture, medicine, and other peaceful pursuits
of mankind.

In the months following your proposal, discus-
sions were undertaken among those nations hav-
ing either developed resources of nuclear raw
materials or advanced atomic energy programs.
An eight-nation group, composed of representa-
tives of the United States, Australia, Belgium,
Canada, France, Portugal, the Union of South
Africa, and the United Kingdom, worked early in
1954 to prepare a first draft of a statute for the
proposed agency. The subject was thoroughly
debated at the Ninth General Assembly in 1954.
On December 4, 1954, the General Assembly of the
United Nations by unanimous vote endoi-sed the
proposal to create an International Atomic Energy
Agency.*

A report on the progress of the negotiation of
the statute was made to members of t\\& Joint Com-
mittee on Atomic Energy in July 1955 and appro-
priate revisions were made in the draft statute
on the basis of their comments.

On August 22, 1955, a draft statute ^ was cir-

* For text of the General Assembly resolution, see
ibid., Dec. 13, 1954, p. 919.
" For text, see ibid., Oct. 24, 1955, p. 666.

616

Department of State Bulletin

ciliated to get the views of all membei-s of the
United Nations or of the specialized agencies, a
total at that time of 84 states. The subject was
again debated at the Tenth General Assembly in
1955, and a resolution endorsing the efforts of the
negotiating group was unanimously adopted."

On February 27, 1956, the working gi-oup, now
expanded to 12 nations by the inclusion of Brazil,
Czechoslovakia, India, and the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics, met in "Washington at the in-
vitation of the United States. This group worked
to revise the draft statute. It considered, and
often adopted, ideas and suggestions not only of
the members of the drafting group but of other
nations the world over from which comments had
been received. The resulting draft,' adopted on
April 18 by the working group reflected to a great
degree the balance of views of a large number of
states.

In June 1956 a further report on the progress
of negotiations was made to members of the Joint
Committee on Atomic Energy.

The document negotiated by the group of 12
nations was presented to the delegates of 81 na-
tions at the opening of the Conference on the
Statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency, which convened at United Nations Head-
quarters in New York on September 20, 1956.
The United States delegation to that Conference
was under the chairmanship of Ambassador James
J. "Wadsworth, deputy representative of the
United States to the United Nations and United
States representative for International Atomic
Energy Agency Negotiations. It included con-
gressional advisers, designated by the President of
the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Repre-
sentatives, as well as advisei-s from the Depart-
ment of State and the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion. The Conference was presided over by Am-
bassador Joilo Carlos Muniz of Brazil.

The Conference, at whicli the largest number of
nations in history were gathered together, was
distinguished by earnestness of purpose and
understanding. Notwithstanding the complexity
of the subject, and the newness of the field in
whicli it was working, the Conference found it
possible, at the end of 36 days of fruitful dis-
cussion and negotiation, to arrive at agreement

"For text, see ibid., Nov. H, 19.")r>. p. SOI.
' For text, see ibid., May 21, 1956, p. 852.

on the setting up of the International Atomic
Energy Agency and its statute. The statute was
opened for signature on October 26, 1956, and was
signed on that date by plenipotentiaries of 70 of
the 81 nations represented at the Conference.
During the 9()-day period during which, by its
tenns, the statute remained open for signature, it
was signed in behalf of 10 other nations.

The statute provides for the establishment of an
organization to assist the nations of the world in
entering tlie atomic era. Created under the aegis
of the United Nations, the International Atomic
Energy Agency will function as an autonomous
international organization and will establish an
ajipropriate relationshii) with the United Nations
consistent with the Agency's statute. The pur-
pose of the Agency is to supply a means tlirough
wiiich the promise of nuclear energy will be open
to the benefit of all, to be utilized as an instrument
of progress and peace.

To achieve its goal, the Agency will take ad-
vantage of the means that will be voluntarily
placed at its disposal by member states. It will
extend aid in the form of fissionable materials,
source materials, special equipment, and technical
assistance. The Agency's assistance will be based
on agreements freely negotiated between govern-
ments and the Agency. Provision is made for
controls and safeguards to ensure that fissionable
materials made available through the Agency will
not be diverted to nonpeaceful purposes and will
not endanger the health of populations or in-
dividuals. The controls and safeguards are in-
tended to guarantee the peaceful and safe utiliza-
tion of materials supplied by the Agency, or used
in Agency-sponsored projects, and of fissionable
byproducts derived therefrom.

Tliere is transmitted herewith a summary of the
statute directed to its specific provisions. There
is also transmitted a copy of the report submitted
to the Secretary of State by the chairman of the
United States delegation to the Conference, on the
statute. In addition, a copy of the communica-
tion dated October 25, 1956, to which reference is
made in the statement accompanying the Vene-
zuelan signatures to the .statute, is included, to-
gether with a translation thereof.

It is planned that a draft Participation Act to
provide for appointment of representatives of the
United States to the Agency, and to make pro-
vision with respect to United States participation

Apr/7 15, 1957

617

in the Agency, will be submitted to the Congress
early in the present session.

It is earnestly hoped that the Senate will give
prompt consideration to the Statute of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency and that the
Congress will enact without delay the proposed
Participation Act. Under your personal initia-
tive the United States has been the principal ad-
vocate of an international organization designed
to turn the mighty force of the atom from the
devastation of war to the constructive avenues of
peace. It is hoped that the United States may be
among the (irst to ratify the Statute of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency and, by our
leadership and support, help to ensure the suc-
cess of that Agency from its inception.

Kespectfully submitted.

John Foster Dulles.

(Enclosures: (1) Certified copy of the Statute of the
International Atomic Enersy Agency;' (2) summary;

(3) report by chairman of United States delegation;'

(4) Venezuelan communication dated October 25, 1956,
and translation.")

SUMMARY OF THE STATUTE

ARTICLES I AND n

The statute upon its entry into force will
establish the International Atomic Energy
Agency, the basic objective of which is to seek
to accelerate and enlarge the contribution of
atomic energy to peace, health, and prosperity
throughout the world without at the same time
furthering any military purpose.

ARTICLE ni

The functions of the Agency set forth in article
III of the statute are (a) to encourage and assist
research on, and development and practical appli-
cation of, atomic energy for peaceful purposes
throughout the world ; {b) to make provision for
materials, .services, equipment, and facilities
needed to carry out the foregoing purpose; (c) to
foster the exchange of scientific and technical in-
formation on, and the exchange and training of
scientists and experts in, the peaceful uses of
atomic energy; {d) to establish and administer
safeguards to ensure that fissionable or other

materials, services, equipment, facilities, and in-
formation with which the Agency deals are not
used to further any military purpose; (e) to par-
ticipate in the establishment, adoption, and appli-
cation of standards of safety for the protection of
health and the minimization of danger to life and
property from activities in the field of atomic
energy; and (/) to acquire or establish any facili-
ties, plant, and equipment useful in carrying out
its authorized functions.

In carrying out its functions, the Agency is re-
quired by the statute (a) to conduct its activities
in accordance with the purposes and principles of
the United Nations and, in particular, in con-
formity with United Nations policies furthering
the establishment of a safeguarded worldwide dis-
armament; (6) to control the use of such fission-
able materials as are received by the Agency so as
to ensure that they are used only for peaceful
purposes; (c) to allocate its resources so as to
secure efficient utilization and wide distribution of
their benefits throughout the world, bearing in
mind the special needs of the underdeveloped
areas; (d) to submit annual reports on its activi-
ties to the General Assembly of the United Na-
tions; (e) when appropriate, to submit reports
and information to the Security Council, Eco-
nomic and Social Council, and other organs of
the United Nations; (/) to refuse to give assist-
ance to member countries under political, eco-
nomic, military, or other conditions that are in-
consistent with the statute; and {(/) subject to the
terms of any agreements that may be made be-
tween a state or group of states and the Agency,
to give due observance to the sovereign rights of
states.

ARTICLE IV

Initial members of the Agency are to be states
members of the United Nations or of any of the
specialized agencies which signed the statute
within 90 days after it was opened for signature
and which deposit instruments of ratification.
The following 80 states signied the statute during
the period it was open for signature:

' Not printed here.

"English translation only printed here.

Afslianistan

Albania

Ar.sontina

Australia

Austria

Belgium

Bolivia

Brazil

Bulgaria

Burma

Byelorussian Soviet So-
cialist Republic
Cambodia
Canada
Ceylon
Cbilo
China
Colombia

618

Department of State Bulletin

Costa Rica

Cuba

(Czechoslovakia

Denmarlj

Dominican Republic

Ecuador

Egypt

El Salvador

Ethiopia

France

Federal Republic- of

Germany
Greece
Guatemala
Haiti
Honduras
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran
Iraq
Israel
Italy
Japan
Korea
Laos
Lebanon
Liberia
Libya

Luxembourg
Mexico
Monaco
Morocco
Netherlands

New Zealand

Nicaragua

Norway

Pakistan

rauania

Paraguay

Peru

Philippine Republic

Poland

Portugal

Rumania

Spain

Sudan

Sweden

Switzerland

Syria

Thailand

Tunisia

Turkey

Ukrainian Soviet So-
cialist Republic

Union of South Africa

Union of Soviet Social-
ist Republics

United Kingdom of
Great Britain and
Northern Ireland

United States of Amer-
ica

Uruguay

Vatican City

Venezuela

Viet-Nam

Yugoslavia

Otlier states may become members of the Agency
if their membership is approved by the General
Conference upon recommendation of the Board
of Governors. In making their recommendations
and approvals, the Board of Governors and the
General Conference are directed to —

determine that the State is able and willing to carry out
the obligations of membership in the Agency, giving due
consideration to its ability and willingness to act in ac-
cordance with the purposes and principles of the Charter
of the United Nations.

ARTICLE v

The General Conference of the Agency is to be
composed of representatives of all the members
of the Agency, each member having one vote
therein. The General Conference is to meet an-
nually and in such special sessions as are called
by the Director General at the request of the Board
of Governors or a majority of the members of the
Agency. Each member is to be represented at
the sessions of the General Conference by one dele-
gate who may be accompanied by alternates and
advisers.

The General Conference is to have powers of
discussion and recommendation on any matters
within the scope of the statute. In addition, it is
to elect 10 members of the Board of Governors.

approve states for memborsliip, suspend members
for persistent violations of the provisions of the
statute (art. XIX), and consider the annual re-
port of tlie Board of Governors. The General
Conference is also to be responsible for approving,
or recommending changes in, the budget submitted
to it by the Board of Governors; approving re-
ports to be submitted to the United Nations except
reports to the Security Council of noncompliance
witli Agency safeguards (art. XII (C)) ; approv-
ing, or recommending changes in, agreements be-
tween the Agency and the United Nations or other
organizations; approving rules regarding the ex-
ercise of the borrowing power, acceptance of vol-
untai-y contributions, and use of the general fund
(art. XIV (F)): approving amendments to the
statute; and approving the appointment of the
Director General. The General Conference may
make decisions on any matter referred to it for
that purpose by the Board of Governors and may
propose matters for consideration by the Board
or request reports from the P>oard on any matters
relating to the functions of the Agency.

ARTICLE VI

The Board of Governors is to have primary
responsibility for carrying out the functions of
the Agency. In pai-ticular, it is to have responsi-
bility for determining tlie quantities of source ma-
terials, as defined in article XX, and other ma-
terials the Agency will accept and the use of such
source and special fissionable materials as are made
available to the Agency (art. IX) ; for ap^jroving
projects for the peaceful use of atomic energy
(art. XI) ; for imposing sanctions against mem-
bers which do not comply with Agency safeguards
(ai't. XII) ; for submitting to the General Con-
ference an annual report (art. VI) and tlie annual
budget estimates, apportioning administrative ex-
penses among members in accordance with a scale
to be fixed by the General Conference, and estab-
lishing periodically a scale of charges, for ma-
terials, services, equipment and facilities fur-
nished to members by the Agency (art. XIV) ; for
negotiating agreements establishing the relation-
sliip of the Agency to tlie United Nations and
other organizations (art. XVI) ; for requesting,
when necessary, special sessions of the General
Conference (art. V) ; for designating nonelected
members to the succeeding Board and for estab-
lishing necessary committees (art. VI) ; for ap-

April 15, 1957

619

pointing with consent of the General Conference
the Director General (art. VII) ; and for prepar-
ing such reports as the Agency is required to make
to the United Nations or other organizations (art.

VI).

In forming the composition of the Board, the
outgoing Board (or in the case of the firet Board,
the Preparatory Commission referred to in the
annex to the statute) designates (a) the 5 mem-
bers most advanced in the technology of atomic
energy including the production of source ma-
terials; (b) the member most advanced in the
technology of atomic energy including the pro-
duction of source materials from each of the fol-
lowing areas not represented by the aforesaid 5 :
North America, Latin America, Western Europe,
Eastern Europe, Africa and the Middle East,
South Asia, South East Asia and the Pacific and
the Far East; (c) 2 members from the following
producers of source materials : Belgium, Czecho-
slovakia, Poland, and Portugal; (d) 1 other
member as a supplier of technical assistance; in
addition, the General Conference elects (e) 10
members, having due regard to the equitable rep-
resentation on the Board of those areas listed above
(category (&)) so that the Board at all times in-
cludes in this category a member from each of
those areas except North America. Members des-
ignated under categories (d) and (e) (except for
5 members elected to the first Board) are ineligible
for redesignation or reelection in the same cate-
gory the following year. Each member of the
Board has one vote, and decisions are taken by a
majority of those present and voting, except for
decisions on the Agency's budget which require a
two-thirds majority of those present and voting.

ARTICLE VII

The staif of the Agency is to be headed by a
Director General appointed for 4 years by the
Board of Governors with the approval of the
General Conference. He is to be responsible for
the appointment, organization, and functioning
of the staif, subject to the control of the Board of
Govemoi-s and in accordance with regulations
they adopt. The Agency staff is to be kept to a
minimum. In recruiting the staff and determin-
ing the conditions of service, the paramount con-
sideration is to be to secure em])loyees of the
higliest standards of efficiency, technical com-
petence, and integrity. Subject to that considera-

tion, due regard is to be paid to members' con-
tributions to the Agency and to tlie importance of
recruiting staff on as wide a geographical basis
as possible.

The Director General and the staff are forbid-
den to disclose any industrial secret or other con-
fidential information coming to their knowledge
by reason of their official duties for the Agency.
Tlie international character of the responsibilities
of the Director General and the staff' are recog-
nized.

ARTICLE VIII

Article VIII of the statute contains provisions
for the exchange and dissemination of informa-
tion relating to the nature and peacefid uses of
atomic energy. It provides that each member
should make available such information as would,
in the judgment of the member, be helpful to the
Agency, and requires each member to make avail-
able all scientific information acquired as a result
of assistance extended by the Agency. The
Agency ia to make information thus acquired
available in accessible form and to encourage the
exchange of information among its members. The
statute in no way requires a government to trans-
mit classified information.

ARTICLE IX

Provisions governing the supply of special fis-
sionable, source, and otlier materials by members
to the Agency are detailed in article IX. Mem-
bers are required to notify the Agency annually of
the quantities, form, and composition of the ma-
terials that they will voluntarily make available
to the Agency during the succeeding calendar
year. The materials are to be supplied on terms
agreed to between the Agency and the members
supplying them. The Boai'd of Governors is to
determine the use to be made of materials supplied
by members, and no member has the right to re-
quire the Agency to keep separate the materials
that it supplies or to designate the specific project
in which they may be used. The materials sup-
plied may, in the discretion of the member sup-
plying them, be stored by that member or by the
Agency. The Agency is to be resjionsible for
storing and protecting the materials in its pos-
session, and, to that end, the Agency is required
to establish or acquire such facilities (storage,
laboratories, housing, etc.) , safeguards, and health
and safety measures as are necessary.

620

Department of State Bulletin

ARTICLE X

In addition to special fissionable, source, and
otlier materials, members may make available to
tiie Agency services, equipment, and facilities that
may be of assistance in carrying out the Agency's
projects.

ARTICLE XI

Agency participation in pi-ojects for peaceful
uses of atomic energy may be requested by any
member or group of members. Agency participa-
tion takes the form of supplying, or arranging for
the supply of, necessary materials, services, equip-
ment, and facilities, as well as assisting in securing
financial support from outside sources. A mem-
ber or group of members requesting the assistance
of the Agency is required to submit an explana-
tion of the purpose and extent of the project and,
in considering the request, the Agency may send
qualified persons into the territory of the member
or members making the request to examine the
l^roject. The Statute states specific criteria that
are to be considered by the Board of Governors
before approving a project: (1) usefulness and
technical feasibility ; (2) probability of successf id
completion; (3) adequacy of safeguards; (4) need
for Agency assistance; (5) equitable distribution
of materials and other resources available to the
Agency; (6) special needs of the underdeveloped
areas. In addition the Board is directed to con-
sider "such other matters as may be relevant."

If the Board approves a project, an implement-
ing agreement is concluded between the Agency
and the member or group of members submitting
the project. The statute requires that the agree-
ment shall include provisions covering the follow-
ing topics: (1) allocation of required special fis-
sionable or other materials to the project; (2)
transfer of such materials, under appropriate safe-
guards, to the member or group of members sub-
mitting the project; (3) terms and conditions on
which any materials, services, equipment, and fa-
cilities are provided to the member or members
submitting the project; (4) an undertaking that
the assistance provided will not be used to further
any military purpose; (5) the relevant safeguards
applicable under article XII of the statute; (6)
rights and interests of the Agency and of the
member or members concerned in any invention or
discoveries arising from the project; (7) settle-
ment of disputes ; and (S) such other provisions as
the Board of Governors considers appropriate.

ARTICLE XII

Article XII, dealing witli safeguards, is crucial
to the acliievement of the Agency's objectives. It
was debated at great length in tlie Conference tliat
drafted the statute. By incorporating article
XII in the statute, the Conference gave recog-
nition to tiie need for .safeguards designed to pre-
vent source and fissionable material used or pro-
duced in Agency-sponsored projects from being
diverted to use for militai-y purposes.

The safeguards are applicable only "to the ex-
tent relevant to the project or arrangement" in
question. For example, if the Agency were to
supply radioisotopes for medical diagnosis, there
would be neither occasion nor need for any safe-
guards other than those relating to the protec-
tion of health and safety. The first safeguard
specified in article XII (A) gives the Agency the
right and the responsibility to — ■

examine the design of specialized equipment and facilities,
incluclini: luielear reactors, and to approve it only from
tlie viewpoint of assuring tliat it will not further any
military purpose, that it complies with applicable health
and safety standards, and that it will permit elTective
application of the safeguards provided for in this article.

Approval or disapproval of a design on the basis
of criteria that are not relevant to the problem of
safeguards would be improper under article XII,
altliough it should be pointed out that questions of
scientific and technical feasibility, etc., are to be
considered by the Board of Governors in approv-
ing the project as a whole (art. XI).

The second listed safeguard, requiring observ-
ance of health and safety measures prescribed by
the Agency, is aimed at the protection of life and
property.

The third and fourth listed safeguards, dealing
with the making of operating records and prog-
ress reports in order to insure accountability for
source and special fissionable materials used or
produced in Agency products, are necessary to
prevent diversion to military purposes as well as
to achieve sound management and administration.

The fifth listed safeguard provides that the
means used for chemical processing of materials
irradiated in an Agency-sponsored project must
be approved by the Agency. It is necessary that
the Agency have this right, for the dangers to
health and safety and the possibility of diversion
to military purposes during the chemical pro-
cessing are great. The Agency is also given the
right to require that any special fissionable ma-

April ?5, 7957

621

terials recovered or produced as a byproduct of
an Agency-sponsored project be used for peace-
ful purposes under continuing Agency safe-
guards or, if such byproducts are in excess of
current needs for peaceful purposes, to require
that they be deposited with the Agency until such
time as the member or members concerned can
put them to peaceful uses. These requirements
provide the basis for preventing the accumulation
by members of stockpiles of special fissionable
materials from Agency projects. Such provisions
are essential, since a stockpile honestly intended
for future peaceful use is indistinguishable from
one intended for future military use and could,
in fact, be turned to military uses. However, the
fact that a nation producing byproduct fissionable
materials in an Agency-sponsored project cannot
stockpile them itself does not mean that it cannot
make full use of them for peaceful purposes at
some future time, for the Statute expressly pro-
vides that such materials deposited with the
Agency shall "at the request of the member or
members concerned ... be returned promptly
. . . for use under" continuing Agency safe-
guards.

The sixth listed safeguard is inspection. After
consultation with the state or states concerned, the
Agency has the right to send into recipient states
inspectors selected in accordance with the stand-
ards set foi-th in article VII. They are to be given
access at all times to all places and data and to any
person who by reason of his occupation deals with
materials, equipment, or facilities which are
required by the statute to be safeguarded, as
necessary to account for source and fissionable
materials and to verify compliance with the ap-
plicable health and safety measures, witli the
undertaking against use in furtherance of any
military purpose, and with any other conditions
prescribed in the agreement between the Agency
and the state or states concerned.

The inspectors ai-e also charged with the respon-
sibility (art. XII (B)) for examining all opera-
tions conducted by the Agency itself in order to
insure that the Agency's activities, equally with
those of the recipient countries, comply with the
appropriate health and safety measures and <^hat
adequate measures are taken to prevent source
and special fissionable materials in the custody of
the Agency or used or produced in its operations
from being used in furtherance of any military
purpose.

Subparagraph C of article XII spells out the
procedures by which sanctions are brought to bear
in the event of noncompliance with the applicable
safeguards and undertakings. The inspectors re-
port noncompliance to the Director General, who
in turn transmits the report to the Board of
Governors. The Board is required to report the
noncompliance to all members of the Agency and
to the Security Council and General Assembly of
the United Nations. If the recipient state or
states fail to take corrective action within a reason-
able time, the Board may curtail or suspend
Agency assistance and call for the return of ma-
terials and equipment made available to the state
or states concerned. In accordance with article
XIX, the Agency may also suspend any non-
complying member from the exercise of the privi-
leges and rights of membei"shii3.

ARTICLE xm

Article XIII provides that, unless otherwise
agreed upon between the Board of Governors and
the member furnishing to the Agency materials,
services, equipment, or facilities, the Board shall
enter into an agreement with such member pro-
viding for reimbursement for the items furnished.

ARTICLE xrv

Provisions regarding finance are set forth in ar-
ticle XIV. Annual budget estimates for Agency
expenses are to be prepared initially by the Di-
rector General and submitted by the Board of
Governors to the General Conference for approval.
If the General Conference does not approve the
estimates, it may make recommendations to the
Board so that the latter may submit further esti-
mates.

Administrative expenses of the Agency will in-
clude costs of administrative staff, costs of meet-
ings, expenses of preparing Agency projects and
distributing information, together with such costs
of implementing safeguards and of handling and
storing special fissionable material as are not other-
wise recoverable. The scale to be used in appor-
tioning administrative expenses among the mem-
ber states is to be fixed by the General Conference,
which is to be guided by the principles followed
in assessing contributions of member states to the
United Nations budget.

The cost of materials, facilities, plants and equip-
ment furnished by tlie Agency and expenses (other
than administrative expenses) incurred in connec-

622

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

tion therewith are to be financed through charges.
The scale of charges is to be worked out periodi-
cally by the Board of Governors. In addition,
voluntary contributions received by the Agency
may be applied, at the discretion of the Board of
Governors, to meet such expenses. A separate
fund is to be set up to receive the proceeds of the
operational charges assessed against members.
Out of this fund, members furnishing materials,
services, equipment, or facilities are to be reim-
bursed and operational expenses of the Agency
in connection with these items are to be met.

If the revenues of this type exceed operational
expenses and costs, the excess is to be placed in a
general fund, together with any unobligated vol-
untary contributions received by the Agency. The
general fund may be used as detei'mined by the
Board of Governors, with the approval of the
General Conference.

The statute provides also for borrowing powere
on the part of the Agency. It makes clear, how-
ever, that members of the Agency ai-e not legally
or financially liable for lepayment of the money
borrowed.

A two-thirds majority of those present and vot-
ing is required for decisions of the General Con-
ference on financial questions and of the Board of
Governors on the amount of the Agency's budget.

AKTICLE XV

Article XV concerns legal capacity, privileges,
and immunities to be enjoyed by the Agency in
the territory of each member, and the privileges
and immunities to be enjoyed by delegates, alter-
nates, advisers, the Director General, and the
Agency staff in exercising their official functions.
Provision is made for special agreements on this
subject between the Agency and its members.

It is anticipated that such privileges and im-
munities as may be granted in the United States
will be. pursuant to the International Organiza-
tions Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288 et seq.).

ARTICLE XVI

Establislunent by special agreement of the re-
lationship between the Agency and the United
N'ations is provided for by article XVI, with
special reference to submission of reports to the
United Nations and consideration of United
Nations resolutions. The article also anticipates
the establishment by special agi-eement of an ap-

propriate relationship between the Agency and
other organizations wilh lelalod interests.

ARTICLE XVII

Article XVII calls for reference to the Inter-
national (yourt of Justice of disputes concerning
interpretation or application of the statute, unless
the parties concerned agree on another mode of
.settlement. In addition, the General Conference
and the Board of (lovernors are separately em-
powered, subject to autliorization from the United
Nations General Assembly, to request the Inter-
national Court of Justice to give an advisoiy
opinion on any legal question arising within tlie
scope of the Agency's activities.

ARTICLE XVIII

Amendments to the statute are [jrovided for in
article XVIII. Proposals for amendment may
be made by any member and will be communi-
cated to all members at least ninety days before
being considered by the General Conference.
Amendments come into force for all membei-s
when they have been approved by the General
Conference by a two-thirds majority of those
present and voting and have been accepted by two-
thirds of all the members in accordance with their
respective constitutional processes.

If a member is unwilling to accept an amend-
ment to the statute, it may withdraw from the
Agency by notice in writing to the depositary
government. In addition, a member may with-
draw for any reason at any time after 5 years from
the date the statute takes effect. Withdrawal
does not relieve a member of its contractual obli-
gations with regard to assistance received from
the Agency, or budgetary obligations for the year
in which it withdraws.

This article also provides that the question of
a general review of the statute is to be placed on
the agenda of the fifth annual session of the Gen-
eral Conference. If approved by a majority of
members present and voting, the review is to take
place at the next General Conference. There-
after, a proposal for general review may be sub-
mitted at any General Conference session.

ARTICLE XIX

If a member of the Agency becomes in arrears
in its financial contributions to the Agency in an
amount totaling 2 years' contributions, it is to lose
its vote in the Agency unless the General Con-

April 15, 1957

623

ference is satistiod that failuiv to pay is due to
conditions bevond the member's control (art,
XIX).

Persistent violation of the statute or of any
airreeinent made under it may result in suspension
of tlie otlenilinir member from privilesres and
riirhts of membership. Decisions on suspension
are to be made, upon recommendation of the Board
of Governors, by a two-thirds majority of niem-
l)ei's present and voting in the General Gonfer-
ence.

ARTICLE XX

Article XX defines the terms "special fissionable
material." "uranium enriched in the isotopes 235
or 2'.M." and "source material."

.\RT1CLE XXI

In accordance with article XXI, the statute was
opened for signature on October 26, lOoG, by states
meml>ei-s of the Ignited Nations or of any of the
specialized airencies and remained open for 90
days. KatiHcation bv signal orv states is called
for.

The United States is named depositary Gov-
ernment for receipt of instruments of notification
by signatory states and instruments of acceptance
by states approved for membership in conformity
with the statute. It is specified that ratification
or acceptance by states is to be efi'ected in accord-
ance with constitutional proi-esses.

The statute, apart from its annex, conies into
force on deposit of instnunents of ratification by
18 states, including 3 of the following: Ganada,
France, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,
the United Kingdom, and the United States.
The annex, by the terms of article XXI, came into
force Octolier 26, lt>56, the day on which the
statute was opened for signature.

.\RTICLE XXII

Article XXIl provides for registration of the
statute pursuant to article 102 of the United Na-
tions Gharter. In addition, agreements between
the Agency ami any member or membei-s, agree-
ments between the Agency and any other org-ani-
zation or organizations, and agreements between
members subject to the approval of the Agency
are to be i-egistered with the Agency and, if re-
quired by article 102 of the United Nations Ghar-
ter, are also to be registered with the United
Nations.

ARTICLE xxm

Article XXIIl provides for equal authenticity
of the five langiuvge texts in which the statute is
drawn up and for transmittal of certified copies
of the statute to the governments concerned.

AXXEX I

The annex to the statute establishes a Prepara-
tory Gommission, which is composed of 1 repre-
sentative each of Australia, Belgium, Brazil,
Ganada, Gzechoslovakia, France, India, Portugal,
Union of South Africa, Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, the United Kingdom, and the United
States, and 1 representative each of 6 other states
which were chosen by the International Gonfer-
ence on the Statute of the International Atomic
Energy- Agency (Argentina, Egypt, Indonesia,
Japan, Pakistan, and Peru). The Preparatory
Gommission is to remain in existence until the
first General Gonference of the Agency is con-
vened and a Board of (lovernoi-s has Ihhmi selected
in accordance with article VI of the statute. The
Gonunission elects its own officers, adopts its own
rules of privedure, establishes such committees as
it deems necessttry, and determines its place of
meeting. It has appointed an Executive Secre-
tary and a small stall in accordance with the pro-
visions of the annex. The expenses of the Com-
mission are being met by a loan negotiated by the
Gonunission with the United Nations. The loan
is ultimately to be repaid by the Agency. If the
funds from this source should prove insufficient,
the Gommission is empowered to accept advances
from governments; if such advances are made,
they may be set otf against contributions of the
governments concerned to the Agency.

The functions of the Preparatory Gonunission
are (a) to make arrangements foi' the first session
of the General Gonference of the Agency, includ-
ing the preparation of a provisional agenda and
draft rules of procedure; (h) to designate certain
members of the first Board of Governors of the
Agency in accordajiee with subparagraphs A-1
and A-2 and paragraph B of article VI of the
statute; (c-) to make studies, reports, and recom-
mendations for tJie first session of the General
Gonference and for the Board of Governors on
subjects requiring immediate attention, including
financing, prognwus and budget, technical prob-
lems relevant to planning Agency operations,
establishment of a permanent stall' of the Agency,
and location of permanent headquartere for the

624

Department of State Bulletin

Agency; {d) to make recommendations for the
first meetinf^ of the ]ioar«i of (iovemois concern-
ing the provisions of a headquarters agreement;
(e) to negotiate with the United Nations regard-
ing a draft agi-eement to define the relationship
between the United Nations and the Agency; and
(/) to make recommendations wjncerning tlie
relationship of the Agency to other international
organizations.

LETTER FROM CHAIRMAN OF VENEZUELAN
DELEGATION

Republic of Venezuela
delega'non to tjie united nations

New Yohk, M October 1956
Sir, I have the honour to inform you that in ac-
cordance with instructions I have received from
the Venezuelan Government my delegation has
been authorized to sign the Statute of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy iVgency, subject to the
terms of the following declaration:

"The Delegation of Venezuela signs the pres-
ent Statute a/1 refererulum and on the under-
standing that :

1) As regards article XVII, the signing or
ratification of this Instrument b}- Venezuela
does not imply Venezuela's acceptance of the
jurisdiction of the International Court of
Justice without its express consent in each in-
dividual case:

2) No amendment to this Instrument under
paragraph C of article XVIII shall be re-
garded by Venezuela as operative until its
constitutional provisions concerning the rati-
fication and def)Osit of public treaties have
been complied with."

I also have the honour to confirm that the fol-
lowing members of my delegation ha%-e been au-
thorized to sign the aforesaid Statute : the under-
signed. Dr. FrancLsco Alfonzo Ravard and Dr.
Marcel Granier.

I have the honour to Ije, Sir, etc.,

(signed) Hu3Ibebto Feenaxdez-Moran
Chairman of the Venezuelan Delegation to the

Conference on the Statute of the Interruitiorud

Atomic Energy Agency.

His Excellency Mr. Joao Carlos Muniz,
Preiident of tlce Conference on the Statute of the
International Atomic Energy Agency.

Amendment to Anglo-American
Financial Agreement of 1945

Statcnumt hy 'J'/iorHten V. KoJijurvi '

It is a pleasant duty to n\)\)f,u- fjcfon- this com-
mittee to speak in support of Senate Joint Reso-
lution 72 to approve tlie signature )<y tin; Sc/rre-
tary of the Treasury of the agreement of March C,
19.'i7, amending the Anglo-American Financial
Agreement of 104.0.^

Secretary Humphrey has explained the sub-
stance and financial significance of the amenda-
tory agre(;ment and the tw;lmical proljU-ms that
led to its negotiation, and I assume that you do
not wish me to cover the same ground. I would,
however, like to add a fwjtnote on the financial
side.

A\lien the financial agreement was concluded in
V.)i.}, the United States and the Unite^l Kingdom
alsfj agreed on a joint statement on the settle-
ment for lend-lease and reciprocal aid, surj>lus
war property, and claims. Paragraph 4 of the
joint statement provides: "The total liability
found U> be due to the Government of the United
States will be disf,liarged on the same terms as
those specified in the Financial Agrftement. . . ."
Accordingly, the provisions of the amendatory
agreement now before this committee will, when
approved, automatically apply to Uriti.sh pay-
ments on the lend-lease and suq>lu.s-property
obligations.

The total liability of the I'liited Kingdom un-
der the settlement was determined U> Ije $022
million, requiring payments of interest and prin-
cipal, combine<l, of %V.i million a year. The United
States has received almf^st §70 million on the prin-
cipal and %:)H million in interest on this a/:count.
These amounts represent payments in full of in-
stallments due in V.):)\ through V.):>:> and the pay-
ment of principal due in lO.vO. Interest of alxjut
$11 million due in 19.56 was withheld [sending tlie
outcome of the liriti.sh claim for a waiver of
interest. These figures are indudwl in the t/jtaLs
jast given to the committee by Secretary
Humphrey.

' Made before the Senate Banking and Currency Com-
mittee on Mar. l-'J rpreKs release 147). Mr. Kalijarri was
testifyinsr a« Acting Deputy Under Secretary for Eco-
nomic Affairs.

' For text of amendatory agreement and Prerf'lerit'H
mei».sage of tranamittal, see liCLiXTi."! of Mar. ^-I, I'J'il,
p. 492.

April 15, 7 957

625

Paragraph 6 of the joint statement provides
for drawings by the United States of up to $50
million in sterling against the total British lia-
bility. These funds may be used to finance the
Fulbright educational exchange program and the
United States foreign buildings program. Un-
der the original understanding, this facility was
to terminate on December 31, 1951, but the termi-
nation date was later changed by agreement to
December 31, 1958. Since the termination date
is not far off and since it appeared that a sub-
stantial part of the $50 million would not be drawn
by 1958, the Department of State took the oppor-
tunity afforded by the recent discussions to sug-
gest that the termination date be deferred for a
further period. The British Govermnent has in-
dicated that it is willing to eliminate the terminal
date entirely, thus giving the United States the
right to draw sterling against the remainder of
the $50 million for the duration of the agreement.
This change will insure that sterling funds will
be available to continue for a number of years
the educational and buildings programs aiithor-
ized by the Congress.

Importance of U.S.-U.K. Relations

Now we may turn to some broader questions. I
do not believe that the Department of State can
speak in support of the measure before the com-
mittee without again referring to the importance
to the United States of our relations with the
United Kingdom. The United States and the
United Kingdom stand together as friends in pro-
moting, with other countries of the fi'ee world,
our common, fmidamental ideals of justice and
freedom for people and nations. Without this
firm association, the security of the two countries
and of other free and independent nations would
be weakened. We in the United States put a high
value on the close relationships between the United
States and the United Kingdom ; the United King-
dom does also, and so do other nations of the free
world.

Nations, like people, keep their friendsliips in
good repair by forestalling potential sources of
friction and by resolving differences fairly and
amicably, and as quickly as possible, when they
arise. In this conception lies the plain virtue of
the amendatory agreement that the Piesident has
sent to the Congress for its approval. The new
arrangement provides an answer to a difficult ques-

tion that arose in the ordinary course of the rela-
tions between the United States and the United
Kingdom and, despite good will on both sides,
remained unsettled for several years. The answer,
which we see before us, is a fair one. Taken as
a whole, the new arrangement retains the balance
that was embodied in the original agi-eement of
1945 and does not confer on either side unreason-
able advantages or place upon them unreasonable
burdens. As Secretary Humphrey has shown, the
arrangement is workable and happily simple. For
these reasons, the Department of State regards
the amendatory agreement as a good agreement —
good for the United States and good for the United
Kingdom.

Need for Amending Financial Agreement

Before concluding this statement, I wish to un-
derscore one matter that the Secretary of the
Treasury discussed, that is, the fundamental need
for amending the original text of the financial
agreement. Wlien the 1945 agreement was nego-
tiated, the two Governments, looking ahead to 55
years of an uncertain future, agreed on the reason-
ableness of a waiver provision. The right to a
■waiver in specified circumstances was made an
integral part of the balance of the agreement — in
plain words, part of the bargain. Unfortunately,
when the time came for using the tests enumerated
in the waiver formula, it was found practically
impossible to apply some of them to existing con-
ditions.

It became clear that, if this problem remained
unresolved, an important feature of the agreement
would be effectively nullified. This result was
certainly not contemplated when the agreement
was negotiated in 1945. In the circumstances,
considerations of good business, constructive
foreign policy, and fair play dictated that the two
Governments jointly find a solution — in particu-
lar, a solution that would carry out the spirit of
tlie agreement by restoring to it a reasonable
counterpart of the balance that the two Govern-
ments had agreed upon in 1945. The Department
of State believes that a fair, simple, and common-
sense solution has been found to achieve this ob-
jective. The very fact that such a sohilion has
been found through amicable negotiations slmuld
strengthen the bonds of friendship and respect
tliat hold the United States and the United King-
dom together.

626

Deparlmenf of State Bulletin

Question of U.S. Approval

of Plant Protection Convention

Statement hy Christofher H. Phillips '

1 am appearing here today as a representative
of the Department of State to support approval
of the International Plant Protection Convention,
transmitted to the Senate by the President on
January 12, 1956.- Tlie convention is designed to
provide for international cooperation in control-
ling pests and diseases of phmts and plant prod-
ucts and in preventing their introduction and
spread across international boundaries. This De-
partment strongly supports the objectives and
procedures prescribed in the convention and re-
quests that favorable action on it be taken bj' this
committee. Some historical background concern-
ing the development of the convention may be of
assistance to the committee.

The first draft of the International Plant Pro-
tection Convention was drawn up at an Interna-
tional Pliytopathological Conference held on the
invitation of the Government of the Netherlands,
April 26 to May 3, 1950. This Conference had on
its agenda, among others, a consideration of cer-
tain phases of international relationships in the
field of plant protection, in particular, (1) the
abrogation of the Phylloxera Convention of 1881 ;
(2) the drafting of a revision of the International
Plant Protection Convention of 1929; (3) the
discussion of a constitution for a European Plant
Protection Conference, then in the process of for-
mation.

The inclusion of these items in the agenda re-
sulted from recommendations of the fifth session
of the Conference of the Food and Agriculture
Organization (Fag) held in "Washington in 1949,
Avhich approved a previous proposal by the Direc-
tor-General that Fao organize a worldwide plant-
pest reporting service. This action covered both
Fao's responsibility for facilitating action by gov-
ernments to eradicate and control plant diseases
and assistance to member countries in the forma-
tion of an international network to report on the
incidence of plant diseases and insect pests of
international interest. The United States was

'Made before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
on Mar. 19 (press release 157). Mr. Phillips is Deputy
Assistant Secretary for International Organization
Affairs.

' S. Exec. D, 84th Cong., 2d sess. ; also printed in Bul-
letin of Feb. 20, 1956, p. 311.

represented at the Conference at The Hague and
in the subsequent consultations at which the lan-
guage of the convention was perfected. The re-
sulting draft was presented to the Fao Conference,
sixth session, meeting in Rome in November 1951.
Tlie Fao Conference apjjroved the convention at
tliat time and recommended that it be opened to
signature and ratification by member governments.
The convention was signed on belialf of the United
States of America and 36 otlier states in tlie period
between December 6, 1951, to May 1, 1952. The
United States signed ad referendnm. The con-
vention, in accordance with article XIV, came into
force on April 3, 1952. It is now in force with
respect to 37 countries wliich have completed the
ratification or adiierence procedure.

Previous Conventions

Tlie Phylloxera Convention of Bern of 1881,
which was ratified and adhered to by 16 European
countries, represented the first international action
for coordination in plant protection by means of
quarantine measures. In 1929 an International
Plant Protection Convontion was dmwn up and
agreed to at a meeting sponsored by the Interna-
tional Institute of Agriculture in Rome. The
United States was not a party to either of these
conventions, as the Department of Agriculture
considered that they were not satisfactory from
the point of view of United States interests and
legislation. However, the United States has al-
ways recognized the value of international co-
operation in regard to the international control
of plant pests and diseases and, tliercfore, wel-
comed the new approach to this problem through
the Fao.

FAO's Functions in Regard to International Con-
ventions

Under its constitution, the Conference of the
Fao is authorized to "submit to Member Nations
conventions or agreements concerning questions
relating to food and agriculture. . . . Conven-
tions or agreements approved by the Conference
or Council shall come into force for each Member
Nation only after acceptance by it in accordance
with its constitutional procedure." '

The Rules of Procedure wliich govern the de-
velopment of conventions by Fao provide for cer-

' FAO Constitution, art. XIV.

AprW 15, 1957

627

tain specific consiiltations with member fjovern-
ments pi-ior to approval of the convention for sub-
mission to governments and, in addition, provide
that "Any convention or agreement submitted to
Member Nations by the Conference or the Coun-
cil . . . shall come into force as the convention,
agreement, regulations, or supi)lementary agi-ee-
ments may prescribe, provided that no Nation
shall be bound unless such Nation has accepted it
in accordance with its constitutional procedure."' ■*
As far as the objectives and provisions of the
International Plant Protection Convention are
concerned, they deal only with broad international
relationships in the field of plant protection. The
convention does not disturb the responsibility of
the Secretary of Agriculture under the Plant
Quarantine Act of 1912, as amended, to decide on
pest-prevention measures to protect American
agriculture. Nor does it attempt to take over any
of the responsibility of individual governments
for final decision on needed plant quarantine
measiires. The convention does not require that
the judgment of the contracting governments be
superseded by decisions of an international body.

Effective Regional Action Developed Under Inter-
national Plant Protection Convention

The International Plant Protection Convention
has been an effective influence in stimulating the
development of supplementary regional plant \ivo-
tection agreements, under article III of the con-
vention. Two such agreements are now in effect,

(1) European Plant Protection Agreement and

(2) Plant Protection Agreement for Southeast
Asia and the Pacific Region. The United States
Government is not and does not intend to become
a part}' to either of these agreements, since they
are concerned with plant protection measures to
be taken entirely within the respective regions.
However, the U.S. appi-oves of the objectives of
these regional conventions. Effective action
taken by goAernments within these regions for the
control and prevention of the spread of specific
plant-pest and quarantine problems cannot help
but contribute to the welfare of U.S. agriculture,
since tlie dangers of infestation in the U.S. from
these sources will thereby be reduced.

In conclusion, I should like to call attention to
the inipoi-tanco of becoming party to this conven-
tion as an evidence of our wholeliearted support of

*P'AO Uules of Proeeduio, rule XXI, pur. 4.

the objectives and work of the Fao. This is the
first and most important convention developed by
the Fao, an important specialized agency of the
United Nations, of wliich the U.S. has been a mem-
ber since its inception in 1945. The objective of
the Fao is to promote international cooperation in
the improvement of food and agi-icultural produc-
tion, marketing, and trade, with a view to raising
the levels of living of rural populations and im-
proving nutritional standards generally. These
objectives are especially important to the two-
thirds or more of the world's population who
depend on agi-iculture, forestry, or fishing for sub-
sistence, but who often still live in conditions of
extreme poverty and malnutrition.

The U.S., through its bilateral program of eco-
nomic aid and cooperative technical assistance, is
helping people in many of the free countries in
underdeveloped areas of Latin xlmerica, Asia,
Africa, and the Near East to raise their agi-icul-
tural and nutritional levels. We have a consider-
able investment in their welfare. Also, through
Fao, the U.S. is cooperating with 71 other govern-
ments to bring about the better exchange of agi'i-
cultural technical knowledge and techniques which
will help governments in all parts of the world to
improve food and agricultural production to meet
the needs of the world's growing population. The
International Plant Protection Convention is one
way by which all signatory governments are
undeitaking to work together to reduce the danger
of the international spread of plant pests and dis-
eases. Effective action taken by participating gov-
ernments along the lines recommended by this
convention should, over a period of time, con-
tribute materially toward the control of devastat-
ing plant pests and diseases, thereby permitting
a continued progress in food and agricultural de-
velopment. Inasmuch as the convention is now
in force for 37 countries, we believe that favorable
action by the United States Government will be
warndy welcomed by the 37 countries which are
already parties to the convention, and by the Di-
rector-General of Fao, who has certain responsi-
bilities under the convention for its successful
operation, and by the 11 govei'uments in wliich
ratification is currently pending. I, theroi'ore,
hope that, both as a means of promoting our
friendly relationships witli I'ountries membere of
Fao and also because ajiproval of the convention
is deemed to be in the national interest, you will
recommend favorable action.

628

Department of State Bulletin

I should now like to ask the representative of
the DeiJartnient of Agriculture to discuss with
you the details of the International Plant Pro-
tection Convention, particularly as (hey apply to
the responsibilities of the Secretary of Agriculture
under existing legislation and to the interests of
United States agriculture generally.

Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy

85th Congress, 1st Session

The Objectives of United States Economic Assistance
Programs. A study prepared at the request of the Sen-
ate Special Committee To Study the Foreign Aid Pro-
gram by the Center for International Studies, Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology (pursuant to S. Res.

285, 84th Cong.). No. 1, January ia")7. 73 pp. [Com-
mittee print.]

Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearings before a
subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Foreign Re-
lations pursuant to S. Res. 03, S. Res. 1K5, and S. Res.

286. Part 12, January 10-17. 1957, Washington, D.C.
147 pp.

Economic Report of tlie President. January 23, 1057.
200 pp.

First Annual Report on the Operation of the Trade Agree-
ments Program. H. Doc. 93. Febniary 11, 1957. 248 pp.

Economic Aid and Technical Assistance in Africa. Re-
port of Senator Theodore Francis Green on a study mis-
sion jiursuant to S. Res. 102, 84th Congre.ss. February
21, 19.^)7. 34 pp. [Committee print.]

Twelfth Rei>ort of United States Advisory Commission on
Information. H. Doc. 98, February 22, 1957. 19 pp.

Improvement of Procedures for the Development of
Foreign Air (I'ommerce. Report to accompany S. 1423.
S. Rept. 119, Febniary 27, 1957. IS pp.

Greece, Turkey, and Iran. Report on Unitetl States
foreign assistance programs prepared at the request of
the Senate Special Committee To Study the Foreign Aid
Program by Former Ambas.sador Norman Armour (pur-
suant to s". Res. 285, S4th Cong, and S. Res. 35, 85tJi
Cong.). Survey No. 1, February 19.57. 53 pp. [Com-
mittee print.]

Lebanon, Jordan, and Iraq. Report on United States
foreign assistance programs prepared at the request of
the Senate Siwcial Committee To Study the Foreign
Aid Program by Hamilton Fish Armstrong, editor.
Foreign Affairs (pursuant to S. Re.s. 285, S4th Cong, and
S. Res. 35, S.otb Cong. ) . Survey No. 2, February 1957.
28 pp. [Committee print.]

Personnel for the Mutual Security Program. A study
prepared at the re<iuest of the Senate Special Committee
To Study the Foreign Aid Program by Louis J. Kroeger
and Associates. No. 2, February 1957. 68 pp. [Com-
mittee print.]

American Private Enterprise, Foreign Economic Develop-
ment, and the Aid I'rograms. A study prepared at the
request of the Senate Special Committee To Study
the Foreign Aid Program by the American Enterprise
Association, Inc. (pursuant to S. Res. 2S.5, 84th C<ing.,
and S. Res. 35, .S"tli Cong.). No. 7, February 1957.
68 pp. [Committee print.]

Trading With the Enemy Act. Report of the Senate Com-
mittee on the Judiciary made by its Subcommittee To
Examine and Review the Administration of the Trading
With the Enemy Act, pursuant to S. Res. 171, S4th
Cong., 2d sess., as extended by S. Res. 84, 85th Con-
gress. S. Rept. 120, JIarch 1, 1957. 23 pp.

TREATY INFORMATION

Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Iran

On March 6 the U.S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion and the Department of State (press release
116) announced that representatives of Iran and
the United States on March 5 signed a proposed
agreement for cooperation in research in the
peaceful uses of atomic energy. The signing was
announced in Iran by His Imperial Majesty, the
Shah, at the opening ceremony of the U.S. atoms-
for-peace exhibit at Tehran on March 6.

The agreement was signed by Ali Amini, the
Iranian Ambassador to the United States, I^ewis
L. Strauss, Chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission, and William M. Eountree, Assistant
Secretary of State.

Under the proposed agreement, the Govern-
ment of Iran will receive information as to the
design, con.struction, and operation of research
reactors and their use as research development
and engineering tools. It is contemplated that
private American citizens and organizations
would be authorized to supply to the Government
of Iran, or to authorized private persons under its
jurisdiction, appropriate equipment and service.

The proposed agreement further provides that
the U.S. xVtomic Energy Commission will lease
to the Government of Iran for use in research
reactors up to 6 kilograms (1.^.2 ))0unds) of con-
tained U-235 in uranium enriched up to a maxi-
mum of 20 percent U-235. Iran assumes respon-
sibility for using and safeguarding the fissionable
material in accordance with the terms of the pro-
posed agreement. The agreement provides for
the exchange of unclassified information in the
research reactor field, related health and safety
problems, and the use of radioactive isotopes in
physical and biological research, medical therapy,
agrii'iilture, and industry.

Ijooking to the future, the agreement expresses
the hope and expectation of the parties that this
initial agreement for cooperation will lead to con-
sideration of further cooperation at some future
date in an agreement in the field of nuclear power.

This proposed cooperative agreement will en-

April 75, 1957

629

able the Iranians to enhance their own country's
training and experience in nuclear science and
engineering for the development of peaceful uses
of atomic energy within the framework of the
atoms-for-peace program. Students from Iran
have been among the enrollees from many nations
attending the reactor technology courses at the In-
ternational School for Nuclear Science and Engi-
neering operated for the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission by the Argonne National Laboratory
in cooperation with Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity and North Carolina State College.

Under the provisions of the U.S. Atomic En-
ergy Act of 1954, certain procedural steps must
be taken by the executive and legislative branches
of the U.S. Government before the agreement
may enter into force. The agreement must also
be ratified by the Iranian Parliament.

Current Actions

MULTILATERAL

Postal Services

Universal postal convention, with final protocol, annex,
re'-rulations of execution, anO i)rovisions regardins air-
mail and final protocol thereto. Signed at Brussels
Julv 11, 10.52. Entered into force July 1, 1953. TIAS
2800.
Ratification deposited: Ethiopia, February 22, 1957.

United Nations

Charter of the United Nations and Statute of the Inter-
national Court of .Justice. Signed at San Franci-sco
.Tune 26. 1945. Entered into force October 24, 1945.
!59 Stat. 1031.
Admission to membership: Ghana, March 8, 1957.

at Dublin March 16, 19.57. Enters into force on date
of i-eceipt of notification by Ireland that implementing
procedures have been completed.

Japan

Protocol supplementing the convention for avoidance of
double taxation and prevention of fiscal evasion with
respect to taxes on income of April 16, 1954 (TIAS
3176). Signed at Tokyo March 23, 1957. Enters into
force on date of exchange of written notifications of
ratification or approval.

Netherlands

Agreement extending the agreement relating to American
war graves in the Netherlands of April 11, 1947 (TIAS
1777). Effected by exchange of notes at The Hague
January 14 and August 29, 1955, and March 9, 1956.
Entrii into force: March IS, 19.57.

Thailand

Agreement amending agreement for cooperation concern-
ing civil uses of atomic energy of March 13, 1956 (TIAS
3-522). Signed at Washington March 27. 1957. Enters
into force on date on which each Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.

United Kingdom

Agreement amending agreement for sale of tobacco to the
United Kingdom and the construction of military hous-
ing and community facilities for use of the United
States Air Force of June 5, 1956 (TIAS 358S) . Effected
by exchange of notes at London March 13, 1957. En-
tered into force March 13, 1957.

Yugoslavia

Ai;reenient amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of November 3, 19.56 (TIAS 368'^). Effected by
exchange of notes at Washington March 22, 1957. En-
tered into force March 22, 1957.

DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE

BILATERAL

Chile

Agreement for the establishment and operation of rawin-
sonde ob.servation stations at .\ntofagasta, Quintero,
and Puerto Montt, Chile. Effected by exchange of
notes at Santiago March 1, 1957. Enters into force
on date of signature of an arrangement embodying the
technical details.

Iceland

A

iz

Key

ruary 23, 1957

Ireland

Agreement for an educational exchange program.

Hand

Tcement for a program of educational exchanges author-
ized by the Fulbright Act (60 Stat. 7.54). Signed at
Heykjax ik February 23, 1957. Entered into force Feb-

Signed

Confirimatioris

The Senate on March 22 (legi.slative day of March 21)
confirmed Andrew H. Berding to be an Assistant Secre-
tary of State. (For biographic details, see press release
101 dated March 1.)

The Senate on March 28 confirmed Philip W. Bonsai
to be Ambassador to Bolivia. (For biographic details,
see press release 159 dated March IS.)

The Senate on March 28 confirmed John Clifford Folger
to be Ambassador to Belgium. (For biographic details,
see press release 146 dated Mai'ch 14.)

The Senate on March 2S coiifinned Philip Young to be
-\mba.ssador to the Netherlands. (For biographic de-
tails, see press release 162 dated March 19.)

630

Department of State Bulletin

April 15, 1957

Index

Vol. XXXVI, No. 929

Agriculture. Question of V.S. Ajutnival of Tlaut

I'rotettion (, ouveution (PliillipsJ 627

American Republics. Secretary Dulles' News Con-

fereute oi March 26 595

Atomic Energy

Atoius-for-Peace Agreement With Irau .... 629
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 26 . 595
Statute of International Atomic Energy Agency
Transmitted to Senate (Eisenhower, Dulles,
FernanUez-Moran, summary of statute) .... 61.")

Belgium. Folger confirmed as ambassadoi- . . . 630

Bolivia. Bonsai confirmed as ambassador .... 6i;u

China, Communist

Secretary L)ulles' News Conference of March 26 . . .595
Secretary Dulles Writes Foreword for New Editions

of War or Peace GOl

Communism. Secretary Dulles Writes Foreword

for New Editions of War or Peace 601

Congress, The

Amendment to Anclo-American Financial Agree-
ment of 1945 (Kalijarvi) 625

Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign

Policy 629

Question of U.S. Approval of Plant Protection Con-
vention (Phillips) 627

Statute of International Atomic Energy Agency
Transmitted to Senate ( Ei.senhower, Dulles,
Ferniindez-Moran, summary of statute) .... 615

Department and Foreig^n Service. Confirmations

(Herding, Donsal, Folger, Young) 6.'?0

Dominican Republic. U.S. Asks Dominican Gov-
ernment To Reopen Gsrald Murphy Case . . . 610

Economic Affairs. Amendment to Anglo-American

Financial Agreement of 1945 (Kalijarvi) . . . 625

Educational Exchange. Polish Coal Mining Officials

Visit United States 611

Egypt. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of

March 26 595

Germany, East. The Soviet-Occupied Zone of Ger-
many : A Case Study in Communist Control
(Eleanor Dulles) 605

International Organizations and Conferences

International Cooperation in Climatology (Lands-
berg) 612

Statute of International Atomic Energy .\gency
Transmitted to Senate ( Eisenhower, Dulles,
Fern;lndez-Moran, summary of statute) . . . 615

Iran. Atoms-for-Peaee Agreement With Iran . . 629

Israel. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of

Jlarch 26 .595

Korea. Secretary Dulles Writes Foreword for New

Editions of War or Peace 601

Middle East. Secretary Dulles' News Conference

of March 26 595

Military Affairs

Deployment of Ballistic Missiles In United King-
dom (Hagerty) 596

Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 26 . 595

Mutual Security. Secretary Dulles Writes Fore-
word for New Editions of War or Peace . . . 601

Netherlands. Young confirmed as ambassador . . 6.30

Poland

Polish Coal Mining Officials Visit United States . 611
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 26 . 595

Presidential Documents. Statute of International

Atomic Energy Agency Transmitted to Senate . 615

Science. International Cooperation in Climatology

(Laudslierg) 612

Treaty Information

Amendment to Anglo-.\mericau Financial Agree-
ment of 1045 (Kalijarvi) 625

Atoms-t'or-1'eace Agreement With Iran 629

Current Actions 630

Question of U.S. Approval of Plant Protection Con-
vention (Phillips) 627

Statute of International Atomic Energy Agency
Transmitled to Senate (Eisenhower, Dulles,
Fernandez-Morfin, summary of statute) .... 615

U.S.S.R. The Soviet-Occupied Zone of Germany :
A Case Study in Communist Control (Eleanor
Dulles) 605

United Kingdom

Amendment to .\nglo-American Financial Agree-
ment of 1945 (Kalijarvi) 625

Deployment of Ballistic Missiles in United King-
dom (Hagerty) 596

Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 26 . 595

United Nations

C'urrent U.N. Documents 614

International Cooperation in Climatology (Lands-
berg) 612

Secretary Dulles Writes Foreword for New Editions
of War or Peace 601

Statute o( International Atomic Energy Agency
Transmitted to Senate (Eisenhower, Dulles,
Fernandez-Moran, summary of statute) .... 615

Venezuela. Statute of International Atomic Energy
.^Liency Transmitted to Senate (Eisenhower,
Dulles, Fernandez-Moran, summary of statute) . 615

Xante Index

Berding, Andrew 11 630

Bonsai, Philip W 630

Dulles, F.leanor 605

Dulles, Secretary 595, 601, 616

Eisenhower, President 615

Pernandez-Morrm, Ilumberto 625

Folger, John Clifford 630

Hagerty, .lames C 59(5

Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 625

Landsherg, Helmut E 612

Murphy, Gerald Lester 610

Phillii)S, Christopher U 627

Young, Philip 630

Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: March 25^31

Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Departnjent of State, Washington 25, D. C.

I'ress releases issued prior to March 25 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 116
of .March 6, 147 of March ]5, 150 of March 16, 157
of March 10, and 165 of JIarch 21.

No. Date Subject

174 3/26 Eleanor Dulles: "The Soviet Occupied
Zone of Germany."
175 .3/26 r)ulles : news conference.
tl76 3/28 Communique on U.S.-Iranian talks.
tl77 3/28 Delegation to ICEM Council (re-
write).
tl78 3 28 Murder of Americans in Iran.
179 3/29 Dulles : foreword for new editions
of War or Peace.

illeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.

U. S. GOVERNMENT PAINTING OFFICE: 1957

Department

of

State

United States
Government Printing Office

DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

Washington 25, D. C.

PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID

PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, *300

(GPOl

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

NATO — Its Development and Significance

The growth and accomplishments of the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization from the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty on
April 4, 1949, to the present time are described in this 61-page
pamphlet, a recent publication of the Department of State.

The topics discussed include :

America's Interest in the North Atlantic Treaty
Origin of the North Atlantic Treaty
Purposes and Activities of Nato
Organization of Nato
U.S. Contributions to Nato
Nato Accomplishments
The Future of Nato

Two appendixes carry the text of the Repoit of the Committee
of Tliree on Non-Military Cooperation in Nato and the text of
the North Atlantic Treaty.

Copies of NATO — Its Development and /Significance may be
purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for 30 cents each.

Publication 6467

30 cents

Please send me copies of NATO — Its Development and

Significance.
Order Form

To: Supt. of Documents Name:

Govt. Printiiig Office

Washington 25, D.C. Street Address:

City, Zone, and State:
Enclosed find:

(cash, check, or
money order).

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol. XXXVI, No. 930

AprU 22, 1957

HE

THE EMERGENCE OF AFRICA • Report to President

Eisenhower by Vice President Nixon 635

SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF

APRIL 2 641

BUILDING FOR PEACE • by Deputy Under Secretary

Murphy 647

ADVANTAGES TO THE UNITED STATES OF MEM-
BERSHIP IN PROPOSED ORGANIZATION FOR

TRADE COOPERATION • Message of President
Eisenhower to the Congress 657

PRINCIPLES OF U.S. FOREIGN ECONOMIC POLICY •

Statement by Thorsten V. Kalijarvi 659

LIMITATIONS ON TRAVEL OF AMERICAN CITIZENS
ABROAD AND ON CULTURAL EXCHANGES •

Statements by Deputy Under Secretary Murphy and Robert

F. Cartwright 663

■

For index see inside back cover

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol.. XXXVI, No. 930 • Publication 6480
AprU 22, 1957

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printing Office

Washington M, D.C.

Pbicb:

S2 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25

Single copy, 20 cents

The printing of thb publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).

Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and ltoin.i conUilned her^-ln may
be reprinted Citation of the Dkpaktuent
OF Statb Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.

The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which tlic United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.

Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative nuiterial in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.

The Emergence of Africa

REPORT TO PRESIDENT EISENHOWER BY VICE PRESIDENT NIXON

On the basis of my visits to Morocco, Ghana,
Liberia, Uganda, Ethiopia, Sudan, Libya, Italy,
and Tunisia, from February 28 to March 21,
1 submit the following observations and
recommendations :

IMPORTANCE OF AFRICA

No one can travel in Africa, even as briefly as
I did, without realizing the tremendous potentiali-
ties of this great continent. Africa is the most
rapidly changing area in the world today. The
course of its development, as its people continue to
emerge from a colonial status and assume the re-
sponsibilities of independence and self-govern-
ment, could well prove to be the decisive factor in
the conflict between the forces of freedom and in-
ternational communism.

The leaders and peoples of the coimtries I
visited in Africa have many things in common.
They cherish their independence, which most of
them have only recently acquired, and are deter-
mined to protect it against any form of foreign
domination. They rightfully expect recognition
from us and others of their dignity and equality
as individuals and peoples in the family of na-
tions. They Mant economic progress for their un-
developed economies.

The great question which is presented to the
leaders of Africa is whether they can attain these

' Issued by the White House for release on Apr. 7. For
backgrouud, see Bulletin of Mar. 4, 1957, p. 34S, and Mar.
18, 1957, p. 436.

justifiable objectives and at the same time main-
tain and develop governmental institutions which
are based on principles of freedom and democracy.
I believe they all are convinced that they can, and
that the Free World has a vital interest in assist-
ing them to do so. For the success or failure of
these new members of the family of nations to
realize their aspirations in this manner will have
profound effects upon the development of Africa
and on the world in the years to come.

Herein lies the wider significance of the emer-
gence of the new nation of Ghana. The eyes of the
peoples of Africa south of the Sahara, and of
Western Europe particularly, will be upon this
new state to see whether the orderly transition
which has taken place from dependent to inde-
pendent status, and whether the retention of close
ties on a basis of equality with the British Com-
monwealth, will continue to work successfully and
thereby present a fonnula of possible application
in other cases. By the same token, inimical forces
will be closely following the situation to see
whether any openings present themselves for ex-
ploitation in a manner which would enable them
to disrupt and destroy the independence which
Ghana seeks to achieve.

Nor is this a situation peculiar to Ghana. The
same factors are present everywhere among the
independent states which I visited. Africa is
emerging as one of the great forces in the world
today. In a world in which, because of advances
in technology, the influence of ideas and principles
is becoming increasingly important in the battle
for men's minds, we in the United States must

April 22, 1957

635

come to know, to understand and to find common
ground with the peoples of this great continent.
It is in this context that the recommendations in
this report, together with others previously made
to the appropriate government agencies, are
presented.

Appraisal of African Leadersliip

Africa is producing gxeat leaders, dedicated to
the principles of independence, world responsi-
bility and the welfare of their peoples. Such men
as the Sultan of Morocco, Prime Minister Nkru-
mah of Ghana, President Tubman of Liberia, the
Emperor of Ethiopia, and Prime Ministers Ab-
dullah Khalil of the Sudan, Ben Halim of Libya
and Habib Bourguiba of Tunisia, certainly com-
pare most favorably with the gi'eat leaders of the
world. Nor should one omit King Idris of Libya,
whom I unfortunately missed seeing on this trip
because of an engine failure, but whose wisdom
and statesmanship I remember most vividly from
my previous trip to that country in. 1953. These
are all men who command respect beyond the bor-
ders of their own country. They are backed up by
other equally dedicated leaders who have much to
contribute both to the problems of their own coun-
tries and to those which plague the world today.

Recommendation

The United States must come to know these
leaders better, to miderstand their hopes and as-
pirations and to support them in their plans and
progi-ams for strengthening their own nations and
contributing to world peace and stability. To this
end, we must encourage the greatest possible inter-
change of persons and ideas with the leaders and
peoples of these countries. We must assure the
strongest possible dii)lomatic and consular repre-
sentation to those countries and stand ready to
consult these countries on all matters affecting
their interests and ours.

Attitudes Toward tlie United States

There is no area in the world today in wliich
the prestige of the United States is more uni-
formly high than in the countries which I visited
on this trip. The President is respected as the
acknowledged leader of the Free World. There
is a most encouraging understanding of our pro-
grams and policies. These countries know that
we have no ambitions to dominate and that the

cornerstone of our foreign policy is to assist coun-
tries in resisting domination by others. They
understand that the United States stands on prin-
ciple and that this was the motivating force, for
example, which led us to act as we did in the re-
cent Suez crisis. They approve the stand which
we took at that time and look confidently to us to
act consistently with that stand in the future.
They understand that the American Doctrine for
the Middle East is dedicated to the principle of
assisting the states of the Middle East to main-
tain their independence. They know that the
United States stands for the evolution of depend-
ent peoples toward self-government and independ-
ence, as they become able to discharge the responsi-
bilities involved.

Recommendation

This understanding of the principles for which
we stand as a nation is a tremendous asset to us in
this area. The maintenance of the present liigh
prestige we are fortunate to have in Africa will
depend upon whether the people of the Continent
continue to understand our dedication to the prin-
ciples of independence, equality and economic
progress to which thej^ are so deeply devoted. We
must staff our diplomatic and information estab-
lisliments in these countries with men and women
capable of interpreting and explaining our poli-
cies and actions in a way which will guarantee that
they are so understood.

Effect of Discrimination in U.S. on African Attitudes

As a result of skillful propaganda primarily
inspired by the enemies of freedom, a consistently
distorted jjicture of the treatment of minority
races in the United States is being effectively pre-
sented in the countries I visited. Every instance
of prejudice in this country is blown up in such
a manner as to create a completely false impres-
sion of the attitudes and practices of the great
majority of the American people. The result is
irreparable damage to the cause of freedom Avhich
is at stake.

Recommendation

We must continue to strike at the roots of this
problem. We cannot talk equality to the peoples
of Africa and Asia and practice inequality in the
United States. In the national interest, as well as
for the moral issues involved, we must support

636

Department of State Bulletin

the necessary steps which will assure orderly prog-
ress toward the elimination of discrimination in
the United States. And we should do a far more
effective job than we are presently doing in telling
the true story of the real progress that is being
made toward realizing this objective so that the
people of Africa will have a true picture of con-
ditions as they really are in the United States.

Economic Assistance

All of the African states which I visited are
underdeveloped. Most of them have great eco-
nomic potential. Their leaders are anxious to
strengthen the economies of their countries in
order to assure for their peoples a larger share of
the advantages of our modern civilization. They
seek economic as well as political independence
insofar as this is possible in the world of today.

Their needs are great in terms of education and
public health. They require roads and other com-
munications in order to open inaccessible parts of
their territory to economic development. They
need agricultural development to sustain their ex-
panding populations. They want assistance in
developing their great mineral and forest re-
sources. They foresee great opportunities for de-
veloping small industrial enterprises. In most
cases, these developmental needs are beyond their
capacity to finance.

All of the leaders with whom I talked expressed
preference for developing their economies through
encouraging the investment of private capital and
through loans from international agencies such as
the World Bank where feasible rather than
through government-to-government grants. It
can truly be said that the welcome sign is out for
investment of foreign private capital in Africa.
African leaders are aware of the great role that
such private capital can play in the development
of their countries and many of them have adopted,
or are in the process of adopting, special legisla-
tion designed to create an atmosphere conducive to
expanded foreign investment.

Recommendation

Consistent with the desires of African leaders,
the United States Government through its agen-
cies should, as appropriate, draw the attention of
private American capital to opportunities for in-
vestment in those areas where the conditions for
such investment are propitious. Strengthening
the economic sections of American Embassies in

this area is needed if this objective is to be carried
out.

We should support applications before the ap-
propriate international agencies for financing
sound economic development projects in the
area.

To the extent that our resources and the de-
mands of other areas permit, we should extend
economic and technical assistance to the countries
of Africa in helping them to further their eco-
nomic development.

In this connection, I think it is appropriate to
place in proper context the United States eco-
nomic assistance programs. These programs
should be approved only when they are in the
mutual interests of the United States and the re-
cipient country. They should be administered as
efficiently as possible.

But while these progi'ams should be constantly
re-examined and improved so that they can better
serve the national interest, shotgim attacks on our
foreign assistance programs as such cannot be
justified.

In this connection, I believe a comment on what
has happened in Italy is pertinent. Wliile my
visit to Italy was not on an official basis, I did have
the opportunity to discuss economic and political
problems with President Gronchi, Prime Minister
Segni and other Italian officials. It was signifi-
cant to me that at the time I arrived in Italy, the
last American aid office was being closed. I re-
called that ten years before when I visited Italy
as a member of the Herter Committee on Foreign
Aid, the most dire predictions were being made as
to the future of the Italian economy. It was said
that American assistance would be thrown down
a rat hole, that the Italian people should live with-
in their own means, that they should work harder,
and that in any event, once the economic program
began, we would never see the end of it. The fact
that Italy today has one of the soundest, most
productive economies in Europe is eloquent proof
of the validity of economic assistance properly ad-
ministered and properly used by the recipient
country.

Wliile the economic problems of Italy were ob-
viously different from those Africa now faces, I
am confident that in the African countries I
visited, we shall have similar success as we work
in cooperation with the enlightened leaders of
these nations towards the development of their
great natural and human resources.

April 22, J 957

637

Special Relations With Other Countries

Africa and Europe have much in common. To
a large extent, their economies are complemen-
tary. Certain of the independent states on the
African continent maintain close ties of an his-
torical, cultural and economic nature with the
states of Europe. The maintenance of these rela-
tionships, on a basis of equality, can greatly bene-
fit botla Africa and Europe.

Recominendation

We should encourage the continuance of tliese
special ties where they are considered mutually
advantageous by tlie states concerned. "We should
take them in account in formulating our own
policies to the extent compatible with the funda-
mental requirement of conducting our own rela-
tions with those states on a fully equal and inde-
pendent basis.

Tlie task of providing the economic assistance
whicli is needed by the newly independent coun-
tries of Africa cannot be done by the United States
alone. We should make it clear that we desire no
exclusive position in any country in that area and
that we want to work with otlier Free World na-
tions in providing the assistance which will build
strong, free, and independent nations in this area
of the world.

Communism

Africa is a priority target for the international
communist movement. I gathered the distinct
impression that the communist leaders consider
Africa today to be as important to their designs
for world conquest as they considered China to
be twenty-five years ago. Consequently, they are
mounting a diplomatic propaganda and economic
offensive in all parts of the continent. They are
trying desperately to convince the peoples of
Africa that they support more strongly than we
do their natural aspirations for independence,
equality and economic progress.

Fortunately, their efforts thus far have not been
generally successful and, for the present, com-
munist domination in the states of the area is not
a present danger. All of the African leaders to
whom I talked are determined to maintain their
indoi)endence against communism or any other
form of foreign domination. They have taken
steps to bring under control tlie problem of com-
munist subversion of their political, economic and

social life. It would be a great mistake, however,
to be complacent about this situation because the
Communists are without question putting their
top men in the fields of diplomacy, intrigue, and
subversion into the African area to probe for open-
ings wliich they can exploit for their own selfish
and disruptive ends.

Recommendation

The communist threat underlines the wisdom
and necessity of our assisting the countries of
Africa to maintain their indej^endence and to
alleviate the conditions of want and instability
on which communism breeds. The importance of
Africa to the strength and stability of the Free
World is too great for us to underestimate or to
become complacent about this danger without tak-
ing every step within our power to assist the coun-
tries of this area to maintain their effective inde-
pendence in the face of this danger.

Trade Unionism

In every instance where my schedule permitted,
I made it a point to talk to the leading labor lead-
ers of the countries I visited. I was encouraged
to find that the free trade union movement is
making great advances in Africa, particular^ in
Ghana, Morocco, and Tunisia. The leaders of
these countries have recognized the importance
of providing an alternative to communist dom-
inated unions and they, thereby, are keeping the
Communists from getting a foothold in one of their
favorite areas of exploitation. In this connec-
tion, I wish to pay tribute to the effective support
that is being given by trade unions in the United
States to the free trade union movement in the
countries which I visited. These close and mutu-
ally advantageous relationships are in the national
interest as well as in the interest of developing a
strong labor movement.

Recommendation

It is vitally important that the United States
Government follow closely trade union develop-
ments in the Continent of Africa and that our dip-
lomatic and consular representatives should come
to know on an intimate basis the trade union
leaders in these countries. I believe, too, that
American labor unions should continue to main-
tain close fraternal relationships with tlie African
free trade union movement in order that each may

638

Department of State Bulletin

derive the greatest possible advantage of the wis-
dom and experience of the other.

Nile Development

The Nile is one of the world's greatest inter-
national rivers. Perhaps in no other part of the
world are the economies of so many states tied to a
particular waterway. The river is so located
geographically that whatever projects are under-
taken on it within the territorial domains of one
state are boxnid to have their effect on the econo-
mies of other states.

Recommendation

The United States must take into account the
common interests of the riparian states in the de-
velopment of this great river and, at such time as
political conditions permit, should support a co-
operative approach to its development which
would accord with the common interests of all the
states involved.

Operation of United States Programs

Specific recommendations as to the operation of
American programs in the countries I visited have
been made on a classified basis to the various in-
terested agencies. In general, I found that our
political, economic and information programs in
the countries which I visited, are being adminis-
tered in accordance with our obligations to the
United States taxpayer. There is, however, al-
ways room for improvement and, in the spirit of
constructive criticism, I wish to make the follow-
ing public recommendations.

Recommendations

On the political side, I believe that our diplo-
matic and consular missions are generally under-
staffed. We must assure that these establishments
have sufficient personnel to enable them to inter-
pret our policies, to consult fully with the local
governments on matters of mutual interest and to
report on developments of importance to the
United States. We must assure that our diplo-
matic and consular offices have sufficient funds to
enable them to travel about the vast territories
within their jurisdiction for the purposes of re-
porting on developments outside the major centers
of population and of forming contacts with the
peoples of those areas. We must recognize that
the posts in this area are, in many instances, un-

healthful and trying climatically to those who are
raised in a temperate zone. We must, therefore,
endeavor to ameliorate hardship conditions for our
personnel in order to enable them more effectively
to perform their tasks. We must recognize that
the importance of the African area and the difficult
living conditions there necessitate our assigning
officials of the highest possible competence and
stability. The emphasis should be on youth, vigor
and enthusiasm.

Insofar as our economic programs are con-
cerned, I believe that our technicians in the field
are doing an excellent job in working alongside
the African and teaching him to perform the
various fimctions of social and economic develop-
ment for himself. Obviously, the maintenance and
support of these tecluiicians in the field require
a headquarters staff in the country capitals. From
my own observations, I believe these headquarters
staffs sometimes tend to become inflated and I,
therefore, recommend that they be carefully re-
viewed to see whether economies in personnel could
not be effected. I believe also that there is some-
times a tendency to scatter programs over a
number of fields of economic and social develop-
ment, whereas greater concentration on a few
key projects would bring more lasting returns to
the country concerned. Our programs should con-
stantly be reviewed from this point of view. The
same comments which I made with respect to the
calibre of our diplomatic and consular representa-
tion apply as well to our economic and informa-
tion personnel.

On the informational side, I believe that the
most worthwhile projects are the libraries and
reading rooms which we have established in a
number of centers overseas and the exchange of
persons programs. The funds available for these
programs in the African area should be substan-
tially increased over the present level.

To the extent that the Africans become familiar
with the culture and technology, the ideals and
aspirations and the traditions and institutions
which combine to make up the American charac-
ter, we shall have made great advances in com-
mon understanding. This can be done through
books and periodicals, through student exchanges
and through the leader grant program for bring-
ing outstanding Africans to the United States for
study and travel. We should also assist as we
can in the development of indigenous educational

April 22, ?957

639

facilities in Africa. In this way, we can get to
know them and they to know us.

I believe that the information output from our
radio and news programs in the African area have
in the past not been as effective as they should be
if we are adequately to counter the propaganda
being disseminated by the Communists. In the
studies which are currently being made of these
progTams by the Usia, I believe it is important
that the highest priority be assigned to this area
both as to improving the quality of personnel in
the field and in more adequately providing infor-
mation which is particularly suited to the special
problems of Africa.

M. Rene Mayer

To Visit Wasliington

Press release 180 dated April 1

The President of the High Authority of the
European Commimity for Coal and Steel, Rene
Mayer, who is in this country for the conclusion
of negotiations for a loan to be issued by the Com-
mmiity on the United States financial market, will
pay a brief informal visit to Washington on April
2 and 3. During his stay he will call on the Secre-
tary of State, the Secretary of Commerce, and
other members of this Government.

CONCLUSION

For too many years, Afi-ica in the minds of
many Americans has been regarded as a remote
and mysterious continent which was the special
province of big-game hunters, explorers and mo-
tion picture makers. For such an attitude to exist
among the public at large could greatly prejudice
the maintenance of our own independence and
freedom because the emergence of a free and in-
dependent Africa is as important to us in the long
run as it is to the people of that continent.

It is for this reason that I strongly support the
creation within the Department of State of a new
Bureau of African Affairs which will place this
continent on the same footing as the other great
area gi-oupings of the world. I recommend simi-
lar action by the Ica and Usia. These bureaus,
properly staffed and with sufficient funds, will
better equip us to handle our relationships with
the countries of Africa. But this in itself will
not be enough. There must be a corresponding
realization throughout the executive branches of
the Government, throughout the Congress and
throughout the nation, of the growing importance
of Africa to the future of the United States and
the Free World and the necessity of assigning
higher priority to our relations with that area.

Eiglith Anniversary of NATO

Statement by President Eisenhower

White House press release dated April 4

Today is the eighth anniversary of the signing
on April 4, 1949, here m Washington of the
North Atlantic Treaty.

Since the mception of Nato, the member coun-
tries, by dedicated cooperative effort, have de-
veloped a strong defensive shield which has been
a major factor in maintaining the peace in
Europe.

The cooperative efforts of the Nato nations
have now been extended beyond the field of mili-
tary activity. The feeling has steadily grown
among the governments and people of the Nato
countries that increased unity among them is both
natural and desirable. In the face of an un-
changing challenge to their traditions and indeed
their very freedom, they have agreed to work
together on an ever-widening range of problems.
Thus, the Atlantic Community will continue to
grow in unity and in strength. Personally and
officially I shall do everything in my power to
assist in this further development.

640

DeparfmenI of Sfofe Bulletin

Secretary Dulles' News Conference of April 2

Press release 184 dated April 2

Secretary Dulles: I am available to answer
questions.

Q. Mr. Secretary, has the United States given
any gxuiranties to Chiang Kai-shek that it will
help defend Qiiemoy and Matsu in the event of
attack?

A. No. The only commitments of the United
States are as authorized in the act of Congress
which calls for the defense of Formosa (Taiwan)
and the Pescadores (Penghu) area, and of other
related areas if their defense is connected with the
defense of Taiwan and Penghu. ^ That decision
will be made by the President, when the circum-
stances call for it.

Q. Was there ever a secret letter sent to Chiang
Kai-sheh which might have raised some question
on this point?

A. Well, I wouldn't want to say there had never
been any private communication between the Pres-
ident and the heads of other governments. He has
quite an extensive correspondence of that kind,
and that is a matter which is within his jurisdic-
tion and on which I won't comment.

Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, do you know anything
abaut a personal assurance from President Eisen-
hower on this point that might have satisfied
Chiang Kai-shek that the United States would de-
fend those two islands?

A. I'm quite coiifident that there is nothing be-
yond what I have described. Obviously, that de-
scription which I have given implies that under
certam conditions we would go to the defense of
the offshore islands; that is, if their defense
seemed related to the defense of Taiwan and
Pengliu.

^ For text of H. J. Res. 159, 84th Cong., 1st sess., see
Bui-LETIN of Feb. 7, 1955, p. 213.

April 22, J 957

Q. Mr. Secretary, is it fair to say then, on the
basis of lohat you have told us, that there is no
American commitment of any kind implicit or ex-
plicit, stated or implied, to defend these islands
beyond the actual language of the congressional
resolution?

A. That is correct.

Q. Mr. Secretary, would you comment on the
statement of your most recent biographer to the
effect that the withdrawal of the Aswan Dam offer
to Mr. Nasser was a truly major gambit in the cold
war?

A. I don't care to comment on articles written
about me. If there are any subjects that, as a re-
sult of such writing, seem to merit your question-
ing me, I'm glad to answer your questions on their
merits but not in terms of what may have been
written about me.

Canceling OHer of Aid on Aswan Dam

Q. Mr. Secretary, let us put it this way: Did
you make a decision to cancel the offer of aid on
the Aswan Dam in order to force a showdown with
the Soviet Union in the Middle East?

A. I think that question could be answered in
the negative. There were, of course, a number of
reasons which dictated our declining to go ahead
with the Aswan proposal.

There was, perhaps first of all and most impera-
tive, the fact that the Appropriations Committee
of tlie Senate had unanimously passed a resolu-
tion providing that none of the 1957 funds could
be used for the Aswan Dam.

There was the fact that we had come to the feel-
ing in our own mind that it was very dubious
whether a project of tlris magnitude could be
carried through with mutual advantage. It is a
tremendous project, involving an estimated bil-
lion and a half dollars— probably it would cost

641

more than that. And the Egyptian component
of that, in terms of domestic currency and effort,
would involve a gigantic effort and call for an
austerity program over a period of 12 to 15 years.
Undoubtedly, that would be a burden and cause
of complaint on the part of the Egyptian people,
and probably the responsibility for that would be
placed upon the foreign lenders and they would
end up by being disliked instead of liked.

Then there was the further fact that the Egyp-
tians had during the immediately preceding
period been developing ever closer relations with
the Soviet-bloc countries. Only a few days before
I was asked for a definitive answer by the Egyp-
tians, they had recognized Communist China —
being the first Arab nation to do so. And, indeed,
it became, I think, the first nation in the world to
do so since the attack on Korea.

And in that way the Egyptians, in a sense,
forced upon us an issue to which I think there was
only one proper response. That issue was, do
nations which play both sides get better treatment
than nations which are stalwart and work with us ?
That question was posed by the manner in which
the Egyptians presented their final request to us,
and stalwart allies were watching very carefully
to see what the answer would be — stalwart allies
which included some in the same area.

Under all the circumstances I think there was
no doubt whatsoever as to the propriety of the
answer given. It was given in a courteous manner,
as j'ou will find if you will go back and reread the
statement which was given out at the time, which
reaffirmed our friendship for the Egyptian people
and indicated our willingness in other ways to try
to assist the Egyptian economy.^

Current Negotiations on Canal

Q. Mr. Secretary, to bring this discussion up to
date, what can you, tell us about the status of the
negotiations over the canal — lohether there has
been any response to our response to the Egyptian
memorandum,^ and what you consider to be the
outlook for a settlement based on the six principles
of the United Nations?

A. We presented our views on Simday [March
31], I think it was, indicating what we thought
was necessary in order to bring the so-called draft

' Ihid., July .".0, 195G, p. 1S8.
'Not printed.

memorandum into line with the Security Council
action. The Security Council had, last October,
said that any settlement ought to meet certain
specified requirements, and then it listed six re-
quirements of any settlement. It seemed to us that
the so-called draft memorandum fell short of
meeting those requirements. We pointed out to
the Government of Egypt the respects in which it
did, in our opinion, so fall short and ways by
which that shortfall might perhaps be remedied.
We have had no response, as yet, from the Egyp-
tian Government.

Q. Can you tell us any of those points, especially
how if one of the shortfalls, in fact the question of
the binding nature of this document — how you
would propose to make it an international obliga-
tion on all countries involved?

A. WeU, one of the weaknesses is the fact that,
even though perhaps the Egyptians intended this
to constitute an international obligation, our law-
yers are not at all sure that they did in fact produce
that result but that it may be merely a unilateral
statement subject to unilateral change at any time,
without any right on anybody's part to prevent
that.

Now we believe that it can, with some rather
minor word changes, be converted into a multi-
lateral obligation by perhaps some such measure
as filing it with the United Nations and providing
that any nation which files an acceptance of it shall
thereby gain rights under it. There are various
ways in which I think that could be done; I am
not at all sure that the Egyptians did not by their
original draft intend some such result. But, if so,
I do not think they made their intent adequate
from the legal standpoint.

Use of Canal by Israel

Q. Mr. Secretary, has Israel informed this
Government that it will try to send a ship through
the Suez Canal, and, if it does make this attempt,
can you tell us what the American Govemment''8
attitude ivill be?

A. I am not aware of our being officially advised
in the sense that you mentioned, although it is pos-
sible that in the course of conversations with some
of my associates such an intent may have been in-
dicated. I just don't know about that. I would
point out that, at the time of the withdrawal of

642

Department of State Bulletin

Israeli forces and at the time of the discussions
which preceded that, tlie empliasis of the Govern-
ment of Israel in their communications with the
United States was upon the situation of the Gulf
of Aqaba and the situation in the Gaza Strip.
Prime Minister Ben-Gurion's letter to President
Eisenhower did not mention the Suez Canal.
Nevertheless, they and we do believe that every
country has a right to send its ships and cargoes
through the Suez Canal. Our belief was reflected
by the Security Council decision of '51, where the
United States voted in that sense as a member of
the Security Council, and we continue to adliere to
that view.

Q. Mr. Secretary, do you have any indication at
all from sources in Egypt that Egypt may soon
renounce its belligerency against Israel and permit
her ships to go through the canal?

A. No, we have no evidence of that sort. I
believe that that matter is perhaps still under
consideration as a result of the mission of Mr.
Hammarskjold to the area. His public report
did not cover, I think, all of the matters which
he discussed. It does include a report, of course,
on the Gaza Strip, and I want to say that the
United States shares the sentiments of satisfaction
expressed yesterday by his Advisory Committee
consisting of seven important countries. He made
at least some progi'ess in assuring the tranquillity
of the Gaza area and that it will not be a base of
hostile activities — fedayeen activities and the like.

Also, of course, that Committee expressed the
opinion that if, in fact, the measures taken did
not prove adequate in that respect, then the matter
would have to be further considered and request
made for further action. That, however, did not
deal with the belligerency aspect of the matter,
which I think is still in abeyance.

Q. Mr. Secretary, what bargaining powers, if
a7iy, do we still retain in negotiations with Egypt
over Suez and the relations loith Israel? For
instance, you mentioned that some of these changes
in your opinion might he minor. What if Eqypt
chose n-ot to go along with even a minor change?
What if she chose to ignore our invocation of
moral principles in the area? What do we do
then?

A. When I said the changes might be minor,
I did not intend to imply that they would be minor
in their significance. I think they might be minor

in terms of the actual changes in phraseology
that would be required, and, as I say, it may be
that those changes would be in accord with what
Egypt's actual intentions were.

Now, on the question of what pressures we have
to bring to bear, I think the situation basically is
what I described last week when I said that the
problem is one which confronts Egypt itself with
a choice between whether it wishes to try to rees-
tablish the confidence of the world in the depend-
ability of the canal and its availability for use on
the terms contemplated by the 1888 convention or
not. Upon the choice that Egypt makes a great
deal will depend, and a great deal of the future
of Egypt itself will depend upon that. We are
anxious — I think most countries are anxious — to
see developments which will improve and uplift
the economy of Egypt and its Arab neighbors;
and we think it is in the mutual interest that the
interdependence of this area with other areas
should be promoted by sound Egyptian policies.

The United States has no pressures to bring to
bear in terms of military threats or boycotts of
the canal or the like. I think I said that back last
October, September. That remains true today,
and indeed it has been demonstrated, I think, that
nonuse of the canal is not a very profitable opera-
tion from the standpoint of the users. But we
still feel able to entertam hopes, at least, that this
jDroblem will be worked out in a way which we
think is clearly in the interest not only of the
nations which use the canal but in the interest
of Egypt itself.

Q. Mr. Secretary, does one infer correctly from
what you just said that ive toould not participate
in any kind of economic sanctions against Egypt
if the situation deteriorated?

A. I would not say that we would never par-
ticipate in economic sanctions against Egypt.
However, the word "sanctions" is, as I think we
developed in the course of some of om- talks about
Israel, a word of a great many connotations. Tlie
so-called boycotting of the canal, if that is a sanc-
tion, is a matter primarily for the coimtries to de-
cide whose economies depend upon the canal.
United States economy does not depend in any
appreciable degree upon the canal. Other coun-
tries do have a great deal of dependence, and I
think that any initiative in that respect should
come from them and not from us.

April 22, 1957

643

Use of Canal by American Ships

Q. Mi'. Secretary, if American, ships were to
enter the canal zoithin the next few days, would
the Government have any objections if they
turned over in dollars toll payments to the Egyp-
tian Government on Egyptian terms such as they
exist now?

A. Well, the United States ships were, of course,
paying in that way before the canal was closed and
I think have always paid in that way. In that
respect their practice is different from that of the
British and the French. We always paid, so to
speak, on the barrelhead at the canal.

Now, since the Suez Canal Company has been
seized, the persons who pay are subject to double
jeopardy in the sense that, whereas undoubtedly
the seizure would be recognized as valid in Egypt,
it may not be recognized as valid by the courts of
other countries. Therefore, the Suez Canal Com-
pany may have a right to sue for those tolls in
other jurisdictions than in Egypt. Now to pro-
tect against that risk was one of the reasons why
we froze Egyptian Government funds here. And
until there is a settlement, we would probably look
to those funds as a source to indemnify American
ships who went through the canal and paid mider
conditions which may not be held as valid and
adequate by the courts of the United States.

Q. Mr. Secretary, to answer the question, would
we have any objections if any American ships did
go in in the next feio days and paid on the 'barrel-
head as they did before the blowup?

A. I would prefer not to answer that question
until I know a little bit more of the outcome of

these negotiations.

Q. How do these negotiations provide for what
you once defined as a major purpose of all negotia-
tions with Egypt over the canal, that is, the insu-
lating of the canal in its day-to-day operations
against the whims and cham,ges of Egyptian
politics?

A. That is one of the aspects of the matter which
is very difficult to deal with but which we believe
could be dealt with if there is what was referred
to by the Secretary-General in his summary of the
October negotiations as "organized cooperation"
between the Egyptian Government and the users
and if there were adequate riglits of arbitration
and so forth. I believe that that could be pro-
vided for, and indeed the draft memorandum

filed by the Egyptian Government does suggest
certain rights of arbitration. 'Wliether they are
adequate or not is a question.

Question of Users Association

Q. The draft memorandum, sir, does not give
much recognition — / don''t believe it gives any rec-
ognition to the rights of the users as a group.
Would the establishment of such rights for the
users be an objective of the United States?

A. It would be, because that is implicit in the
six requirements of the Security Council. They
provide, for example, that the tolls should be a
matter of agreement between Egypt and the users.
That implies, I think, very clearly an organiza-
tion of the users, and that was the implication
that was accepted by the Egyptian, British, and
French Governments in the talks which took place
concurrently with the Security Council meeting at
New York.

Q. Mr. Secretary, would you like to see the for-
mation of a council of users which uwuld have
some authority in developing canal policy, operat-
ing policy?

A. Well, the conditions which we would like to
see are those which were portrayed in the pro-
posals that were made by the 18 countries and
were carried to Egypt by Prime Minister Menzies.*
Now those were not the only way of accomplish-
ing the purposes in mind. But if you want to ask
what our optimum desiderata are, you would have
to go back to that.

Q. What I would like to get at is, what have
you proposed to Egypt in your latest note?

A. I don't want to disclose that note beyond
saying, as I have said, that we are suggesting
changes in the memorandum which in our opin-
ion will bring it in conformity with the six re-
quirements, and those six requirements, in turn,
seemed to us to contemplate some organization of
the users to deal with Egypt.

Q. Mr. Secretary, in view of all that has hap-
pened in the Middle East since October, is inter-
natiorud operation of the canal a practical pos-
sibility, or must the Western countries be content
with some sort of advisory role to the Egyptian
Government, which actually operates the canal?

A. Well, again I would prefer not to answer
' HuuJSTiN of Sept. 24, 1956, p. 467.

644

Department of Stale Butletin

that question at this staijo because it might have
an undesirable impact upon the negotiations.

Q. Mr. Secretary, your statement last week that
we are giving so rmich attention to Latin America
certainly gratified a good many diplomats in
totim. However, they are mystif,ed why the ad-
ministration hasnH appointed an Assistant Secre-
tary for Inter-American Affairs, lohich has been
vacant since last August, and why at a thiie when
there is so much activity in the Latin American
field the two principal positions in the Depart-
ment are noxo on the shoulders of Mr. Ruhottom as
Acting Assistant Secretary and Deputy Assistant
Secretary.

A. Well, the position is filled by an Acting As-
sistant Secretary. There is no de facto vacancy
in the position. I have not heard any complaints
of substance with respect to our handling of Latin
American affairs, and I think that personnel mat-
ters probably couldn't be advantageously dis-
cussed here.

Q. Could yoxu tell us if an appointment is im-
minent, sir?

A. No.

Q. Was there agreement at Bermuda, Mr. Sec-
retary, on the withdrawal of British troops from
Malaya, and, if so, what would the United States
do to fill the vacuum?

A. There was no precise statement made by the
United Kingdom as to its intentions with regard
to Malaya. That general topic was discussed, as
I think perhaps I indicated, at the Canberra con-
ference, the Seato Council. But the situation had
not developed as yet into a sufficiently concrete
form so that it was appropriate or advantageous
to consider concrete measures, if any, to deal with
it. Of course Malaya will become an independent
state sometime next August, and the problem of
the future of Malaya — whether it will enter the
pact and what its arrangements will be with the
other countries — will then have to be decided by
the independent Government of Malaya.

Q. Mr. Secretary, at the time you decided to
unthdram the Aswan Dam offer, did you expect
Colonel Nasser to react by seizing the canal?

A. No. We did not expect that to happen, al-
though we now know that the seizure of the Canal
Company had been planned by President Nasser
for some time. I don't recall that I recently men-

tioned it, but President Tito in a speech of his
last November said that President Nasser had told
him at their first meeting [February 1955] that it
was his intention to seize the Suez Canal Company
because Egypt as an independent nation could not
tolerate this exercise of authority on Egyptian
soil by foreigners. That was while the Aswan
Dam matter was, I think, being discussed by the
World Bank. But it was a year or more before
our decision not to go ahead with the dam.

Q. Mr. Secretary, since your retu/rn from Ber-
muda, have you acquainted yourself with the
work of the Milton Eisenhower committee?

A. I am familiar with it in general. I have
had several reports made to me about it.

Q. Mr. Secretary, yesterday on Capitol Hill,
Dr. Hannah, President of Michigan State Uni-
versity and former AssiMant Secretary of De-
fense, urged the United States to consider the Ko-
rean armistice, the armistice in North Korea, void
and that we ship modern arms to Korea and
atomic weapons to out own divisions in Korea.
What is your opinion of that, sir?

A. We do not think it is wise to treat the armis-
tice as void. It is quite true that we are convinced
of rather serious violations of the armistice by
the other side and it may be that those violations
give us a greater freedom of action in the respects
in which it has been violated by the Communists,
but, as far as relates to treating the entire armis-
tice as void and in effect resuming a state of active
belligerency, that is not something we favor.

Q. Will the Richards mission go to Egypt and
Syria, assuming that either or both Governments
invite it to come?

A. No decision has yet been made on that point.

Q. Mr. Secretary, in listing the reasons for
withdrawing from the financing of the Aswan
High Dam., you mentioned that the strain of re-
payment might tend to turn the Egyptian people
against us. Is it your feeling that foreign eco-
nomic aid to any country ^vhere repayment might
be a strain roould work against the United States?

A. It's always a question of degree, and cer-
tainly I would not think that would always be
the case or even usually be the case. But remem-
ber, tliis was a very unusual case. There has never
been in the whole history of the world an irriga-
tion project of comparable magnitude.

AptW 22, 7957

645

Q. Mr. Secretary^ has there been any change in
the administration's position barring travel by
American reporters to Red Chinaf

A. No. There has been no change in our posi-
tion in tliat respect. We are continuing to study
the matter and have been in fact doing this ac-
tively over the past week or two. But I'm not in
a position to announce it or forecast any change.

Aid to Poland

Q. There have been reports, Mr. Secretary, that
the administration is thinking in terms of a $75
million aid contribution to Poland. First of all,
is this figure roughly correct, and, if so, do you
feel that that is suffident to encourage Poland and
other Communist satellites to veer away front
Moscow? Because there have been reports that
Poland does not think that that would be a suffi-
cient sum.

A. Well, I don't think that the question of
whether or not Poland veers away from Moscow
is quite as simple as saying, can it be bought for
$60 million or $70 million or $100 million. This
is all part and parcel of a very complicated and
perhaps not very rapid process of evolution where
some of the satellite comitries are seeking to exer-
cise a greater degree of independence. We are
anxious to encourage that trend toward inde-
pendence. We don't think we are going to buy
anything spectacular just by putting up a certain
number of dollars. And as to the figures you
mentioned, I don't feel I can discuss them here
because they are the subject of negotiations which
are at the moment going on and it would perhaps
prejudice those negotiations if I got into the num-
bers racket.

Q. Mr. Secretary, if Egypt should continue to
maintain her belligerency, in your opinion would
this indicate on Egypt's part a loch of decent re-
spect for the opinions of mankind?

A. That is a little difficult to answer, I think,
in the abstract. The question of belligerency is
pretty difficult to answer I think, except in terms
of certain specifics. You might say, for example,
that the United States, despite the Korean armi-
stice, exei'cises certain aspects of belligerency as
regards Communist China — the provisions of the
Trading With the Enemy Act, for example, are
still in force. If, without regard to the general

question of belligerency you ask whether the Gaza
Strip should be used as a base of fedayeen activi-
ties, if you ask whether or not ships should be al-
lowed to pass through the Straits of Tiran, and if
you ask whether or not Israeli ships should be
allowed to pass through the Suez Canal, then I
can answer those three questions. I think I have
answered them. But I don't want to get into ab-
stractions which are pretty difficult to deal with.

Q. Well, putting it on those specifics, those last
three that you mentioned, if Egypt insisted on
belligerency in those three points, would you then
in your opinion think she would be showing a dis-
regard for the decent opinions of mankind?

A. Well, I can't speak for all of mankind.
(Laughter) How the rest of mankind would feel
about it, I don't want to say ; but, I think, as far
as the public opinion of the United States is con-
cerned, it would support the views which I have
expressed here.

Q. Mr. Secretary, it seems that the negotiations
on aviation matters between the Netherlands and
the United States have ar-rived at a complete dead-
lock. Would you mind telling us what, according
to you, is the position now?

A. Well, that again is one of these matters
which, being in the course of unresolved negotia-
tions, isn't aided by a discussion at a press con-
ference. I would say that there has been an ex-
change of views. There has not yet been a reso-
lution of certain differences which have arisen.
We are not without hope that the differences still
will be resolved.

Q. Mr. Secretary, on the Suez Canal matter,
time appears to be running out in the sense that the
canal is about ready to resuine full-scale oper-
ations. How long would you expect that these
negotiations with Egypt would continue before
some kind of decision loould have to be reached or
ought to be reached?

A. Well, measuring the length of negotiations
is a good bit like saying, how long is a piece of
string? And sometimes the estimates prove not
to be well founded. I would say that we ought
to know, I would think, within the next 2-1 or 48
hours whether there is a likelihood of serious ne-
gotiations along lines which hold out promise.
Now, if those negotiations develop, they in turn

646

Department of State BuUetin

mifijht take some little time. On the other hand,
it could be that the Egyptian attitude, as expressed
during the next day or two, ^yould indicate so little
likelihood of a successful outcome that there would
be no detailed negotiation.

Q. At this tijne, Mr. Secretary, do you have any
information on which way you think it might go?

A. None at all.

Q. Thank you, Mr. Secretary.

Building for Peace

hy Deputy Under Secm^etary Murphy '

The world is now entering upon the second
decade since the end of World War II. We have
learned a lot in the past 10 years. Striking
changes have taken place in Eui'ope, in Asia, and in
Africa. Our foreign relations have gone through
at least three basic stages : in 1947 with the Mar-
shall plan; in 1949-1950 with the Berlin air-
lift, the Communist attack in Korea, and the
creation of Nato; and in 1953 with the decision
that our national energy must be geared to the
"long haul" in our contest with international
communism.

In our planning for the next decade we must
identify and understand the basic forces and
trends at worlc. Then we must insure that our
policies are calculated to use our means to the best
advantage for shaping these forces. We must
recognize that our means are not sufficient to halt
or reverse these basic forces, and our aim must be
to channel, deflect, and manage these forces in
ways compatible with our interests.

At least tliree of these forces and trends are of
overshadowing significance — hostile Soxdet power,
developing military technology, and the rise of the
nations of Asia and Africa. These forces will
merit our closest attention in the years to come.

The greatest threat to our security and that of
the free nations is found in the hostility and
strength of international communism. Our basic

' Address made at the Conference on World Affairs at
the University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo., on Apr. 4 (press
release 186 dated Apr. 3).

endeavor is to meet that threat without destroying
fundamental American values and institutions or
damaging our own economy.

The Communist bloc has a well-balanced mili-
tary array, ranging from very large armed forces
to a considerable arsenal of nuclear weapons and
modern delivery systems. Its ideology is un-
compromisingly hostile. Absolute political
power is concentrated in the hands of a few. It
continues to devote a large proportion of its re-
soui'ces to development of military strength and
heavy industry.

At the same time the Soviet rulers are con-
fronted with strong pressures for change and for
relaxation of rigid controls, both domestic and
foreign. The de-Stalinization progi-am, the fer-
ment among Soviet academic and cultural groups,
and the events in the satellites all reflect these
pressures and the efforts of the Soviet leadership
to adjust to them.

The astonishing growth of military technology
can be pointed up by a few hard facts. Experts
have made a thorough study of the increase of de-
structive power beginning with the age of gun-
powder. What they call the "explosive index"
has increased from a factor of one in the Middle
Ages to eight on the eve of Hiroshima. The
ratio jumped virtually overnight to 10,000. With
the development of the H-bomb, the ratio went to
10 million. Compared with pre-Hiroshima 1945,
therefore, the destructive power of war has multi-
plied over one million times. With the develop-

April 22, J 957

647

ment of guided missiles, the ability to deliver this
awesome destructive power is also on the verge of
astonishing growth.

The rise of the new nations of Asia and Africa
is a promising trend ni postwar developments.
Since the end of the war, 19 new nations with pop-
ulations of about 700 million people have achieved
independence. There will be a number more in
the next few years. These nations are imbued
with patriotism and with a desire for economic
progress. They want to transform their countries
into modern states by the most rapid means. The
economic obstacles they face are indeed formi-
dable, since the new nations have on an average
about one-tenth of the per capita gross national
product of the advanced nations. Communists
from IMoscow and Peiping seek to play on and
distort the aspirations of the new nations and to
stimulate their suspicions of the so-called colonial
powers.

Our Fundamental Objectives

The requirements for our national effort in the
decade ahead will in some respect differ markedly
from those of the last 10 years. But in their basic
aspects they will continue to pose the same funda-
mental set of objectives :

First, we must maintain our own strength, for
our strength is essential to the free world ;

Second, we must keep our alliances strong and
vigorous, for reasons which deeply involve both
the spiritual purposes of our nation and the stra-
tegic requirements of this technological age;

And finally, we must work for the close associa-
tion and cooperation of the uncommitted states
and the emerging new nations with the active
community of the free world, in order that the
area of freedom may expand rather than contract.

These three fundamental tasks have been the
constants of United States purpose since the end
of "World War II. They have been the unifying
elements of the history of our exertions over the
decade since the brief period of high hopes for
honorable collaboration with the Soviet Union
broke against the aggressive expansionism of
Stalinist ambition. They characterized the pe-
riod of the gathering cold war — the program to
strengthen Greece, the foreign aid progi-am, and
the establishment of Nato. They marked tlie
period of the hot wars in Korea and Indochina

and the recurrent crises of the Far East. They
underlay the further development of the gi"eat
systems of collective security and the purpose of
our negotiations with the post-Stalinist leaders of
the Communist world.

In the light of the requirements of our national
strategy to influence the forces and trends at work
in the world, a look at the main regions of the
world may be profitable.

U.S. Support for Western Europe

Europe is the area with which we have histori-
cally had the closest ties. Most of our basic con-
cepts are products of European thought. Our
social institutions, our predominant religions, and
our cultural heritage were brought here by the
people of Europe, whose descendants now largely
populate our countiy.

If anything, the United States is now more
closely involved in Europe than ever before in
time of peace. American troops are standing with
our allies in defense of free Europe. Our com-
mercial relations with Western Europe are at lev-
els which represent an alltime high. Political
consultation with our European friends has been
more active in the past few years than ever before
in history. The successful conference just con-
cluded at Bermuda is a good example of our con-
sultation with one of our most important allies. -
The North Atlantic Council, following a recent
decision, is now one of the most important centers
of political consultation for its 15 members as well
as being a prime example of collective defense
effort. It is the intention of the United States,
together with its allies, to continue to strengthen
Nato as a forum for productive international
discussion.

In Western Europe steps have been taken and
agreements reached which as little as 10 years ago
would have been dismissed as fantastic. One of
these is the development of Franco-German co-
operation. These two coimtries work together in
the Coal and Steel Community, cooperate in their
common defense as members of Nato, and have
succeeded in settling amicably the very difficidt
question of the Saar. INIore recently, they have
joined with other nations in the agreements on
EuRATOM and the Common Market.

- For text of joint communique issued at close of Ber-
muda mooting on Mar. 24, see Bulletin of Apr. S, 1957,
p. .^01.

648

Deparlment of Sfa/e Bulletin

I would like to take a minute to discuss these two
agreenaents, which have been much in the news
lately.

The term "common market" refers to an agi-ee-
ment just concluded between Belgimn, France, the
German Federal Republic, Italy, Luxembourg,
and the Netherlands. It involves the elimination
of substantially all of the barriers to trade among
those countries and the establisliment of a common
external tariif toward outside countries. The
United Kingdom has expressed a desire to associ-
ate itself with the Common Market in a free trade
area.

United States support of European proposals
for a common market and free trade area is based
on two traditional policies : our consistent support
of moves to further the political and economic
strength and cohesion of "Western Europe withm
an expanding Atlantic Community and our long-
standing devotion to progress toward freer non-
discriminatory, multilateral trade and converti-
bility of currencies.

The Atomic Energy Community (Eukatom) is
intended to mobilize in Europe the teclinical and
industrial resources required to develop atomic
power to meet that area's growing need for energy.
It would also provide a political entity competent
to afford adequate safeguards and to enter into
comprehensive and practical engagements with
the United States Government.

The United States Government welcomes this
initiative for a bold and imaginative application
of nuclear energy, and we anticipate active associ-
ation with the European Atomic Energy Com-
munity.

The Satellites in Eastern Europe

Moving to Eastern Europe, tiie events of the
past year have been spectacular.

There can be no doubt that the developments in
Hungary last October and November presented
grave problems to the Kremlin. The Soviet
rulei-s were faced with the choice of keeping faith
with their own promises or of brutally maintain-
ing their colonial empire. They chose the latter
course. Reinforcements were rushed into Hun-
gary, and in a month of bloody fighting the Hun-
garians were again ground into submission with
the connivance of a puppet government he^aded by
Janos Kadar. Communist ideology and methods
were thus discredited all over the world. The

April 22, 1957

422775—57 3

Soviet charge of "a Fascist counterrevolution in-
spired by U.S. and other Western agents" fooled
no one outside the Communist orbit and probably
very few inside.

Have the events in Hungary resulted in a re-
newal of the Soviet hard policy? This question
cannot be answered as yet with any certainty.
There have, however, been some straws in the
wind. One of these is the threat of atomic retalia-
tion against Great Britain, Noi-way, and Denmark.
Another is the angry admonitions issued to
Sweden and Finland on how they must behave if
they expect to avoid Soviet enmity. A third has
been the denunciation by the Soviets and satellites
of the theory of "many roads to socialism." More
and more we are told that there is only one road,
that there is no such thing as "national conunu-
nism," and that all communism must be "under the
great leadership of the Soviet Union." And
finally, we have the increasingly repressive meas-
ures in Hmigary and indeed in all Soviet-occupied
countries. Yugoslavia, the father of "national
communism," again appears to be on the verge of
excommunication as a heretic.

Gomulka in Poland is pursuing a very delicate
balancing act which may illustrate his aim to offset
experimental measures by the right amount of
Communist orthodoxy. Poland's economic situa-
tion is unfavorable, and the Polish Govermnent is
trying to alleviate it by negotiations with several
Western countries.

President Eisenhower has stated the position of
the United States : ^

We honor the a.«pirations of those nations which, now
captive, long for freedom. We seek neither their mili-
tary alliance nor any artificial imitation of our society.
And they can know the warmth of the welcome that
awaits them when, as must be, they join again the ranks
of freedom.

We honor, no less in this diviiled world than in a less
tormented time, the people of Russia. We do not dread —
rather do we welcome — their progress in education and
industry. We wish them success in their demands for
more intellectual freedom, greater security before their
own laws, fuller enjoyment of the rewards of their own
toil. For as such things may come to pass, the more cer-
tain will be the coming of that day when our peoples may
freely meet in friendship.

Any discussion of Soviet-occupied territory
must give special attention to Germany. In the
Eastern Zone, 17 million Germans are still held in
imwilling bondage by the Soviet Army and a pup-

'/6id., Feb. 11, 1957, p. 212.

649

pet regime, manipulated from Moscow. Like the
Hungarians, these Germans have had bitter ex-
perience with Soviet tanks and weapons. They
and their compatriots in the Federal Eepublic
want a free, reunited Germany based on free
elections.

For years the United States has urged that this
opportvmity be given them. The United States,
together with the other nations directly concerned,
will maintain its eti'orts to advance the cause of
German reunification. It is our belief that this
is one of the cornerstones on which the peace in
Europe must be built.

Unresolved Issues in Middle East

Another area where there is cause for grave
concern is the Middle East. Although consider-
able progi-ess has been made through the United
Nations in removing the dangers to world peace
which resulted from the military action of last
fall, less headway has been made in tackluag the
basic causes which led to the outbreak of hos-
tilities.

The two unresolved issues which led to the ex-
plosion last October and November were the Arab-
Israel issue and the problem of the Suez Canal.

The history of the Arab-Israel problem in the
7 years between 1949 and 1956 is a son-y record of
disregard of United Nations resolutions and of
violations on both sides of the Armistice Agree-
ment. The Arabs felt angry and betrayed, par-
ticularly because some 900,000 of their fellow
Arabs had been deprived of their homes and prop-
erty and were leading a miserable existence as
refugees huddled in camps around the border of
the new state of Israel. The Israelis, on the other
hand, felt frustrated and desperate because they
were not able to achieve recognition of their vei-y
existence from their neighbors or to establish the
kind of trade and intercourse with the neighboring
states which could alone guarantee them a secure
future.

The events of last October and November pi-o-
duced a determination on the part of the United
Nations members to come to grips with the basic
issues which prevented a solution of this problem.
This feeling undoubtedly came somewhat from a
sense of not having fully recognized the potential
danger to world peace in this explosive situation
and not having insisted more firmly upon com-
pliance with U.N. resolutions.

Similarly the problem of the Suez Canal had
been brought to the United Nations in October
after a discouraging history of provocation and
counterprovocation which had dimmed the pros-
pects of finding a solution. Under the aegis of the
United Nations, the Security Council succeeded on
October 13 in agreeing upon six principles, which
the British, French, and Egyptians, as the parties
most directly concerned, worked out as the basis
of an equitable solution.^ The events of Novem-
ber disrupted this attempt at orderly progress as
well, but at present the situation has been restored
to a point where we think this problem, too, can
again be approached through the preferable chan-
nel of negotiation.

In the course of the months immediately follow-
ing the upheaval of October-November, it became
evident that still another problem exists in re-
gard to the area as a whole. The irresponsible
and reckless behavior of the Soviet Union in
threatening unilateral intervention in this dispute
for the sake of achieving supposed political ad-
vantages made it quite clear that, unless some kind
of a protective shield could be thrown around the
area as a whole, the disruptive and subversive ac-
tivities of the Soviet Union might vitiate attempts
to progress toward stability and tranquillity in the
area.

Since the United Nations was not equipped to
deal with this last problem, the United States Gov-
ernment formulated a doctrine for the Middle
East, which was proposed to Congress by the
President on January 5 of this year.^ Its objec-
tive is to provide economic and military assistance
to those countries in the area desiring to cooperate
with us in resisting Soviet encroachments, and thus
to help develop the economic stability and internal
security plus adequate national self-defense which
could lead to a greater degi'ee of self-confidence
and feeling of security on the part of the states in
the area.

The United States Government placed the Sov-
iet Union and the world on notice that we would
use our military power to deter or defeat overt
aggression against any of the states in the area
that desired our help. This program is being
launched by a U.S. mission xmder the able direc-
tion of Ambassador Richards, former Congress-
man from South Carolina and chairman of the

• For text, see ibid., Oct. 22, 1950, p. 616.
' Ibiil., Jan. 21, 10.^7, p. 83.

650

Department of State Bulletin

House. Foreign Affairs Committee, who is now
visiting the countries in the area." He is making
good progi'ess in encouraging the stability and
tranquillity which we believe are essential to guar-
antee peace.

In a further effort to protect the area of the Mid-
dle East agamst possible attack, the United
States recently announced its willingness to par-
ticipate actively in the work of the Military Com-
mittee of the five-nation Baghdad Pact.' This
action was taken mider the authority of the joint
resolution approved on March 9.*

Collective Defense in the Far East

Our experience in the Far East has given us fur-
ther confidence in collective security as an effective
deterrent against aggression and war. Under the
spur of outright aggi'ession by the Chinese Com-
munists, supported by the Soviet Union, collective-
defense machinery in tliat area has developed
rapidly and effectively.

The recent conference of the Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization Council in Canberra was in
a sense the coming of age of collective defense in
the Far East.* The eight nations gathered there
were in unanimous agreement that their banding
together to resist Commimist aggression had
proved effective as a deterrent and as a positive
force for peace and security in the area. On the
positive side, for example, the Council noted the
national development of new Asian states, such as
the Republic of Viet-Nam and the approach of
their objectives.

As Secretary Dulles reported, the growing
strength, unity, and demonstrated will to resist
has made it seem inexpedient to the Chinese Com-
munists to continue to use methods of force to gain
their objectives.

Wliile we find room for hope from the success of
Seato and our other collective-security arrange-
ments such as Anzus (with which we are allied to
Australia and New Zealand) and our bilateral
treaties with the Eepublic of Korea, Japan, the
Republic of China, and the Philippines, there cer-
tainly is no room for complacency. Chinese Com-
munist support for Soviet action in Hungary and
their continued defiance of the United Nations

' /6M., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481.
'Hid., Apr. 8, 1957, p. 561.
' For text, see ibid.. Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481.
° For text of final communique and statements by Sec-
retary Dulles, see ibid., Apr. 1, 1957, p. 527.

carry serious implications for the free nations of
Asia. The threat of overt aggression continues to
cast a shadow in the Far East, and the free nations
have no choice except to maintain their military
strength, individually and collectively.

There is no question that the Communists con-
tinue to regard control of all Asia as one of their
foremost goals on the road to woi'ld conquest, and
they continue to push ahead on all fronts with a
combination of subversion, offers of trade and aid,
cultural exchange, and threats.

As always, they cut the garment to fit the cloth.
"While continuing their military buildup in North
Korea in violation of their armistice pledges, they
advance toward Japan with smiling countenance
and outstretched hand, knowing Japan's urgent
need to expand its trade and sources of supply.
'Wliile strengthening the military forces of the
Viet Minh in North Viet-Nam and supporting the
Pathet Lao defiance of the Royal Government of
Laos, they offer aid and technical assistance to
neighboring Cambodia. "While threatening re-
peatedly to take Formosa by force if necessary,
they smugly talk of peace and friendship.

Our national security depends upon our remain-
ing alert to all of these tactics, wherever they
appear, and above all in remaining miited and
strong. "We assist or plan to assist those nations
of Asia who wish such help in strengthening their
own resources and stability so that they can ward
off the thrust of commimism and add to the total
deterrent force of the free world.

It is plain that the nations of Asia and Africa
are going through a period of revolutionary
change. The aspiration for economic develop-
ment and a better life is widespread and power-
ful. Although many elements will affect the fu-
tm-e of these nations, the extent to which their
desire for economic development seems on the
way to fulfillment will be one of the determining
factois of their stability and continued freedom.

There can be no doubt, however, that a useful
employment of American resources in further-
ing our national interest is to promote economic
growth among nations needing it. I might point
to India as a prominent example and one whose
race against Red China for economic development
has important implications for us.

"We can provide an incentive for sound devel-
opment if we will increase the continuity and
flexibility of whatever funds are made available.

April 22, 1957

651

If it is possible to be more selective in the proj-
ects we support, and steadier in supporting the
best ones, we can cause the applicants for aid to
try to devise tlie best projects possible. In addi-
tion, we can assist recipients in developing better
projects and in encouraging private investment,
if we will render technical assistance not only
in the carrying out of programs but in the de-
signing of them.

"We fully realize that the Congress is taking
a hard look at foreign aid this spring. This is
a good thing, and we hope that the studies now
in progress will improve our policies on aid. The
recent report by the President's committee under
Benjamin Fairless^" gave strong support to the
view that our general programs of foreign as-
sistance are necessary and useful.

Inter-American System, a Bulwark of Freedom

In our own Western Hemisphere, which is vital
to our security and well-being, the American Re-
publics aflford the rest of the world a model ex-
ample of international cooperation. The regional
strength and fellowship of the Organization of
American States, which consists of the United
States and the 20 neighboring Republics, is not
only a hemisphere but a global force. The sup-
port given by the American peoples and their
governments to the free world is, in hard fact, an
inalienable and indispensable bulwark of freedom.

The Oas is the framework of our inter- Ameri-
can system. Through it, and within the larger
frame of the United Nations, the American Re-
publics seek to promote their common interests.
In the words of the Declaration of Panama, issued
jointly by the Presidents of the American Repub-
lics at their historic meeting last July, it is the
purpose of the American peoples "to create a
civilization that will give tangible meaning to
the concept of human liberty." " One of the
immediate consequences of the Panama meeting
was creation of the Inter-American Committee
of Presidential Representatives, which is imder-
taking to study methods of combating poverty,
disease, and ignorance throughout the hemi-
sphere and to make recommendations to the Oas

'° Report to the President by the President's Citisen
Advisers on the Mutual Security Program, March 1, 1957.
Copies may be obtained from the Superintendent of Doc-
uments, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D. C, at 50 cents ijer copy.

" BuixETiN of Aug. 6, 1956, p. 220.

in economic, financial, social, and technical fields.

Geography, history, and economics have made
the individually independent peoples of this hem-
isphere collectively interdependent. Our 21 Re-
publics have a total population of upwards of 380
millions in a total area of approximately 11 mil-
lion square miles. Latin America, it may be
noted, has the world's most rapidly increasing
population growth : 2.5 percent annually as com-
pared with the global average rate of 1 percent.

Obviously, our economic relationship with this
region, so enormous both in area and in popula-
tion, is necessarily a prime factor in our economy,
as it is in theirs. About one-fifth of our total
exports go to Latin America, and we obtain from
Latin America about one-fifth of our total im-
ports. We supply the Latin American Republics
with approximately 47 percent of their imports
and take 43 percent of their exports. In other
words, around 44 percent of Latin America's total
trade is with us. United States private enter-
prise currently proves its faith in Latin America's
future by direct investment of approximately $7
billion there. The eifects of this great influx of
private capital are reflected in the overall picture
of hemisphere development — in lugher living
standards, improved conditions of public health
and public education, diversified agriculture, in-
creased industrialization, and in ever-broaden-
ing horizons of opportunity.

Role of the United Nations

Recent months have given dramatic evidence
of the value of the United Nations as a mecha-
nism for fostering the rule of law in relations
among nations. We have witnessed the great
influence for peace which can be exerted when
states heed and support the opinions of the United
Nations, particularly when there is an overwhelm-
ing consensus in favor of constructive action. It
is the policy of this Government to strengthen
the legitimate role of the United Nations in ad-
vancing world peace with justice.

The recent emergency sessions of the General
Assembly and the regular Eleventh Session have
revealed new dimensions and new resources
within the United Nations. In the Middle East a
cease-fire and withdrawal of foi'ces from the area
of hostility were achieved. An unprecedented
step was taken in the creation and deployment
of the United Nations Emergency Force.

The speedy and efficient cleai-ance of the Suez

652

Department of State Bulletin

Canal, now virtually completed, was effected by
the United Nations under contract with a private
consortium. This vital task, an essential step in
restoring some measure of economic and political
stability in the Middle East, could not have been
accomplished, under the conditions existing, with-
out the intercession of the United Nations.

The office of the Secretary-General has played a
powerful part in the handling of the Middle East
crises. Mr. Hammarskjold was given broad re-
sponsibility to act in behalf of the Assembly in
bringing the Unef into being, in arranging for
clearance of the canal, and in negotiating with the
several parties to the dispute.

On the other hand, the inability of the United
Nations to secure compliance with its urgent reso-
lution, and in particular to secure the withdrawal
of Soviet forces from Hungary, is a source of deep
disappointment among many peoples of the world.
The blame for this failure lies squarely at the door
of the Soviet Union, which cruelly massacred
thousands of Hungarians who sought freedom
from Soviet tyranny. Nevertheless, the United
Nations has succeeded in focusing and maintain-
ing the pressure of world opinion on these Soviet
outrages. Its resolutions were a cogent reminder
to all lovers of freedom of the callous threat which
Soviet communism represents in the world today.
The General Assembly climaxed its deliberations
at the Eleventh Session with a specific condemna-
tion of the U.S.S.R. — a condemnation which re-
flected the revulsion of European, Latin Ameri-
can, African, and Asian states, as well as our own,
with the inhumane actions of Soviet communism.

The critical political and security issues with
which the United Nations has been concerned, and
their attendant publicity, tend to overshadow the
steady advance that is being made through the
organization on problems of vast concern for
peoples throughout the world. Important prog-
ress, for example, is being made in establishing an
International Atomic Energy Agency and bring-
ing it into association with the United Nations as
a new specialized agency. The statute for this
agency was unanimously approved by the United
Nations last fall and has just recently been sent by
President Eisenhower to the Senate for its
concurrence. ^^

New proposals on disarmament were advanced
in the Eleventh General Assembly by both the
Soviet Union and the United States. The Dis-

' Ihid.. Apr. 15, 1957, p. 615.

armament Subcoimnittee is now meeting in Lon-
don in a determined effort to find common ground
on which the beginnings of effective safeguarded
disarmament and reduction of armed forces can be
built. Our Government has some optimism that
the first steps toward agreement may be taken in
such critical fields as inspection, reduction of
forces, registration and international observation
of future nuclear testing, and bringing the nuclear
threat under control.

I do not think it too much to say that, in the
difficult and continuing task of maintaining peace
in the world and striving toward the weU-being
and security of mankind, the United Nations is
playing an indispensable role. It is a vital mech-
anism for advancing the common interests of the
free world.

I have outlined some of the major forces at
work in the world today, as well as the funda-
mental elements of our policy. I have also tried
to give a brief picture of the important problems
in the various regions of the world as we see
them. In conclusion I should lake to summarize
a few of the major aspects of U.S. policies.

A fundamental aim of our foreign policy is to
promote the well-being and security of the Amer-
ican people. Safeguarding the peace through
development of our own strength and through
collective security is a principal obligation in the
world today. We must maintain the capacity to
respond to any overt attack by the Communist
powers. We must be prepared to respond with
certainty, and we must retain flexibility in our
choice of instruments if we are attacked. At the
same time we must seek to reduce the risk of con-
flicts and to promote a retraction of Soviet power.
We should continue to blunt those forces hostile
to the free world and work to bring the strong
forces of nationalism into cooperation with the
free world.

It is obvious that this is not a program for a
single year, or even for a decade. We are living
in what President Eisenhower once termed "not
a moment but an age of danger." And we must
remember that our resources are not endless, our
power not infinite. We must use our strength to
make the changing forces proceed in an orderly
way and in directions compatible with our na-
tional interests. This is the purpose of your Gov-
ernment. It is the task of all of us to make the
best effort of which we are capable. In this way
we can truly build for peace.

April 22, ?957

653

U.S. Lifts Restrictions on Travel
to Four Middle East Countries

Press release 181 dated April 1

The Department of State on April 1 lifted re-
strictions placed on travel of U.S. citizens to
Egypt, Syria, Jordan, and Israel. These restric-
tions were instituted on October 31 and Novem-
ber 2, 1956,^ in view of the outbreak of hostilities
in the Middle East.

Authorization has also been granted for return
of evacuated U.S. official personnel and their de-
pendents to posts in the four countries.

Holders of passports which bear endorsements
invalidating them for travel in Egypt, Syria, Jor-
dan, and Israel or authorizing travel in one or
more of these countries for a limited period may
present them in person or by mail to the Passport
Office of the Department of State at Washington,
D. C, or to the passport agencies at Boston, New
York, Chicago, New Orleans, Los Angeles, or San
Francisco to have these endorsements voided.
Persons abroad may present their passports to
American Foreign Service offices.

Murder of U.S. Technicians
in Iran

Press release 178 dated March 28

The Department of State has learned with great
sorrow and concern of the murder in Iran of Kevin
Carroll, an official of the International Coopera-
tion Administration, and Brewster Wilson, of the
Near East Foundation, and the presumed abduc-
tion of Mrs. Carroll, apparently by bandits.

The Iranian Government, through the Iranian
Ambassador at Washington, Ali iVmini, and
through the U.S. Embassy at Tehran, has ex-
pressed the deep regrets of His Majesty the Shah,
the Prime Minister, and the Government of Iran
and has given firm assurances that every effort
is being made to apprehend the bandits and to
secure the release of Mrs. Carroll.

The Iranian Government has ordered full mo-
bilization of police facilities, including aircraft,
and has dispatched Maj. Gen. Ali Qoli Golpira,
Chief of the Iranian Gendarmerie, to Zahedan to
direct the pursuit. Facilities and personnel of
American official missions in Iran have likewise

' BuiXETiN of Nov. 12, 1956, p. 756.
654

been made available to cooperate with the Iranian
Government.

Secretary Dulles and Ica Director John B. Hol-
lister have written to the families of Mr. Carroll
and Mr. Wilson to express their condolences. The
Department of State is keeping in close touch
with the family of Mrs. Carroll concerning de-
velopments as the search goes on.

Kevin Carroll and Brewster Wilson died while
serving the best interests of their Government and
their country. The Department of State pays
tribute to their distinguished service, while
mourning the tragic sacrifice it has exacted from
them and their families.

U.S. Reaffirms Continuation
of Aid to Iran

Press release 1S5 dated April 2

The Department of State on April 2 reaffirmed
that there has been no suspension of technical and
economic assistance to Iran following the recent
tragic deaths of Mr. and Mrs. Kevin Carroll and
Brewster Wilson. Steps have been taken to re-
strict the travel of personnel in the area where
the tragedy occurred. This was an administra-
tive action to protect the safety of members, both
Iranian and American, of the U.S. Operations
Mission in that particular area.

The Department has expressed its appreciation
for the great efforts of His Majesty the Shah, the
Prime Minister, and the Government of Iran to
locate and free Mrs. Carroll before her death was
confirmed, and for their continuing efforts to ap-
prehend and punish the bandit murderers.

Current Developments in Hungary

Pross release l>s,S dated April .'>

In a joint declaration with the Soviet Govern-
ment at Moscow on March 28 the Kadar regime
lias again denied the competence of the United
Nations in the problem of Hungary. It has again
falsified the record by alleging that the Hungarian
uprising of October-November was a Fascist
counterrevolution unleashed by the United States.

But the record is clear. The uprising was
spontaneous. It was supported by the entire na-
tion. It was crushed only by the intervention of
Soviet armed forces. In these circumstances, the

Department of Slate Bulletin

continued presence of Soviet forces in Hungary
and the systematic repression of the Hungarian
people constitute an open confession by the Kadar
regime that it does not have the confidence of the
people and cannot exist without the protection of
Soviet troops.

The Kadar regime has vengefully sought to
identify, seize, and punish those wlio took any part
in the uprising of October-November. It has
carried out arrests of Hungarian citizens on a
mass scale. It has reinstituted by decree the
cruel practice of banishment. It has ordered all
residents of Hungary to report to the police for
a check of identity cards. It has made clear in
public statements that Soviet troops will remain
in Hungary indefuiitely for the purpose of pro-
tecting the regime and intimidating the Hun-
garian people.

These events can only be regarded as further
steps toward the complete suppression of all hu-
man rights and liberties in Hungaiy. They
mark a reversion to some of the worst practices
of the Stalinist terror in that country and stand
in ironic contrast to the celebration by Commun-
ists on April 4 of the "liberation"' of Hungary by
Soviet armed forces in 1945.

We believe that these developments will be of
concern to the Special Committee established by
the United Nations General Assembly on January
10 to investigate the problem of Hungary.^ The
Conunittee will report its findings to the General
Assembly, which remains seized of the problem
of Himgary.

Escapee Program Marks
Fifth Anniversary

Press release 170 dated March 22

The United States Escapee Program marked its
5th amiiversary on March 22.

Now located in the Office of Refugee and Mi-
gration Affairs, Department of State, headed by
Robert S. McCoUum, the Escapee Program has
returned to the Department, where it first oper-
ated after its creation in 1952. It was established
under the Mutual Security Act and has been con-
tinued by annual appropriations. The program
was transferred in 1956 f I'om the International Co-
operation Administration to the newly created Of-

' BirLLETiN of .Ian. 28, 1957, p. 138.

fice of Refugee and Migration Affairs in the Bu-
reau of Security and Consular Affairs.^

Mr. McCollum, now on a survey of the escapee
situation in Europe and the Near East, pointed
out in a departure statement on Mai'ch 15 that
a highlight of the Escapee Program's achievements
came with the care, maintenance, transportation,
and resettlement assistance it provided during the
recent outpouring of escapees as a result of the
Hungarian revolt.

Assistance by the Escapee Program supplements
programs of local governments of asylum and of
international and voluntary organizations engaged
in refugee service. Resettlement of escapees
aided by the program may be in any country where
anti-Communist refugees are welcome to reestab-
lish themselves as self-sufficient citizens of the
free world.

Of approximately 255,000 escapees from Iron
Curtain countries — including Hungarians — 160,-
000 have had some of the services of the Escapee
Program. These services range from welcoming
kits containing items for personal comfort, clean-
liness, and convenience for those newly arrived in
the free world, on through further care, mainte-
nance, and transportation, to full reestablishment,
in many cases, in countries of destination.

The Escapee Program has played a major role
in resettling about half the nearly 88,000 escapees
who have gone to the United States, Canada, Aus-
tralia, and to certain countries in South America
and participated with other organizations in as-
sisting the other half. The progi-am has also had
part in the resettlement of 54,000 in Western Eu-
rope. Some 113,000 have not been permanently
resettled in any one spot. They are m temjjorary
locations pending final destination.

Of the Office of Refugee and Migration Af-
fairs, Mr. McCollum has said : "I hope in this area
we may bring into focus for constructive consid-
eration and action the many aspects of America's
interests in escapees, refugees, and general migra-
tion problems.

"The United States must continue to exert lead-
ership in the humanitarian as well as the economic
and military fields. To justify our position and
reputation in the free world, we must not fail to
recognize that men and women everywhere are
entitled to live in freedom, with dignity and with
opportunities to improve their stations in life."

' Bulletin of Apr. 16, 1956, p. 651.

April 22, 1957

655

He asserted that the worldwide problem of refu-
gees cannot be dealt with adequately by short-
term planning, adding that "as long as oppressive
dictatorships exist, as long as basic individual
freedoms are denied, there will be people who flee
to seek better lives and, thereby, create new refugee
problems.

"Pleased as we may be about our country's part
in accepting Hungarian escapees, we must combat
any tendency to talk in terms of Hungarians only,"
Mr. McCollum cautioned. "The whole picture de-
serves constant emphasis. What of the millions
of refugees from other countries?"

Pointing out that the United States has played
leading roles in refugee problems from 1938 on, he
stated that "Congress is now facing the continuing
challenge of further action." Citing President
Eisenhower's recent recommendation to Congress
for "permanent legislation so that administrative
authorities are in a position to act promptly . . .
in facing [escapee] emergencies which may arise
in the future," ^ Mr. McCollum said :

"Our record of the past joins the issue of today.
We have performed with credit. There can be
no letting down. We must keep trying to alleviate
the plight of the longtime refugee. We are bend-
ing every effort, with available legislation, to help
in resettlement and integration. This continues
a world challenge and a challenge to the United
States to continue its leadership. Most of all we
must value a long-range policy, flexible to meet
any contingency, at the same time affording con-
tinuity of planning."

U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences

Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion

The Department of State announced on March
28 (press release 177) that Scott McLeod, Ad-
ministrator of the Bureau of Security and Con-
sular Affairs, will head a 14-man U.S. delegation
to the meeting of the sixth session of the Council
of the Intergovernmental Committee for Euro-

' Ibid., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 247.

pean Migration (Icem) to be held at Geneva,
Switzerland, April 8-13, 1957. The Council
meeting will be preceded by a week's meeting of
the 9-member Executive Committee, convening
on March 28.

Francis E. Walter and Kenneth B. Keating,
U. S. House of Representatives, will serve as al-
ternate delegates to Mr. McLeod.

Public members who will serve as advisers are :
Harold J. Gallagher, New York City, attorney;
Mrs. Edwin I. Hilson, New York City; Judge
Charles Rosenbaum, Denver, Colo., attorney;
Nick I. Stepanovich, East Chicago, Ind., attor-
ney ; and Maj. Frederick SuUens, editor, Jackson,
Miss., Daily News.

Other advisers to the Council meeting are:
Robert S. McCollum, Deputy Administrator,
Office of Refugee and Migration Affairs, Depart-
ment of State; Walter M. Besterman, legal as-
sistant. House Judiciary Committee; William F.
Heimlich, consultant. Senate Judiciary Commit-
tee ; and Pierce J. Gerety, consultant. Department
of State.

George L. Warren, Adviser on Refugees and
Migration, Department of State, will serve as
acting U.S. representative to the Executive Com-
mittee meeting and as principal adviser to Mr.
McLeod at the Coimcil meeting. Elmer M. Falk,
Office of International Administration, Depart-
ment of State, will also act as adviser at both
meetings.

Icem, with funds supplied by 27 member gov-
ernments, is continuing the extensive program
undertaken in 1956 of transporting Hungarian
refugees from Austria to countries of temporary
or permanent asylum.

On the initiative of the United States, Icem
was established in 1951 to help relocate Europe's
surplus manpower and refugees. The principal
places of relocation providing new homelands
and jobs are in Australia, Canada, and various
South American countries.

Agenda items for the forthcoming meetings
include a report by the director of Icem on the
work undertaken in 1956, a revised plan of opera-
tions, and budget and planning of expenditures
for 1957. Another item on the agenda is the
problem of moving Hungarian refugees from
Yugoslavia and Austria.

656

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

Advantages to the United States of Membership
in Proposed Organization for Trade Cooperation

MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS'

To THE COXGEESS OF THE UnITED StATES :

The Secretary of Commerce is submitting for
consideration by the Congress legislation to au-
thorize United States membership in the Organi-
zation for Trade Cooperation.-

I urge its favorable consideration.

The advantages to the United States of mem-
bership in the Organization for Trade Coopera-
tion are compelling. It would open the way to
major benefits for American trade by providing
day to day review and consultation on administra-
tion of our trade agreements. It would provide
machinery for closer supervision and protection
of the assurances contained in those agreements
against discriminatory treatment of American
exports, and thus increase the benefits we receive
from those agreements. It would enable us more
effectively to encourage the opening of new op-
portunities for our exports to compete in the
Avorld market on their commercial merit.

Foreign trade is a major economic activity in
the United States. In 1956 our merchandise ex-
ports, excluding goods shipped under military as-
sistance programs, amounted to over 17 billion
dollars. They constituted a greater proportion of
our gross national product than the value of all
non-farm residential construction last year. In
the field of agriculture alone exports provide the
market for the product of about 40 million acres
of land.

' White House press release dated Apr. 3 ; transmitted
on Apr. 3 (H. Doe. 14C, 8.5th Cong., 1st sess.).

^ For text of OTC agreement, see Bulletin of Apr. 4,
1955, p. 579.

Because exports take only part of the produc-
tion of most of our industries and farms, and be-
cause they move through so many stages of proc-
essing and handling on their way to foreign
markets, we frequently overlook their importance.
But they are vital to the welfare of our agricul-
ture, labor and industry.

America's foreign trade has grown rapidly
under our Reciprocal Trade Agreements Program.
This program has been in effect for more than
20 years, but since 1946 its principal vehicle has
been a multilateral agreement known as the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, signed by
all the major trading nations of the world.

That agreement gives to the United States im-
portant tariff and other concessions, but some of
the benefits of these concessions to our export
trade have been offset by such measures as quotas,
licenses, and exchange restrictions. These meas-
ures have imder various circumstances had the
effect of discriminating against United States ex-
ports, and limiting the benefits of tariff conces-
sions which we received under the General
Agreement.

The General Agreement provides for the
orderly elimination of this discrimination against
our trade, but, because of inadequate machinery
for administration, these provisions have not
been fully effective.

The Organization for Trade Cooperation, by
making possible more business-like administra-
tion of those provisions of the General Agree-
ment, will help to make our trade agreements
more fully effective and assist us in expanding

April 22, 1957

657

our markets abroad for United States products.
At the preseiit time, administration of the Gen-
eral Agreement is limited by the fact that the
signatories meet only intermittently.

In my Message of April 14, 1955,^ I reviewed
the evolution of the General Agreement and the
developments whicli led to the proposal for an
Organization for Trade Cooperation. That
Message was followed by exhaustive hearings be-
fore the Committee on Ways and Means of the
House of Kepresentatives * and in April 1956
that Committee approved a bill to authorize
United States membership in the proposed
Organization.

In reporting last year's biU the Committee on
Ways and Means inserted a number of construc-
tive amendments to assure that participation by
the United States in the Organization for Trade
Cooperation would relate solely to matters per-
taining to international trade and that safe-
guards for domestic producers contained in our
present trade legislation would be maintained
unimpaired. These amendments have been
strengthened and included in this year's bill.

The proposal being submitted by the Secretary
of Commerce contains two new features not
found in the bill approved by the Committee on
Ways and Means last year. These are designed
to provide further safeguards to insure that
United States participation in the proposed Or-
ganization will be responsive to the problems and
needs of American agriculture, labor and in-
dustry. The first is a provision to create an ad-
visory committee consisting of representatives of
American labor, industry, agriculture and the
public to advise and consult with the United
States chief representative on matters coming be-
fore the Organization. The second is a provision
under which the United States chief representa-
tive would make an annual report to the Presi-
dent for transmittal to the Congress concerning

' lUd., Apr. 25, 1955, p. 678.

' For statements by Secretary Dulles and Secretary
o( Commerce Sinclair Weeks, see ibid., Mar. 19, 195C,
p. 472.

the effect of the activities of the Organization for
Trade Cooperation on American labor, industry
and agriculture.

In addition, the proposal contains provisions
further clarifying the substantive safeguards al-
ready endorsed by the Committee on Ways and
Means by explicitly stating that its enactment
will not authorize, directly or indirectly, any fur-
ther tariff reduction or other tariff concession by
the United States not elsewhere authorized by
the Congress.

The recent development of proposals for a com-
mon market and free trade area place Western
Europe on the threshold of a great new move-
ment toward economic integration. The Otc
will help to assure that this movement will de-
velop in ways beneficial to our trade and that of
other free countries, avoiding the danger that
regional trade arrangement will lead to new bar-
riers and discriminations against our exports.

To achieve our objectives, it is essential that the
United States chief representative to the Organ-
ization for Trade Cooperation be a person of
wide experience in practical business matters, and
that the members of the Advisory Committee
likewise have had practical experience in their
respective fields. I intend to appoint the Secre-
tary of Commerce as Chairman of the Advisory
Committee.

Tlie foreign trade policies of the United States
are based upon our reciprocal trade legislation
and the agreements that have been negotiated
under it. Until we establish the best possible
machinery for administration of these agree-
ments, we are needlessly failing to obtain their
maximum possible benefits for American labor,
industry, and agriculture. With membership in
tlie proposed Otc we will be in the strongest
possible position to achieve the full benefits that
these agreements afford.

I recommend the early enactment of this
proposal.

DwiGHT D. ElSENH0\VER

TirE White House,
April 3, 1957.

658

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

Principles of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy

Statement hy Thorsten Y. Kalijari'l
Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs ^

I am appearing today in response to the com-
mittee's request for the Department of State to
present its views on aspects of our foreign eco-
nomic policy which serve to build a world of free
peoples. Other officials of the Department have
previously appeared to discuss the Soviet eco-
nomic system.

My statement will describe for you how the
United States, through its economic policies, is
contributing to a strong community of free- world
nations based upon the system of free private
enterprise, a free flow of capital and exchange of
industrial and other techniques, and a mutually
profitable and expanding trade among the na-
tions of the free world. There is a marlied con-
trast between the Soviet system and ours which
will be developed in this statement. Our major
free-world partners, such as the United King-
dom, are of course also vitally interested in a
strong free world and are working to this end.
However, I wisli today to limit myself primarily
to our own economic policies.

First, to contrast these systems in general. As
has been pointed out in earlier testimony, the eco-
nomic diplomacy of the U.S.S.E. has as its aim
furtherance of Soviet-brand communism. Its
immediate objectives are to weaken the cohesion
of the free world, to intensify neutralism, and to
encourage countries to look to the Soviets for aid
and leadership. Its long-range objective is to
subvert and communize any nation which appears
to be a likely political target. Its dream of an

' Made before the Subcommittee on International Or-
ganizations and Movements of the House Committee on
Foreign Affairs on Apr. 3 (press release 187).

ideal world is a politico-economic system planned
and controlled from the Kremlin.

The aim of the United States in the conduct
of our foreign economic policy has been to work
not for enslavement of other j^eoples but for their
freedom. Our immediate aims are to work with
free peoples everywhere in helping to improve
standards of living and to provide people with
greater opportunities to develop their abilities
and enrich their contributions to human life.
Our long-range objective is to help make it pos-
sible for people throughout the world to choose
the course of freedom independent of foreign
domination or ideological slavery. Our aim is a
world community of free and prosperous nations
bound together by peaceful ties of trade, of mu-
tual helpfulness, and of common ideals of human
dignity. Thus conceived, the foreign economic
policy of the United States has as its aim the
"building of a world of free peoples."

Let us turn to three major aspects of our
foreign economic policy that contribute to this
overall aim, namely: (1) the encouragement of
free competitive enterprise abroad; (2) the en-
couragement of the flow of capital and technical
assistance abroad; and (3) the promotion of an
expanding world trade.

Encouraging Free Competitive Enterprise Abroad

First let us consider our policy of encouraging
competitive enterprise in the free world.

As the committee is aware, there is no place
for free enterprise in the Soviet economy. The
monolithic Soviet state owns all the land, all the

kptW 22, 7957

659

factories, and all the mines. Economic decisions
are made by the Government, taking into account
first the requirements of the Soviet state and giv-
ing only secondary consideration to the needs of
the individual. Government ministries and agen-
cies have absolute control over the entire economy.
Both managers and worlvers are subject to the
fullest kind of regimentation. Coercion is one of
the principal means employed to obtain maxi-
mum effort from tlie Soviet worker.

Before proceeding to a description of the free-
enterprise system, it is useful to point out that
our economy has not developed in the way which
Karl Marx envisaged as the inevitable course for
a capitalist society. He did not conceive of the
kind of evolutionary development which has
taken place. The violent explosions and up-
heavals which he prophesied have not occurred.
The free-enterprise system was supposed to be
predatory but instead has provided a higher
standard of living for all members of our so-
ciety than at any time in the history of mankind.

In contrast with the Soviet economic system,
the free competitive enterprise system is a reflec-
tion of the basic philosophy of democratic gov-
ernment. The foundation of such a system is the
sanctity of private property, whether it be a fac-
tory or a farm. Competitive enterprise in a
democracy is thoroughly responsive to the needs
and interests of all citizens. It is a vigorous and
dynamic system which stimulates changes and
progress. This system encourages initiative, in-
ventiveness, and greater productivity by the in-
dividual through affording him better opportuni-
ties to utilize his talents and to improve his per-
sonal status and well-being. Personal motivation
to do a good job is inherent in the free com-
petitive enterprise system because both the em-
ployer and the employee know their compensa-
tion is determined by the play of economic forces,
not by arbitrary decisions of the state. The re-
sult is a maximum of production from a given
set of resources and a high standard of living.

The essential characteristics of this system
which produce these results are the following:
first, ingenuity and risk-taking by management,
which results in the development of new indus-
tries, the introduction of new products, and the
use of improved methods of production; second,
competition in the market place, which serves as
a major stimulus to efficient production, lower

costs, and lower prices; and, third, protection of
workers' rights through their participation in
free independent labor unions.

Let me now mention some of the significant
activities within tlie free nations of the world
which serve to promote a system of competitive
enterprise and which it is the policy of the United
States to encourage. Of considerable significance
are the European Coal and Steel Commimity and
the proposed European Common Market, both
of which have as their principal economic goal
the elimination of both public and private bar-
riers to trade among the six member countries as
a means of stimulating more efficient production
and improving standards of living. Worthy of
mention is the fact that several Western European
countries, within the framework of the Organiza-
tion for European Economic Cooperation, have
established national programs to improve indus-
trial efficiency and increase productivity. A num-
ber of these same countries have enacted anticartel
legislation designed to remove private restraints
on production and trade. Particularly note-
worthy is recent legislation adopted by the United
Kingdom which promises to be one of the most
effective anticartel laws yet enacted in Western
Europe. Also of importance are the efforts being
undei'taken to develop free labor unions and con-
structive management-labor relations.

It should be emphasized that in our encourage-
ment of free enterprise abroad the United States
fidly recognizes the riglit of other countries to
determine their own forms of economic organiza-
tion. Wlaat we want is for other peoples to have
confidence in their innate capacities for economic
progress through free institutions of their own.

The problem of encouraging competitive free
enterprise in liighly developed economies must of
necessity differ substantially from the problem of
encouraging it in countries with less developed
economies. Productivity in these latter countries
is generally very low. As a rule, it is inhibited
by a shortage of administrative and managerial
skills, by a shortage of capital for investment, and
by a complex of public and private attitudes to-
ward economic life which sometimes results in
restrictive, high-cost production. One of the ma-
jor problems, therefore, is producing changes in
basic attitudes which will in time lead to changes
in economic and business practices. A number
of the less developed countries have attempted

660

Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin

to meet their problems by socialist devices, that is,
government ownership or close control of basic
industries or portions of them. This is not nec-
essarily a manifestation of an ideology approach-
ing commmiism. These governments apparently
have determmed that such action is necessitated
by the economic facts of life with which they are
confronted and that only thus can economic de-
velopment be guided and achieved. It is impor-
tant for us to understand these motivations in
order to work effectively with these countries.

Expanding the Flow of Capital

Let us next take up the second main aspect of
our foreign economic policy which contributes to
the objective of building a world of free peoples,
namely, the encouragement of the flow of capital
and tecluiical assistance abroad. The need for
expanding the flow of capital to the free nations
will be considered first.

As the conunittee knows, developing economies
need capital. Literally many countries, particu-
larly the less developed ones, are capital starved.
Recognizing this fact late in 1955, the U.S.S.R.
began to exploit this situation by making attrac-
tive offers of credits to these countries. Substan-
tial credits have now been granted to a number
of carefully selected "political targets" outside
the Soviet bloc.

The United States also has been aware of the
needs of other free nations for capital and, as a
matter of fact, was doing something to meet these
needs long before the Soviets. Thus, the United
States has undertaken many measures to encour-
age private investment abroad on a basis which
contributes to efficient growth of the industries
of otlier free countries. "We are negotiatmg
"friendship, comnierce and navigation" treaties to
establish an environment favorable to interna-
tional investment and tax treaties for the avoid-
ance of double taxation; we are offering govern-
ment guaranties to private investors against the
hazards of inconvertibility, expropriation, and
war ; we continue to provide a variety of informa-
tion services to facilitate private foreign invest-
ment. We have taken the initiative in the estab-
lishment of the International Finance Corpora-
tion, which has been organized as an affiliate of
the International Bank. The purpose of the Cor-
poration is to encourage the growth of productive
private enterprise, especially in the less developed

countries. To do this, the Corporation will in-
vest in private undertakings in association with
private investors and will revolve its investments
by selling them to other private investors.

At this stage, however, private-enterprise capi-
tal can do only a part of the job. In the newly
emerged countries of Asia and Africa the primary
need is for basic development projects: power,
communications, irrigation, and transportation — ■
fields to which private capital is not likely to be
attracted in sufficient quantities. Public funds
are therefore necessary. This Government con-
tinues to invest public funds through the Exim-
BANK in meritorious development projects abroad
for which private funds are not available. We
give full support to the development lending of
the International Bank. Through the mutual
security program the United States is providing
commodities and services to help friendly coun-
tries maintain adequate defense establishments.
In addition, we are providing capital for devel-
opment assistance in the form of loans repayable
in local currency and, where necessary, as grants
to those countries whose economic strength cannot
be built up with adequate speed wholly by the
normal processes of trade and investment.

Our surplus foods and fibers are being used to
relieve distress abroad arising from famine or
other urgent difficulties. We are also lending
back to the nations buying our surplus agricul-
tural commodities a substantial portion of the
proceeds of the sales for the purpose of investment
in economic development projects.

Technical Assistance

In addition to encouraging the flow of capital
abroad, we must also give technical assistance to
the nations of the free world. This is particu-
larly true of the underdeveloped countries, which
are in great need of know-how and managerial
skills.

Teclmical assistance is a relatively new field for
the Soviets, but they are expanding it rapidly in
anticipation of a future payoff in political bene-
fits. In this field also the Soviets are concentrat-
ing their efforts in the less developed countries.
At this time the Soviets probably hope to reduce
or eliminate our influence in certain areas of the
free world and at the same time build up a reser-
voir of good will for the U.S.S.R.

Our teclmical-assistance activities are a very

April 22, 7957

661

important complement to the economic aid pro-
gram. Big dividends have accrued from the
relatively small investment in technical assistance.
Through bilateral arrangements vrith our free
partners the United States has established agri-
cultural, health, education, and other types of
projects in virtually every free nation m the
world. The United States also participates in
multilateral programs of sharing teclmical skills.
Among the most important of these is the United
Nations Expanded Program of Teclmical Assist-
ance. Experts have been recruited from 77 coun-
tries to help provide technical education in vari-
ous forms.

In addition, the United States has supported the
establislmient of an International Atomic Energy
Agency to make nuclear technology widely avail-
able in all its peaceful aspects and to allocate
fissionable materials for benign uses. We are
providing technical assistance in nuclear science,
and we have given financial support for the in-
stallation abroad of reactors suitable for research
in tlie peaceful uses of atomic energy. American
industry is also playing an important role in the
technical-assistance program by sharing its latest
techniques and processes with other free
countries.

Promoting World Trade

Now let us turn to the third main aspect of our
foreign economic policy which contributes to the
aim of building a world of free peoples — the pro-
motion of world trade. In no place is there
a sharper contrast between the policies and prac-
tices of the U.S.S.R. and the United States than
in the trade field. This contrast is, in a sense, a
reflection of the two economic systems.

There is, of course, no place for the private
trader in the foreign trade of the Soviet Union.
All Soviet foreign trade is completely regimented
and carried on through a state trading apparatus.
As a result, in this field as in every otlier field of
Soviet foreign economic policy, political motives
are predominant in tliat the Soviet leaders select
countries to trade with wliich they feel they can
influence by economic deals. For example, bulk
purchases from free-world countries are often
timed for maximum political effect. In their ef-
forts to expand trade with the free world, the
Soviets have depended primarily on bilateral
trade agreements and specific barter deals.

By way of contrast, the nature of our com-
petitive enterprise system determines in large
part the manner in which we conduct our foreign
trade. Most of our foreign trade is carried on
by private traders. Their decisions are based
largely on considerations of the market place, not
on political motivations.

As a matter of governmental trade policy the
United States has sought to achieve an expanding
world trade through international cooperation as
a stimulant to our own economic growth and
security as well as that of other free nations. Its
objective is to minimize government controls
over trade so that the influence of the market
place may have its maximum impact.

The United States is doing this in recognition
of the basic mutual benefits which flow from
trade among coimtries. Through the process of
international specialization, the countries of the
free world are interdependent for sources of ma-
terials and goods and for markets for the goods
which they produce. Through international
trade, countries in effect increase their produc-
tivity by marketing those things which they pro-
duce in surplus and buying those things which
they cannot produce efficiently. A country may
be able to achieve a considerable amount of self-
sufficiency through severe restrictions to trade,
but no country is so blessed with resources that
it could do so without sacrificing a degree of eco-
nomic well-being and economic development.

In addition, with ample opportunities for trad-
ing witli tlie United States and with each other,
the countries of the free world can better resist
the pressures, both from tlieir own commercial in-
terests and increasingly from the Soviet Union,
to become dependent on trade with the countries
of the Communist bloc. This issue is particu-
larly crucial in the underdeveloped areas of the
free world, which are feeling tlie brunt of the
Soviet economic offensive. Some of these coun-
tries in Asia, Africa, and the Middle East now
have very substantial trade with the Soviet bloc.

As a means of developing mutually beneficial
trade, the United States pioneered in promoting
cooperative action in the trade field when it
adopted the reciprocal trade agreements program
in 1934. By 1945 the United States had signed
bilateral trade agreements with 29 countries.
Bilateralism in trade relations gave way to multi-
lateralism after World War II because experi-

662

Deparfmenf of Stale Bulletin

ence had shown that the complex problems of
international trade could not be dealt with ef-
fectively on a bilateral basis. The product of
this experience was the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, to which there are 35 sig-
natories, including the major trading nations of
the free world.

By the establishment of accepted principles of
trade policy and procedures for resolving trade
disputes, a measure of stability in world trade lias
been created which has contributed significantly
to its overall expansion.

In conclusion, I think it is clear that the vari-
ous aspects of our foi'eign economic policy which

have been discussed here will help the nations of
the free world the better to resist the Communist
challenge. However, it is important to stress the
fact that this Government has a deep-seated and
enduring interest in the economic growtli and de-
velopment of other free nations, quite apart from
the important political problem of resisting the
spread of communism. In other words, we are
seeking to better the economic status of the people
of all free nations, not just to be in opposition to
something but because we sincerely believe it is a
positive good. If we are successful in these ef-
forts, I believe that this nation will have made a
significant contribution to the building of a world
of free peoples.

Limitations on Travel of American Citizens Abroad and on Cultural Exchanges

STATEMENT BY DEPUTY UNDER SECRETARY
MURPHY'

It is a privilege to have this opportunity to ap-
pear before you and to review with you the ques-
tion of the limitations imposed by the Depax'tment
of State on the travel of American citizens abroad
and certain related matters bearing on the ex-
change of persons between the United States and
other countries.

Also at your express wish, Mr. Chairman, I
shall review the question of the ban on travel to
Communist China of American newsmen and ad-
dress myself to the policy aspects of limitations
on overseas travel of Americans and on cultural
exchanges generally.

There is an accumulation of tradition as to ex-
actly what a passport is and what rights citizens
bearing passports have. The basic passport law
dates back to 1856, although passports have been
issued by the Secretary of State since the found-
ing of the country. In fact, Congress enacted
legislation in 1803 and in 1815 which specifically

' Made before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
on Apr. 2 (press release 182).

took cognizance of the fact that the Secretary
issued passports under his general authority to
conduct foreign relations.

In 1856 the Congress also recognized that the
President was i-esponsible for the protection of
American citizens abroad. This responsibility
was later specifically assigned to the President by
an act of Congress on July 27, 1868, by which
the President was authorized to take measures
"not amounting to acts of war" to insure the re-
lease of any American citizen "mijustly deprived
of his liberty by or under the authority of any
foreign government."

Although the Congress recognizes the Presi-
dent's obligation to protect American citizens
abroad and to secure their release when unjustly
held by foreign governments. Congress has tradi-
tionally recognized the Secretary of State's au-
thority to issue passports. This was most recently
reflected by an act of Congress of July 3, 1926.
This act states that the Secretary or his designated
representative may grant and issue passports
"under such rules as the President shall designate
and prescribe for and on behalf of the United
States."

April 22, 1957

663

Discretionary Control Over Issuance and Validation
of Passports

The Secretary of State historically has decided
which citizens should receive passports and for
what countries their passports should be vali-
dated. =^ Under section 51.135 of the Department
of State Regulations, as amended January 10,
1956, passports are denied to members of the Com-
munist Party and to certain other citizens who
support the Communist movement. In addition,
section 51.136 proscribes the issuance of passports
to certain other individuals. This regulation
states :

In order to promote and safeguard the interests of the
United States, passport facilities, except for direct and
immediate return to the United States, will be refused
to a person when it appears to the satisfaction of the
Secretary of State that the person's activities abroad
would: (1) violate the laws of the United States; (2) be
prejudicial to the orderly conduct of foreign relations;
or (3) otherwise be prejudicial to the interests of the
United States.

In addition to his discretionary control over
which individual citizens are issued passports, the
Secretary of State may also decide which coun-
tries they may visit. This takes the form of a vali-
dation stamp in each passport, stating which coun-
tries may or may not be visited. Policy decisions
as to which countries are intended in the ban are
continually reviewed in the light of current de-
velopments. During wartime, passports are vali-
dated for relatively few coimtries and close check
is kept on which areas are safe for American
travel. During World War II, for example,
American passports were only good for 6 months
and were taken up at the frontiers when citizens
returned to the United States.

Generally speaking, the United States will not
validate passports for travel to countries with
which we do not have diplomatic relations.
Americans traveling to such countries cannot be
extended the usual protection offered American
citizens and property abroad by our embassies
and consulates abroad. At the present time, the
following inscription is printed in every United
States passport :

This passport is not valid for travel to the following
areas under control of authorities with which the United
States does not have diplomatic relations: Albania, Bul-
garia, and those portions of China, Korea and Vietnam
under Communist control.

" For text of passport regulations, see 22 Code of Federal
Uegulations 51.135 through 51.143.

In addition to not validating passports for coun-
tries with which we have no diplomatic relations,
the Secretary of State may, from time to time, de-
cide that the safety of American citizens cannot
be fully protected in certain countries. Tliis is
one of the reasons for the present ban on travel to
Hmigary ^ and the recent ban on travel to the four
nations in the Middle East — Israel, Egypt, Jor-
dan, and Syria. The Secretai-y of State, while
considering it advisable not to validate passports
for Hungary, for example, nevertheless retains
the right to except certain groups, whose travel to
those areas would be in the interests of the United
States. Groups often excepted in such cases are
Eed Cross and relief workers, priests and mis-
sionaries, and the press.

When the Secretary believes that the current
situation in any particular country is stable once
more, he then may lift the ban on travel there
either for particular groups or for all citizens.
Yesterday, as the most recent case in point, the
situation in the Middle East was considered to
have stabilized sufficiently for the four-country
ban to be removed.*

One reason for not allowing citizens to travel to
certain countries, in addition to the safety of the
individuals involved, is the psychological pres-
sure which can be brought to bear on a country by
not allowing Americans to enter it. For example,
the United States cut off travel to Czechoslovakia
after United States newpaperman William Oatis
was imprisoned. The unfavorable publicity re-
ceived by the Czechs abroad and their desire to
have American newsmen and tourists visit Czech-
oslovakia undoubtedly contributed to the release
of Mr. Oatis.^ Such pressure would have been im-
possible had the Secretary not had the authority to
stop travel to Czechoslovakia.

Ban on Travel to Communist China

As a specific case history, the committee may
wish to have a brief analysis of the policy reasons
why Americans are not permitted to travel to
Communist China, beyond the reasons that we

'' For text of U.S. note to Hungary concerning reinstitu-
tiou of passport validation requirements, see Bulletin of
Feb. 13, 1956, p. 246.

' See p. 654.

"For Department statement on prohibition of travel
to Czechoslovakia, see Bulletin of .June 11, 1051, p. 932 ;
for Department announcement on release of William N.
Oatis, see ibid., June 1, 1953, p. 785.

664

Department of State Bulletin

have no diplomatic relations with it. Public at-
tention has been focused on the refusal to author-
ize travel by newsmen, but I sliould make it clear
that this applies to all other citizens as well.

Many other categories of travelers — mission-
aries, scholars, educators, public officials, relatives
of imprisoned Americans — have been refused
passports to Communist China. Let me put it this
way : the special advantages or disadvantages of
allowing any one group to travel there were not
the governing factor. The decision, and the rea-
sons behind it, applied equally to all Americans.

And let me make one other point clear before
giving those reasons: the skill and impartiality
of American correspondents were never a point
at issue. The vital importance of a full flow of
information about conditions in mainland China
has been recognized throughout.

The reasons, stemming from fundamental
United States foreign policy, may be summarized
as follows:

(1) A state of unresolved conflict exists be-
tween the United States and the United Nations
on the one hand and Communist Cliina on the
other. The armistice, signed in 1953, was to con-
tinue until a political settlement was reached. No
such settlement has ever taken place, owing to
the refusal of the Chinese Communists to consider
any terms acceptable to the United Nations. The
national emergency, proclaimed by the President
at the time of the original Communist attack in
Korea, is still in effect. All trade and financial
transaction with Communist China are prohibited
by United States laws and regulations. In time
of war, travel in enemy territory is denied to
United States citizens. In tiie present state of na-
tional emergency, travel to Commvmist China is
similarly denied.

(2) The Communist Chinese threat against the
Republic of China, with whom the United States
has a treaty of mutual defense, remains clear and
present. The Chinese Communist buildup on the
mainland opposite Formosa continues. They have
specifically refused to enter into any agreement
renouncing the use of force in the Formosa area.
Under such conditions the United States believes
that mainland travel by its citizens is unwise.

(3) Since, as I have said, the United States does
not recognize the Chinese Commmiist regime,
normal diplomatic and consular protection for
United States travelers there cannot be extended.
This situation is highlighted by the fact that the

Chinese Communists have taken, and are still
holding, political hostages. Here is strong evi-
dence of the need for such protection. Even if
the citizen applying for a passport would waive
his right to such protection, the Government must
extend it to the limit of its capabilities.

(4) The Chinese Communist regime, which
came to power by armed insurrection, has consoli-
dated that power by a series of lawless acts. These
include invasion of North Korea and attack on
United Nations forces there, and illegal imprison-
ment of American citizens without trial. It also
includes flagrant violation of the Korean Armi-
stice Agreement by the introduction of new
weapons and aircraft in North Korea, and, as we
have seen, it includes the continuing buildup of
forces on the mainland opposite Formosa. In all
these instances, the opinion of the rest of the
world has been cynically disregarded. Now Com-
munist China seems to feel the need for respecta-
bility and acceptance into the family of nations.
One of the requisites of such respectability is the
establishment of trade relations and cultural ex-
changes with the United States. The prerequi-
site thus is a relaxation of United States travel
restrictions.

A Form of Blackmail

The wish of the Chinese Communists for greater
respectability has been confirmed in the series of
meetings at Geneva between United States Am-
bassador U. Alexis Johnson and Communist
Chinese Ambassador Wang Ping-nan, which be-
gan on August 1, 1955. It was there that the Chi-
nese Communists agreed that all American citi-
zens in their counti'y so desiring should be allowed
to return to the United States and undertook to
facilitate that return. Despite this unequivocal
commitment of September 10, 1955, eight United
States citizens are still held prisoners.*' Ambassa-
dor Johnson has taken the firm position that the
cultural exchanges and visits by newspapermen
now desired by the Chinese Communists could not
be considered while United States citizens were
still held prisoner. To do so might well destroy
their last chance for freedom and would most
certainly be giving in to a form of blackmail.

It is also necessary, of course, to consider the
effect upon our friends and allies should

° For background, see ibid., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 261. Two of
the imprisoned Americans, the Rev. Fulgence Gross and
Paul Mackinsen, were released in March 1957.

April 22, 1957

665

the United States yield under such pressure. Con-
fidence in our determination to resist the aggres-
sive designs of communism would be weakened.
The position of leadership which we have ac-
cepted would be seriously undermined. It would
be most difficult for us to urge others, many of
whom must depend in part on our strength, to
stand unafraid and unflinching before the Com-
munist threat. It is well known that this threat
often takes the form of economic and cultural
penetration.

As Secretary Dulles has recently said in his
press conference,^ this whole question of the visits
by newspapermen to mainland China is under con-
tinuing review. If a formula can be found to per-
mit their coverage of conditions there without
affecting American lives and indulging in a form
of appeasement by yielding to blackmail, we
would all be greatly relieved.

Cultural Exchanges With Communist Countries

Now in this kindred matter of cultural ex-
changes with other Communist countries, and the
limitations thereon, I would like to make certain
points clear : first of all, we have no exchanges of
any kind with countries which we do not recog-
nize — Bulgaria, East Germany, Albania, North
Viet-Nam, and North Korea, as well as Com-
munist China.

At the present time, such exchanges, either
official or private, are suspended with Hungary.
American passports are not valid for travel to
Hungary except, as we have seen, for certain
special categories.

For some time now, the Department has taken
no initiative in the matter of officially sponsored
exchanges with the U.S.S.R. There lias been con-
siderable exchange activity, however, with Poland
and, to a lesser extent, with Czechoslovakia and
Eumania. At the present time a Polish coal dele-
gation is in this country, as well as their mission
on economic aid. An unofficial United States
housing delegation expects to go to Poland in
June in reciprocity for a Polish visit to the United
States last November. Three Rumanian observers,
you will remember, covered our election last No-
vember, and it is hoped that some kind of re-
ciprocal visit to Rumania by American political
experts and scholars will take place shortly.

The refusal of Communist countries to abide by

' Ibid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 482.

our visa requirements and allow their nationals to
be fingerprinted has severely limited exchanges in
the cultural field. Obviously, we cannot regard a
troupe of entertainers as Government officials.
So a kind of impasse exists. Unless the finger-
printing requirement for nonofficial visas is legally
removed, it is to be expected that the Soviet bloc
will continue to use it as an excuse for propaganda
to the effect that we have erected our own Iron
Curtain. And it further gives them the op-
portunity to deny visits of American cultural
groups because of our seeming failure to apply
reciprocity.

Exchange Program With Free-World Countries

This small trickle of exchanges with certain of
the Communist countries, is, we hope, temporary.
The Secretary of State is currently studying this
problem with a possible expansion in mind. We
believe in the kind of miderstanding and good will
that exchanges of people in many professions and
walks of life engender. Our own International
Educational Exchange Program with the world
outside the Iron and Bamboo Curtains is a flour-
ishing and successful one which we feel has in-
creased American miderstanding of our allies and
of other countries of the free world and, we have
every reason to believe, helped tell the American
story abroad.

A current example of how this free- world pro-
gram works is the sharp increase in planned ex-
changes with Africa. The trend toward inde-
pendent status for colonial areas and trust terri-
tories, as they become ready for the responsibilities
of self-government, has been a continuing one.
The contemplated increase in our program for
fiscal year 1958 is particularly oriented toward the
development of African educational facilities and
toward an expansion of the leader progi'am and
the specialist program there. For example, the
number of exchange gi-ants contemplated for the
newly independent nation of Ghana will bo in-
creased, it is hoped, from 13 to 40.

If any argument were needed, over and above
the compelling one of increased two-way under-
standing, it could be pointed out that there has
been a marked interest on the part of the Com-
munists in these newly emergent coinitries and
that it has taken the form of providing educa-
tional facilities for African leaders and potential
leaders. And their interest in other countries re-

666

Department of State Bulletin

mains constant as well. Vice President Nixon, foi'
example, on his return from his recent African
tour emphasized to us the importance attacliing
to exchanges with African countries as well as
other efforts in the cultural and economic fields.
If we believe, as we all do, that our way of life is
the true one and the Communist way is the false,
it seems to me that a thriving exchange program,
which conveys the story of the American way and
the way of the free world, is a rnust in the continu-
ing battle for the minds of men.

STATEMENT BY ROBERT F. CARTWRIGHT^

We are happy to appear before your subcom-
mittee this morning in response to the request
made in the chairman's letter dated March 22,
1957, to furnish whatever information we can re-
garding current State Department issuance policy,
procedure, regulations, and practices.

The Department of State representatives pres-
ent have been made available to assist the sub-
committee in its study. We hope to be able to
furnish answers to your questions. In the event
there is any information which is not immediately
at hand, we shall be glad to furnish it later for
the record, consistent with the committee's
wishes.

It may be helj^ful at this point if some general
statements might be made to demonstrate the De-
partment's position in relation to its responsibili-
ties in the passport field. With that in mind I
would like to quote for the record at this time cer-
tain portions of the statement made by Deputy
Under Secretary Eobert D. Murphy, before the
Senate Foreign Eelations Committee on April 2,
1957. Copies of Mr. Murphy's statement are avail-
able for the record if the committee wishes them,
but I would like to quote here certain paragraphs
which I feel deal directly with the immediate in-
terests of this subcommittee.

'Made before the Subcommittee on Constitutional
Rights of the Senate Committee on the Judiciary on Apr.
4 (press release 190). Mr. Cartwright was Acting Ad-
ministrator of the Bureau of Security and Consular Af-
fairs.

[At this iwint, Mr. Cartwright read from Mr. Mur-
phy's statement, the third through the eleventh para-
graphs.]

In addition to the bases for denial of passports
cited in the quoted portions of Mr. Murphy's state-
ment, the passport regulations of the Department
of State provide that persons denied passports be
advised in writing of the tentative refusal and
of the reasons on which it is based, as specifically
as, in the judgment of the Department of State,
security considerations permit. Upon request and
before refusal becomes final, the applicant is en-
titled to present his case and all relevant informa-
tion to the Passport Office on an informal basis.
At this time he is entitled to appear in person be-
fore a hearing officer and to be represented by
counsel. Upon request he will confirm his oral
statements in an affidavit for the record. There-
after the Passport Office must review the record
and after consultation with other interested of-
fices will advise the applicant of the decision. If
the decision is adverse, the applicant must be ad-
vised in writing and the letter must contain the
reasons on which the decision is based as specifi-
cally as the Department of State security limi-
tations permit. The letter shall also advise the
applicant of his right to appeal the decision.

The administrative body handling appeals of
this type is composed of not less than three officers
of the Department of State, designated by the
Secretary of State. The Board [of Passport Ap-
peals] is required to adopt and has adopted and
publicized its rules of procedure, including recog-
nition of the applicant's right to a hearing, right
to representation by counsel, and providing for the
applicant's opportunity to inspect the transcript
of his testimony. Likewise, other witnesses must
have the right to inspect their testimony if they
wish.

The Board has the duty of advising the Secre-
tary of State of the action it finds necessary and
proper to the disposition of the case, and to this
end the Board may call for further clarification
of the record, additional investigation, or other
action consistent with its duties.

Copies of the passport regulations of the De-
partment of State are available for the com-
mittee.

April 22, J 957

667

TREATY INFORMATION

Educational Exchange Agreement
With Paraguay

Press release 191 dated April 4

The Governments of Paraguay and the United
States on April 4 signed an agreement putting
into operation a program of educational exchanges
authorized by the Fulbright Act. The signing
took place at Asuncion with Raul Sapena Pastor,
Paraguayan Minister of Foreign Affairs, repre-
senting his Government and Ambassador Arthur
A. Ageton representing the Government of the
United States.

The agi-eenient provides for the expenditure,
over a period of 3 years, of Paraguayan currency
equivalent to $150,000 received from the sale of
surplus agricultural products in Paraguay to fi-
nance exchanges of persons between the two coun-
tries to study, do research, teach, or engage in
other educational activities. The purpose of the
program is to further the mutual understanding
between the peoples of Paraguay and the United
States by means of these exchanges.

Under the terms of the agreement a Commission
for Educational Exchange Between the United
States of America and the Republic of Paraguay
will be established in the latter country to facil-
itate the administration of the program. The
Commission's board of directors will consist of
eight members with equal representation as to
Paraguayan and U.S. citizens in addition to the
U.S. Ambassador, who will serve as honorary
chairman. All recipients of awards under the
program authorized by the Fulbright Act are
selected by the Board of Foreign Scholarships,
whose members are appointed by the President of
the United States. The Board maintains a sec-
retariat in the Department of State.

With the signing of this agreement, Paraguay
becomes the 37th country to participate in the
educational exchange program initiated 10 years
ago under authority of tl>e Fulbright Act. Edu-
cational exchanges between Paraguay and the
United States have been carried out for a number
of years under the Act for Cooperation Between
the American Republics, the Smith-Mundt Act,

and other legislation. This agreement will con-
siderably augment the present number of ex-
changes.

After the members of the Commission have been
appointed and a program has been formulated,
information about specific opportunities to par-
ticipate in the exchange activities will be re-
leased.

Brazilian Copyright Proclamation

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

Press release 183 dated April 2

A copyright proclamation issued on April 2
by President Eisenhower in conjunction with an
exchange of diplomatic notes between the United
States and Brazil served to establish a supple-
mentary copyright arrangement between the
United States and Brazil. The notes were ex-
changed between C. Douglas Dillon, Deputy
Under Secretary of State for Economic Affairs,
and Ernani do Amaral Peixoto, Brazilian Am-
bassador to the United States. This arrange-
ment reaffirms the continued existence of recipro-
cal copyright relations, based upon the Buenos
Aires Convention on Literary and Artistic Copy-
right of 1910,^ and for the first time provides for
the protection in the United States of works of
Brazilian nationals in musical recordings.

The United States and Brazil have enjoyed
reciprocal copyright relations since 1915 on the
basis of the Buenos Aires Convention of 1910.
However, a decision of the United States Court
of Appeals in New York held that the 1910
convention did not entitle Brazilian nationals to
protection imder the United States copyright law
for their recorded musical works. In that case,
the owners of the Brazilian copyright in the
popular song "Tico-Tico" attempted, without suc-
cess, to bring an infringement action against
various United States music publishers and
broadcasters for unauthorized performance of the
musical composition by means of phonograph
recoixls.

The April 2 action, affording Brazilian and
United States nationals complete reciprocal pro-
tection for their literary and artistic works, will
bo of significant importance in encouraging and

'38 Stat. 1785.

668

Departmenf of Stale Bulletin

assisting the increasing exchange of Brazilian and
United States works, particularly in the musical
field.

PROCLAMATION 3175 '

Whereas section 1 of title 17 of tlie United States
Code, entitled "Copyrights", as codified and enacted into
positive law by the act of Congress approved July 30,
1947, Gl Stat. 652, provides in part as follows :

Any person entitled thereto, upon counjlylng with the provi-
sions of this title, shall have the exclusive right :

(e) To perform the copyrighted work publicly for profit if It
be a musical composition ; . . . Provided, That the provisions
of this title, so far as they secure copyright controlling the
parts of Instruments serviug to reproduce mechanically the
musical work, shall include only compositions published and
copyrighted after July 1, 1909, and shall not include the works
of a foreign author or composer unless the foreign state or nation
of which such author or composer is a citizen or subject grants,
either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of
the United States similar rights.

and

Whereas section 9 of the said title 17 provides in
part that the copyright secured by such title shall ex-
tend to the work of an author or proprietor who is a
citizen or subject of a foreign state or nation;

(b) When the foreign state or nation of which such author
or proprietor Is a citizen or subject grants, either by treaty,
convention, agreement, or law, to citizens of the United States
the benefit of copyriglit on substantially the same basis as to its
own citizens, or copyright protection, substantially equal to the
protection secured to such foreign author under this title or by
treaty ; or when such foreign state or nation Is a party to an
international agreement which provides for reciprocity In the
granting of copyright, by the terms of which agreement the
United States may, at its pleasure, become a party thereto.

and
Whereas section 9 of the said title 17 further provides :

The existence of the reciprocal conditions aforesaid shall be
determined by the President of the United States, by proclama-
tion made fiom time to time, as the purposes of this title may
require . . .

and

Whereas the Government of the United States of
America and the Government of the United States of
Brazil are parties to the Convention on Literary and
Artistic Copyright, signed at Buenos Aires on August 11,
1910 ; and

Whereas satisfactory official assurances have been re-
ceived that under provisions of Brazilian law and by the
terms of the above-mentioned Convention of Buenos Aires
citizens of the United States of America are entitled to
obtain copyright in the United States of Brazil for their
works on substantially the same basis as citizens of the
United States of Brazil, including rights similar to those
provided by section 1 (e) of title 17 of the United States
Code:

Now, therefore, I, DwiGHT D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, do declare and proclaim :

= 22 Fed. Reg. 2305.

That there exist with respect to the United States of
Brazil the reciprocal conditions specified in sections 1 (e)
and 9 (b) of the said title 17 and that citizens of tlie
United States of Brazil are entitled to all the benefits of
the said title 17 :

Provided, that the provisions of section 1 (e) of the
said title 17, so far as they secure copyright controlling
parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically
the musical work, shall apply only to compositions pub-
lished and copyrighted after the date of this proclama-
tion which have not been reproduced in the United States
prior to the date hereof on any contrivance by means of
which the work may be mechanically performed.

In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand
and caused the Seal of the United States of America to
be affixed.

Done at the City of Washington this second day of

April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundi'ed

[SE.VL] and fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the

United States of America the one hundred and

eighty-first.

By the President :

John Foster Duixes,
Secretary of State.

Current Actions

MULTILATERAL

Atomic Energy

Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New York October 20, 195G.'
Ratification deposited: Guatemala, March 29, 1957.

Copyright

Universal copyright convention. Done at Geneva Sep-
tember 6, 1952. Entered into force September 16, 1955.
TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: Cuba, March 18, 1957.

Protocol 1 concerning application of the convention to
the works of stateless persons and refugees. Done at
Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into force Sep-
tember IG, 1955. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: Cuba, March 18, 1957.

Protocol 2 concerning application of the convention to
the works of certain international organizations.
Done at Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into
force September 16, 1955. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: Cuba, March 18, 1957.

Finance

Memorandum of understanding regarding German as-
sets in Italy. Signed at Rome March 29, 1957. En-
tered into force March 29, 1957.

Signatures: France, Italy, United Kingdom, and
United States.

' Not in force.

AprW 22, 1957

669

Fisheries

Protocol amending the international convention for the
northwest Atlantic fisheries of February 8, 1949 (TIAS
2089). Done at Washington June 25, 1950.'
Ratification deposited: Canada, March 27, 1957;
United Kingdom, April 2, 1957.

War

Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of

war;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of

wounded and sick in armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded, sick and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian per-
sons in time of war.

Dated at Geneva August 12, 1949. Entered into force
October 21, 1950; for the United States Febru-
ary 2, 1956. TIAS 3364, 3362, 3363, and 3365,
respectively.
Ratification deposited: Iran, February 20, 1957.

Wheat

International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for sig-
nature at Washington through May 18, 1956. Entered
into force July 16, 1956, for parts 1, 3, 4, and 5, and
August 1, 1956, for part 2. TIAS 3709.
Acceptance deposited: Netherlands, March 27, 1957.

BILATERAL

DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE

Resignations

Horace A. Hildreth as Ambassador to Pakistan, effec-
tive about May 1. (For text of Mr. Hildretli's letter to
the President and the President's reply, see White House
press release dated April 1.)

Designations

Robert E. Ward, Jr., as Director, Ofl5ce of Munitions
Control, effective December 2, 1956.

PUBLICATIONS

Brazil

Agreement providing for reciprocal copyright protection
of literary, artistic, and scientific works. Effected
by exchange of notes at Washington April 2, 1957. En-
tered into force April 2, 1957.

Italy

Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of October 30, 1956, as amended (TIAS 3702,
3760, and 3762) . Effected by exchange of notes at Rome
March 26, 1957. Entered into force March 26, 1957.

Memorandum of understanding regarding war damage
claims. Signed at Rome March 29, 1957. Enters into
force upon notification by each Government to the other
that the formalities required by their respective laws
have been complied with.

Portugal

Agreement extending the agreement for use of facilities
in the Azores of September 6, 1951 (TIAS 3087). Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Lisbon December 31,
1956, and February 2, 1957.

Spain

Agreement relating to the loan of certain naval vessels
or small craft by the United States to Spain, and an-
nex. Effected by exchange of notes at Madrid March
9, 1957. Entered into force March 9, 1957.

Tunisia

Economic and technical assistance agreement. Effected
by exchange of notes at Tunis March 26, 1957. En-
tered into force March 26, 1957.

* Not in force.

Recent Releases

For sale ly the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. G. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department of State.

The National Interest and Foreign Lan^ages. Pub.
6389. Interuatioual Organization and Conference Series
IV, UNESCO 30. 133 pp. 650.

A discussion outline and work paper sponsored by the
U.S. National Commission for UNESCO for the purpose
of discussing whether or not the national interest would
be served by increased study of modern foreign languages
in the United States.

The Price of Peace. Pub. 6415. General Foreign Policy
Series 114. 9 pp. Limited distribution.

Text of the second inaugural address of President Eisen-
hower, January 21, 1957.

The American Agricultural Attache. Pub. 6422. Depart-
ment and Foreign Service Series 61. 23 pp. 150.

A pamphlet describing the duties and responsibilities
of the American agricultural attach^.

The Situation in the Middle East. Pub. 6461. Near and
Middle Eastern Series 23. 14 pp. Limited distribution.

A pamphlet containing the text of a radio and television
address to the American people made by President Eisen-
hower on February 20, 1957.

670

Department of Slate Bulletin

April 22, 1957

Ind

ex

Vol. XXXVI, No. 930

Africa. The Emergence of Africa (Nixon) . . . 635

American Republics. Building for Peace

(Murphy) 647

Asia. Building for Peace (Murphy) (547

Brazil. Brazilian Copyright Proclamation (Eisen-
hower) 668

China. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of

April 2 641

Congress, The

Advantages to the United States of Membership in
Proposed Organization for Trade Cooperation
(Eisenhower) 657

Limitations on Travel of American Citizens Abroad
and on Cultural Exchanges (Murphy, Cart-
wright) 663

Principles of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy (Kali-

jarvi) 659

Department and Foreign Service

Designations (Ward) 670

Resignations (Hildreth) 670

Economic Affairs

Advantages to the United States of Membership in
Proposed Organization for Trade Cooperation

(Eisenhower) 657

Brazilian Copyright Proclamation (Eisenhower) . 668
Limitations on Travel of American Citizens Abroad
and on Cultural Exchanges (Murphy, Cart-
wright) 663

Principles of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy (Kali-

jarvi) 659

M. Ren6 Mayer To Visit Washington 640

U.S. Lifts Restrictions on Travel to Four Middle

East Countries 654

Educational Exchange

Educational Exchange Agreement With Paraguay . 66S
Limitations on Travel of American Citizens Abroad
and on Cultural Exchanges (Murphy, Cart-
wright) 663

Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: April 1-7

Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.

Releases issued prior to April 1 which appear in
this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 170 of March
22 and 177 and 178 of March 2S.
No. Date Subject

180 4/1 Visit of Ren6 Mayer.

181 4/1 Travel restrictions to Middle East lifted.

182 4/2 Murphy : travel of Americans abroad.

183 4/2 Brazilian copyright proclamation.

184 4/2 Dulles : news conference.

185 4/2 Technical and economic aid to Iran.

186 4/3 Murphy : "Building for Peace."

187 4/3 Kalijarvi : foreign economic policy.

188 4/3 Current developments in Hungary.
tl89 4/3 U.S.-Netherlands air transport agree-
ment.

190 4/4 Cartwright : passport policy.

191 4/4 U.S.-Paraguay educational exchange

agreement.
tl92 4/5 U.S.-Canadian negotiations on potato

tariffs.
tl93 4/5 Joint communique on U.S.-Afghan talks.

tHeld for a later issue of the Bxtlletin.

Egypt. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
April 2 641

Europe

Building for Peace (Murphy) 647

M. Ren6 Mayer To Visit Washington 640

Hungary. Current Developments in Hungary . . 654

International Organizations and Conferences. In-
tergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion (delegation) 656

Iran

Murder of U.S. Technicians in Iran 654

U.S. Reaffirms Continuation of Aid to Iran . . . 654

Israel. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of

April 2 641

Middle East

Building for Peace (Murphy) 647

U.S. Lilts Restrictions on Travel to Four Middle

East Countries 654

Mutual Security

Building for Peace (Murphy) 647

U.S. Reaffirms Continuation of Aid to Iran . . . 654

North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Eighth Anni-
versary of NATO (Eisenhower) 640

Pakistan. Resignations (Hildreth) 670

Paraguay. Educational Exchange Agreement With
Paraguay 668

Poland. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of

April 2 641

Presidential Documents

Advantages to the United States of Membership in

Proposed Organization for Trade Cooperation . 657

Brazilian Copyright Proclamation 668

Eighth Anniversary of NATO 640

Protection of Nationals

Limitations on Travel of American Citizens Abroad
and on Cultural Exchanges (Murphy, Cart-
wright) 663

Murder of U.S. Technicians in Iran 654

U.S. Reaffirms Continuation of Aid to Iran . . . 654

Publications. Recent Releases 670

Refugees

Escapee Program Marks Fifth Anniversary . . . 655
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion (delegation) 656

Treaty Information

Brazilian Copyright Proclamation (Eisenhower) . 668

Current Actions 669

Educational Exchange Agreement With Paraguay . 668

U.S.S.R. Principles of U.S. Foreign Economic

Policy (Kalijarvi) 659

United Nations. Building for Peace (Murphy) . 647

Name Index

Carroll, Kevin 654

C'artwright, Robert F 667

Dulles, Secretary 641

Eisenhower, President 640,657,669

Hildreth, Horace A 670

Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 659

Mayer, Ren6 640

McCollum, Robert S 655

Murphy, Robert 647, 663

Nixon, Richard M 635

Ward, Robert E., Jr 670

Wilson, Brewster 654

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9B7

PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS

Department

of
State

United States
Government Printing Office

DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

Washington 25, D. C.

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

PENALTY FOfl PRIVATE USE TO AVOID

PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300

(CPO)

NATO — Its Development and Significance

The growth and accomplislmients of the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization from the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty on
April 4, 1949, to the ijresent time are described in this 61-page
pamphlet, a recent publication of the Department of State.

The topics discussed include :

America's Interest in the North Atlantic Treaty
Origin of the North Atlantic Treaty
Purposes and Activities of Nato
Organization of Nato
U.S. Contributions to Nato
Nato Accomplislmients
The Future of Nato

Two appendixes carry the text of the Eeport of the Committee
of Three on Non-Military Cooperation in Nato and the text of
the North Atlantic Treaty.

Copies of NATO— Its Development and Significance may be
purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for 30 cents each.

Publication 6467

30 cents

Please send me copies of NATO— Its Development and

^^^ Significance.

Order Form ■^

To: Supt. of Documents Name:

Govt. Printing 0£5ce

Washington 25, D.C. Street Address:

City, Zone, and State:

Enclosed find:

(cash, check, or
money order).

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol. XXXVI, No. 931

AprU 29, 1957

i

■M

'IV prrnpD

PROPOSALS FOR SUBSTANTIVE CHANGES IN
MUTUAL SECURITY LEGISLATION • Statement

by Secretary Dulles 675

REPORT TO THE FOUNDER ON FOREIGN AFFAIRS

9 by Assistant Secretary Robertson 682

THE UNITED NATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

FOR THE FUTURE • by Assistant Secretary Wilcox . 688

UNITED NATIONS COMMISSION ON THE STATUS

OF WOMEN • Statements by Mrs. Lorena B. Hahn ... 704

MUNITIONS CONTROL AND THE ELECTRONICS

INDUSTRY • by Leonard H. Pomeroy 697

ED STATES
OREIGN POLICY

For index see inside back cover

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol. XXXVI, No. 931 • Publication 6486
April 29, 1957

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printing Office

Washington 26, D.O.

Price:

62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10 25
Single copy, 20 cents

The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 106S).

Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
bo reprinted. Citation of the Department
or ST4TE Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.

The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral internatioruil interest.

Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.

Proposals for Substantive Changes
in Mutual Security Legislation

/Statement by Secretary Dulles ^

I am glad to respond to your comroittee's re-
quest that I discuss with you certain aspects of
the mutual security program.

Before dealing with specific issues I should like
to consider the basic purposes which, I believe,
the legislation is designed to serve. These pur-
poses provide the best guidelines for determining
the form which the legislation should take.

Supporting Considerations

The security and prosperity of the United States
are bound up with the continued security and
pi'osperity of other free nations. Trends in inter-
national political affairs, economic life, and most
of all in military technology link our fate ever
more closely with that of other members of the
free-world community.

Our national policy must reflect this funda-
mental fact. Unless it does so, we shall face a peril
the like of which we have never known.

The measures which we have been taking to
avoid that peril are many; they are interlocking
and mutually reinforcing. Perhaps because of this
fact these measures have become somewhat con-
fusing.

Congress can be expected to sustain a continuing
program for creating security, strength, and op-
portimity abroad only if this is responsive to basic
sentiments of the American people. Legislation

' Made before the Senate Special Committee To Study
the Foreign Aid Program on Apr. S (press release 194).

as vital as this is to the welfare of the American
people should be in a form which will enable them
to imderstand it and to sponsor it with conviction.

II.

Of all the purposes served by government, the
first is to provide its citizens with security. That
is one aspect, a major aspect, of our international
policy. We seek to create as between the free
nations a common defense which will give greater
security than could be obtained by any one alone.

The concept of "common defense"' is not new to
our people. Our Nation was founded primarily
to create a common defense, and our Constitution
specifies that as one of its major purposes. The
same considerations which in 1787 led our States to
accept the necessity for a common defense, today
require the nations of the free world to seek a com-
mon defense.

International communism today controls man-
power which is about five times as large as that
of the United States. It has great capacity to
create the most modern instruments of mass de-
struction. It controls territories which provide
staging areas for attack far more diversified and
of much greater total strategic value than do ter-
ritories under the sovereignty of the United States.

Under these circumstances it would be folly not
to strive for a common defense with other free na-
tions. That folly would permit ever more man-
power, ever more natural resources, and ever more
strategic areas to fall imder the domination of
those who are bitterly hostile to us and our free
institutions.

April 29, 1957

675

We have many treaties and congi-essional reso-
lutions whicli proclaim that it would be dangerous
to the peace and safety of the United States if
other free nations succumbed to the aggression of
international communism. "We have collective de-
fense treaties with 42 other nations, and the recent
Middle East resolution authorizes a further exten-
sion of the area of common defense.

Upon these political foundations, we erect mili-
tary defenses. Others contribute much to those
defenses. But we, too, must contribute if the
totality is to be adequate. For many nations can-
not support the military establishments which, in
the common interest, should be on their soil.

The collective defense which the United States
shares with other nations benefits them, but it
equally benefits us. In this connection, I recall the
testimony of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of
Staff:

. . . the military aid program is part and parcel of the
U.S. Defense Department program. The expenditares
abroad in support of our alliances do not differ in purpose,
scope, or objective from our own military expenditures.

It is the considered judgment of the President
and his military advisers that the system of com-
mon defense, for which our military assistance is
essential, is also the most effective way to provide
for United States defense. To weaken that sys-
tem by cutting our contribution to it would not
involve a saving to the United States. On the
contrary, it would require a far more costly de-
fense program here at home. Even then, we
would be less secure.

Our Nation accepts military burdens, not as an
expression of our national aspirations but as an
elemental necessity. I do not doubt that the
American people will continue to support the de-
fense aspects of mutual security because of that
necessity.

III.

Programs of military defense alone, however,
cannot assure that the free world will be main-
tained intact. There is also a threat to future
independence and freedom where moderate lead-
ers despair of being able to lift their nation out
of hopeless poverty and stagnation.

As President Eisenhower said in his second
inaugural address : ^

In too much of the earth there is want, discord, danger.
New forces and new nations stir and strive across the

" Bulletin of Feb. 11, 1957, p. 211.

earth, with power to bring, by their fate, great good or
great evil to the free world's future. From the deserts of
North Africa to the islands of the South Pacific, one-third
of all mankind has entered upon an historic struggle for
a new freedom : freedom from grinding poverty. Across
all continents nearly a billion people seek, sometimes al-
most in desperation, for the skills and knowledge and as-
sistance by which they may satisfy, from their own re-
sources, the material wants common to all mankind.

It is in our direct self-interest that these new
nations should succeed in the historic struggle of
which the President spoke.

Our concern also stems from the historic con-
ception of the American people as to the role of
their nation in the world. The American people
believe in a moral law and that men and nations
are bound by that law. As George Washington
said in his Farewell Address, "religion and moral-
ity are indispensable supports'' of our free gov-
ernment. And of moral and religious precepts,
one of the most basic is the concept of the brother-
hood of man. That is why our people have never
even tried to make their nation into an oasis of
prosperity in a world desert of human misery.

Another aspect of our faith is belief in the dig-
nity and worth of the human individual every-
where. All men, our Declaration of Independence
said, are endowed with inalienable rights to life,
liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

That is why we hate a system which treats men
as mere bits of matter to be made into the grinding
cogs of some superstate machine. That is why
we crave liberty for all men everywhere ; and we
want to protect liberty where it is and to see it
restored where it is lost.

Our founders did not see their experiment as a
purely selfish enterprise. They had the courage
to launch their principles into the world. What
they did became known throughout the world as
"The Great American Experiment." Abraham
Lincoln said of our Declaration of Independence
that it meant

. . . liberty not alone to the people of this country but
hope to all the world for all future time. It was that
which gave promise that in due time the weights would
be lifted from the shoulders of all men.

Because we still retain that sense of mission we
are eager that other lands and other people should
know the blessings of liberty.

IV.

We can, I think, see that what is now called the
mutual security program is the expression, under

676

Department of State Bvlletin

modern conditions, of two needs: (1) our need
for a common defense with other free nations
willing to share with us the burdens and benefits
of that relationship; and (2) the need to manifest
realistically the faith with which our Nation has
been imbued from its beginning, a faith which has
made our Nation great in the best sense of that
often-abused word.

And let me add that to suppress or to belittle
the manifestation of that faith would serve us ill.
No society can long survive without a faith which
is dynamic and creative and which reaches out to
others. If the day ever comes when our Nation
is not responsive to the lifegiving qualities that
are reflected in the developmental aspects of our
program, then that will mark the beginning of
our end.

Applications

I.

I turn now to the question of what substantive
changes should be made in the form of the legisla-
tion to make it more responsive to the sentiments
which support its dual purpose.

It seems to us that confusion has come at least
in part from lumping together, as "defense sup-
port," all kinds of economic assistance given to
countries whose military programs we are sup-
porting. Such confusion can be, and should be,
ended.

Our support to these countries takes three prin-
cipal forms: (1) aid in terms of actual military
goods, so-called "end items"; (2) support of the
economies to the extent required to enable these
countries to carry the economic burden of armed
forces which we and they agi-ee are necessary for
the common defense; and then (3) the economic
development progi'ams, including technical assist-
ance, which we might be engaged in irrespective of
our military ties.

It is our view that the so-called defense sup-
port should hereafter comprise only the assist-
ance required to meet so much of the economic bur-
den of militar3' defense as the country cannot it-
self afford. Appropriations for military assist-
ance and for this redefined category of defense
support would then be authorized on a continuing
basis and hereafter appropriated annually to the
President in appropriations for the Department
of Defense.

"We believe that this way of treating military as-

sistance, which also is recommended by many of
the recent studies on the subject, would avoid a
wide degree of misunderstanding abroad and at
home by making apparent the degree in which we
wish our aid to serve military defense.

II.

I turn now to the economic development aspect
of the program.

We believe that all economic development, in-
cluding that which goes to countries with which
we have common defense, should be considered to-
gether. We also believe that more emphasis
should be placed on long-term development
assistance.

It is true that our economic aid cannot be more
than a marginal addition to any country's de-
velopment efforts. This addition can, however, be
significant and even detennining. It can break
foreign-exchange bottlenecks, and it can be a key
factor in stimulating a country to a more effective
development program of its own. If our develop-
ment aid is to have this effect, however, we must do
two things: (1) break away from the cycle of an-
nual authorizations and appropriations; and
(2) eliminate advance allocations by countries.

Economic development is a continuing process,
not an annual event. Present annual appropria-
tions have resulted in procedures which do not
allow either us or the receiving countries to make
the most efficient use of the resources which we are
providing.

The best way to achieve this greater efficiency is,
we believe, the establishment of an economic de-
velopment fund to provide assistance through
loans on terms more favorable than are possible
through existing institutions. To be effective,
such a fund would need continuing authority and
a capital authorization sufficient for sevex-al years,
to be renewed when needed.

Such a fund could extend aid for specific pro-
grams or i^rojects submitted by applicant coun-
tries. Each request for a loan from the fund
should meet certain criteria, including a showing
(1) that financing cannot be obtained from other
sources; (2) that the project is technically feas-
ible; (3) that it gives reasonable promise of direct
or indirect contribution to a nation's increased
productivity.

The fund could usefully join with such institu-
tions as the World Bank or the Export-Import
Bank in financing particular projects. Its aid

Apr\\ 29, J 957

677

might thus enable tliese banks to expand their
operations by assisting projects which conld not
qualify in their entirety for loans which these
institutions are authorized to make. In order not
to displace other sources of credit, loans from the
development fund should be repayable on a basis
subordinate to the claims of the World Bank, the
Export-Import Bank, and private lending agen-
cies.

To make development aid most effective and
economical, we must provide it in a businesslike
way. I believe that the procedures outlined above
win have that effect.

III.

In addition to need for foreign-aid military
programs and loans for economic development,
there will undoubtedly be some need for foreign
financial aid on a grant basis.

International communism is waging against us
what is sometimes called a "cold war." It can
move, without budget controls or parliamentary
action, to take advantage of opportunities such as
those created by its own subversive efforts, by the
infirmities of free governments not yet solidly
based, or by the misfortunes of nature.

It is therefore necessary that our Government
also have limited discretionary funds so that we,
and not international communism alone, will be
able to move decisively in relation to such situa-
tions. Without that, we would be conceding to
despotism an advantage which could enable it to
register great gains.

Already we have a special Presidential fund
provided by section 401 of the act to meet emergen-
cies and contingencies. A fund for such purposes
should be continued.

IV.

Technical assistance is a tested and extremely
effective way of enabling other countries to de-
velop their own resources. It is our thought that
technical assistance, both direct and through the
United Nations technical assistance program,
should be continued on much the present basis.

V.

As to the administration of the revised program,
we have in mind that military end-item aid would
continue to be administered by the Department
of Defense and that each of the types of economic
aid that I have described would continue to be

administered by the International Cooperation
Administration.

We do not believe that it would be wise to trans-
fer the administration of defense support to the
Defense Department. This would require a waste-
ful duplication within the Defense Department of
Ica's well-established economic organization. And
it would divide between two agencies the respon-
sibility for administering economic programs
which must, for the sake of efficiency and good
management, be closely coordinated.

We believe that the International Cooperation
Administration should be continued and that it
should be continued as it now is, namely, a semi-
autonomous agency.

We believe that all aspects of our mutual secu-
rity progi'am should be under the effective foreign-
policy guidance of the President and the Secretary
of State. This can be done by the exercise by
the President of his inherent power to direct the
executive branch of government. To achieve this
result does not require throwing into the Depart-
ment of State heavy operating responsibilities.

VI.

I turn now to the question of the order of mag-
nitude of our programs.

( 1 ) Assuming that the international climate re-
mains as at present, I would estimate that grant-
aid expenditures for military purposes would need
to continue for some years at a level close to the
present. In some instances the size of the local
forces that mutual security helps to support may,
perhaps, be reduced without undue political and
inilitai-y risks. That would suggest declining
costs for us. On the other hand, it may be neces-
sary to reorganize and equip our allies with more
modern types of weapons. This suggests increas-
ing costs. Perhaps these two factors will roughly
balance each other.

(2) On the assumption that economic develop-
ment is hereafter made through loans and not
through grants, this would, I surmise, require a
development fund able to make loans which, not
for fiscal year 1958 but over the future, might
come to reach $750 million a year. The procedures
we suggest should permit substantial savings in
terms of lesser administrative costs and an ability
to accomplish more with less expenditure. On the
other hand, the needs may become more com-
pelling.

678

Department of Slate Bulletin

(3) In addition, there is the continuing lim-
ited requirement, to which I have referred, for
grant aid to meet contingencies and imperative
needs which cannot realistically be met by loans.
Also, of course, there are the technical assistance
programs now running at about $150 million a
year.

Vll.

In conclusion, I recall the report of the For-
eign Relations Committee of last June in relation
to the mutual security program. The committee
report said :

. . . the next few years may be more diflBcult in some
respects than the last few. The problems are becoming
subtler and more complex. The Mutual Security Pro-
gram must be adapted to meet the new circumstances.

We believe that the proposals I have outlined
this morning are "adapted to meet the new cir-
cumstances." They are based upon the high-qual-
ity studies you have commissioned and those made
by and for the executive branch. Many of these
agree to a remarkable extent not only on the value
to us of our military and economic aid to others
but also on changes in the form of our mutual se-
curity program which would make it more effec-
tive in promoting our national interests.

We accept responsibility for our proposals but
do not claim sole credit for them. We regard
them as being derived equally from the work of
the Congress and from the efforts of the execu-
tive branch. We belisve that their broad outline
is sound. We recognize that there are various
ways by which this outline can be carried out.
We invite and welcome your comments and fur-
ther consultation on the best means to develop
these proposals into the most effective instrument
of national policy.

World Trade Week, 1957

A PROCLAMATION'

Whb:eea8 exports and imports are important to our
economic strength and to the well-being of our people;
and

Whereas international commerce in all its aspects —
trade, travel and investment — is beneficial to the com-
munity of nations and conducive to the establishment of
a just and lasting peace in the world ; and

' No. 3177 ; 22 Fed. Reg. 2401.

Whereas our national trade policy, which seeks to pro-
mote the continued growth of mutually profitable world
trade, contributes both to our prosperity and to our
national security :

Now, THEREFORE, I, DwiGHT D. BiSENHOWEE, President
of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim the
week beginning May 19, 1957, as World Trade Week; and
I request the appropriate officials of the Federal Govern-
ment and of the several States, Territories, possessions,
and municipalities of the United States to cooperate in
the observance of that week.

I also urge business, labor, agricultural, educational,
and civic groups, as well as the people of the United States
generally, to observe World Trade Week with gatherings,
discussions, exhibits, ceremonies, and other activities
designed to promote a greater awareness of the importance
of world trade to our domestic economy and to the
strength of the free world.

In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.

Done at the city of Washington this eighth day of

April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred

[seal] and fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the

United States of America the one hundred and

eighty-first.

/(_) c-«-s-^ /1-tXy CAiC-u- A<*c>^

By the President :

John Foster Dulles
Secretary o/ State

Anniversary of Fall of Bataan

Following are the texts of messages exchanged
on April 9 hy President Eisenhoioer and President
Carlos P. Garcia of the Philippines.

White House press release dated April 9

Message From President Eisenhower

On behalf of the people of the United States, I
send Bataan Day greetings to our friends in the
Philippines. Bataan Day is a solemn day for both
nations, for it is a time when we pause to remember
the price, and consider the meaning of freedom.

To try to recapture in words the deeds of the
men of Bataan is not possible. By their action
they expressed the true spirit of freedom better
than words could ever do. That spirit is what we
commemorate today.

We also commemorate the comradeship which
has bound our two nations together so strongly
in the past, and which continues to be so vital in
the anxious present.

April 29, 7957

679

The dangers which now confront us are in a
sense just as real as those that were faced on
Bataan fifteen years ago. So we continue to draw
upon the spirit of devotion, of comradeship and
of courage which is the noble legacy of Bataan.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

Message From the President of the Philippines

On this April 9 we are commemorating the
fifteenth anniversary of the Fall of Bataan. On
behalf of the jjeople of the Philippines I send
our best wishes to you and to the people of the
United States.

Bataan will always stand in our history as a
symbol of a heartrending struggle by the peoples
of two nations fighting side by side for the com-
mon goal of liberty, freedom, and democracy.

We are pledged that the spirit of Bataan shall
not perish and that those gallant American and
Filipino heroes wlio died for democracy shall not
have died in vain.

Today our two peoples are fighting the mor^
subtle enemy, Communism, which is trying to
subvert tlie ideals we fought for on Bataan.

The Filipino people know well the benefits of
liberty and freedom and will continue to fight
with the great spirit exemplified on Bataan to
preserve those ideals.

Carlos P. Garcia

U.S. and Saudi Arabia Confirm
Agreement on Cooperation

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

Press release 195 dated April 8

During the recent visit of King Saud, the Presi-
dent reached agreement with him on the need for
continued cooperation between Saudi Arabia and
the United States.^ Notes confirming this agree-
ment were signed by the Deputy Under Secretary
of State and the Ambassador of Saudi Arabia on
April 2, 1957. Projects to be implemented under
the agreement are to be worked out jointly in
subsequent technical discussions in Saudi Arabia.

The notes also provide for a renewal of the
Dhahran Airfield Agreement of June 18, 1951,^
for 5 years from this date [April 2].

Under the 1951 arrangement relating to the
Dhahran Airfield, the United States agreed to
assist in the technical operation of the airport at
Dhahran, to train certain air force personnel, and
to provide a military advisory group for the army.
The new agreement represents a refinement and
expansion of those previous United States ar-
rangements with Saudi Arabia. The United
States will provide, during the next 5 years, the
personnel, training equipment, and some of the
construction required for an air-force training
program, an augmented army advisory program,
and a limited program for the training of naval
personnel. In addition, there will be certaiii ad-
ditional construction designed to improve civil
aviation facilities at Dhaliran Airfield and an
improvement of the port of Dammam.

The United States has also agreed to continue
to sell military equipment in accordance with the
exchange of notes between the Governments of
Saudi Arabia and the United States of June 18,
1951.

EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Press release lOG dated April 8

Text of U.S. Note

April 2, 1957

^ For text of joint couiinuniquo issued on Feb. 8 follow-
ing discussions held by President Eisenhower and King
Saud, see Bulletin of Feb. 25, 1957, p. 308.

His Excellency

Sheikh Abdull^vh Al-Kiiattal,
Ambassador of Saiuli Arabia.

Excellency: I have the honor to refer to the
discussions which have taken place between His
Majesty King Saud and President Eisenhower
and representatives of our two Governments be-
tween January 30 and February 8, 1957, concern-
ing the relations between the two countries and
their common interest in promoting and consoli-
dating their cooperation. The Government of the
United States is now pleased to confirm its under-
standing of the general agi'eement reached during
these discussions.

1. The United States Government acknowledges
the comments of His Majesty King Saud to Pres-
ident P^isenhower and recognizes that Saudi

'■lUd., July 23, li)r>l, p. 150.

680

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

Arabia has a need to strengthen its armed forces
for the purposes of the defense of the Kingdom,
including the defense of the Dhahran Airfield.

2. In this connection, the United States Gov-
ernment will, within its constitutional processes,
continue its cooperation with the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia by providing military equipment on
a reimbursable basis in accordance with the ex-
change of notes between the two Governments of
June 18, 1951, which provides that the equipment
shall be used to "foster international peace and
security within the framework of the Charter of
the United Nations." Equipment to be provided
will be in accordance with understandings reached
during the foregoing mentioned discussions. The
two Governments further agree that the equip-
ment to be pi'ovided will be used by Saudi Arabia
for the purpose of defending the independence
and territorial integrity of Saudi Arabia and for
the maintenance of internal security. It is under-
stood that the two Governments will arrange ap-
propriate terms of payment for such equipment.

3. The United States Government agrees to pro-
vide at no cost to the Saudi Arabian Government
certain additional construction at Dhahran Air-
field designed to improve civil aviation facilities.
The United States Government agrees also to pro-
vide a program of training for the Saudi Arabian
Air Force, to augment the present advisory train-
ing program for the Saudi Arabian Army and to
train Naval persomiel. Details of these services
will be as agreed.

4. In the same spirit and re-asserting the close
cooperation between the two countries, the United
States Government is pleased to be able to con-
tinue the use of the facilities granted at the
Dhahran Airfield in accordance with the Agi-ee-
ment of June 18, 1951 which is extended for a
period of five years from the date of this exchange.

5. To facilitate and improve the implementa-
tion of the Dhahran Airfield Agreement and re-
lated agreements, the two Governments agree to
hold further discussions in Saudi Arabia looking
toward possible additional understandings.

6. The United States Government, in consider-

ing the economic needs of Saudi Arabia, is pre-
pared to assist in mutually agreed projects. In
this connection, the expansion of the Dammam
port will receive primary consideration. It also
agrees to the provision of some engineering and
technical assistance, as well as lending its good
offices to assist in establishing credit arrangements
for economic projects. These matters will be dis-
cussed between the competent representatives of
the two Governments and confirmed by subse-
quent understandings.

7. These foregoing measures will be undertaken
in accordance with due legislative processes of
both countries.

If the foregoing is acceptable to the Govern-
ment of Saudi Arabia, the Government of the
United States agrees that this note and Your
Excellency's reply concurring in its content will
constitute firm agreement between the two Gov-
ernments.

Accept, Excellency, the assurances of my highest
consideration.

For the Secretary of State :

KoBERT Murphy

Deputy Under Secretary of State

Text of Saudi Arabian Note

Washington D. C. Ramadan 2, 1376H.

Corresponding to April 2, 1967 A. D.

The Honorable
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State

Excellency : I have the honor to inform Your
Excellency that I have received your note dated
today, the text of which is as follows :

[Here is repeated the text of Deputy Under Secretary
Murphy's note of April 2, 1957.]

I have been authorized to inform Your Ex-
cellency that my Government accepts the contents
of Your Excellency's foregoing note.

Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.

Abdullah Al-Khayyal
Ambassador of Saudi Arabia

April 29, 1957

681

Report to the Founder on Foreign Affairs

hy Walter S. Robertson

Assistant Secretary for Far Eastern Affairs ^

There was in Japan in the past a tradition hon-
ored by the heads of government which, for me,
has a special appeal. The practice was for those
responsible for the government of the country to
repair periodically to their sacred shrines and
there report on the state of affairs to the nation's
illustrious dead. The custom was thought to pro-
vide continuity in the conduct of government and
to keep fresh in the minds of officials a sense of
what the nation stood for. The officials of our
own Government might well benefit from a sim-
ilar practice. Perhaps it should be a duty of our
officials to visit periodically one of the great
shrines of the American past — as I am doing to-
day — to be reminded of the spirit in which the
extraordinary experiment called the United States
was conceived.

Were it not that I feel so deeply the force of
what Thomas Jefferson stood for, were it not that
I wished particularly to speak with reference to
what he stood for, I shoidd not have felt it right
for me to accept the outstanding honor of an in-
vitation to talk to you at this place and on this
day. As it is, perhaps, you will consider what I
shall say this morning as a report respectfully ad-
dressed to your founder as well as to you, on the
situation in which, as I see it, the Nation finds
itself in the world today.

I might begin with one of the lesser reasons why
I feel so strongly drawn to Mr. Jefferson. He
also did time in the Department of State. He
served, of course, as Secretary of State under
President Washington. I like to recall the words
with which, among others, the President overcame
Jefferson's very great reluctance to take that of-

' Address made at tlie University of Virginia, Char-
lottesville, Va., on Founder's Day, Apr. 13 (press release
209 dated Apr. 12).

fice : "Its duties," the President wrote, "will prob-
ably be not quite so arduous and complicated in
their execution as you may have been led at the
first moment to imagine." I doubt if Washing-
ton's record of never having told an untruth was
ever in greater jeopardy than wlien he gave that
reassurance. As head of the Department of State,
Jefferson had, it should be noted, the support of a
truly impressive staff consisting of five copying
clerks, three at $500 a year and two at $800. Nev-
ertheless, after 4 years of it he resigned the office.
In response to the President's further appeal for
him to remain, he said of his decision : "In this
I am now immovable by any consideration what-
ever."

It is not hard to know how he felt. When he
had accepted appointment as Secretary of State,
in which office he was to be rewarded with calumny
and misrepresentation, he had already devoted 20
years to public service. Looking back upon it at
the time, he wrote : "Public employment contrib-
utes neither to advantage nor to happiness. It is
but honorable exile from one's family and affairs."
Having for 4 years myself been a daily witness of
the burdens upon the Secretary of State, I believe
I can understand something of the spiritual and
physical exhaustion with which Jefferson put
down those burdens.

To me, it is above all as a revolutionary tliat
Jeffei-son stands out as a man of everlasting sig-
nificance for his Nation and for mankind. True
revolutionaries are not common. Few men have
the hardihood of soul to be one. Those whom we
tend to think of as revolutionaries — doctrinaire
fanatics of stormy character whose bigotry reveals
their essential inhumanity — are not revolution-
aries in the true sense at all, but quite the contrai-y.
I like to compare with those types tlie picture of

682

Department of State Bulletin

Jefferson at Philadelphia on July 4th, 1776.
While the Congress furiously debated his immor-
tal handiwork, the Declaration of Independence —
one of the most portentous events in the history
of human liberty — Jefferson was engaged in tak-
ing periodic readings on a thermometer he had
purchased the day befoi-e for £3.15. A biographer
notes that he coolly recorded : "July 4th, 6 :00 AM,
68°; 9:00 AM, 7214°; 1:00 PM, 76°; 9:00 PM,
731/2°." In this picture, we see the Jefferson who,
without raising his voice, was to work a quiet
revolution in Virginia, eliminating the special
privileges of a towering and entrenched aristoc-
racy — the Jefferson who, in 1800, was to destroy
the Federalists with their Alien and Sedition Acts
and their violent antipathy to democracy, while
residing quietly at Monticello. We also see the
Jefferson who, in his restless and ever-youthful
passion for learning, for the truth, did not con-
sider an interest in the workings of a thermometer
unworthy to be indulged at a turning point in
human history. It is instructive to try to imagine
a Hitler or a Stalin similarly engaged while their
prospects of power and a place in history were at
stake.

The history of mankind is the history of free-
dom, Benedetto Croce declared. The issue — the
perennial, fundamental issue in human affairs —
was well understood by Jefferson. "Mankind by
their constitution," he wrote, "are naturally di-
vided into two parties, one, those who fear and
distrust the people and wish to draw all powers
from them into the hands of the higher classes.
And two, those who identify themselves with the
people, have confidence in them, cherish and con-
sider them as the most honest and safe although
not the most wise depository of public interests."

There was never any question as to which side
Jefferson was on. "Sometimes it is said that man
can not be trusted with the government of liim-
self," he declared in his first inaugural address
and asked: "Can he, then, be triLsted with the
government of others ? Or have we found angels
in the forms of kings to govern him ?" Many fine
and striking sentiments have been uttered by ora-
tors on democracy and the rights of the people.
In what Jefferson wrote and in his own life is
revealed a depth of awareness that gives the words
and example that have come down to us from him
a force that is very nearly unique. I give you as a
witness of the honesty and understanding on which
his political philosophy rested a simple observa-

tion he introduced casually in a letter — but an
observation that we might well pray could sink
deep into the hearts of men everywhere : "I have
been [unable] to conceive how any rational being
could propose happiness to himself from the exer-
cise of power over others."

Jefferson, Enemy of the "System"

Jefferson was the enemy of what we might call
the "System." There is one in every society and in
every age: a conspiracy to corner power, to de-
prive the generality of men of their birthright, to
withhold information and deny currency to any
but the official version of the truth. To be against
such a system is the hallmark of the true revolu-
tionary. To seek to replace someone else's system
with a system of one's own is a commonplace, and
most of those who claim the title of revolutionary
have only this object in mind. To seek the end of
all special systems and of all restrictions upon the
freedom of men to speak their minds and decide
their fate for themselves is much rarer than it
might seem. This was, however, Jefferson's
honest aim. He flayed the conspiracy of mon-
archy that then seemed to threaten the future of
mankind much as totalitarianism does today. He
flayed the conspiracy of special interests — "stock-
jobbers," he called them — who regarded the anti-
democratic oligarchy of contemporary Britain as
a model system of government. He opposed the
conspiracy against the exercise of freedom rep-
resented by tradition, by the tyranny of the past,
deriding the doctrine that maintained that "pre-
ceding generations held the earth more freely
than we do; had a right to impose laws on us,
unalterable by ourselves and that we, in like man-
ner, can make laws and impose burdens on future
generations which they will have no right to alter;
in fine, that the earth belongs to the dead and not
to the living." He was not afraid, either, to take
on what he saw as the conspiracy of the clergy
when they attacked his candidacy with such vi-
ciousness in the campaign of 1800. Today we may
thank the clergy for having done so, for the clash
gave us one of the most memorable declarations
in the history of freedom, the one enshrined on
Jefferson's monument in Washington: "I have
sworn upon the altar of God eternal hostility
against every form of tyranny over the mind of
man."

Jefferson well knew the significance for the

April 29, J 957

683

world of the American revolution against the sys-
tem that then prevailed over the rest of mankind.
"We are not," he said, "acting for ourselves alone
but for the whole human race. The event of our
experiment is to see whether man can be trusted
with self-government. The eyes of suffering hu-
manity are fixed on us with anxiety as their only
hope. ..."

I trust it is not vainglorious to suggest that the
eyes of humanity have been fixed upon us ever
since, always with hope, sometimes — let us ad-
mit — in disappointment, depending as we are
faithful or not to our early example. They are
fixed upon us today. The issues that preoccupied
the minds of Jefferson and his contemporaries
were never more vibrantly alive than they are
today. The paradox of our strife-torn age is
that, while the cause of freedom has made un-
exampled strides aromid the world and is the
currency of men's hopes everywhere, it has never
stood in greater peril. Ours has been an age of
revolution and counterrevolution. "\Ye might re-
call that Jefferson, familiar enough with the phe-
nomenon of counterrevolution, was also familiar
with the term. "A perfect counter-revolutioner"
is what he called PTamilton when the latter put on
mourning upon the death of King Louis XVI.
But counterrevolution today, uniting the abso-
lutism of the darkest past with the techniques
and weapons of the most advanced science, has
assumed protean forms that Jefferson never
dreamed of.

But perhaps I am overstating the case in sug-
gesting that he never dreamed of them. Napoleon
Bonaparte, the totalitarian of that time, was only
too well known to Jefferson, and what he wrote
about Bonaparte might well serve as an accurate
indictment, particular by particular, of the totali-
tarians of our own time. "He wanted totally the
sense of right and wrong," said Jeff'ei-son. "If he
could consider the millions of human lives which
he had destroyed or caused to be destroyed, the
desolations of countries by plunderings, burnings,
and famine, the destitutions of lawful rulers of
the world without the consent of their constitu-
ents . . . , the cutting up of establislied societies
of men and jumbling tliem discordantly together
again at his caprice, the demolition of the fairest
hopes of mankind for tlie recovery of their rights
and amelioration of their conditions, and all the
numberless train of his other enormities ; the man,

I say, who could consider all these as no crime,
must have been a moral monster, against whom
every hand should have been lifted to slay him."

The Conflict With Totalitarianism

For 15 yeai-s and more, now, our counti-y with
its allies has been combating by every practical
means the aggressive purposes of successive totali-
tarianisms — first the totalitarianisms of fascism
and nazism, and now the crusading, fanatical,
worldwide totalitarianism of international com-
munism. To this end we have fought all aroimd
the globe and American dead lie today in countries
most of our coimtrymen scarcely had heard of
30 years ago. Over a much gi-eater area still, the
products of American industry and agricultiu*e
have been poured out to strengthen other peoples
against the ambitions of foreign absolutisms. For
absolutism has threatened them and, in its most
virulent form, continues to threaten them today
with every kind of weajxjn, from conventional
military forces to cancerous agencies that work
from within, exploiting a weakness of tissue to
proliferate and infect the entire body of the nation.

Our success in combating totalitarianism has
been mixed.

Since, reluctantly, we accepted the responsibil-
ity of a leading world power at the start of World
War II, aggressive totalitarianism has been
thwarted in its aims on a worldwide front. In
1942 Hitler can have had little doubt that Europe
was his and that with it the world balance of
power must move inevitably in his favor; the
Japanese imperialists can have had little doubt
that East Asia and the Western Pacific were
theirs. In 1946 the Soviet Union can have had
little doubt that the Connnunist parties would
arise triumphant in a wrecked, despairing, and
disillusioned Europe and that the revolts then
brewing against European rule would turn in-
evitably, in accordance with doctrine, to the So-
viet advantage. All these expectations were dis-
appointed. The period through which we have
been i)assing has been made memorable also by
the granting of independence by the colonial
jiowers to a dozen or more countries comprising
over lialf a billion souls. This has been an his-
torically unparalleled development.

On the other hand, we nmst record that an
equally impressive roster of states, long i)roud of
their independence, have been enslaved by the

684

Department of Slate Bulletin

forces of international communism. If it is pos-
sible to travel from Morocco and Tunisia across
the Arab East through Pakistan and India to the
new nations of Southeast Asia and find scarcely
a country in which the principle of self-rule for
which we fought in 1776 has not made signal or
sweeping strides, it is also true that there is no-
where between Eastern Germany and central Ko-
rea an acre of land where the principles of our
revolution — of revolution itself — have not been
ruthlessly suppressed.

The end of the contest between freedom and
absolutism is, moreover, by no means in sight.
Wliile stretching indefijiitely ahead of us in time,
it seems also to have no limits in extent. The free
peoples are cliallenged in every field. The con-
test is not one of military power alone. It is a
contest of economic strength. It is a contest of
technological ability and of education. It is a
contest to determine which way of life, all in all,
is better equipped for survival, which will seem
to offer the greater promise to the vast masses of
mankind who are only now emerging from the
passivity of a tribal or tradition-bound past to
the dazzling and bewildering promise of the 20th
century.

Misunderstandings About U.S. Policy

It should be clear to us that in the conflict with
totalitarianism we are not trying to force our kind
of government on any other peoples. Indeed, it
is precisely the principle that no nation should
try to force its kind of government on another
that we are striving to establish, and any inliibi-
tion we ask others to accept we are prepared to
accept ourselves. Our goal is a world in which
no state will be able to impose its will or its
ideology on any other.

Another thing we are not seeking is any special
advantage for ourselves or our friends. We as-
pire to no colonies or territorial expansion. "If
there be one principle more deeply rooted than
any other in the mind of every American," Jef-
ferson declared, "it is that we should have nothing
to do with conquest." Despite our having had
such opportunities for aggrandizement as can
seldom have confronted a nation, we have been
faithful to Jefferson's precept. Despite the un-
conditional victories we have won with our allies
in two world wars, the territory under our flag
today is substantially smaller than it was in

1914 — and, surely, we would have it no other way.

The spectacle of a great power which has sacri-
ficed hundreds of thousands of its young men and
has drawn unsparingly upon its resources for the
relief of other people's needs, while seeking no
selfish advantage, has been regarded with scep-
ticism. And why not? To untold millions of
men any government at alli — their own and cer-
tainly any foreign government — has always been
an instrument of exaction and oppression. The
idea that a mighty world power could genuinely
consider that its interests were parallel with tliose
of an undernourished, ill-clothed village in Asia
or Africa has proved entirely too novel to some
of those who have suffered under alien rule.
Many of our actions have been misconstrued as
evidence of ulterior motives. It is not easy to
give up a habit of mind, even if it stands in the
way of hope.

The Communists are quick to exploit this sus-
picion of our motives. Their propaganda cease-
lessly portrays the entire fabric of our conduct
as one vast, diabolically conceived stratagem of
imperialism. They represent our aid programs
as being aimed at the subversion of others. They
represent that the bases we maintain abroad, at
quite an appalling cost to the American taxpayer,
are for the purposes of aggressive war.

We have to expect misunderstanding fi'om
others, and it should not too greatly disturb us.
What should disturb us, however, are any signs
that some among us ourselves may misunderstand
what we are about. One encounters sometimes
the point of view that any device that would give
us an advantage over the Communists is quite
proper for us to employ, however morally out-
raged we might be if it were employed against us.
When I encounter such individuals, I cannot help
wondering if they picture the Almighty as one
who is concerned not that right and truth and
decency shall prevail but that the state of which
they happen to be a citizen shall triumph over
others.

The danger in any protracted contest is that we
are apt to lose sight of what the contest is about.
We are apt to forget the issue that gave rise to
it — in this case the defense of freedom against
oppression, of decency against immorality — and
come to see it as a battle of the we's against the
they's in which the only important consideration
is that the we's win.

AprW 29, J 957

685

A few months ago on a crucial issue in the
United Nations we found ourselves on the opposite
side from two of our oldest allies. There was
considerable outcry in a number of organs of pub-
lic opinion in the United States which held that
we were wrong in the decision we had made.
That the situation was tragic I would be the last
to deny, but to say that what we did was wrong
is to misconstrue entirely the nature of the con-
flict that has so largely preoccupied us during the
past decade. We have not fought and toiled to
establish the rule of any particular set of na-
tions in the world; we have done so to establish
the rule of certain principles embodied in the
charter of the United Nations which we believe
are entitled to universal respect. Any state that
honors and defends these principles — the chief of
which is that no nation should attack another —
is our ally. Any state violating them, even under
painful provocation, will find us in opposition
concerning these issues regardless of how long
and how close our association has been.

If we uphold those principles that commend
themselves to men of good will, we shall never lack
for allies. We shall have a banner to which the
overwhelming majority of the human race is des-
perately eager to repair. If, on the contrary, we
make expediency the criterion of our policy and
demand that others accept our primacy, we shall
have taken a long step toward fulfilling the role in
which Communist propagandists ever seek to por-
tray us.

The problems we face, the tasks we must per-
form, are complicated and formidable, and it will
be the next generation rather than this one, I sus-
pect, that will see the end of them — if the world
does not blow up in our faces in the meantime.
We shall have to deal with a Communist bloc that
will have both the psychological and the physical
capability of launching, without warning, an at-
tack of tremendous force upon any part of the
free world. At the same time, we shall be having
to deal with a Communist bloc quite capable of
acting indefinitely as a paragon of peaceful intent,
challenging us to throw down our arms and lull-
ing into a false sense of security the peoples who
will have to endure painful sacrifices if military
establishments are to be maintained. In refusing
to leave ourselves militarily defenseless against
Communist attack we shall have to reconcile our-
selves to being branded by the credulous and the

short of memory as warmongers abroad and as
spendthrifts at home.

That will not be the end of our dilemma. As
Americans we shall find that it will depend upon
us, more than upon anyone else, to keep alive in
the world the spirit of revolution— the spirit that
will never make peace with authority or with any
form of tyramiy over men's minds. At the same
time, it will depend upon us more than upon any-
one else to stem the forces of disorder and poten-
tial chaos in the free world that the Communists
are in a position recklessly to abet. We shall not
be able to look on with indifference while the insti-
tutions that hold societies together go down before
rising seas of discontent.

There will be no prospect of human betterment
or the enhancement of freedom in a world given
over to turmoil. It is not the revolutionary spirit
or democracy that is the heir of chaos ; it is totali-
tarianism. We shall find ourselves inevitably
linked with regimes with political standards dif-
ferent from our own. We are so linked today.
Let me point out, however, that these regimes are
apt to be what they are because they have had
scant chance to be otherwise ; they have come into
being under the threat of extinction. They are,
however, no threat to the independence of their
neighbors. That, I would beg you to bear in
mind, is an important distinction. In this con-
nection, we might take heed of something Jeffer-
son said : "There is a snail-paced gait for the ad-
vance of new ideas upon the general mind under
which we must acquiesce. . . . you must give
[the people] time for every step you take."

Freedom vs. Communism

If — and again I make this exception — the world
can avoid nuclear war, which we believe the inter-
national Communists are now scarcely more likely
to welcome than we are, then it should be possible
to distinguish in some degree the kind of world in
which the example of freedom and the precepts of
communism will contend in the future. The arena
is likely to be primarily in these underdeveloped
countries I touched on earlier in my remarks,
whose inhabitants, nmnbering in the hundreds of
millions, are only now being aroused out of narrow
traditional patterns of existence by the explosive
impact of modern ideas. Jefferson foresaw the
changes that were bound to come witli the spread
of the light of knowledge — or, as he identified it,

686

Department of State Bulletin

of the art of printing. "As yet,"' he wrote, "that
light has dawned on the middling classes only of
the men in Europe. The liings and the rabble, of
equal ignorance, have not yet received its rays;
but it continues to spread, and while printing is
pre.served it can no more recede than the sun re-
turn on his course."

Throughout the underdeveloped world — and
this includes by far the largest part of it — the
"middling classes," as Jefferson called them, are
growing in numbers and importance as a result of
the increasing commerce in goods and ideas with
the more advanced countries of Europe and
xVmerica. Composed of those who are neither
conspicuously possessed of property nor conspicu-
ously dispossessed of it — professional men, tech-
nologists, government officials, factory managers,
labor leaders, writers and publicists, and military
officers — these classes are gradually displacing
from the center of the stage "the kings and the
rabble" of which Jefferson spoke. This is a proc-
ess that has been taking place in our own country,
where it is already far advanced. The extremes
of society that Jefferson mistrusted — the specially
privileged and the totally disinherited — ^have all
but disappeared among us, absorbed into the
growing "middling classes." In the lands which
heretofore have lain outside the scope of 20th-cen-
tury civilization, these "middling classes" will be
the arbiters of the future. And they will be cast-
ing about for an answer to their problems — cast-
ing about fairly desperately probably, in view of
the condition in which most of them will find their
countries. I have little doubt that what we shall
have to say to them will be far more meaningful
and far more promising than anything emanating
from Moscow or Peiping, provided we remember
what it is that America is all about. It is because
of that belief that I have devoted so much of my
talk to your founder. It is in the direction of his
ideas, I am convinced, that the most powerfid
current of mankind's aspirations lie.

If we are steeped in those ideas, we shall not

mistake ourselves. We shall not appear before
the world in the guise of any system or any au-
thority. Sometimes it seems that bewildered man-
kind seeks to submit itself to an authority, to have
a dogma handed down to it, but in the end men
turn against those who make slaves or children of
them and fight for the opportunity to be them-
selves, to find their own solutions. It should be
our purpose to help bring about the kind of world
in wliich that opportmiity will be theirs.

Events in East Germany, in Poland, in Hun-
gary have shown that the most rigorous oppres-
sion, the most preclusive totalitarian indoctrina-
tion cannot still the hunger for freedom. Indeed,
it is the youth of those countries, who have known
nothing but Communist rule, who are in the van-
guard of rebellion. Despite savage suppression
the latent forces for change throughout the Com-
munist world will continue to grow. In the
U.S.S R. itself slowly but surely the role of the
"middling classes" will be steadily enlarged. The
tone of society in countries now enslaved by the
international Communists will be set less and less,
I think, by all-powerful oligarchs and a dehu-
manized peasantry and proletariat and increas-
ingly by the professional men, the engineers, the
middle-ranking government workers, artists and
writers, and a better-educated populace who will
more and more demand a portion of the things
that make life worth living.

The change has already begun, and we are be-
ginning to see the effects of it. The Hungarian
youth brutally slaughtered by Soviet tanks in
the streets of Budapest have not died in vain.
"The light that has been shed on mankind . . .
continues to spread." Perhaps only one thing
could be expected to set it back. "We exist," said
Jefferson, "and are quoted, as standing proofs
that a government, so modeled as to rest contin-
ually on the will of the whole society, is a prac-
ticable government. Were we to break to pieces,
it would damp the hopes and the efforts of the
good, and give triumph to those of the bad through
the whole enslaved world."

April 29, 7957

687

The United Nations and Responsibilities for tiie Future

iy Francis 0. Wilcox

Assistant Secretary for International Organization Affairs '■

I should like to direct attention to the changing
composition and role of the General Assembly of
the United Nations. It is not surprising that our
main focus should be on the General Assembly.
A quick look at the events of the past decade leaves
us with the impression that the United Nations
today is a somewhat different organization from
that conceived at San Francisco.

In 1945 the Security Council was hopefully ex-
pected to maintain and restore peace. In this
Council power and responsibility were neatly com-
bined. However, the 10 years of cold war, of
sharp differences between the Soviet orbit and the
free world, and, in particular, of repeated abuses
of the veto by the U.S.S.R. have pushed the Coun-
cil into a secondary role. The Council today,
while still available, tends to be most useful pri-
marily in situations where there is a possibility
of East and West finding a common ground. In
other situations it has been faced with increasing
disuse.

In contrast, the role of the General Assembly
has outstripped the expectations of the framers of
the charter. The General Assembly was designed
to be the less powerful organ. It was scheduled to
meet in regular annual sessions. It could not
make decisions as could the Security Council —
only recommendations. Its main weapon was dis-
cussion and debate. Power and responsibility
were not realistically reflected in it — the vote of a
small state equaled that of a large iwwer. If
increasing disuse has characterized the Security

'Address made before the Seventh Annual Public
Forum on World Affairs of tlie Pittsburgh Foreign Policy
Association at Pittsl)urgh, Pa., on Apr. 12 (press release
203 dated Apr. 11).

688

Council, quite the opposite is true of the

Assembly.

The Role of the General Assembly

If "past is prologue," then it would seem helpful
to consider the implications for the future of the
enlarged General Assembly and the greater re-
sponsibilities that have been assumed in the past
few years by this body. These are changes which
give new dimensions to the United Nations and
which therefore pose for its members new prob-
lems and, I think, new opportunities.

In the last year and a half the United Nations
has grown from 60 to 81 members. A preponder-
ance of tlie increase, it is interesting to note, repre-
sents newly sovereign states in Africa, the Near
East, and the Far East — commonlj' referred to as
Afro-Asia.

In the last 6 months the General Assembly has
assumed and discharged unprecedented responsi-
bilities under the Uniting-for-Peace resolution
which was adopted in 1950 following the Com-
munist aggi-ession in Korea." The machinery pro-
vided by this resolution was used for the first time
when the Security Council was prevented by nega-
tive votes of some of its permanent members from
dealing with the crisis in the Middle East and
Hungary.

The increasingly important role played by the
General Assembly and its greatly enlarged mem-
bership, taken together, are causing concern to
some membei's of the United Nations and to some
able students and critics of world affairs. Some

' For text, see Bulletin of Nov. 20, 1050, p. 823.

Department of State Bulletin

of our stanch allies are wondering whether the
Assemblj' can ell'ectively face up to critical issues
wliicli tlireiiten or break the peace.

1 think it would be useful to review briefly some
of these fears and warnings. Perhaps in the
process we can form a judgment as to whether the
Assembly is in fact in danger of becoming a
Frankenstein monster about ready to destroy it-
self as some would have us believe.

First, the General Assembly, it is contended, is
becoming more and more addicted to bloc voting,
with loyalty to bloc taking precedence over any
real attempt to meet issues objectively and on their
merits. This is regarded as an irresponsible, even
dangerous, development when a coalition vote of
over one-third can be mustered by tlie Afro-Asian
bloc alone.

Second, it is charged that there is an increasing
tendency to water down resolutions in order to get
a two-thirds supporting vote where important is-
sues are under consideration. This tendency, it is
contended, is producing diluted resolutions of lit-
tle force or effect.

Third, the principle of sovereign equality, un-
der whicli each state has one vote, has come in for
renewed criticism as giving an unreal and dis-
torted reflection of the relative power and influ-
ence of the several states in international affairs.
Is it right, it is asked, for a small, economically
and politically weak state to weigh equally in the
balance with a large and strong state when the
votes are counted? Does not this encourage a
tendency to "gang up" on the larger state?

Fourth, it is argued that the General Assembly
has a double standard of justice and morality —
one for states which abide by its recommendations,
another for states that defy them. This also raises
the question as to whether we are at fault in re-
sorting to the United Nations on issues which it is
powerless to resolve and which, therefore, may
result in a sense of frustration or loss of faith in
the organization itself.

A Look at the Record

These charges are serious ones and deserve our
careful consideration. I believe a look at the rec-
ord of the 11th General Assembly will help us de-
termine their validity. With regard to all of
them I would like to make the general observation
that they imply a greater authority and power

April 29, 7957

423590—57 3

than the General Assembly actually has. The
composition and role of the General Assembly
may be changing, but its duties as set forth in the
charter remain unchanged. It is a recommenda-
tory body, whose influence depends on the volun-
tary cooperation of its members.

Bloc Voting

Let us take the matter of bloc voting. The only
really consistent bloc voting in the General Assem-
bly — and it is carried on with monotonous regu-
larity — is done by the U.S.S.R. and its satellite
states. This is a pattern long established ; it is not
a new phenomenon. The fears currently ex-
l^ressed are that the Afro-Asian group of nations
may, as a matter of agreed policy, vote together
and control Assembly action on impoi-tant matters
in a manner contrary to our interests. This, in
my opinion, is more a mathematical possibility
than a logical exiJectation or certainty. The
mathematical facts are as follows.

As presently constituted, when all 81 members
are voting, 54 votes are needed for the Assembly
to act on matters requiring a two-thirds majority.
If all the Afro- Asian states were to combine, they
would have a blocking minority of 28 votes, suffi-
cient to block action on matters requiring a two-
thirds vote and enough to give them a major voice
in deciding all important issues. By contrast, in
the "new"Assembly, the Latin American States
now have but 24 percent of the vote, non-Commu-
nist Europe 19 percent, the Soviet bloc 11 percent,
and the old British Conunonwealth countries 5
percent.

In practice, however, the Afro-Asian gi-oup
does not regularly vote as a bloc, and, when it
does, it is apt to be on issues for which there is
overwhelming support from states outside the
Afro- Asian area. Again, I think we should look
at the recoi'd of the last General Assembly.

Take first the vote on the principal resolutions
relating to the Middle East crisis. Here, cer-
tainly, one might expect to see Afro-Asian soli-
darity. Yet out of 11 important resolutions ap-
proved between November 1, 1956, and February
2, 1957. this bloc voted as an entity on only 2, and
in both these cases the resolutions received total
votes of 74 in favor, 2 against, and 2 abstentions.
Indeed, the general observation may be made that
the Afro-Asian group displayed considerable

689

unanimity in casting affirmative votes on the reso-
lutions which were adopted by impressive or over-
whelming majorities. In other words, they did
not act as an irresponsible splinter group in oppo-
sition to the will of the majority.

The voting record on the Hungarian situation
demonstrated less unanimity, although there was
an increasing tendency for all United Nations
members, including those from Africa and Asia,
to be more sharply critical of brutal Soviet actions
as they became revealed. On this issue, it might
be observed, we would have welcomed a solid
Afro-Asian bloc vote. But on only 3 out of 10
resolutions were more than 20 Afro- Asian votes
cast affirmatively, and these dealt with the less
contentious issues of relief for the Hungarian
refugees. The vote on the remaining 7 resolu-
tions reflected wide splits within the bloc. The
point I want to emphasize is this : the Afro- Asian
group does not constitute a monolithic bloc.

Of course, there is a tendency for states with
common interests and problems to vote together
when they think this will serve those interests.
These tendencies, wherever they exist, present
problems to all who wish to see international
issues dealt with on their merits. At the same
time, we should not exaggerate the extent to which
such bloc voting prevails nor should we exaggerate
the practical consequences.

"Watered Down" Resolutions

Let us consider the record on the "watering
down" of resolutions. Now it is true that a resolu-
tion is seldom approved in committee in the form
in which it was first submitted. This would be a
remarkable thing not only for the General Assem-
bly but for any political deliberative body. We
have only to consider, for example, the tortuous
course of a piece of legislation, or a simple resolu-
tion, in our own Congress.

This process of compromise is certainly a demo-
cratic process. It is an attempt to find common
ground and secure the widest possible area of
support. It is an essential step if the General
Assembly is to comply with the charter injunc-
tion to liarmonize the action of nations. It exer-
cises a moderating influence on the action of
states and places a premium on reasonable policies
reflecting broad rather than narrow interests.

A good example of the wisdom and effectiveness
of this process is the General Assembly's handling

of the Algerian problem. You will recall that
France a year ago withdrew her delegation when
Algeria was inscribed on the agenda. This year,
in the 11th General Assembly, France, while deny-
ing the Assembly's competence, did not oppose in-
scription. Wlien the matter came up before the
Political Committee in February 1957, a strong
resolution drafted by IS Afro-Asian states was in-
troduced. While this resolution no doubt ex-
pressed the convictions of the drafters, it was
obvious from the beginning that it could never
receive the two-thirds vote necessary for adoption.
Actually no vote was ever taken on this resolution
as a whole.

On February 11, in an effort to reach a measure
of agreement, a milder resolution was introduced
by Japan, the Philippines, and Thailand. The
following day a number of other powers tried their
hand at drafting an acceptable resolution. Both
these resolutions came to a vote in committee and
were adopted. Neither, however, received a two-
thirds majority.

On February 15 the General Assembly in ple-
nary session heard the Political Committee report
failure to secure two-thirds support for any resol-
ution on Algeria. At this juncture the powers
which had fathered the two resolutions that re-
ceived a simple majority in committee introduced
in plenary a moderate compromise resolution.
This resolution, expressing the hope that a peace-
ful, democratic, and just solution to the Algerian
problem would be found in conformity with the
principles of the charter, was adopted by a unan-
imous vote.^ France refrained from voting, in
keeping with its position that the General Assem-
bly is not competent to deal with the Algerian
situation.

This result could be called, I suppose, an exam-
ple of a "watered down" resolution. I believe it
more accurate to describe it as a practical com-
promise arrived at after exhaustive debate in
which all sides had an opportunity to express their
views. The debate cleared the air, and substantive
action by the Assembly which would have ham-
pered rather than promoted a solution was
avoided. It is clear from the unanimous vote that
during this debate the states principally con-
cerned had achieved understanding, if not ap-
proval, of each other's attitudes and interests. All

• Ibid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 421.

690

Department of Slate Bulletin

members faced the fact squarely that the General
Assembly on its own could not provide a solution
to the Algerian problem. Progress, however, was
possible, and progress was made because the As-
sembly acted responsibly in maintaining an at-
mosphere conducive to a practicable solution in
the future by the parties directly concerned.

General Assembly consideration of the question
of Cyprus followed very much the same pattern.

I believe that the Assembly's record on the dis-
armament question was also an example of respon-
sible action. Assembly members recognized fully
that before disarmament can be achieved the
principal powers must reach agi-eement through
quiet negotiations. The Assembly was aware that
the 81-nation forum is not the right place to try to
reach agreement on highly technical details in-
volving the security of many peoples and many
countries. For these reasons it voted unanimously
to refer all the disarmament proposals before it
to the Disarmament Commission and its Sub-
committee for prompt, quiet, and detailed con-
sideration.* This is an excellent example of the
Assembly's realizing what it should or should not
do in a given situation.

Of course, not all compromise resolutions passed
by the Assembly are generally regarded as the best
result that might have been achieved. For exam-
ple, a good many delegations considered the As-
sembly's last resolution on the deployment of the
United Nations Emergency Force in Egypt* as
something less than satisfactory. It would ob-
viously have been preferable if the Assembly had
been more precise in defining Unef's role in the
Gaza Strip or at the entrance to the Gulf of Aqaba.
But here, as in other cases, the outcome was
determined by tlie prevailing balance of interests
in the Assembly, in this case by those who favored
less precision. Nevertheless, the result, while not
ideal, did make possible the effective interposition
of the Unef between Israeli and Egyptian forces.

Now I realize that such halfway measures will
never satisfy those who expect the United Nations
to make quick, clear-cut, and enforceable decisions
based on agreed concepts of right and wrong in a
given issue. Nevertheless, such precise and com-
plete solutions to problems are not always possible.
International issues today often are susceptible of
only modest solutions. The Assembly's willing-

' Ibid.. Feb. 11, 1957, p. 225, and Mar. 11, 1957, p. 423.
• Ihid., Nov. 19. 1956, p. 793.

ness to face up to its limitations as well as its ca-
pacities in concrete instances represents a forward
step toward even greater responsible action in the
Assembly.

The Voting Formula

One of the very first actions that a newly sov-
ereign state takes in the international field is to
apply for admission to the United Nations.
Membership in this body is looked upon as the
final stamp of approval by the international com-
munity. Once admitted, the new state is anxious
to demonstrate its ability to contribute to the ob-
jectives of the charter and equally desirous, I
think, to assert and maintain its new-found inde-
pendence and sovereignty. The new state tends
to avoid actions which would make it appear that
its vote is "in someone else's pocket."

I believe that, by and large, these new states,
and the so-called small or weak states, have acted
responsibly and in the common interest. There
are occasions, of course, when a state or group of
states advances proposals which are impossible or
extremely difficult for the United Nations to carry
out and which place the major powers in a difficult
predicament. On such occasions, in particular,
we may feel that the one-state, one-vote foimula is,
in fact, an inequity and perhaps some consider-
ation should be given to weighted voting devices.

But it is hard to blame these states for using the
General Assembly, on occasion, as an opportunity
to make the major powers sit up and take notice.
Sometimes, when the latter are at loggerheads,
such action may serve a decisively constructive
purpose.

The General Assembly is as near as the world
has come toward the creation of a parliament of
nations. As an international institution it tends
to reflect accurately the underlying political, eco-
nomic, and social conditions in the world. It
should draw upon, as does a democracy, the energy
and intellectual resources of all its members. The
atmosphere of equality which prevails encourages
it to do this. We should also recall that the As-
sembly, as a recommendatory body, has built-in
safeguards against the imposition of the will of
the majority on an opposing minority, even if this
is a minority of one. Its recommendations may be
disregarded.

However, where the majority is overwhelming
and the justice or good sense of a proposal is

April 29, 1957

691

abundantly evident, opposition or noncompliance
by one or more of the great nations will be at the
peril of turnino; world public opinion against
them. As the General Assembly has grown, this
has been revealed as one of its great unwritten
powers. No nation can lightly accept a position
of defiance to its limited authority.

The Double Standard

I would like to say a word now about the so-
called "double standard." The failure of the
General Assembly to bring about the withdrawal
of Soviet forces from Hmigary, as contrasted with
its success in the Middle East crisis, has become a
cause of concern.

The record of Assembly action on these two
issues does not support the charges made against
it. The resolutions invoked against the Soviet
Union and the Hungarian Communist regime
were more strongly worded than in the case of
the action in the Middle East. The Assembly
climaxed its action with outright condemnation of
the U.S.S.R. — a step which has blasted the under-
pinnings from the Soviet propaganda campaigns
of the past years." Frustrating United Nations
action has cost the Soviet Union dearly.

We must face the fact that the possibility for
such frustration of United Nations action was
written into the charter when great-power
unanimity was required for Security Council de-
cisions. It was hoped, of course, that unanimity
on questions of aggression or threats of aggi'ession
would prevail, but we were as insistent as any
other power in including this provision. It is
true that the Uniting-for-Peace resolution em-
powers the General Assembly to act in cases where
the Security Council fails to act. But this was a
resolution, not an amendment to the charter. The
fundamental responsibilities and authority of the
Security Council and the General Assembly re-
main unchanged.

There are and there will remain those within
the community, the state, and world who attempt
to defy the law. In the absence of enforcement
power or a "decent respect to the opinions of man-
kuid," they may — at least in the short run — get
away with it. It is true that this is a threat to the
rule of law, but it is not its abrogation.

The Soviet Union remains charged by mankind

with a brutal and flagrant violation of the charter
in the case of Hungary. With regard to General
Assembly action, I believe the cause of freedom
was served within the capacity of that body to do
so in the circumstances and that the cause of Soviet
communism was dealt a serious and irreparable
blow.

I think we underestimate the telling and lasting
effect on governments and people throughout the
world of the long days and nights of incisive de-
bate and investigation of the Hungarian issue by
the General Assembly. As the details of Com-
munist ruthlessness, cynicism, and falsehood were
revealed, the eyes of many were opened for the
first time to the true meaning of Soviet imperial-
ism. This was particularly true among the repre-
sentatives of states who, for a variety of reasons,
have tended to take a noncommital or detached
stand, particularly on issues with cold-war over-
tones.

By way of illustration, I would like to refer to
an episode in the 11th General Assembly when the
Hungarian matter had been under debate for
nearly a month. A resolution of condemnation
of the Soviet Union was before the Assembly.
The delegate from Burma asked for the platform
and spoke as follows :

"We have hoped," he said, "that the truly modest
steps proposed by this General Assembly . . .
would have been unanimously adopted. We ab-
stained and waited during the week of 2 December,
under the expectation that surely the Secretary-
General of the United Nations would be agreeably
received in any member country at any time. We
abstained and waited, while the Secretary-General
told us that there was a chance that he would be
received in Hungary at a stipulated date within
the next few days." Then, in telling the Assembly
that he was now prepared to vote condemnation of
the U.S.S.R., the Burmese delegate said, "We do
this to keep our self-respect. After all responsible
waiting for action has passed, we can do no less.
There," he said, "speaking of Hungary, but for
the Grace of God go we." '

At the conclusion of this debate, Burma joined
14 other Afro- Asian nations in condemning So-
viet violation of the charter. In my opinion, this
exposure and condemnation of Communist im-
perialism has served to strengthen the bonds of

'For text of the General Assembly's resolution, see
iUd., Dec. 24 and 31, 1956, p. 979.

692

' U.N. (ioc. A/rV. 617 dated Dec. 12.

Department of State Bulletin

the free world. It may well turn out to be one of
the greatest blows suffered by the Soviet Union
and the satellite system in the past decade. In
any consideration of a "double standard" it must
be weighed on the positive side of General Assem-
bly accomplishment. For any measure that re-
veals the methods of despotism and suppression
of freedom serves the cause both of the oppressed
and of the free who wish to remain free.

Problems for the Future

Tn discussing the changing composition and
role of the General Assembly I have attempted to
place the problems encountered in the light of our
experience to date. We will continue to have these
problems, and new ones will evolve as the re-
sources within the General Assembly are devel-
oped.

In summation, I would like to suggest some
guidelines for the future.

We should not assume that there will be solid
bloc voting or mechanical majorities in the Gen-
eral Assembly except for the Soviet Union and its

satellites.

We must remember that states generally act in
what they conceive to be their own best interests.
There are varying gi-adations of interests on vari-
ous problems. There is much in international in-
tercourse that tends to imify— and as much which
causes disunity.

We should keep in mmd that, when a two-thirds
vote is required, it is often necessary to negotiate
among the regional groups or blocs making up the
Assembly. If, however, we continue to demon-
strate constructive leadership and do our utmost
to identify our interests with the interests of
world peace and of progress, then I believe the
General Assembly is not a body to be feared, now
or in the future.

In discussing earlier the question of weighted
voting, I did not mean to close or dispose of the
issue. For it may well be true that the General
Assembly docs have a voting system which tends
to give a distorted reflection of the power and in-
fluence in the world of the various members.
However, as I indicated earlier, there is evidence
of a responsible restraint exercised by members
of the Assembly. This is due, in large part, to an
awareness that a General Assembly resolution,
when passed, is still only a recommendation and
that its effectiveness depends upon the degree to

April 29, 1957

which it is followed— particularly by the stronger
and more influential powers.

The mere fact that a bloc of powers can muster
a two-thirds vote on an important issue does not
necessarily mean that they will do so. I cite as
a case in point the reaction at the General Assem-
bly to the question of the invoking of sanctions
against Israel for failure to withdraw her forces.
One of the Middle Eastern states had actually
introduced such a sanctions resolution. It was
very possible at the time that such a resolution
could have passed by a two-thirds majority. But
this potential majority exercised a commendable
restraint and caution; they waited to learn, in
particular, what the position of certain powers
would be whose support might be decisive. As
it turned out, the resolution was never brought to
a vote and Israeli forces were eventually
withdrawn.

Such responsible action is an example of the
General Assembly's being used as an instrument
through which our interdependent world realizes
and accepts its interdependence.

The more influential states must recognize that
power and responsibility go hand in hand and that
their positions of leadership cannot be taken for
<n-anted. The less influential states should take
care not to impair or destroy by their actions the
usefulness of the organization that protects them
and gives them an equal voice in the councils of
nations.

The United Nations should be recognized for
what it is, an aid to progress toward a more peace-
ful world. It is complementary to traditional
diplomacy, not a substitute for it or for responsible
international conduct. It is not a political Univac,
where you feed the problems in one side and take
the answers out the other.

In this connection we have often recognized that
there are certain international problems that can
be more effectively handled outside the context of
the United Nations. We have also recognized that
we can never use the United Nations as a substitute
for bold, imaginative, and realistic foreign policies
and programs of our own— that we must continue
to pursue many of our national interests and ob-
jectives through various regional arrangements
and bilateral relationships.

I think there is no doubt that the United Na-
tions must develop more effective pressures to get
members to abide by its decisions and recom-

693

mendations where threats to the peace are in-
volved. In this connection, I believe the creation
and use of the United Nations Emergency Force
is an important step in the evolution of voluntary
peace-enforcing devices. The experience gained
through this current experiment may prove in-
valuable in the future.

I look to the future of the United Nations, and
of the role of the General Assembly in it, with
optimism. It has recently faced crucial issues and
has emerged a stronger and in some ways a more
mature organization. We and the other member
states will be called upon to assess its limitations
and exploit its resources if it is to discharge well
the purposes for which it was founded. The
United States will continue to contribute its full
measure of support to this end.

U.S. Replies to Canadian Note
Regarding E. H. Norman

Press release 201 dated AprU 10

FoUowing is an exchange of notes between the
Can/idian Embassy and the Department of State
concerning references made to E. H. Norman^ the
late Canadian Ambassador to Egypt, dwimg the
hearings of the Senate Internal Security
Subconvmittee}

Text of U.S. Note

April 10, 1957

Excellency : I have the honor to refer to your
note No. 155 of March 18, 1957 protesting, on be-
half of the Canadian Government, against certain
references to Mr. E. H. Norman, the late Canadian
Ambassador to Egypt, which were made during
hearings of the Senate Internal Security Subcom-
mittee and which were later made public.

I should like, at the outset, to express to the
Canadian Government and to Mrs. Norman my
sincere condolences and those of my colleagues
over the death of Ambassador Norman in Cairo.

As for the substance of your note, I wish to as-
sure you that any derogatory information de-
veloped during hearings of the Subcommittee was
introduced into the record by the Subcommittee

' For a Department announcement concerning earlier
discussions between tlie Canadian Embassy and the De-
partment, see Bulletin of Apr. 1, 1957, p. 539.

on its own responsibility. As you are aware, un-
der our system of government, the Executive
Branch has no jurisdiction over views or opinions
expressed by Members or Committees of the
United States Congress. The investigation being
undertaken by the Subcommittee lies entirely
within the control of the Subcommittee.

It is the earnest desire of my government to
continue to maintain the friendliest relations with
the Government of Canada and it deplores any
development from any sources either American
or Canadian which might adversely affect those
relations.

Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.

Christian A. Herter

Acting Secretary of State
of the United States of America

His Excellency
A. D. P. Heeney,

Ambassador of Canada.

Text of Canadian Note

No. 155 Washington, D. C, March 18, 1957.

Sir, I am instructed by my Government to bring
to the attention of the United States Government
the allegations of disloyalty which have been made
in the United States against Mr. E. H. Norman,
the Canadian Ambassador to Egypt, a high and
trusted representative of the Canadian Govern-
ment. The irresponsible allegations to which I
refer, and which in any event would concern mat-
ters to be dealt with by the Canadian Government
and not by a Subcommittee of the United States
Senate, were contained in the textual record of
the Internal Security Subcommittee, of the Sen-
ate Committee on the Judiciary, which was offi-
cially released by that body to the press in Wash-
ington, D. C, at 4 :30 p. m. on March 14.

I am instructed to protest in the strongest terms
the action taken by an official body of the Ivegis-
lative Branch of the United States Government
in making and publishing allegations about a
Canadian official. This procedure is both surpris-
ing and disturbing because it was done without
the United States Government consulting or even
informing the Canadian Goverimient and with-
out taking account of relevant public statements
made earlier by the Canadian Government.

The Canadian Government examined similar

694

Department of State Bulletin

allegations as long ago as 1951, and as the result of
an exhaustive security enquiry the full contidence
of tlie Canadian Government in Mr. Norman's
loyalty and integrity has been contirmed in all
respects. The conclusions of the Canadian Gov-
ernment were made public at that time and must
have been known to the Subconnnittee particularly
as the State Department was requested at the time
and again on December 11, 1952 to draw them to
their attention. T am attaching the texts of two
statements made by the Canadian Government on
this matter in 1951.

The repetition of such irresponsible allegations
in the Subcommittee and the publication on the
authority of this official body of a record contain-
ing such allegations is the kind of action which is
inconsistent with the long-standing and friendly
cooperation characterizing relations between our
two countries.

Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my high-
est consideration.

A. D. P. Heeney

The Honourable John Foster Dulles,
Secretaty of State of the United States,
Washington, B.C.

Annex 1

Following is text of press release issued by the
Department of External Affairs on August 9,
1951:

"Mr. Norman was subject to the normal security in-
vestigation by the appropriate authorities of the Ca-
nadian Government, according to rules laid down which
apply to all members of the Department of External
Affairs.

"Subsequently, reports reached the Department which
reflected on Mr. Norman's loyalty and alleged previous
association with the Communist Party. These reports
were very carefully and fully investigated by the security
authorities of the Government, as a result of which Mr.
Norman was given a clean bill of health, and he therefore
remains a trusted and valuable official of the Department."

Annex H
Following is the text of a statement made in
Ottawa on August 16, 1951 by the Secretary of
State for External Affairs, Mr. Pearson :

"Immediately on receipt of a news report on Thursday
last, confirmed shortly afterwards by our Embassy in
Washington, that the name of a Canadian official had
been mentioned in the hearings of a U.S. Sub-Committee
on Internal Security, the verbatim record of those hear-
ings was requested. It was impossible to get that ver-
batim record until Monday afternoon. After examining
this record, a message was immediately sent to our Em-

t<pt\\ 29, 1957

bassy in Washington requesting them to inform the State
Department of our surprise that the name of a highly
respected and trusted senior official of the Canadian Gov-
ernment had lieen mentioned in a way which could not fail
to prejudice his iwsltion.

"We emphasized our complete confidence in Mr. Norman
and requested that the Congressional Sub-Committee be
informed of this fact, and of our regret and annoyance
that his name had been dragged into their hearings by
tlieir Coun.sel on the basis of an unimpressive and un-
substantiated allegation by a former Communist.

"We expressed the hope that the Committee would in-
struct their Counsel to act differently in future in matters
which concerned officials of this Government, adding that
we expect that if in investigations by committees of this
liind in Washington, names of Canadian officials appeared,
that these names should not be made public but that the
normal practice should be followed of sending them to
the Canadian Government through normal diplomatic
channels. The allegations made could then be investi-
gated here and the results of the investigation given to
all those concerned.

"We have our own methods of security investigation in
Dttawa, which may not be the same as those employed
in Washington, but which we consider to be both fair
and effective."

U.S.-Canada Joint Commission
Holds Executive Session

The International Joint Commission (U.S.-
Canada) announced at Washington on April 5
the completion of a 3-day executive meeting. The
Commission, which was created to implement the
Boimdary Waters Treaty of 1909, consists of three
Commissioners from the United States and three
from Canada. The present chairmen are Len
Jordan for the United States and Gen. A. G. L.
McNaughton for Canada. The Commission deals
with problems mvolving the use of waters which
flow along or across the U.S.-Canadian boundary,
the longest in the world, and other questions which
the Governments of the two comitries refer to it
for joint study and report.

At this meeting the Commission received prog-
ress reports from the various international engi-
neering boards and technical advisory boards
which it has established to advise it on specific
matters and mapped the course of its future oper-
ations.

The remedial works at Niagara Falls, designed
and constructed under the supervision of the Com-
mission, will likely be completed within the next 2
or 3 months. The remedial works will preserve

695

and enhance the beauty of the falls, the crest of
which has been erodmg at an alarming rate for
many years, and will at the same time permit the
generation of increased amounts of hydro power
on both sides of the river. It was learned also
that the final cost of the works will be substan-
tially less than the original estimate of some $17
million which was announced 4 years ago. An in-
ternational ceremony to mark completion of the
project will be held at Niagara Falls in Septem-
ber.^

In its report of 1954 to the Governments of Can-
ada and the United States concerning hydroelec-
tric developments in the Saint John Kiver Basin,
the Commission recommended that for greater ef-
ficiency the New Brunswick Electric Power Com-
mission system and the Maine Public Service Com-
pany's system should be interconnected. Under
the provisions of the Fernald Act the export of
hj'droelectric power from the State of Maine was
prohibited. This law has now been repealed by
the Legislature of that State, and the Canadian
authorities have reciprocated by authorizing the
construction of the necessary transmission facili-
ties and the exportation of surplus New Bruns-
wick power to the State of Maine, thus clearing
the way for interconnection of the two systems, as
recommended by the Ijc.

Investigation of the international tidal power
potential of Passamaquoddy Bay, on the Maine-
New Brunswick border, is proceeding on schedule
and field operations will begin in earnest in a few
days as the necessary equipment arrives on the
scene.^ A comprehensive investigation to deter-
mine the eifect which the project would have on
the important fishing industry of the area is being
carried out simultaneously by fisheries experts of
both countries. The Commission will visit the
area at the end of June.

Maj. Gen. Emerson C. Itschner, Chief of Engi-
neers, United States Army Corps of Engineers,
and U.S. chairman of the International Columbia
River Engineering Board, presented that Board's
26th progress report to the Ijc. Engineering
aspects of the Board's final report, which is now
nearing completion, were discussed with the Com-
mission. The chairman of the U.S. Section of

' For text of agreement on payment of expenditures on
remedial works at Niagara Falls, see Bulletin of Oct. 18,
ID.'H, p. 588.

' For background, see ibid., Auk. 20, 1956, p. 322.

the Commission presented a chronology of the
U.S. Government's two applications for the con-
struction of a dam and reservoir on the Kootenai
River ^ near Libby, Mont., and mquired as to the
status of Canadian studies on possible diversion of
part of the river's flow to the Columbia River at
Canal Flats, British Columbia. He pointed out
the urgent need for flood control on this river and
the other benefits which would accrue from this
project and requested that definitive action be
taken with respect to the present application at an
early date. The chairman of the Canadian Sec-
tion advised that studies on the use of waters of
the Kootenay and Columbia in Canada, including
the diversion of these waters, are now well ad-
vanced and that the conclusions reached by the
authorities concerned would be announced when
available. He said, meanwhile, consideration
would be given to observations made by the chair-
man of the U.S. Section and a reply would be
presented shortly.

Following presentation of the progress reports
of the International Souris-Red Rivers Enguieer-
ing Board and Souris River Board of Control,
alternative proposals for the apportionment of the
waters of the Souris River, as between the Prov-
inces of Saskatchewan and Manitoba and the State
of North Dakota, were discussed by the Com-
mission.

The Technical Advisory Board's report to the
Commission indicated that steady progi'ess is
being made by municipalities and mdustries along
the connecting chamiels of the Great Lakes in the
campaign to eliminate pollution of these waters.
With a view to overcoming the problem of pollu-
tion discharged from ships plying these waters,
the Commission plans to hold a public hearing in
the fall, at which the shipping interests and all
afl'ected parties will be given an opportunity to be
heard.

The Technical Advisory Board on Air Pollution
reported continued improvement in the smoke
emission performance of ships plying the Detroit
River during 1956. The Commission authorized
the continuation of its voluntary control program
for the abatement of vessel smoke on the Detroit
River for the 1957 navigation season. The
Board's final report to the Commission is now in
the course of preparation and tentative findings

" Spelled Kootenai in tlie United States, Kootenay in
Canada. For backKrouuU, see ibid., .Tune 7, 195-1, p. 878,
and Dee. 12, 1955, p. 980.

696

DeparfmenI of State Bulletin

and recommendations were discussed -witli the
Conmiission.

The International Lake Ontario Board of En-
gineers and the International St. Lawrence Board
of Control submitted reports on the progress of
studies on the regulation of the levels of Lake
Ontario. Gail Hathaway, former special assist-
ant to the Chief of Engineers, submitted his res-
ignation as U.S. member of the International
Lake Ontario Board of Engineers. The Com-
mission expressed its gratitude to Mr. Hathaway

for his valuable and devoted services since the in-
ception of the Board.

The Commission considered the terms of a sup-
plementary order which it will issue with respei;t
to regulation of the levels of the Namakan Chain
of Lakes on the Minnesota-Ontario boundary. A
public hearing was held at International Falls,
Minn., last year, at which interested parties were
heard regarding the recommendations of the In-
ternational Eainy Lake Board of Control in this
i-espect.

Munitions Control and the Electronics Industry

hy Leonard H. Pomeroy

Chief, Compliance Branch, Office of Munitions Control ^

Today I would like to tell you something about
the State Department's responsibility for exercis-
ing control over the traffic in arms with specific
reference to the field of electronics.

For many years the control over the interna-
tional traffic in arms has, in one form or another,
been a function of the Department of State. It
has been applied, of course, in an effort to further
both world peace and national security. 'Wlien
we deal with arms and implements of war, we are
not dealing with ordinary commodities that figure
in world trade, such as cotton, wheat, automobiles,
and the like. Instead we are dealing with lethal
items designed primarily to kill or incapacitate.
Thus the need to exercise close supervision over the
international movement of arms becomes readily
apparent.

There is nothing recent about the traffic in arms
as an international problem. It presented a prob-
lem to the American colonists when they were
fighting the Indians— Indians armed with foreign-
made gims. It presented a problem when the

' Address made before the Radio-Electronics-Television
Manufacturers Association at Washington, D. C, on Mar.
13.

pirates of the Barbary states were defying the
great powers of Europe in the Mediterranean Sea.
But it is only in the 20th century that the traffic-in-
arms problem has really become a control problem,
and that is largely because of our modern mass-
production techniques, the development of new
weapons of warfare, more rapid means of trans-
portation and communication, and our present-
day, complex international political institutions.
The development of new weapons of warfare and
new techniques of warfare in the 20th century has
made arms-traffic control a really important ele-
ment in considerations which are demanding the
attention of the Department of State in the con-
duct of our foreign relations.

Beginning in 1905, a policy of applying restric-
tions on arms exports, so as to strengthen recog-
nized governments, discourage revolutions, and
maintain order and stability in Latin America and
elsewhere in the world, was adopted by the United
States Government. This policy was applied
again and again near the beginning of the century
in the cases of Mexico, Cuba, Honduras, Nica-
ragua, and Brazil and was the basis for the action
taken in cooperation with other world powers in

April 29, 1957

697

the case of China in 1919. The Government did
not exercise a formal licensing control in those
days, but restrictions were imposed by a Presiden-
tial proclamation whenever the outbreak of civil
strife seemed to warrant such action. In that early
period the only statutory sanction was the Joint
Eesolution of Congress of April 22, 1898, a Span-
ish-American War measure to prevent the ship-
ment of coal and contraband to Spain.

The United States cooperated with the other
major powers of the world after the First World
War in seeking to prevent the vast surpluses of
arms left over after that war from being sold to
revolutionists. It participated in the conventions
of St. Germain of 1919 = and of Geneva of 1925.=
Those conventions developed a code for the inter-
national supervision of the traffic in arms.

In the 1930's this country took a leading part in
promoting international disarmament and arms-
traffic control measures, and a formal national ex-
port and import licensing system was incorpo-
rated in the Neutrality Act of 1935.

The Second World War brought about a repeti-
tion on a larger scale of the surplus problem which
characterized the period following World War I
and also brought with it a complex series of new
situations. During the war a further vast ad-
vance in technological developments had taken
place which, of course, added to the complexity of
the control problem. Following the war there
was a series of uprisings in various parts of the
world, particularly against colonial authorities.
Also in the period following World War II, the so-
called cold war between the Communist bloc and
the Western nations lias given rise to a new polit-
ical situation and has resulted in an embargo on
trading with the Soviet bloc in militarily strategic
commodities, as well as in United States Munitions
List articles. All of these factors have made the
control problem of today more complex and more
important to our national security.

In 1954 the most recent export control law was
included in the Mutual Security Act of that year.
Section 414 of that act states that the President is
authorized to control, in furtherance of world

' Convention for the Control of the Trade In Arms and
Ammunition, signed Sept. 10, 1919; for text, see Foreign
Relations of the United States, 1920, vol. I, p. 180.

' Convention for the Supervision of the International
Trade in Arms and Ammunition and in Implements of
War, signed June 17, 1925; for text, see ibid., 1925, vol.
I, p. 01.

peace and the security and foreign policy of the
United States, the import and export of arms,
ammunition, and implements of war — a function
which the President, by Executive order, has dele-
gated to the Department of State. The jurisdic-
tion of the Department of State in this field is fur-
ther defined by the United States Munitions List,
which designates those articles which are covered
by the term "arms, ammunition, and implements
of war." The Departments of State and Defense,
incidentally, have concurrent jurisdiction in carry-
ing out tlie function of designating articles for in-
clusion on that list.

Electronics Equipment on U.S. Munitions List

There are some eight types of articles on the
United States Munitions List which come under
the general description of electronics equipment
and which I will briefly review :

1. Control mechanisms and control systems for
guided missiles and pilotless aircraft. This is a
category of items which shows the modern mili-
tary adaptations of electronics equipment.

2. Fire-control and gun-tracking equipment.
Up-to-date fire-control equipment is most impor-
tant in the operational use of both land- and ship-
based artillery. Gun-tracking equipment is usu-
ally a piece of radar equipment which controls
antiaircraft guns and keeps them continuously
pointed at a target.

3. Radar of all types, including guidance sys-
tems and airborne or ground equipment therefor.
The "master and slave station" technique which
is employed in the case of guidance systems pro-
vides for the remote control of aircraft, missiles,
vehicles, or watercraft by the use of the electronic
beam.

4. Electronic countermeasure and janaming
equipment. The importance of this type of equip-
ment in thwarting free-world broadcasts to the
East is well known.

5. Military underwater sound equipment.
Sonar and all types of marine radar are considered
militarily important, and therefore such articles
are under the State Department's export and im-
port licensing jurisdiction.

6. Electronic navigational aids specially de-
signed for military use, such as radio direction-
finding equipment.

7. Radio distance-measuring systems, such as
Shoran, and hyperbolic grid systems, such as

698

Department of State Bulletin

Raydist, Loran. and Decca, providing a "master
and slave station'' technique in transmitting and
receiving electronic impulses, enable aircraft to
navigate over water with a good deal of accuracy
and have other inijjortant military uses.

8. Any military communications electronics
e(}uipment specially designed for military use is,
of course, also included under the category of mili-
tary electronics.

AVitli regard to components and parts, the De-
partment of State is given jurisdiction in the fol-
lowing cases:

1. If the components or parts are specially de-
signed for military use and are used primarily for
military purposes;

2. If the components or parts are specially de-
signed for or intended for use with airborne
equipment.

On the other hand, if the component or part,
though originally designed for military equip-
ment, has lost its distinctively military character,
it may be transferred from State Department to
Commerce Department jurisdiction. Such a case
is that of cathode ray tubes, used in television sets.

Control of Technical Data

The development of new techniques of arms
production and intensive intelligence collection
and espionage efforts on the part of potential
enemy powers has broadened the concept of muni-
tions controls to embrace the control of the expor-
tation of militarily significant technical know-
how. The Department of State has had a leading
role in the formulation of governmental policies
on militaiy information control, particularly since
the passage of the Espionage Act of 1917. provid-
ing in part for the control of military secrets.
Through an interagency coordinating committee
the Departments of State and Defense have co-
operated in the formulation of policies govern-
ing the disclosure of such information to certain
foreign governments.

As a result of the ever-increasing momentum in
American inventive and manufacturing genius,
the technological aspect of munitions control is
becoming increasingly more vital. Technical data
relating to munitions and all materials bearing a
security classification are specifically included in
the United States Munitions List. Under the
provisions of section 414 of the Mutual Security

Act and the implementing regulations, a license
issued by the Secretary of State is required in all
cases for the export of unclassified technical data
relating to articles on the United States Munitions
List when they are destined for the Sino-Soviet
bloc countries. A license is also required for the
export of such data to all other destinations ex-
cept when otherwise exempted by the Depart-
ment's regulations. Exemptions are provided for
technical-data exports to non-Communist coun-
tries in the following four instances:

1. \A1ien in published form;

2. When available by subscription or purchase
to any individual without restriction;

3. Wlien granted a second-class mailing privi-
lege by the United States Government ;

4. "Wlien freely available at public libraries.

When a license is required, a flexible system of
control has been devised in this field which is
specially adaptable to varying industrial situa-
tions. Special clearance procedures have been de-
veloped, for instance, in the case of applications
for licenses to export technical data with applica-
tions for foreign patents to enable the foreign
filing of patents within the convention year, a
convention year being the permissible lapse of
time by international convention within which an
applicant for a United States patent may obtain
prior rights abroad by filing in the foreign country.

In the regulatory process in this field, as well
as in the formulation of procedural rules and
policy criteria, exchanges of views with industry
have been practiced to foster an appreciation on
the part of both industry and Government of mu-
tual problems and to develop a mechanism of con-
trol which is fair to industry, workable, and within
the intent of the law.

Division of Administrative Responsibilities

Perhaps it would be helpful if I reviewed some
of the mechanical aspects of licensing controls.
In a sense, there is a dichotomy of responsibility in
the administration of the law because the Office
of Munitions Control merely passes on the ques-
tion of whether arms shipments shall or shall not
be imported or exported and, depending on that
decision, issues or refuses to issue licenses to im-
port or export arms shipments. Customs officers
stationed at the ports of entry or exit police the
matter by checking the shipments against the au-

April 29, 1957

699

thorizations set forth in licenses issued by the De-
partment. In the sense, therefore, that the De-
partment of State determines the question of the
exportability or the importability of shipments
and the collectors of customs enforce the decision
at the border point, there is a division in the ad-
ministration of controls between the Bureau of
Customs and the Office of Munitions Control.

Furthermore, there are also two readily dis-
tinguishable aspects in the enforcement fimction
exercised by the Bureau of Customs which are dis-
charged by separate branches of that bureau, i. e.,
the collectors of customs on the one hand and the
Customs Agency Service on the other. The cus-
toms collectors, with their staffs of customs inspec-
tors and other personnel, exercise strict super-
vision of all outgoing and incommg shipments to
insure compliance with the rules and regulations
of the Secretary of State. The staffs attached to
the Customs Agency Service investigate reported
violations to ascertain all the facts, and customs
investigators prepare detailed reports and analyses
of such reported violations. They lay the basis
for legal action against violators when that is indi-
cated and assist in procuring any documentation
and depositions which may be needed in subse-
quent legal proceedings.

Current internal administration of the licensing
system by the Office of Munitions Control is based
upon the principle of functional specialization,
separating the responsibilities connected with
intelligence and information collecting, investi-
gation, enforcement, and prosecution from the
responsibilities connected with the determinatioji
and application of policy criteria. In the admin-
istration of the munitions control function, this
functional specialization permits more effective co-
ordination of the license issuance responsibilities
with the policy and security determination phases
of review. Consequently, a more direct and much
more efficient application of overall policy objec-
tives to particular shipments of munitions is pos-
sible. The need for correlation with national pol-
icy is, of course, more vital in the munitions field,
where the items being shipped have important im-
l^lications for national security and international
peace, and in this respect it differs from the li-
censing function as applied to shipments of non-
munitions articles, both as to administrative
methods employed and policy objectives sought.

Wliile a large number of proposed shipments

are of routine character, many clearly involve com-
plex policy questions containing elements of sig-
nificance to the security interests of the United
States and other aspects of United States foreign
policy. In the evaluation process, one of the prin-
cipal criteria for determining the degree of con-
trol to be exercised over articles licensed for export
by the Secretary of State is the war jjotential of
the articles proposed to be exported. The expor-
tation of articles having insignificant war po-
tential is authorized with practically no delay,
whereas the exportation of articles possessed of
high military potential, such as guns, tanks, mili-
tary aircraft, and vessels of war, is subject to the
most careful scrutiny to assure that the shipment
is in conformity with current policies.

International Cooperation in Arms-Traffic Control

It has long been established by students of the
problem that no effective control of the interna-
tional traffic m arms can be achieved except by
international agreement. I have mentioned as
early efforts in this direction the convention of St.
Germain of 1919 and tlie Geneva convention of
1925. Since the Second World "War the nations of
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization have co-
operated in embargoing to the Sino-Soviet bloc
military items on the United States Munitions
List, as well as certain groups of strategic items
not on that list. Since most of the governments
of Western nations feel tlie same way about arms
smuggling and since the members of Nato include
the principal arms-producing countries, it has
been possible to enlist informal cooperation on the
part of those countries. Members of the Seato
and Anzus alliances can also be relied on to co-
operate in this field and take parallel action in
arms-traffic cases. The Anzus treaty links Aus-
tralia, New Zealand, and the United States; and
the Seato treaty links Australia, France, Great
Britain, New Zealand, Pakistan, the Philippines,
Thailand, and the United States in defensive
alliances.

The United States, of course, is also obligated
under the charter of the United Nations to help
establish and maintain international peace and
security in the words of the charter, "with the
least diversion for armaments of the world's hu-
man and economic resources." As a member of
the United Nations, the United States is obligated
to control the exportation of munitions to any

700

Department of State Bulletin

state against which the United Nations is taking
preventive or enforcement action.

The United States has also cooperated with the
Council of the Organization of American States
and other signatory nations under the Rio Pact
to thwart the threat of Communist infiltration and
tlie forcible overthrow of constituted governments
in Latin American states. Thus the munitions
control activities of the Department of State were,
in part, responsible for bringing the Communist
threat in Guatemala of a few years ago to public
attention.

Many of the objectives of munitions control are
directly related to those of world disarmament,
and the techniques developed to aid in the admin-
istration of munitions control can be expected
eventually to serve as the guideposts for interna-
tional disarmament control at such time as an
accord is reached on that important project.

Now in conclusion let me make the following
observations by way of summary.

As a result of the technological developments
of recent years, military electronics is assuming an
increasingly more important role in the weapons
arsenals of modern military establishments. The
United States Munitions List covers those articles
in this field which contribute to the effectiveness
of military equipment. It is the policy of this
Govermnent to exercise control over the exporta-
tion and importation of such equipment and over
the exportation of technical data relating thereto
in the light of our national security and foreign
policy interests. The Department of State, which
is charged Avith the administration of the law,
seeks the loyal cooperation of American industiy
and citizenry as a most essential element in the
successful administration of the law, and it tries
in every way to adjust its procedures to take into
account commercial considerations consistent, of
course, with the realization of our national policy
objectives to further world peace and the security
and foreign policy of the United States.

President Requests Further Data
on Imports of Safety Pins

Wliite House press release dated March 29

The President on March 29 asked the U.S.
Tariff Commission for further information on
several questions relating to the Commission's re-

April 29, 1957

cent investigation of the effect of imports on the
domestic safety-pin industry. With the addi-
tional information, the President stated that he
would be "in a better position to make a decision"
on the recommendations of the Commission.

On January 30, 1957, the Commission had re-
ported to the President its 4^2 decision recom-
mending an increase in the tariff on imported

safety pins.

Senator Harry Flood Byrd, Chairman of the
Senate Committee on Finance, and Representative
Jere Cooper, Chairman of the House Committee
on Ways and Means, were advised by the Presi-
dent of his action.

President's Letter to Edgar B. Brossard, Chairman
of Tariff Commission

March 29, 1957

Dear Mr. Chairman : I have carefully studied
the Commission's report of January 30, 1957 on
its investigation under Section 7 of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as amended,
regarding safety pins.

Additional information on a number of points
raised by the Commission's report would be help-
ful to me in reaching a decision in tliis case.

It would be very useful to have the production,
sales, employment, and profit data on the two
safety pin producers not presently included in the
Commission's report as would similar data on the
industry's operations on uncapped pin wires. In
addition, I would like to have data on the other
products made on safety pin machines and on the
firms producing plastic-capped safety pins.

Supplemental information on the industry's
profit experience would also assist me : annual data
for safety pin operations and for the total oper-
ations of the plants involved for 1935-39 and for
1946-50; the basis for the industry's allocation of
costs, particularly administrative and selling costs,
to its safety pin operations; and the impact upon
the industry figures of the one firm which reported
losses in four years since 1950 and whether that
firm's operations have been materially affected by
factors other than imports. Finally, clarification
of the nature and source of the industry's over-
capacity, referred to in the Commission's report,
would be desirable.

I would appreciate the Commission's supplying
this additional information. It may, to the ex-

701

tent necessary to avoid improper disclosures, be
submitted in confidence. With these points clari-
fied, I would be in a better position to make a
decision.

Sincerely,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

President Decides Against Increase
in Tariff on Straight Pins

White House press release dated March 29

The President on March 29 declined to accept
the recommendation of the U.S. Tariff Commis-
sion for an increased duty on straight (dress-
makers' or common) pins.

On January 30, 1957, the Tariff Conunission had
reported to the President tlie results of its investi-
gation on straight pins under section 7 of the
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as
amended. ' Although the Commission found
imanimously that imports have caused no serious
injury to the domestic straight-pin industry, the
Commission concluded, in a 4-2 decision, that im-
ports threatened such injury in the future. Ac-
cordingly, the majority of the Commission recom-
mended that the duty on imported straight pins be
increased.

In identical letters to Senator Harry Flood
Byrd, Chairman of the Senate Committee on
Finance, and Representative Jere Cooper, Chair-
man of the House Committee on Ways and Means,
the President noted that the domestic industry's
sales, prices, and profits have increased since 1952.
The President also noted that wage rates in the
industry have increased steadily and that there
was no imemployment in the industry. The Presi-
dent did not find that the evidence in this case was
"of such a character as to leave no doubt that
actual injury is imminent."

President's Letter to Senator Byrd and Representa-
tive Cooper

March 29, 1957

Dear Mr. Chairman : The United States Tariff
Commission submitted to me on January 30, 1957
a report of its investigation on straight (dress-

•CJopies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D. C.

makers' or common) pins under Section 7 of the
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as
amended. Although the Commission found
imanimously that imports have caused no serious
injury to the domestic straight pin industry, the
Commission concluded, in a four to two decision,
that imports threatened such injury in the future.
Accordingly, the majority of the Commission rec-
ommended that the duty on imported straight pins
be increased.

As the Commission's report shows, imports of
straight pins have increased since 1948. Domestic
production and sales have apparently declined
from the peak post-war years and from the pre-
war average. Profits and employment are less
than they were in the highest post-war years.
The consumption of straight pins, however, has
also declined.

Aside from the comparison with a few peak post-
war yeare, the sales, employment, and profits of
the domestic industry do not appear to have been
endangered. Hourly wage rates of workers in
the industry have increased steadily and there is
no unemployment. In fact, the record suggests a
shortage of experienced operators of pin-making
machines.

Sales of the domestic industry have moved
fairly steadily upward since 1952 and, in the face
of increasing imports, their prices have increased
considerably more than the wholesale price index
generally and more than the index for fabricated
non-structural metal products.

Tlie profits of the domestic industry have in-
creased fairly steadily since 1952. The tariff con-
cession was already well in effect during 1950 and
1951, the only post-war years in which profits sub-
stantially exceeded those of 1955, the last full year
for which the Commission's report presents sta-
tistics. For 1955 and for the portion of 1956 for
which the facts were given, furtliermore, the rate
of profit, as a percentage of sales, on straight pins
exceeded for the first time the producers' rate of
profits on tlie total output of their phints manu-
facturing, among other things, straight pins.

When the threat of injury, rather than present
injury, is the ground of decision, I believe, as I
have said before, tliat the evidence bi'ought for-
ward to substantiate the judgment of threat must
be of such a character as to leave no doubt that
actual injury is imminent. I am not persuaded
that the evidence in this case is of such a character.

702

Department of State Bulletin

I am not, therefore, authorizing an increase in
the existing import duties on straight pins.
Sincerely,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

President Decides Against Increase
in Tariff on Violins and Violas

White House press release dated March 30

The President has declined to accept the recom-
mendations of the U.S. Tariff Commission for an
increased dtity on imports of violins and violas
valued at not more than $25.

On January 29, 1957, the Tariff Commission had
reported the results of its investigation under sec-
tion 7 of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of
1951, as amended, regarding violins and violas
valued at not more than $25 each. ^ The Commis-
sion, by a 3-2 vote with one Commissioner absent,
found that the domestic industry was being seri-
ously injured.

In identical letters to Senator Harry Flood
Byrd, Chairman of the Senate Committee on Fi-
nance, and Representative Jere Cooper, Chairman
of the House Committee on Ways and Means, the
President stated that this was an unusual case be-
cause "imports, in general, do not undersell the
domestic product." The President said that al-
though he was "sympathetic with the problems of
the domestic manufacturer," he was not persuaded,
on the basis of the clear facts "that his case satis-
fies the statutory test." Nor did the President
believe that "an increase in duties, which would
raise the cost of music instruction for young peo-
ple throughout the country, holds much promise of
solving the difficulties of the domestic manu-
facturer."

President's Letter to Senator Byrd and Representa-
tive Cooper

March 29, 1957
Dear Mr. Chairman: I have carefully re-
viewed the United States Tariff Commission's
report of January 29, 1957 on its investigation
under Section 7 of the Trade Agreements Exten-
sion Act of 1951, as amended, regarding violins
and violas valued at not more than $25 each. The
Commission, by a three to two vote with one Com-

' Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D. C.

April 29, 1957

missioner absent, found that the domestic industry
was being seriously injured and recommended that
the rate of duty on violins and violas valued at
not more than $25 be increased.

Violins and violas of this type are manufac-
tured in the United States by one company with
about thirty production employees. This com-
pany as the Tariff Commission report points out,
is in difficulties, and imports, although still con-
siderably lower than in the pre-war period, have
increased since the tariff concessions of 1948 and
1951. As a prerequisite to escape clause relief,
however, the law requires that the difficulties of
the domestic producer be substantially attribut-
able to increased imports, resulting at least in part
from a tariff concession, of like or directly com-
petitive products.

It should be made clear that this is an unusual
case. The imports, in general, do not undersell
the domestic product. The price of nearly all of
the imports exceeds the price of the great bulk of
the domestic product. The school market, the
most important market for violins and violas in
the United States, has preferred the higher priced
imports. The imported product meets the stand-
ards of quality which have been established for
the school market. These standards, while not
binding, are widely followed by the schools. The
bulk of the domestic production, the manufac-
turer acknowledged, does not meet these stand-
ards. The domestic industry's product is largely
sold in the folk music market.

A small portion of the domestic output does
purport to meet the school standards. This part
of the domestic production is higher priced than
most of the imports, but the domestic manufac-
turer has acknowledged that even his better prod-
uct meets consumer resistance in the school market
for reasons quite apart from price.

Although I am sympathetic with the problems
of the domestic manufacturer, I am not persuaded
that his case satisfies the statutory test. Nor do
I believe that an increase in duties, which would
raise the cost of music instruction for young
people throughout the country, holds much prom-
ise of solving the difficulties of the domestic
manufacturer.

I have decided, therefore, that escape clause
action would be inappropriate in this case.
Sincerely,

DwiGHT D. Eisenhower

703

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES

United Nations Commission
on the Status of Women

Folloiving are two statements made at the 11th
session of the U.N. Commission on the Status of
Women hy Mrs. Lorena B. Hahn^ U.S. represent-
ative.

STATEMENT OF MARCH 21 ON ACCESS OF
WOMEN TO EDUCATION

U.S./U.N. press release 2647

To assure educational opportunity for girls,
three steps appear necessaiy: (1) enough school
facilities for all, (2) compulsory school attend-
ance, and (3) enforcement of school laws.

Provision of Enough Schools for Ail

I say all, rather than all girls, because I am
sure we believe every boy should have an educa-
tion, just as every girl should have an education,
and, where there are not enough schools to go
round, the problem is more schools for boys and
girls alike. Tliis matter of enough schools is an
endless task in all countries. Schools wear out
and have to be replaced; new towns and cities
grow up and new schools must be provided where
the children live; standards of what constitutes
adequate school facilities are constantly rising,
so that each community wants to have the finest
in classrooms, teachers, textbooks, and play spaces.

But at the moment we are concerned particu-
larly for girls who have no schools at all, or at
best only a few grades of education. A few years
ago the International Conference on Public Ed-
ucation suggested that, where school buildings
had been provided for boys but not for girls,
students might be placed on a double shift, with
the boys attending in the morning and the girls
in the afternoon, or vice versa. In the United
States, where scliools have been provided for all
for many years, there is often a district in which
school buildings must be used on double shift

while new schools are being built or because the
number of children in a particular grade exceeds
expectation. Tliis situation is easier where co-
education is acceptable and girls and boys can
attend classes together. It is always a tempta-
tion to feel that new schools can be postponed, or
at least that the school for girls can be postponed.
But children cannot wait — they need to be edu-
cated now. A girl who cannot go to school as a
child has missed that opportunity forever and
must catch up, if at all, only at the expense of
time and energy needed for other things in her
mature years.

Compulsory School Attendance

Since compulsoi-y education laws apply equally
to girls and boys, our Commission has adopted
resolutions at several sessions urging the impor-
tance of legislation of this type.

Reports from Unesco confirm that in countries
having compulsory education the proportion of
girls in school tends to be greater than elsewhere.
Compulsory education is especially helpful in
areas where it has not been usual to send little
girls to school and parents may therefore hesitate
unless they are required to do so. A gi-eat many
countries have already adopted school attendance
laws covering at least elementary education. The
report before us^ makes it clear that we should
be especially vigilant where such laws do not exist.
However, as we all know, laws in themselves are
of little value unless there is adequate machinery
for law enforcement. I come thei-efore to my
third point.

Law Enforcement

"V^Hien we begin to think about enforcing com-
pulsory education, for girls as well as boys, we
come back at once to the problem of more schools.
We cannot expect effective law enforcement until
there are enough schools for all. But we should
think of law enforcement as more than a threat.
Often the reason a child is not in school is illness
in the family, or lack of suitable clothes, or diffi-
culty in transportation, or some other problem in
which social services are needed. This is one of
the areas in which technical assistance can be of
great value, in the field of health as well as edu-
cation.

• U.N. doc. E/CN.6/291.

704

Department of State Bulletin

Course of Study for Girls

In this brief analysis I have not touched on
courses of study which should be provided for
girls. This is another field to which we may want
to give attention, perhaps in some future meeting.
Our view in the United States is that girls and
boys should have access to the same courses
throughout, even though we can expect that their
natural choices will result in a larger proportion
of girls choosing such subjects as domestic sci-
ence. Wliat is of fundamental importance, for
girls as well as boys, is that they be provided
with a broad and thorough understanding of the
great ideas of our world, of the humanities and
the sciences, so that they can be possessors of cul-
ture and can enjoy and appreciate the arts. It is
not enough to think of education as leading only
to a vocation or profession, though such training
should be available in equal measure. Neither
is it enough to think of education for girls merely
in terms of homemaking, though all agree that
an intelligent and educated mother can contribute
far more to her family and to her country because
she has had years in school. The purpose of edu-
cation, for girls as well as boys, is the develop-
ment of the whole person to his or her greatest
capacity. That is the goal, not a cramping into
particular patterns or preparation for particular
tasks. In the words of the Universal Declara-
tion of Human Rights,

Education shall be directed to the full development
of the human personality and to the strengthening of
respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms.

The UNESCO report in E/CN.6/291 summarizes
a variety of activities in the Unesco program
bearincr on the access of women to education.
This report makes it possible for the Commission
to understand and evaluate the Unesco program
as it relates to the status of women. Similar re-
ports of this type will be useful in future Com-
mission meetings.

While some sections of the report indicate
progress, the information on exchange of persons
is disturbing in that the proportion of women
receiving foreign grants is small. For instance,
^omen received only 4 out of 35 regional grants
5 out of 35 youth grants, 6 out of 65 gi-oup travel
grants, and 2 out of 125 worker grants The
problem does not appear to be a lack of fellow-
ships, since a considerable number are available
to both sexes and a reasonable proportion are open
to women only. The number of women interested

April 29, 1957

in international study may be less than men, but
the disproportion in fellowships granted appears
unduly great. It is probable that tradition, fa-
voring men, as well as the much smaller relative
numl^r of women qualified to apply for fellow-
ships, also plays a role.

Nongovernmental organizations might be en-
couraged to bring additional information about
fellowships to the attention of women. The
UNESCO publication. Study Abroad, lists such op-
portunities with important details. National or-
ganizations can help their members by publishing
the listings available to their members. I mider-
stand the American Association of University
Women provides information on international
fellowships in their Quarterly Journal.

The UNESCO report in E/CN.6/301 shows that
women are being used as teachers in almost all
countries in considerable numbers, particularly
in primary schools. However, in countries where
there have not been many schools, the need for
more teachers may be very great. Wliile the
proportion of women teachers in these countries
may be encouraging, the entire number of teachers
may actually be very small. We should there-
fore be alert to help girls in these areas prepare
for teaching.

The report points out that conditions for women
in the teaching profession are not always equal
and training opportunities are often limited.
UNESCO proposes a survey which would involve
a direct inquiry to governments. Since this sur-
vey would help in considering measures to redress
inequality and attract women to the teaching pro-
fession, the United States favors further work by
UNESCO along this line.

The United States has had some experience m
training mature women for teaching to meet a
shortage of teachers in the lower grades. Many
more children are entering school at this time
because our birth rate has gone up the last 5 or
6 years. We are finding that married women
whose children are grown and no longer in the
home are now willing to undertake new work or
to go back to teaching which they may have given
up^soon after marriage. Our Women's Bureau
has worked closely with the United States Office
of Education in encouraging study courses to
prepare these women for teaching, in some cases
refreshing earlier skills and in others supplying
a basic understanding of educational principles
all teachers need.

705

STATEMENT OF MARCH 25 ON EQUAL PAY FOR
WOMEN

D.S./D.N. press release 2649

The United States delegation -welcomes this op-
portunity to express its appreciation for the valu-
able reports prepared this year by the Secretary-
General and the Ilo.^ This is the third consecu-
tive year in which the Secretary-General has fur-
nished us with information from nongovern-
mental organizations on the practical methods
which are being used to put the equal-pay princi-
ple into effect.

The Ilo report also provides useful informa-
tion on implementation of equal pay. We wish to
express our appreciation for the inclusion in the
Ilo report of information on equal-pay exper-
ience in the United States. This information was
supplied by the United States Government in re-
sponse to the Ilo questionnaire on application of
the equal remuneration principle, as stated in
convention 100 and recommendation 90. It shows
that, as of the date on which the United States
transmitted its reply, substantial progress has
been made in the United States toward the effec-
tive implementation of equal pay.

Since that date, President Eisenhower, in his
state-of-the-Union message early in 1956, called
for the elimination of remaining wage differen-
tials against women as a matter of simple justice.
The President reiterated this view in both his
economic report and his budget message this year.

Tlie reports before the Commission this year
were prepared in response to the Commission res-
olution which called particular attention to pro-
cedures for implementation of equal pay in col-
lective bargaining agreements. The reports also
discuss other methods of implementation, includ-
ing the enforcement of equal-pay legislation. In
the United States we rely on both collective bar-
gaining and legislation to give practical effect to
the equal-pay principle. We would accordingly
like to comment on equal progress in both fields.

Equal Pay Progress Through Collective Bargaining

Both the Secretary-General and the Ilo reports
show significant progress in implementation of the
equal-pay principle through collective bargain-
ing procedures. The Ilo report states, for ex-
ample, that in France none of the collective bar-
gaining agreements in force at the present time

• U.N. docs. E/CN.O/296 and E/CN.6/300.

establish wage differentials for men and women
in identical occupations. Moreover, the relative
average level of women's wages has been raised
57 percent, the highest percentage gain in women's
wage levels reported by any country.

In the United Kingdom a new agreement in a
major industry provides for the achievement of
equal pay in six successive annual adjustments,
illustrating the usefulness of a step-by-step ap-
proach. In Australia the Australian Congress of
Trade Unions convened a 1-day meeting at-
tended by 65 Federal unions in which it was agreed
to organize a national petition supporting equal
pay. In Belgium the Government has initiated a
constructive program whereby unions are re-
quested to report on the progress made toward the
elimination of discriminatory rates in collective
bargaining agreements. In the Philippines the
Government is encouraging trade union organiza-
tion among women as a means for creating a favor-
able climate on equal pay. In Portugal the
Government has approved regulations establish-
ing women's sections inside a number of national
unions.

Wom^n Union Membership: In the United
States women workers are estimated to constitute
about one-sixth of the membership of unions.
Union organization among women is particularly
strong in the manufacturing industries employing
large numbers of women. Of 199 unions that re-
plied to a Bureau of Labor Statistics questionnaire
on union membership in 1954, the vast majority
reported that they had women members. Six
unions reported having more than 100,000 women
members each. They were:

International Ladles' Garment Workers' Union, with

330,r)00
Araalframated Clothing Workers of America, with

279,100
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, with

189,000
Communications Worlvers of America, with 180,000
Retail Clerks International Association, with 132,500
Textile Workers Union of America, with 117,000

Uni^n Eqiuil-Pay Policy: A recent development
of major significance was the formal endorsement
in June 1956 of Federal equal-pay legislation by
the top Executive Committee of the combined
AFL-CIO unions. Prior to the merger of these
two great organizations, both the AFL and the
CIO had repeatedly expressed support for the
equal-pay principle, but the AFL for many years

706

Department of State Bulletin

opposed implementation of the principle through
Federal legislation. The decision of the combined
unions to work for implementation of equal pay
through two major methods — legislation and col-
lective bargaining — has been interpreted as both a
definite gain for the equal-pay movement and a
tacit recognition of the increasing importance of
women as union members.

Unions are also continuing to press for equal-
pay clauses in the negotiation of contracts. The
increasing importance of such clauses is demon-
strated by two United States Labor Department
studies made at an interval of 5 years. The first
study, made by the United States Bureau of Labor
Statistics in 1951, showed that about 24 percent of
the agreements had equal-pay clauses. The second
such study, made by the United States Women's
Bureau in 1956, showed that almost 40 percent of
the agreements had such clauses.

A comparison of the incidence of equal-pay
clauses in contracts for the same industry in the
two periods shows the same results. Thus, in the
electrical machinery industry, equal-pay clauses
in union contracts increased from 42 percent in
1951 to 53 percent in 1956 ; in textiles from 35 per-
cent to 42 percent ; in food industries from 24 per-
cent to 35 percent; in fabricated metals from 22
percent to 29 percent ; and in transportation equip-
ment from 29 percent in 1951 to 40 percent in
1956.

The fact that 40 percent of the agreements con-
tained equal-pay clauses does not necessarily in-
dicate the existence of discriminatory wage rates
in the other 60 percent. Many unions have estab-
lished rates for the job through participating with
management in the development of a sound and
objective rate structure based on job content. The
significance of such clauses is that the equal-pay
principle is expressed in concrete terms.

which had been adopted prior to 1920. Beginning
with 1942, and continuing to the present period,
14 additional States and Alaska have adopted
such laws.

Since the field is so new, many innovations in
approach and language have been tried. Some of
these have proved difficult to enforce. Others
have proved exceptionally effective. In one State,
for example, the law prohibits payment of a lower
wage rate to a woman who replaces a man, thus
discouraging an employer from discharging a male
employee in order to hire a woman at a lower rate.

Amendments to these laws are gradually being
adopted as experience indicates the need for them.
In one State, for example, where the original law
provided for equal pay for the same work, the
law was amended to provide for equal pay for
comparable work. This wording permits minor
variations in the work between a man and woman,
without depriving the woman of equal pay.

We have one further comment on the legislative
aspects of the report, namely, the value of mini-
mum-wage laws as a step toward implementation
of equal pay. Minimum-wage laws in the United
States set the same rates for men and women
workers. No differentials in legal minimum wages
are in effect under the Federal law or such State
laws as apply to both sexes. Nevertheless, our
experience has shown that minimum-wage laws
have only a limited usefulness in removing wage
discrimination against women. As a practical
matter, women workers are sometimes paid exactly
the minimum wage and men are paid at a higher
rate for the same work. The value of minimum-
wage laws consists primarily of raising the stand-
ard of living by eliminating substandard wages;
they do not, however, insure that a woman worker
will receive the same rate as a man for the same
job.

Equal Pay Progress Through Legislation

The Secretary-General's report calls attention
to the importance of adequate wording in equal-
pay legislation and the relationship between such
wording and effective enforcement of such laws.
This has been demonstrated by experience with
State equal-pay laws in the United States.

The State legislatures in the United States have
often been referred to as a laboratory for experi-
mentation in social legislation. Until about 1942
only two equal-pay laws were in effect, both of

Next Steps That Should Be Considered

There has been considerable discussion in the
past few days of the importance of continuity in
the Commission's work. We are in full agreement
with this point of view. It seems to us very impor-
tant to try to build on what has gone before so
that each year we can continue to show significant
results from our work.

The progress we have made to date is reflected
in the series of equal-pay reports prepared by the
Secretary-General and the Ilo. These reports rep-

Apr// 29, 1957

707

resent an achievement, not only for the officials
who i^repared them but for the Commission as
well. They show that we as members of the Com-
mission are coming to grips with the problem of
removing wage discriminations against women.
We no longer address ourselves only to the estab-
lishment of the equal-pay principle; we also con-
sider the practical methods by which the principle
can be effectively applied.

Consideration of these reports at our annual
sessions has greatly increased our knowledge of
effective methods for implementation of equal
pay. However, wider public understanding of
the whole equal-pay issue is essential if we are to
succeed in removing the remaining wage differ-
entials against women.

We think the time has come, therefore, for the
Commission to develop a new promotional pro-
gram. This can best be done through preparation
of a sales pamphlet directed to promoting wide-
spread acceptance and application of the equal-pay
principle. Such a pamphlet was proposed in the
resolution adopted at last year's session,^ but in the
final discussion of program it was relegated to
the low-priority category. We believe the pam-
phlet should be made available without further
delay.

Such a pamphlet should be broad in scope. It
should explain what the equal-pay principle is,
why it is important, and how it can be applied.
One of its purposes should be to clarify prevailing
misconceptions. It should explain, for example,
that equal pay is important not only to the women
workers directly affected but to men workers and
their families. Men's wage levels and the standard
of living of their families are potentially threat-
ened whenever women can be employed at lower
rates for the same work. It should point out the
importance of equal pay in encouraging women
to obtain the necessary training for higher-skilled
jobs, thus enabling them to make their best con-
tribution to the economy as a whole.

We would like to see this pamphlet prepared at
the earliest possible time. To be most useful, it
should draw on the wealth of information avail-
able from the nongovernmental organizations in
the Secretary-General's report this year as well
as in previous reports of the Secretary-General
and discussions at plenary sessions. In addition to

'For a report of the 10th session by Mrs. Ilahn, see
BuiXETiN of June 18, 1956, p. ia33.

its immediate purpose, publication of this type of
sales pamphlet would help to promote women's
status and opportunities in the whole economic
field.

U.S. Extends Invitation to WHO
for Eleventh Assembly

Press release 206 dated April 11

The Department of State announced on April
11 that it has extended the invitation of the U.S.
Government to the World Health Organization to
convene the 11th World Health Assembly in this
countiy in May of 1958. The invitation was ex-
tended pursuant to the authorization contained in
Public Law 832, 84th Congi-ess.

The World Health Organization, with perma-
nent headquarters at Geneva, Switzerland, is an
association of 88 member countries for the purpose
of promoting international cooperation in the field
of health. It is one of the 10 specialized agencies
of the United Nations system.

The World Health Assembly is the supreme
governing body of the World Health Organiza-
tion. The World Health Assembly meets annu-
ally to determine the policies of the World Health
Organization and, in 1958, will celebrate the 10th
anniversary of the founding of that body. The
United States has been an active member of the
World Health Organization since its inception.

U.N. invited To Hold Atomic Energy
Conference at Chicago

U.S. /U.N. press release 2655

FoUoxoing is the text of a note transinitted hy
the Acting Representative of the United States
of America to the Secretary-General of the
United Nations on April 3.

The Acting Representative of the United States
of America to the United Nations presents his
compliments to the Secretary General of the
United Nations and has the honor to refer to the
Resolution on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic
Energy approved by the General Assembly on
December .3, 1955, providing, "that a second in-
ternational conference for the exchange of tech-
nical information regarding the peaceful uses of

708

Department of State Bulletin

atomic energy should be held under the auspices
of the United Nations." '

In this connection the Acting Representative
would like to take tliis opportunity to present
on behalf of the city of Chicago its invitation
to the United Nations to hold the Second Inter-
national Atomic Energy Conference in that city.
Chicago would consider it a great honor to be
permitted to play host to this great international
event.

The Mayor of Chicago advises that all the facil-
ities needed for the successful conduct of the con-
ference will be provided l:iy the city of Chicago.
It is further understood that representatives of
the city of Chicago will make themselves available
to discuss with the Secretary General of the United
Nations the question of the facilities that would
be needed to hold the international conference in
Chicago.

Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography

Economic and Social Council

Development of International Travel, Its Present In-
creasing Volume and Future Prospects. Addendum to
the note by the Secretary-General. E/2933/Add.4,
January 25, 1957. 5 pp. mimeo.

Social Commission. Recommendations of the First
United Nations Congress on the Prevention of Crime
and the Treatment of Offenders. E/CN.5/322, January
28, 1957. 5 pp. mimeo.

Commission on Human Rights. Provisional Agenda for
the Thirteenth Session of the Commission on Human
Rights. E/CN.4/733, January 30, 1957. 5 pp. mimeo.

Report of the Committee on the Tenth Anniversary of
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. E/CN.4/-
735, Februai-y 11, 1957. 9 pp. mimeo.

TREATY INFORMATION

Agricultural Surplus Commodity
Agreement With Iceland

Press release 204 dated April 11

A surplus commodity agreement between the
Government of the United States and the Govern-
ment of Iceland was signed at Washington on
April 11 by Thorsten V. Kalijarvi, Assistant Sec-
retary of State for Economic Affairs, on behalf

of the United States, and Vilhjalmur Thor, Di-
rector of the National Bank of Iceland, on behalf
of Iceland. The agreement provides for financing
the sale of $2,785,000 worth of surplus agricultural
commodities (including certain ocean transporta-
tion costs) for kronur, the Icelandic unit of
currency.

The agreement was negotiated under title I of
the Agricultural Trade Development and Assist-
ance Act of 1954 (Public Law 480). The com-
modity composition of the agreement follows :

Commodity

Approximate quantity

Marliet value
in tliousands
of dollars

Wheat fl^our

6,000 metric tons

8,600 metric tons

7,300 metric tons

270 metric tons

750 metric tons

400 metric tons

200,000 lbs

700

Barley

410

450

R,ice

40

Cottonseed/soybean

oil

300
130

160

Fruit - -

(no quantity speci-
fied)
500 bales. _-

200

Ootton

75

Ocean transportation.

(estimated 50 per-
cent)

320

Sales under this program will be made by pri-
vate United States traders. It is expected that
purchase authorizations will be issued in the near
future.

Current Actions

MULTILATERAL

Atomic Energy

Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency. Done
at New York October 26, 1956.'

Ratifications deposited: Switzerland, April 5, 1957;
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic and Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, April 8, 1957.

Aviation

International air services transit agreement. Signed at
Chicago December 7, 1944. Entered into force for the
United States February 8, 1945. 59 Stat. 1693.
Acceptance deposited: Finland, April 9, 19.57.

Copyright

Universal copyright convention. Done at Geneva Septem-
ber 6, 1952. Entered into force September 16, 1955.
TIAS 3.324.
Ratification deposited: Austria, April 2, 1957.

Protocol 1 concerning application of the convention to
the works of stateless persons and refugees. Done at
Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into force Septem-
ber 16, 1955. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: Austria, April 2, 1957.

' Bulletin of Nov. 14, 1955, p. 801.

' Not in force.

April 29, 1957

709

Protocol 2 concerning application of the convention to the
works of certain international organizations. Done at
Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into force Septem-
ber 16, 19.55. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: Austria, April 2, 1957.

Protocol 3 concerning tlae effective date of instruments of
ratification or acceptance of or accession to the con-
vention. Done at Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered
into force August 19, 1954. TIAS 3324.
Ratifloation deposited: Austria, April 2, 1957.

Narcotic Drugs

Protocol for limiting and regulating the cultivation of the
poppy plant, the production of, international and whole-
sale trade in, and use of opium. Dated at New York
June 23, 1953."
Ratification deposited: Cambodia, March 22, 1957.

Postal Services

Convention of the Postal Union of the Americas and
Spain, final protocol, and regulations of execution.
Signed at Bogotd November 9, 1955. Entered into force
March 1, 1956. TIAS 3653.
Ratification deposited: ArgenHna, February 15, 1957.

Agreement relative to money orders and final protocol of
the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Signed
at Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into force March
1, 1956. TIAS 3655.
Ratification deposited: Argentina, February 15, 1957.

Agreement relative to parcel post, final protocol, and regu-
lations of execution of the Postal Union of the Americas
and Spain. Signed at Bogota November 9, 1955. En-
tered into force March 1, 1956. TIAS 3654.
RatificatiiM deposited: Argentina, February 15, 1957-

Trade and Commerce

Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
May 23, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 1956 (TIAS
3591).

Schedule of concessions enters into force: Federal Re-
jjublic of Germany, May 4, 1957.

Whaling

Protocol amending the international whaling convention
of 1946 (TIAS 1S49). Done in Washington Novem-
ber 19, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Australia, April S, 1957.

BILATERAL
Chile

Agreement for the establishment and operation of raw-
insonde observation stations at Antofagasta, Quintero
and Puerto Montt, Chile. Effected by exchange of notes
at Santiago March 1, 1957.

Entered into force: March 25, 1957 (date of signature
of arrangement embodying the technical details).

Iceland

Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455; 69 Stat. 44, 721).
Signed at Washington April 11, 1957. Entered into
force April 11, 1957.

Italy

Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of October 30, 1956, as amended (TIAS 3702, 3760,

' Not in force.

3762, and 3788). Effected by exchange of notes at
Borne April 2, 1957. Entered into force April 2, 1957.

Netherlands

Air Transport Agreement. Signed at Washington April 3,
1957. Provisionally ojjerative April 3, 1957. Enters
into force definitively on date of receipt by the United
States of notification of constitutional approval by the
Netherlands.

Saudi Arabia

Agreement extending United States rights at the Dhahran
Airfield and providing for related military and economic
matters. Effected by exchange of notes at Washington
April 2, 1957. Entered into force April 2, 1957.

Spain

Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of October 23, 1956, as amended (TIAS 36S5 and
3770). Effected by exchange of notes at Madrid March
26, 1957. Entered into force March 26, 1957.

Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: April 8-14

Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.

Subject

Dulles : testimony on mutual security
legislation.

Exchange of notes with Saudi Arabia.

Texts of U.S. and Saudi Arabian notes.

Joint communique on U.S.-Iraqi talks.

Miss Willis nominated Ambassador to
Norway (biographic details).

McLeod nominated Ambassador to Ire-
land (biographic details).

O'Connor designated Administrator,
Bureau of Security and Consular Af-
fairs (biographic details).

U.S.-Canadian notes on Mr. Norman.

Rubottom : "Economic Interdepend-
ence in the Americas."

Wilcox : "The United Nations and Re-
sponsibilities for the Future."

Surplus commodity agreement with
Iceland signed.

Educational exchange.

WHO invited to convene 11th World
Health Assembly in U.S.

Joint communique on U.S.-Saudi
Arabian talks.

Illinois student wins NATO scholar-
ship.

Robertson : "Report to the Founder on
Foreign Affairs."

Hill: "The Two Halves of Progi-ess."

Taylor nominated Ambassador to
Switzerland (biographic details).

U.S. policy for assisting Hungarian
refugees.

* Not printed.

t Held for a later issue of the Bulletin.

No.

Date

194

4/8

195

196

tl97

*198

4/8
4/8
4/9
4/9 J

*199

4/9

*200

4/9

201
t202

4/10
4/11

2(Xi

4/11

204

4/11

*205
206

4/11
4/11

t207

4/12

t208

4/12

209

4/12

t210
*211

4/12
4/12

t212

4/13

710

Department of State Bulletin

\ptil 29, 1957

Index

Vol. XXXVI, No. 931

\griculture. Agricultural Surplus Commodity

, Agreement With Iceland

j^merican Principles. Report to the Founder on

Foreign Affairs (Robertson)

ktomic Energy. U.N. Invited To Hold Atomic En-
I ergy Conference at Chicago (text of note) . . .

Canada

U.S.-Canada Joint Commission Holds Executive
Session

U.S. Replies to Canadian Note Regarding E. H. Nor-
man (texts of notes)

Communism. Report to the Founder on Foreign
Affairs (Robertson)

Congress, The

President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on

Straight Pins

President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on

Violins and Violas

Economic Affairs

Agricultural Surplus Commodity Agreement With
Iceland

Munitions Control and the Electronics Industry
(Pomeroy)

President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on
Straight Pins

President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on
Violins and Violas

President Requests Further Data on Imports of
Safety Pins

Proposals for Substantive Changes in Mutual Secu-
rity Legislation (Dulles)

U.S.-Canada Joint Commission Holds Executive
Session

World Trade Week, 1957

Health, Education, and Welfare

United Nations Commission on the Status of Women
(Hahn)

U.S. Extends Invitation to WHO for Eleventh As-
sembly

Iceland. Agricultural Surplus Commodity Agree-
ment With Iceland

International Organizations and Conferences

United Nations Commission on the Status of Women
(Hahn)

U.N. Invited To Hold Atomic Energy Conference
at Chicago (text of note)

U.S. Extends Invitation to WHO for Eleventh As-
sembly

709
682
708

695
694
682

702
703

709

697

702

703

701

675

695
679

704
708
709

704
708
708

Military AGTairs

Munitions Control and the Electronics Industry

(Pomeroy) 697

Proposals for Substantive Changes in Mutual Secu-
rity Legislation (Dulles) 675

U.S. and Saudi Arabia Confirm Agreement on Coop-
eration (texts of notes) 680

Mutual Security

Munitions Control and the Electronics Industry

(Pomeroy) 697

Proposals for Substantive Changes in Mutual Secu-
rity Legislation (Dulles) 675

Philippines. Anniversary of Fall of Bataan (Eisen-
hower, Garcia) 679

Presidential Documents

Anniversary of Fall of Bataan 679

President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on

Straight Pins 702

President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on

Violins and Violas 703

President Requests Further Data on Imports of

Safety Pins 701

World Trade Week, 1957 679

Saudi Arabia. U.S. and Saudi Arabia Confirm
Agreement on Cooperation (texts of notes) . . 680

Treaty Information

Agricultural Surplus Commodity Agreement With
Iceland 709

Current Actions 709

United Nations

Current U.N. Documents 709

The United Nations and Responsibilities for the

Future (Wilcox) 688

United Nations Commission on the Status of Women

(Hahn) 7(H

U.N. Invited To Hold Atomic Energy Conference
at Chicago (text of note) 708

U.S. Extends Invitation to WHO for Eleventh As-
sembly 708

Name Index

Al-Khayyal, Abdullah 681

Dulles, Secretary 675

Eisenhower, President 679, 701, 702, 703

Garcia, Carlos P 680

Hahn, Lorena B 704

Heeney, A. D. P 694

Herter, Christian A 694

Murphy, Robert 680

Pomeroy, Leonard H 697

Robertson, Walter S 682

Wilcox, Francis O 688

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957

PUBLIC LIBRARY ^^^
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS

the

Department

of

State

United States
Government Printing Office

DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS

Washington 25, D. C.

PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID

PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300

(GPO)

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

A new release in the popular BACKGROUND series . . .

Highlights of

Foreign Policy Developments — 1956

Prepared as a readily accessible source for reference to some of
the major events and pronouncements affecting United States
foreign policy during 1956, this pamphlet encompasses events in
each of the major geographic areas of the world. Sections are
included on developments in the Soviet Union, the satellites, the
Middle East and Africa, Europe, Latin America, and the Far East.

Other topics are disarmament, mutual security, atomic energy,
trade policy, information abroad, East- West exchanges, and edu-
cational exchange and cultural programs.

Tlie material is compiled from previously published official
sources. Illustrations include photographs and maps.

. Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Wash-
ington 25, D.C., for 15 cents each.

Publication 6451

15 cents

Order Form

To: Supt. of Documents

Govt. Printing Office Please send me copies of Highlights of Foreign Policy Develop-

WaBhington 25, D.C. ments—1956.

Name:

Enclosed find:

Street Address:

('eaah,' check,' or City, Zone, and State:

moneu order).

FHE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol. XXXVI, No. 932

May 6, 1957

ICIAL

:KLY RECORD

TED STATES
EIGN POLICY

DYNAMIC PEACE • Address by Secretary Dulles 715

AMBASSADOR RICHARDS' MISSION TO MIDDLE

BIAST • Department Announcement of Interim Report and
Texts of Joint Communiques '24

ECONOMIC INTERDEPENDENCE IN THE

AMERICAS • by Assistant Secretary Rubottom 732

THE TWO HALVES OF PROGRESS • by Assistant

Secretary Hill 736

UNITED STATES-NETHERLANDS AIR TRANSPORT

AGREEMENT • Department Announcement and Text of
Agreement IW

IMMIGRATION POTENTIALS UNDER THE BASIC

IIVIMIGRATION LAW • by Eliot B. Coulter 722

MEETING THE CHALLENGE OF MOVING HUN-
GARIAN REFUGEES • Article by George L. Warren . . 743

For index see inside back cover

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Vol.. XXXVI, No. 932 • Publication 6490
May 6, 1957

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Qovemment Printing Office

Washington 25, D.C.

Price;

62 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25

Single copy, 20 cents

The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1956).

Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Deiartmknt
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.

The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.

Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.

bynamic Peace

Address by Secretary Dulles ^

I recall pleasurably your annual luncheon of a
year ago. It is a compliment that you have asked
me to come again. Since this is my first speech of
the second Eisenliower term, it may be appropri-
ate to set forth the basic concepts which guide our
foreign policy. It is important that both friend
and foe should know the principles by which we
chart our course.

At the close of World War II, the statesmen of
the world met at San Francisco to plan a better
future for a war-scourged world. They wrote
the United Nations Charter, and in its first article
they laid down three basic and interlocking prin-
ciples. There must be peace ; there must be justice;
and there must be liberty for nations and for
persons.

Peace, justice, and liberty— these same three
concepts underlie the foreign policies of the United
States. Our task is to realize these concepts in a
world of rapid and accelerating change.

Two decades ago I wrote that world peace de-
pended, not on preserving the statm quo, but on
finding ways of peaceful change. Today, this re-
quirement is more than ever imperative. Our
foreign policy accepts change as the law of life.
We seek to assure that change will be benign, and
not destructive, so that it will promote not merely
survival but freedom and well-being.

Deterrents to Aggressive War

A first requirement is that the door be firmly
closed to change by violent aggression.

Of all the tasks of government the most basic is
to protect its citizens against violence. Such pro-

'Made before the annual luncheon of the Associated
Press at New York, N. Y., on Apr. 22 (press release 229
dated Apr. 21) and broadcast to the Nation by radio and
television.

tection can only be effective if provided by a col-
lective effort. So in every civilized community
the members contribute toward the maintenance of
a police force as an arm of law and order.

Only the society of nations has failed to apply
this rudimentary principle of civilized life.

An effort was made through the United Nations
to create an armed force for use by the Security
Council to maintain international order. But the
Soviet Union vetoed that.

However, the member nations still had the pos-
sibility of cooperating against aggression. For
the charter, with foresight, had proclaimed that
all nations had the inlierent right of collective
self-defense.

The free nations have largely exercised that
right. The United States has made collective de-
fense treaties with 42 other nations. And the area
of common defense may now be enlarged pursuant
to the recent Middle East resolution.

This collective security system is subject to as-
saults from without and to infii-mities within.

The Soviet rulers understandably prefer that
the free nations should be weak and divided, as
when the men in the Kremlin stole, one by one, the
independence of a dozen nations. So, at each en-
largement of the area of collective defense, the
Soviet rulers pour out abuse against so-called
"militaristic groupings." And as the free nations
move to strengthen their common defense, the
Soviet rulers emit threats. But we can, I think,
be confident that such Soviet assaults will not dis-
inteOTate the free world. Collective measures are
here to stay.

The greater danger comes from internal hazards.
A collective defense system, in which each mem-
ber nation is completely sovereign, requires a high
degree of voluntary cooperation and agreement.

tAoY 6, 1957

715

Happily, we have tliat. For example, it is
agreed that the primary task is to deter war.
Alodern weapons have such vast destructive power
that there could be no real "victor" were general
war ever to occur.

It is also agreed that the prmcipal deterrent
to aggressive war is mobile retaliatory power.
This retaliatory power must be vast in terms of its
potential. But the extent to which it would be
used would, of course, depend on circumstances.
The essential is that a would-be aggressor should
realize that he cannot make armed aggression a
paying proposition.

It is also agreed that it would be imprudent to
risk everything on one single aspect of military
power. There must be land, sea, and air forces
for local action and for a defense which will give
mobile striking power the chance to do its work.

Thus the general design of common defense is
widely agreed. Of course, its detailed application
presents recurrent difficulties. Also, the sharing of
the burden raises problems.

Modern weapons are extremely expensive. Im-
mense sums must be spent in research and develop-
ment and in making weapons which may become
outmoded almost before they are in production.
The United States is the only free-world country
able to sustain the cost of developing a capacity
for retaliation adequate to deter a potential
aggressor who himself has great and growing
aggressive power. In addition, the United States
supplies military equipment to others and, in
some cases, helps to stabilize the economies of
allies which cannot otherwise play their proper
part in the scheme of common defense.

The President faces no more difficult task than
the crucial one of deciding, in this defense field,
how much to spend, where to spend it, and how to
bring the cost into a budget which pi-ovides for
other needed tasks and does the whole without
monetary inflation or excessive taxation.

There are some who, in a zeal to economize,
would slash that part of our budget which is often
miscalled "foreign aid" — as though it did not aid
us. That would not be economy but extravagance.
If the forces and facilities which others provide
were subtracted from the common defense, the
United States defense budget would have to be
expanded vastly from what it now is. That is
the considered judgment of the President and his
military advisers.

716

The free-world collective-defense arrangements
are not ideal. There is nothing automatic about
them, and they require a continuing conscious ef-
fort by many nations to cooperate and to forgo the
petty selfishness and the extremes of nationalism
which could poison the relationships. But the re-
lationship is predominantly one of good will and
trust. It marks a significant step in the long-
overdue progress of international society from
anarchy to order. To maintain and develop this
progress is a basic principle of our foreign policy.

But we do not believe that the only way to se-
curity is through ever-mounting armaments. "We
consider that controls and reduction of arms are
possible, desirable, and, in the last reckoning,
indispensable. It is not essential that controls
should encompass everything at once. In fact,
progress is likely to come by steps carefully meas-
ured and carefully taken. Thus far it has not been
possible to assure the inspection and other safe-
guards that would make it prudent for us to re-
duce our effective power. But we shall continue
to seek that goal.

Armaments are nothing that we crave. Their
possession is forced on us by the aggressive and
devious designs of international communism. An
arms race is costly, sterile, and dangerous. "We
shall not cease our striving to bring it to a de-
pendable end.

The Blessings of Liberty

Any police system is essentially negative. It is
designed to repress violence and give a sense of
security. But the sense of security is illusory
unless, behind its shield, there is growth and de-
velopment. Military collaboration to sustain
peace will collapse unless we also collaborate to
spread the blessings of liberty.

Trade, from the earliest days, has been one of
the great up-builders of economic well-being.
Therefore, this Government advocates trade pol-
icies which promote the interchange of goods to
mutual advantage.

Also, the United States, as the most productive
and prosperous nation, assists other nations which
are at an early stage of self-development. It is
sobering to recall that about two-thirds of all the
people who resist Communist rule exist in a con-
dition of stagnant poverty. Communism boasts
that it could change all that and points to indus-
trial developments wrought in Russia at a cruel.

Department of State Bulletin

i

but largely concealed, cost in terms of human
slavery and human misery. The question is
whether free but undeveloped countries can end
stagnation for their people without paying such
a dreadful price. Friendly nations expect that
those who have abundantly found tlie blessings of
liberty should help those who still await those
blessings.

Of course, each country must itself make the
principal effort to improve its lot. But others can
provide an impetus and the margin between hope
and despair — and perhaps between success and
failure. They can do this by showing interest and
concern, by giving technical guidance, and by pro-
viding capital for development. Much of this is
done under private auspices, and we wish it could
all be done that way. But sometimes the hazards
are greater than private capital will assume. So
our Government supplies some funds for economic
development purposes.

The sharing of markets and of development
capital is not a giveaway operation. It assures
that the free world, of which we are part, will be
a vigorous, hopefiil community. That corre-
sponds to our interests and to our ideals.

Our mutual security program can and should
make our policies more clear and more stable.
Two weeks ago I outlined proposals to this end
before a special committee of the Senate. ^ With
the help of the Congress, and with the support of
the American people, our trade and economic de-
velopment policies can serve mightily to demon-
strate that the peace of free men is not the doomed
peace of human stagnation but a peace of such
vitality that it will endure.

A Decade of Political Change

Just as our policy concerns itself with economic
development, so, too, our policy concerns itself
with political change.

During the past decade, there have come into
being, within the free world, 19 new nations with
700 million people. In addition, many nations
whose sovereignty was incomplete have had that
sovereignty fully completed. Within this brief
span nearly one-third of the entire human race has
had this exciting, and sometimes intoxicating, ex-
perience of gaining full independence.

The United States believes that all peoples

' Bulletin of Apr. 29, 1957, p. 675.
Moy 6, J 957

should have self-government and independence if
they desire it and show the capacity to sustain it.
We rejoice that there is progress toward this goal.
But liberty requires more than the mere break-
ing of old political ties that have become unwel-
come. Those patriots who won for us our inde-
pendence knew and proclaimed that our free
institutions could be sustained and our independ-
ence made durable only if our Nation accepted the
disciplines which religion and education enjoin.
That is indispensable to assure responsible leader-
ship able to guide a young nation through the
dangers which beset it.

Today, nations born to independence are born
into a world one part of which is ruled by des-
potism and the other part of which stays free by
accepting the concept of interdependence. There
is no safe middle ground.

International communism is on the prowl to
capture those nations whose leaders feel that newly
acquired sovereign rights have to be displayed by
flouting other independent nations. That kind
of sovereignty is suicidal sovereignty.

The United States stands as the faithful and
vigorous champion of the principles of our Dec-
laration of Independence. And we want the new
independence of others to be something better
than a brief twilight preceding the blackout of
Communist despotism.

The Captive Nations

Xowhere is the pressure for change greater than
within the Soviet orbit. For there the most basic
human aspirations are the most repressed.

A year ago Khrushchev boasted before the 20th
Congress of the Soviet Communist Party that com-
munism was on its way to triumph everywhere,
on its merits, as a system of thought and govern-
ment. But in October, how many Communists
could be found in supposedly Communist Hun-
gary ? A few hundreds of secret policemen, hope-
lessly implicated in the crimes of the regime, and
a handful of traitors willing to govern by grace
of Soviet tanks.

Communism in practice has proved to be op-
pressive, reactionary, unimaginative. Its despo-
tism, far from being revolutionary, is as old as
history. Those subject to it, in vast majority, hate
the system and yearn for a free society.

The question of how the United States should
deal with this matter is not easily answered. Our

717

history, however, offers us a guide. The United
States came into being -when much of the world
Was ruled by alien despots. That was a fact we
hoped to change. We wanted our example to
stimulate liberating forces throughout the world
and create a climate in which despotism would
shrink. In fact, we did just that.

I believe that that early conception can usefully
guide us now.

Let us provide an example which demonstrates
the blessings of liberty. Let us spread knowledge
of that around the world. Let us see to it that the
divided or captive nations know that they are not
forgotten; that we shall never make a political
settlement at their expense; and that a heartfelt
welcome and new opportunity await them as they
gain more freedom.

Let us also make apparent to the Soviet rulers
our real purpose. We condemn and oppose their
imperialism. We seek the liberation of the cap-
tive nations. We seek this, however, not in order
to encircle Russia with hostile forces but because
peace is in jeopardy and freedom a word of mock-
ery until the divided nations are reunited and the
captive nations are set free.

We revere and honor those who as martyrs gave
their blood for freedom. But we do not ourselves
incite violent revolt. Eather we encourage an
evolution to freedom.

The Voice of America, our information pro-
grams, and cultural exchanges spread throughout
the world knowledge of what freedom is and does.
Wlien Himgary was invaded and freedom crushed,
we sponsored a United Nations condemnation of
the Soviet Union. And when some steps are made
toward independence, as recently in the case of
Poland, we show a readiness to respond with
friendly acts.

Events of the past year indicate that the pres-
sures of liberty are rising.

Within the Soviet Union there is increasmg de-
mand for greater personal security, for greater
intellectual freedom, and for greater enjoyment of
the fruits of labor.

International communism has become beset with
doctrinal difficulties. And the cruel performance
of Soviet communism in Hungary led many to
desert Communist parties throughout the world.

The satellite countries no longer provide a sub-
missive source of added Soviet strength. Indeed,
Soviet strength, both military and economic, has

now to be expended to repress those who openly
sliow their revulsion against Soviet rule.

And the Soviet Government pays a heavy price
in terms of moral isolation.

Soviet rulers are supposed to be hardlieaded.
For how long, we may ask, will they expend tlieir
resources in combating historic forces for national
unity and freedom which are boimd ultimately to
prevail ?

Principles of tlie U.N. Charter

Let me speak now of the United Nations. Its
charter couples peace with justice and provides
the most significant body of international law yet
known.

The United States has agreed to those principles
and seeks to conform to them ; and we expect other
signatories to do the same. On occasions we invoke
the processes of the United Nations to help to
make effective the principles embodied in the
charter. We are not ashamed, as a powerful
nation, to pay the same decent respect for the
opinions of mankind that we thought proper when,
young and weak, we sought our independence.

That is no abdication of foreign policy. It is
the exercise of foreign policy and its exercise in
the way wliich represents the best hope for
humanity.

Our dedication to the principles of the United
Nations Charter was severely tested by the recent
Middle East crisis. We were then faced with a
distressing and unprecedented conflict of loyalties.
Historic ties would have led us to acquiesce in the
forcible action that was begun. But this would
have involved disloyalty to the United Nations
undertaking that all members renounce the use
of force except in defense against armed attack.
That same pledge is also embodied in all our
treaties of alliance. We decided to be loyal to
that commitment.

This was a hard decision, although to those
directly affected it was not an unexpected decision.
It was not, I suppose, a popular decision. Yet it
was imperative if tlie world was not to go as it
went when the League Covenant was disregarded.

But, as we liave seen, the charter prescribes not
merely jjeaceful settlement but settlement in con-
formity with justice and international law.

We must, and do, seek also to advance that goal.
For example, we arc now striving to bring about
conditions in the Middle East better than those

718

Deparfment of State Bulletin

rovocative and dangerous conditions out of which

he recent violence was born.

I This cannot be done quickly or all at once.

fVTiere emotions run high and a sense of grievance

Is deep, those most directly involved are more

iager to gain partisans for their cause than to

leed impartial counsel.

I Wherever such situations occur, they are always

svorsened by Soviet intrigue. The Kremlin likes

troubled waters in which to fish.

We know, in domestic affairs, that it is hard to
apply just solutions when racial or class passions
run high. The task is equally hard in interna-
tional affairs, and sometimes war seems to offer
a shortcut to the desired end. But that seeming
is an illusion. The only durable solution is one
which comes by patiently, resolutely, and resource-
fully seeking justice and the rule of law. That, at
least, is the faith and the dedication of your
Government.

The Task of Waging Peace

I have tried to describe principles which guide
United States foreign policy. But while guiding
principles are essential, they are not enough.
They must be reinforced by daily action as,
throughout the world, our views are sought and
our influence is made felt.

This is the task sometimes called waging peace.
It is a hard task. It is seldom dramatic. The
many who take part in it may never be known as
heroes. Yet they make efforts, and in some cases
sacrifices, like those required in war to win a war.
By so doing, they spare us the infinitely greater
sacrifice of war itself.

Surely the stakes justify that effort. As I am
briefed on the capacity of modern weapons for
destruction, I recognize the impossibility of grasp-
ing the full, and indeed awful, significance of the
words and figures used. Yet we would be reckless
not to recognize that this calamity is a possibility.
Indeed history suggests that a conflict as basic as
that dividing the world of freedom and the world
of international communism ultimately erupts in

war.

That suggestion we reject. But to reject in
terms of words or of hopes is not enough. We
must also exert ourselves to the full to prevent it.
To this task, the American people must unswerv-
ingly dedicate their hearts and minds through-
out the years ahead.

May 6, J957

That is not too much to expect. Americans are
a people of faith. They have always had a sense
of mission and willingness to sacrifice to achieve
great goals. Surely, our Nation did not reach a
new peak of power and responsibility merely to
partake of the greatest, and perhaps the last, of
all human disasters.

If only we are faithful to our past, we shall not
have to fear our future. The cause of peace, jus-
tice, and liberty need not fail and must not fail.

Letters of Credence

Switzerlarid

The newly appointed Ambassador of Switzer-
land, Henry de Torrente, presented his credentials
to President Eisenhower on April 17. For the
texts of the Ambassador's remarks and the Presi-
dent's reply, see Department of State press release
216.

Visit of Chancellor Adenauer

The Department of State announced on April
19 (press release 223) that Chancellor Konrad
Adenauer of the Federal Kepublic of Germany is
expected to arrive in New York on May 24. He
will come to Washington on May 27, at which
time he will be joined by Foreign Minister Hein-
rich von Brentano. The Chancellor plans to
depart for Germany on May 29.

During his stay in Washington, the Chancellor
is expected to have discussions with the President,
the Secretary of State, and other officials of the
Government.

U.S. Requests Departure
of Soviet Embassy Employee

Press release 21S dated AprU 17

Department Announcement

The Department of State announced on April
17 that it had requested the departure of Gennadi
F. Mashkantsev, an employee of the Soviet Em-
bassy. Sergei R. Striganov, Counselor of the
Soviet Embassy in the United States, was in-
formed that information available to the United

719

States Government indicated that Mashkantsev
had engaged in highly improper activities directed
toward inducing the return to the Soviet Union of
persons who have sought asylum in the United
States.

Text of U.S. Note'

The Department of State informs the Embassy
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics that
the Government of the United States has ascer-
tained that Gennadi F. Mashkantsev, an employee
of the Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, has engaged in higlily improper
activities.

Mashkantsev's continued presence in the United
States is no longer considered acceptable and the
Embassy is requested to arrange for his immediate
departure.

NATO Scholarship Awarded
to American Student

The Department of State announced on April
12 (press release 208) that it has been informed
that Carl Fredric Salans of Chicago Heights, 111.,
is among the winners of the scholarships awarded
annually by the North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization.

Mr. Salans, who is now working toward a doc-
torate degree in jurisprudence at the University
of Chicago, will study at Cambridge University
during the 1957-58 academic year. He will con-
tinue his studies in international law with special
emphasis on the conflict of laws where different
legal systems are involved and the status of inter-
national organizations under international law.

The objective of the Nato fellowship and
scholarship program is "to encourage the study
and research of such historical, political, constitu-
tional, legal, social, cultural, linguistic, economic,
scientific, and strategic problems as reveal the
common traditions and historical experience of the
North Atlantic area considered as a Conmiunity,
and give insight into its present needs and future
development."

Candidates for the scholarships were selected by
a committee under the chairmanship of Ambassa-

' Handed to the Soviet Counselor on Apr. 17.
720

dor L. D. Wilgress, Permanent Representative of
Canada to the North Atlantic Council. Others
serving on the committee were James C. Dunn,
former U. S. Ambassador to Italy; Professor
Robert Majolin of the University of Nancy, for-
mer Secretary-General of the Organization for
European Economic Cooperation; Alberto Tar-
chiani, former Italian Ambassador to the United
States; and H. U. Willink, Master of Magdalene
College, Cambridge University, and former vice
chancellor of Cambridge University.

The Nato fellowship and scholarship program,
now in its second year, is carried out under article
2 of the North Atlantic Treaty, which states in
part: "The Parties will contribute toward the
further development of peaceful and friendly in-
ternational relations by strengthening their free
institutions, by bringing about a better under-
standing of the principles upon which these insti-
tutions are founded, and by promoting conditions
of stability and well-being." The program was
furthered by the Report of the Committee of
Three on Nonmilitary Cooperation in Nato, ap-
proved last December, which asked the member
governments to broaden their support of these
activities.^

The announcement of the winners of this year's
awards was made on April 4, the eighth anniver-
sary of the signing of the treaty.

United States Assistance
to Hungarian Refugees

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT OF APRIL 13

Press release 212 dated AprU 13

The U.S. Government is continuing to assist the
people of Hungary who fled from Communist op-
pression in their homeland and under this policy
will continue to bring limited numbers of refugees
into the country within the next few months.

The number of refugees to be admitted to the
United States will, of course, be on a diminishing
basis in the future because of the lessening of the
emergency.

Those to bo brought to the United States both
from Austria and countries of second asylum will

' Bulletin of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 18.

Departmenf of State Bulletin

be refugees selected on the basis of hardship cases
such as those involving broken families and spe-
cial-interest cases such as scientists, engineers,
etc., whose skills will enable them to be integrated
readily into the American economy.

The United States has already accepted more
than 31,000 Hungarian refugees, which is nearly
20 percent of all who escaped the Communist op-
pression in their homeland. It has also assisted
in resettling more than 100,000 of tliem in other
countries and intends to continue this assistance.

Austria has indicated it can integrate between
20,000 and 30,000 into its own economy, and the
U. S. Government hopes that, with the acceptance
of additional refugees by the other countries
whicli have been assisting in the emergency, all of
the refugees will have been provided for within
the near future.

The program as a whole reflects the recognition
by the American people of the plight and the
heroism of these oppressed peoples and their de-
termination, along with the other peoples of the
free world, to assist these refugees in finding new
homes where they may live in freedom. The role
of the United States in giving leadership to the
compassionate acceptance and resettlement of
these heroic people has been a gratifying one to
every citizen.

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT OF APRIL 16

Press release 21-i dated April 16

Assistance to Hungarian escapees by the people
of the United States and their Government
reaches beyond the welcoming to this country of
more than 31,000 men, women, and children since
the October 1956 revolt against Communist
tyranny.

Commenting on the April 13 announcement that
the United States will continue its welcome to
escapees, Robert S. McCollum, Deputy Adminis-
trator for Refugee Programs and head of the Of-
fice of Refugee and Migration Affairs, on April
16 highlighted this country's dollars-and-cents aid
to benefit escapees. He said :

In addition to receiving in this country more than 31,-
000 Hungarian escapees, this Government expended large
sums for emergency care of escapees in Austria during
the mass exodus from Hungary and has subsequently di-
rectly and indirectly helped to resettle thousands of these

people in countries of the free world other than the United
States.

Involved in this gigantic undertaliing has been the
task of making available to escapees transportation, hous-
ing, jobs, and educational opportunities, and reorienta-
tion guidance and counseling for life in the free world.

Total sums so far allocated by the Government for all
types of assistance to Hungarian escapees have been ap-
proximately $30 million. In addition to this the Ameri-
can people have generously contributed more than $18
million through voluntary welfare agencies and private
charitable organizations.

Some of the assistance given by the United States Gov-
ernment has been in the form of grants to the several
international organizations concerned with the Hungar-
ian emergency, while other types of assistance have been
carried out directly by governmental programs.

These assistance channels were cited :

—The United States Escapee Program, which
expended several millions to finance emergency
care and maintenance and aid in preparing Hun-
garians to resettle in countries other than the
United States.

— The United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees, to whose office the United States pro-
vided $5 million, much of which financed emer-
gency assistance programs in Austria.

— The Intergovermnental Committee for Euro-
pean Migration (Icem), to which the United
States makes regular contributions and to which
it also made emergency contributions to help in
arrangements for escapees' transportation from
Austria to countries other than the United States.^

— Another program of assistance is the recent
$3 million contribution of the United States to a
plan for moving 10,000 Hungarian escapees now
in Yugoslavia and 5,000 from countries of second
asylum to overseas countries other than the United
States. The project is being carried out by Icem
and the United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees.

Mr. McCollum added that an objective of the
United States, in its efforts to help relieve the con-
gestion of escapees in Austria during early months
after the revolt, was to help insure the Austrian
economy against the impact of thousands of un-
expected, needy visitors. Commodity reserves
from the United States played a prominent part
in this effort to sustain the economy, at the same
time providing useful foodstuffs.

' For an article on the ICEM, see p. 743.

Ma/ 6, 1957

721

Immigration Potentials Under
the Basic Immigration Law

hy Eliot B. Coulter

Assistant Director, Visa Ofjiice ^

If there were no restrictions of any kind, either
on departures from foreign countries or on entries
into the United States, we would have a great
stream of immigration into tliis comitry. The
greatest sources of such immigration would be
the countries of population pressures in Europe,
the West Indies, and the Far East, where over-
population in relation to available work has led
to unemployment or to partial employment to
spread work opportunities.

Persons who wish to migrate are motivated pri-
marily by a desire to seek a new home in lands
offering an opportunity for full-time work and
a higher standard of living. Others desire to
join relatives or friends who have the same back-
ground. Some respond to an alluring picture of
American life depicted in American movies and
glowing magazine advertisements. Still others
who are dissatisfied with political and other con-
trols seek the American atmosphere of liberty
and respect for the individual. These are rea-
sons for migrating.

There are other persons who postpone or cancel
plans to leave when improved economic condi-
tions at home offer greater rewards and full-time
work. Others prefer the culture and atmosphere
to which they have become accustomed and wliich
they are loathe to leave. This is particularly
true of older persons who are not prepared to face
uncertainties of the future in new surroundings.

The effect of improved economic conditions at
home is illustrated by the quota situation in Ger-
many. When consular offices in Germany were
authorized to register prospective immigrants on
the waiting list, over 200,000 persons registered
within a few days. Within the past year, the
German quota became current, indicating tliat,
when it came to the point of applying for visas,
many persons decided to remain in Germany,
where tlie improved economic conditions pro-
vided opportmiities for full-time work.

It frequently happens, also, that persons regis-

' Address made before the NntioniU Council on Nat-
uralization and Citizenship at New Yorlc, N. Y., on
Mar. 15.

ter on a waiting list in order to keep open a
possibility of migrating if need should arise.
This was particularly true before World War
II, when many persons saw trouble ahead.

The point of these comments is that figures of
registered demand or estimates of potential immi-
grants do not always give a true picture of the
number of persons who will apply for visas when
offered an opportunity to do so. Nevertheless,
with all due allowance for a contradiction in the
estimates, it is reasonable to believe that, if peo-
ples were freely able to migrate at will, there
would be a potential volume of immigrants, pos-
sibly running to several millions.

It is not possible to give any very realistic
estimates. Several years ago it was said that over
12 million persons would emigrate from Italy
alone if they could. Among other countries in
Europe which have furnished large numbers of
immigrants in the past are Czechoslovakia, Ger-
many, Greece, Hungary, Poland, Rumania, Rus-
sia, and Yugoslavia. In the Western Hemisphere,
Jamaica, other West Indian islands, and Mexico
have a considerable volume of potential immi-
grants. In the Far East, China, Japan, and pos-
sibly other countries in the area would be sources
of large numbers of immigrants.

On a practical basis, immigration potentials
must, of course, be related to the provisions of
the Nationality Act, which continues numerical
restrictions first imposed by the Act of May 19,
1921. The present act exempts from quota re-
strictions various classes of persons, including
spouses and unmarried minor children of United
States citizens, and persons born in Canada and
independent countries of the Western Hemisphere.

Coming down to figures, it may be of interest
to note that tlie annual quotas for all countries
total 154,657. During the fiscal year 1956, con-
suls issued 88.5 thousand quota visas. To this fig-
ure must be added 8 thousand numbers charged
to that year's quotas under the provisions of the
Displaced Persons Act of 1948 for mortgaging
quotas for future years up to 50 percent of each
year's quota. There must also be added one thou-
sand quota nmnbei's used during 1956 for adjust-
ments of status of aliens in the United States from
a temporary to a permanent classification. The
total of the quota numbers used or cliarged to the
year 1956 came to 97.5 thousand.

722

Department of Sfafe Bulletin

The underissiie of the quotas for fiscal 1956
amounted to 57 thousand numbers. This was
accoimted for by underissues of 42 thousand foi'
Great Britain, 11 thousand for Ireland, 1,300 for
Sweden, and 2,800 for various other countries with
minimum quotas.

In addition to the quota issuances of 97.5 thou-
sand during fiscal 1956, there were issued 162
thousand nonquota visas. This figure includes
30 thousand for Canada and 65 thousand for Mex-
ico. In addition special nonquota visas issued
under the provisions of the Refugee Relief Act
amounted to 84 thousand.

The grand total of inunigi'ants issued visas
during the year, or previously issued visas charged
to 1956, came to 332.5 thousand. During the post-
war period from July 1, 1946, to June 30, 1956—
10 years — tlie immigration came to 2,337,417.

Speaking of quotas mortgaged up to 50 percent
for future years, it is of interest to note that 20
quotas were so mortgaged, 8 of them to the year
2000 or beyond, including Greece to 2018, Latvia
to 2275, Poland to 2000, and Yugoslavia to 2015.

Now coming to estimates of demands, I have the
following figures as of last November : The num-
ber of qualified applicants ready to be given visas
as numbers become available, 9 thousand. I may
explain here that applicants are not examined too
long ahead of the expected issuance of visas. Un-
qualified demand comprising persons not yet ex-
amined includes: Austria 15 thousand, Germany
20 thousand, Greece 104 thousand, Italy 130 thou-
sand, Jamaica 30 thousand, Netherlands 27 thou-
sand, Poland 80 thousand, Portugal 25 thousand,
Spain 12 thousand, and Yugoslavia 141 thousand.

The law provides that available quota nimibers
shall be used for qualified applicants within the
first three preference classes before they may be
used for other persons. These classes are (1)
skilled workers or technicians; (2) parents of
United States citizens ; (3) spouses and unmarried
minor children of alien permanent residents. It
is only when these three classes do not use all of
the quota that the surplus may be used, one-fourth
for the fourth preference class, comprismg the
brothers and sisters and adult sons and daughters
of United States citizens, and three-fourths for
nonpreference applicants.

Under the quotas for many countries the de-
mand for visas for preference relatives greatly
exceeds the available supply for some years. This
is true for second preference, parents of citizens
under the quotas for Australia, China, Greece,
Hungary, Jamaica, Japan, Philippines, Rumania,
Spain, and Turkey. Third-preference spouses
and children of resident aliens face a long wait
if charged to the quotas of the countries mentioned
and if charged to those for Israel, Italy, Lebanon,
Palestine, and Yugoslavia. Fourth-preference
brothers and sisters and sons and daughters of
citizens chargeable to any of these quotas and
additionally, to the quotas for Austria, countries
in the West Indies, Lithuania, Portugal, and
Syria face long waits of many years.

To sum up, we have a huge reservoir of poten-
tial immigrants to this country mainly from Eu-
rope, the West Indies and Mexico, and the Far
East. Under our immigration laws the flow of
immigrants is restricted by the quotas totaling
154,657, but these were underissued mainly for
Great Britain, Ireland, and Sweden during 1956.
With nonquota visas, the total for that year came
to about one-tliird of a million, including the ref-
ugee-relief issuances, and during the past 10 years
roughly two and a third million immigrants have
come. Finally, luider many quotas there is an
indicated wait of at least several years for rela-
tives of persons in the United States accorded
preferences under the law.

The United States is still a gi-eat immigrant-
receiving nation. With a quarter to a third of a
million a year permitted to come for permanent
residence with a right to work and enjoy all the
benefits of American life and to assmne on an
equal basis the responsibilities inherent in a de-
mocracy, the United States presents a good record
among the nations of the world. The President
has recommended certain changes in our immigra-
tion laws, including an increase in the total of
the quotas and a plan for the utilization of un-
used quota numbers.^ Our nation is made up of
immigrants who currently come to join immi-
gi-ants who preceded them and the descendants
of former immigrants.

- BuLUETiN of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 247.

May 6, 1957

723

Ambassador Richards' Mission to Middle East

Following is a Department announcement re-
garding an interim report on the mission to the
Middle East of Ambassador Ja?nes P. Richards,
together with the texts of joint commv/niques is-
sued after the Amiassador^s visits to Lebanon,
Libya, Turhey, Iran, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iraq,
and Saudi Arabia, and two press statements on the
Baghdad Pact.

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

Press release 226 dated April 19

On April 18, 1957, the Department of State for-
warded to the appropriate committees of Congress
an interim rej)ort on the mission to the Middle
East of Ambassador James P. Ricliards in imple-
mentation of Public Law 85-7, March 9, 1957.^
The report covered the visits to the countries of
Lebanon, Libya, Tui-key, Iran, Pakistan, Afghani-
stan, Iraq, and Saudi Arabia.

The report briefly summarized the procedures
followed by Ambassador Eichards in each of the
countries he has visited. The mission has been
making clear that the basic purpose of the joint
resolution on the Middle East is to help the states
of the Middle East maintain their national inde-
pendence against the encroachments of commu-
nism. In each case, on the basis of the explana-
tions oifered, the country concerned decided
whether it wished to participate in the program.
On the basis of such participation. Ambassador
Richards, in consultation with other United States
agencies in the country concerned, determined
what kinds of assistance can help in implementing
the desired cooperation. Upon leaving each

' H. J. Res. 117, as nmended ; for text, see Bulletin of
Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481. For background on Ambassador
Richards' nii.ssion, see ibid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 480, and Apr.
1, li)r.7, p. 52G.

country, a joint communique has been issued cov-
ering the general area of agreement and setting
forth a statement of common purpose.

The results of the mission to date are impressive.
As the public joint communiques demonstrate, the
governments covered by the interim report have
declared their desire to associate themselves with
the President's program for the Middle East. It
is particularly gratifying that so many of the
countries have made known their opposition to
international communism.

In the case of four Baghdad Pact coimtries —
Turkey, Iran, Pakistan, and Iraq — Ambassador
Richards made two special commitments. One of
these, conveyed initially to the Prime Minister of
Turkey and later to the others, was a declaration
that the United States, if formally invited to do so,
is prepared to join the Military Committee of the
Baghdad Pact. The other was the assurance
given to each of the four countries that the United
States is prepared to assist in the development of
certain regional programs under consideration in
the Economic Committee of the Baghdad Pact.
At a Baghdad press conference Ambassador Rich-
ards announced that a sum of $12,570,000 might be
made available for this purpose through arrange-
ments to cover the shares of the four countries in
the overall projects.

The communique issued jointly with the Leb-
anese Government on March 16 pointed out that
the two countries "consider that international
communism is incompatible with national inde-
pendence and constitutes a cause of permanent
trouble for world peace and security." In the
Libyan communique issued on March 20 the two
Governments agreed "that the aggi-essive inten-
tions of international communism offer the great-
est present threat to national independence and
the peace and security of the world community."
The Turkish communique issued on March 22
stated: "The reactionary creed of international

724

Department of State Bulletin

communism, it was noted, is set by its very nature
in fundamental opposition to the aspirations of
the Middle Eastern peoples for political independ-
ence and spiritual, cultural, and social freedom."
The Iranian communique issued on March 27
noted that : "Should international communism
succeed in its imperialistic aims, the security, free-
dom, integrity and independence of all peoples
throughout the free world would face extinction."
In the joint communique issued after the visit to
Pakistan on March 31, Ambassador Richards,
among other things, "re-emphasized that the pur-
pose of the American Doctrine is to enable inde-
pendent nations of the Middle East region to
defend themselves against this direct and indirect
threat by international communism." In the
communique issued in Kabul after Ambassador
Eichards' visit to Afghanistan on April 2, the
two Governments agreed that "they are deter-
mined to defend the political independence and
territorial integrity of their respective nations
and the right of each to choose its own form of
government and to develop its own social and cul-
tural life." The joint communique issued at
Baghdad, Iraq, on April 8 stressed the "coopera-
tion between the United States Government and
countries of the Middle East to protect their na-
tional independence and integrity against the
threat of international communism." In the com-
munique issued in Saudi Arabia on April 11 the
two Governments reaffirmed that they would "con-
tinue to oppose Communist activities, other forms
of imperialism and any other dangers that
threaten peace and stability in the area."

In addition to other matters of common inter-
est, the communiques have generally stressed the
identity of interests between the United States and
the countries of the area in maintaining and
strengthening their independence.

Ambassador Eichards' mission is now in As-
mara, Eritrea. He will fly to Khartoum, capital
of the Sudan, April 20 and will remain there until
April 22, when he plans to return for a brief
rest at Asmara. The remainder of his itinerary
will be announced in the next few days.

The interim report was submitted to the fol-
lowing committees: Senate Foreign Eelations,
Senate Armed Services, Senate Appropriations,
House Foreign Affairs, House Armed Services,
House Appropriations.

COMMUNIQUES AND PRESS STATEMENTS

Lebanon Joint Communique

Beirut, Lebanon

March 16, 1957

On his visit to Ivcbanon from 14 to 16 March
1957 as Special Assistant to President Eisenhower,
Ambassador James P. Eichards discussed with the
Government of Lebanon President Eisenhower's
proposals for the Middle East and the application
of these proposals to Lebanon. This exchange
of views has shown that the Governments of
Lebanon and the United States share the follow-
ing purposes :

1. In their relations with each other and with
other nations, they are guided by the purposes and
principles of the Charter of the United Nations
and by respect for the sovereign equality, rights
and legitimate interests of all nations. They are
interested in the establishment of a cooperative
relationship between themselves based on trust
and confidence and on complete respect for each
other's independence and sovereignty and without
any interference in each other's internal affairs.

2. They are determined to defend the political
independence and territorial integrity of their
respective nations and the right of each to choose
its own form of government and to develop in
freedom its own social and cultural life.

3. They oppose any form of intervention or
interference in the internal affairs of one state
by another.

4. They consider that international communism
is incompatible with national independence and
constitutes a cause of permanent trouble for world
peace and security.

5. They are dedicated to the social and economic
progress of their peoples and to this end welcome
opportunities to enter into mutually beneficial and
cultural relationships, on the basis of complete
resi^ect for each other's sovereignty and inde-
pendence.

6. They are of the opinion that both nations
should work, through the United Nations and by
all other peaceful means, toward just solutions of
the various problems which create tension within
the area. The Government of Lebanon considers
that the proposals of the President of the United
States are helpful in furthering the purposes set

May 6, 1957

725

forth above and has so informed Ambassador
Richards, who has welcomed on behalf of the
President of the United States this understand-
ing of the broad identity of interest which exists
between the two nations. The Government of
Lebanon and the si^ecial Mission of Ambassador
Eichards have examined various activities that
might be undertaken in accordance with the pro-
posals of the President of the United States. They
have decided in principle that projects in the
fields of workers' housing, rural electrification,
village water supply, irrigation, flood control,
highway construction and airport development
would best contribute to the needs of Lebanon.
These will be in addition to other United States
aid projects already in effect or currently planned.
Ambassador Eichards has agreed further in prin-
ciple that the United States Government shall
provide the Government of Lebanon certain equip-
ment needed to strengthen the Lebanese armed
forces. This is in addition to a recent grant of
military equipment for the same purpose.

The two Governments will immediately initiate
such legal and technical steps as may be required
to give effect to these projects. The two states
intend further to develop cooperation between
themselves to serve their common interests.

Libya Joint Communique

Tripoli, Libya
March 20, 1957
On his visit to Libya from March 17 to 20, the
Special Assistant to President Eisenhower, Am-
bassador James P. Eichards, has conferred with
the Prime Minister and the Government of Libya.
They have reached agreement on the meaning and
purpose of President Eisenhower's proposals for
the Middle East. This exchange of views revealed
an identity of interests of the two nations and
agreement to work together for the successful
application of the Middle East plan, which pro-
vides: (1) if requested, defense against any
armed aggression by forces of international
communism which may be directed at any nation
of the Middle East; (2) assistance in devel-
oping the security forces of countries of the
Middle East which request help for the pur-
pose of protecting their freedom and inde-
pendence; (3) aid in strengthening the eco-

nomic systems of Middle East countries as the best
defense against the threat of subversion. The
Government of Libya and the special Mission of
Ambassador Eichards agreed that the aggressive
intentions of international communism offer the
greatest present threat to national independence
and the peace and security of the world commu-
nity. They also confirmed that it is the general
cry of both countries to oppose any aggression
from any source. The Government of Libya re-
ceived with approval Ambassador Eichards' as-
surance that the United States Middle East policy
does not seek to establish spheres of influence or
special positions of power in the Middle East but
is devoted to strengthening the nations of the area
so that they may be masters of their own destinies.
In support of the principles enunciated above, it j
was agreed that additional economic aid to Libya
is needed and will be forthcoming from the United
States.

Turltey Joint Communique

Ankara, Turkey

March 22, 1957
His Excellency Prime Minister Adnan Men-
deres, and other Ministers of the Government
of Turkey and Ambassador James P. Eichards,
Special Assistant to the President of the United
States, have discussed the proposals of the Presi-
dent of the United States for strengthening the
national independence and insuring the territorial
integrity of states in the general area of the Mid-
dle East against international communism.
Prime Minister Menderes has reiterated his Gov-
ernment's endorsement of these proposals.

During these discussions, Ambassador Eichards
recalled President Eisenhower's assertion that the
firm and fixed purpose of the United States was
to build peace with justice in a world where moral
law prevails. The American Doctrine is an ex-
pression of this philosophy. It is based on recog-
nition of the community of interest of the Ameri-
can people and the peoples of the Middle Eastern
area in the security of the Middle East against
international communism. The reactionary creed
of international communism, it was noted, is set by
its very nature in fundamental opposition to the
aspirations of the Middle Eastern peoples for po-
litical independence and spiritual, cultural, and
social freedom. Should international commu-

726

Department of State Bulletin

nism succeed in perverting or thwarting these as-
pirations in the Middle East, the security of all
free peoples everywhere would be threatened.

The purpose of the American Doctrine, as stated
by Ambassador Richards, is to assist independent
nations in the general area of the Middle East to
strengthen their ability to deal with the possibility
of direct or indirect aggression by international
communism. The two Governments have agreed
to continue their cooperation in seeking to attain
the above objectives.

The Government of Turkey learned with ap-
proval of United States efforts to assist in attain-
ing these objectives by the following :

1. Establishing a deterrent to armed attack on
any nation in the area by a country under the con-
trol of international communism. The President
of the United States and the American Govern-
ment and people have made clear their determina-
tion to use, if necessary, the armed forces of the
United States in the event of such attack, but only
upon the request of the state or states attacked.

2. Providing military assistance to strengthen
internal security and legitimate self-defense
against communist aggression.

3. Providing economic aid to promote the de-
velopment of states in the area and also to prevent
communism capitalizing on economic distress.

The Government of Turkey and the United
States in accordance with their long-established
policies continue to oppose any form of interven-
tion or interference in the internal affairs of one
state by another. They consider international
communism a threat to national independence and
to world peace and security and are determined to
cooperate together in conformity with the Charter
of the United Nations, in protective measures
against this threat.

The Government of Turkey and the special Mis-
sion of Ambassador Richards have agreed on ways
in which the development of economic and mili-
tary aid to Turkey would advance the cooperative
efforts of the two Governments to attain the aims
and purposes of the Middle East proposals.

Ambassador Richards further states that the
United States was prepared to offer financial as-
sistance toward several jomt projects of a regional
nature which have been considered by the Eco-
nomic Committee of the Baghdad Pact.

Iran Joint Communique

Press release 176 dated March 28

Tehran, Iran
March £7, 1957

His Excellency Prime Minister Hussein Ala
and members of his Cabinet, and Ambassador
James P. Richards, Special Representative of
President Dwight D. Eisenhower, have met in
common cause and interest to discuss the purposes
and aims of the American Doctrine, proposed by
President Eisenhower and decisively adopted by
the American Congress.

During these discussions Prime Minister Ala
reaffirmed his Government's endorsement of the
purposes of the new American policy to strengthen
the national independence and defend the terri-
torial integrity of the countries in the general area
of the Middle East against international commu-
nism and its imperialistic aims.

Ambassador Richards outlined the philosophy
of President Eisenhower's policy, emphasizing
that the foremost hope and purpose of the United
States was, in company with its likeminded
friends, to build peace with justice. He pointed
out that the peoples of the Middle Eastern area
and the people of America have a common inter-
est in their joint efforts to preserve liberty and
freedom through the maintenance of security
against encroachments by international commu-
nism in the Middle East. International com-
munism is incompatible with the aspirations of
the people of the Middle East for political inde-
pendence, national integrity, religious, cultural
and social freedom. It is likewise incompatible
with the freedom heritage of the American people.
Should international communism succeed in its
imperialistic aims, the security, freedom, integrity
and independence of all peoples throughout the
free world would face extinction.

The two Governments intend to continue their
close cooperation to attain their mutual objectives.

Ambassador Richards explained that the Presi-
dent of the United States and the American Gov-
ernment and people have declared it their policy
to use, if necessary and appropriate and if re-
quested, the armed forces of the United States in
support of any country in the area of the Middle
East which is attacked by a country under the
control of international communism.

May 6, 7957

727

He emphasized that the United States, in ac-
cordance with its historical traditions, has no ter-
ritorial designs in the area, nor is it desirous of
creating a so-called sphere of influence. Its desires
are solely to assist the nations in the Middle East-
ern area to achieve security and economic well-
being. It is not seeking to fill a power vacuum.
If one exists, the United States believes it should
be filled by the increasing strength of the Middle
Eastern nations themselves.

The Governments of Iran and the United States,
in accordance with their long established policies,
continue to oppose any form of intervention or
interference in the internal affairs of one state by
another. They are determined, in conformity with
the United Nations Charter, to cooperate together
in protective measures against the threat of
aggression from any source.

Substantial American aid in the form of eco-
nomic, technical and military assistance is continu-
ing. Because of past experience and Iran's own
increasing capabilities, it is anticipated that
American aid will accelerate progress in Iran's
economic development program and toward the
Government's goal of a better standard of living,
with full national security, for its people.

The representatives of the Government of Iran
and the special Mission of Ambassador Eichards
have agreed on procedures in which the develop-
ment of economic and military aid to Iran can
serve best to achieve the aims and purposes of the
Middle East proposals.

Ambassador Richards stated that the United
States was prepared to offer assistance toward
several joint regional projects which have been or
may be approved by the Economic Committee of
the Baghdad Pact. These would be in addition to
the large economic aid programs already in prog-
ress in Iran. As further evidence of America's
deep interest and belief in the defensive objectives
of the countries of the Baghdad Pact, the United
States has expressed a willingness to join the Mili-
tary Committee of the Pact, if invited to do so.

Ambassador Richards agreed that the United
States would provide increased financing for an
already planned large military construction pro-
gram to meet the needs of the imperial Iranian
armed forces and would also provide cei'tain addi-
tional items of military equipment to those forces.

Pakistan Joint Communique

Karachi, Pakistan

March 31, 1957

At the invitation of the Government of Pakistan,
Ambassador James P. Richards, who as Special
Representative of the President of the United
States is touring the countries of the Middle East
region, has visited Karachi to explain the Ameri-
can Doctrine as propounded by President Eisen-
hower on January 5, 1957.

The President, assisted by the Prime Minister,
the Foreign Minister and the Finance Minister,
has met Ambassador Richards, who has explained
the purposes and aims of the American Doctrine.
It was emphasized by Ambassador Richards that
United States Middle East policy does not wish
to establish any sphere of influence in the Middle
East. It does not seek to fill any power vacuum in
the region nor does it aim at securing military
bases. United States policy is solely designed to
strengthen the nations of the area so that they
can maintain their indei^endence and territorial
integrity.

It was noted that communist imperialism,
tlu'ough overt aggression or internal subversion,
constitutes a direct threat to the national aspira-
tions of the peoples of the Middle East, which if
allowed to develop would jeopardize the independ-
ence and freedom of peoples everywhere. Ambas-
sador Richards re-emphasized that the purpose
of the American Doctrine is to enable independent
nations of the Middle East region to defend them-
selves against this direct and indirect threat by
international communism.

In reiterating their endorsement of the Amer-
ican Doctrine, the Government of Pakistan have
expressed their willingness to cooperate with the
United States Government in securing the peace
of the Middle East, to which Pakistan is already
committed as a member of the Baghdad Pact.
They were pleased to learn of the United States
decision to join the Military Committee of the
Baghdad Pact, if invited to do so. They have
also welcomed American efforts to assist in the
objective of securing the peace of the area not
only by providing military and economic assist-
ance to the countries of the Middle East region,
but also by the employment of United States
forces, whenever deemed necessary, and if re-
quested by any state or states of the Middle East

728

Department of State Bulletin

region in the event of armed attack by forces of
international communism.

The determination of both Governments to
oppose aggression from any quarter was re-
affirmed.

The Government of Pakistan have suggested to
Ambassador Richards certain economic and mili-
tary projects as worthy of aid imder the American
Doctrine, and he has agreed to provide assistance
in both iields. In particular, the United States
will lend funds to assist in soon starting construc-
tion of fertilizer factories. The Government of
Pakistan are glad to learn that the United States
are also prepared to finance several joint projects
of a regional nature which are already under the
consideration of the Economic Committee of the
Baghdad Pact.

Afghanistan Joint Communique

Kabul, Afghanistan

ApTil 2, J957

Press release 103 dated April 5

At the invitation of the Royal Afghan Govern-
ment, Ambassador James P. Richards, Special
Representative of President Eisenhower, has paid
a three-day visit to Afghanistan. Ambassador
Richards and companions arrived in Kabul in ac-
cordance with their program of visit to the Middle
East on the eleventh of Hanial, 1376, correspond-
ing to the thirty-first of March, 1957 and lield
meetings with Sardar Mohammed Saoud, the
Prime Minister of Afghanistan.

The meetings and conversations took place in an
atmosphere of cordiality in accord with the close
and friendly relations existing between Afghani-
stan and the United States of America.

In the course of these meetings Ambassador
Richards explained the purpose of the visit to
Afghanistan and other Middle Eastern countries.
He outlined the purposes and principles of the
Middle Eastern policy recently announced by the
President of the United States. He explained the
aims of the United States Government's assistance
and cooperation in the development of Middle
East countries for the preservation of their full
independence and sovereignty and for the pre-
vention of aggression from any source, and the
maintenance of peace and security m the area.
Ambassador Richards emphasized that the United
States, in accordance with her historical tradi-

May 6, 1957

424353—57 3

tions, does not in any way have any territorial de-
signs in the area. He stated that the United States
aim was to see that the countries of the Middle
East achieve economic development and well-
being for the maintenance of peace and security.

The Prime Minister explained Afghanistan's
traditional independent policy of neutrality and
the intention of the Government and the people
of Afghanistan to maintain this policy for the
purpose of preserving good relations with all
friendly states and all the peoples and nations of
the world, and to develop the economic, social and
cultural aspects of the country under the aegis of
world peace and security. The Prime Minister
reiterated the unswerving determination of the
Government and the people of Afghanistan to
maintain the national independence which
emanates from the immortal will and the histori-
cal strtiggles of the Afghan nation.

The Prime Minister of Afghanistan welcomed
the determination of the United States Govern-
ment to assist and to cooperate with the countries
of the Middle East for the purpose of strengthen-
ing their economies and raising the standard of
living of the peoples of the area for the preserva-
tion of their national independence. The Prime
Minister explained and reiterated Afghanistan's
natural interest in the amelioration of conditions
and the maintenance of peace and security in the
Middle East.

The Prime Minister and Ambassador Richards
concluded that the Governments of Afghanistan
and the United States agree that :

1. In their relations with one another and with
other nations, they are guided by the purposes and
principles of the Charter of the United Nations
and by respect for the sovereign equality of all
nations.

2. They are determined to defend the political
independence and territorial integrity of their re-
spective nations and the right of each to choose its
own form of government and to develop its own
social and cultural life.

3. They are dedicated to the social and economic
progress of their peoples and to this end welcome
opportunities to enter into mutually beneficial
economic and cultural relationships which will al-
ways reflect their respect for the sovereign equality
of all nations and opposition to foreign interven-
tion or interference in internal affairs.

729

4. They hiirbour no aggressive intentions
against any nation and will always seek to live in
peace with their neighbors.

5. They recognize that promotion of the eco-
nomic, social and cultural aspects of the countries
of the Middle East and the elimination of the
mutual differences between these countries is one
of the most eliective means of maintaining peace
and security in the area.

6. The existing economic and cultural coopera-
tion between Afghanistan and the United States
shall be continued without any jiolitical conditions
or restrictions as heretofore. It was agreed that
the economic and cultural relations between the
two countries have proved to be mutually ad-
vantageous. Ambassador Eichards discussed cer-
tain additional selected economic projects benefi-
cial to Afghanistan, in which the United States is
prepared to be of assistance.

Iraq Joint Communique

B.\GnDAD, Iraq

April 8, 1957

Press release 107 dated April il

Ambassador Eichards, Special Eepresentative
of the President of the United States, who came
to IJaghdad at the invitation of the Government
of Iraq, has met with the Prime Minister of Iraq
and members of tlie Iraqi Government. They have
had fruitful talks during the past two days.

They discussed the proposals enunciated by the
President of the United States for cooperation be-
tween the United States Government and coun-
tries of the Middle East to protect their national
independence and integrity against the threat of
international communism.

The discussions have confirmed the identity of
views between the United States and the Govern-
ment of Iraq and the nature of this threat and the
necessity to cooperate to defend themselves against
it. They also confirmed the agreement of the two
Governments on their opposition to aggression or
subversion from any source.

Ambassador Eichards noted with satisfaction
the success of the efforts the Iraqi Government is
making to develop the resources of the country to
improve the welfare of the Iraqi people, which
also contributes to their ability to preserve their
independence and freedom.

The Prime Minister and Ambassador Eichards
reaffirmed the dedication of their Governments to

the principles of the United Nations for the main-
tenance of international peace and security.

The Prime Minister welcomed the decision of
the United States Government to participate in
the Military Committee of the Baghdad Pact if
invited to do so.

Various activities for the furtherance of the
l)roposals of the President of the United States
were discussed.

Ambassador Eichnrds explained that the United
States was seeking no bases and did not desire to
establish any sphere of influence in this area, wish-
ing only to help the nations of the Middle East
to maintain their own independence. He agreed
tliat certain additional military assistance should
be provided Iraq. He also agreed that the United
States Government would furnish assistance in
support of the internal security forces of Iraq
and, within the framework of the Baghdad Pact,
to develop Iraq's telecommunications network.
Some assistance will also be given toward the de-
velopment of Iraq's domestic railroad require-
ments.

Press Statements on Bagiidad Pact

Baghdad, Ir.\q

April 8, 1957

Statement by Ambusmdor Richards

Having completed my visits to the Baghdail
Pact capitals of Turkey, Iran, Pakistan and Iraq
and having liad the opportunity today to consult
with Mr. Awni Khalidy, Secretary General of the
Baghdad Pact, I am happy to make the following
announcement :

The Ignited States Government is prepared in
principle to initiate the necessary procedural and
legal steps to make available through the Secre-
tary General of the Baghdad Pact up to $1 million
to cover the cost of certain railroad, highway and
telecommunications surveys as recommended by
the economic experts of the Baghdad Pact Eco-
nomic Conunittee.

Further the United States is prepared in prin-
ciple to initiate the necessary procedural and legal
steps to furnish $ 11, .->< '0,000 - of grant assistance to
the four member nations of the Hagluliul Tart
cited above to cover the cost of certain consultant
and engineering studies and equipment in support
of the foregoing projects.

"The iiri'cisc fii;iirt' is .'i;il..j70,00().

730

Department of Stale Bulletin

I am sure the Baghdad Pact Governments will
approve as early as possible the recommendations
of the economic experts of the Baghdad Pact in
order that implementation of the projects may be
initiated with minimum delay.

Implementation of the projects will follow the
conclusion of bilateral agreements between the
United States and each member Government con-
cerned.

Statement by Secrcta/ry General Khalidy

Mr. Khalidy discussed with Ambassador Rich-
ards the progress of the Baghdad Pact and its
plans for contributing to the integrated economic
development of the countries of the Pact region.
Ambassador Eichards expressed to the Secretary
General the strong support of the United States
for the Baghdad Pact. Ke informed the Secre-
tary General that in support of the economic pro-
gram of the Baghdad Pact the United States was
prepared to make available an amount up to $12,-
500,000 for the advancement of certain Baghdad
Pact regional projects in the telecommunications,
railroad and highway development fields recom-
mended for priority consideration by the economic
experts of the Baghdad Pact Economic Conmiittee
at their recent meeting in Baghdad. Of this
amount up to $1 million Mould be devoted to eco-
nomic surveys to be undertaken in the immediate
future through arrangements to be made under
the auspices of the Secretary General.

The Secretary General on behalf of the Bagh-
dad Pact thanked Ambassador Eichards for his
expressions of United States suppoi-t for the
Baghdad Pact and in particular for his generous
otier of United States financial assistance for
Baghdad Pact economic projects. Ambassador
Eichards and the Secretary General agreed that
the work should proceed with the utmost speed.

Saudi Arabia Joint Communique

EiTADH, Saudi Arabia

Apnl 11, 1957

Press release 207 dated April 12

His Majesty's Government welcomed His Excel-
lency, Ambassador James P. Eichards, Special
Eepresentative of the President of the United
States to Eiyadh on Tuesday, ninth of Eamadan,
1376, corresponding to the ninth of April, 1957.

His Excellency was received in audience by His
Majesty King Saud of Saudi Arabia. He ex-
May 6, 1957

plained to His Majesty the purposes of the Presi-
dent's Middle East proposals, which are designed
to strengthen the countries of the area and to
enable them to maintain their independence and
national security. He restated his Government's
policy of opposing aggression from any source.
He listened to PTis Majesty's views and ideas in
this connection, and promised to convey these
views to His Excellency, the President of the
United States.

His Excellency also met with His Eoyal High-
ness the Prime Minister and with members of the
Saudi Government. As the result of these dis-
cussions, both parties found themselves agreed on
reaffirming the policy which has been set forth in
the joint communique issued in "Washington on
the eighth of February, 1957, by His Majesty the
King of Saudi Arabia and His Excellency the
President of the United States.^ They will con-
tinue to oppose Communist activities, other forms
of imperialism and any other dangers that
threaten peace and stability in the area.

Agricultural Commodity Sales
Agreement With Colombia

Press releiise 217 dated April 17

The United States and Colombia on April 16
signed an agreement authorizing the sale to Co-
lombia, through private U.S. traders, of wheat,
wheat products, cotton, and edible oils. The ex-
port market value of this transaction, including
part of the ocean transport, is $20.4 million.
These sales are being made under authority and
provisions of the Agricultui'al Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act of 1954, as amended, in
conjunction with agreed dollar purchases. The
agreement was signed at Bogota by the Foreign
Minister of Colombia, Jose Manuel Eivas Sac-
coni, and the U.S. Ambassador, Philip Bonsai.

This is the third agricultural sales agreement
concluded with Colombia.^ It provides that pay-
ment under the sales program shall be made partly
in U.S. dollars and partly in Colombian cuiTency.
A substantial part of the Colombian pesos accru-

' For test, see Bulletin of Feb. 25, 1957, p. 308.

' For Department announcements of previous agree-
ments, see Bulletin of Jan. 2, 1956, p. 27, and July 11,
19.j5, p. 85.

731

ing under this agreement will be earmarked for
loans designed to contribute to Colombia's eco-
nomic development and will be repayable in
dollars or pesos under the terms of a supplemental

loan agreement which is to be concluded at a
later date. The balance of the Colombian pesos
accruing will be reserved for the use of the United
States in Colombia.

Economic Interdependence in tlie Americas

iy Roy R. Riibottom, Jr.

Acting Assistant ^ecretwnj for Inter- American Affairs '

Thank you for inviting me to speak to you
today concerning our relations with our sister
American Republics. It is particularly fitting
to do so now while the entire hemisphere is ob-
serving Pan American Week in celebration of
the 67th anniversary of our inter-American sys-
tem, embodied in the Organization of American
States.

The objectives of Rotary are so much in line
with the purposes of the Organization of Ameri-
can States as set forth definitively in the charter
of Bogota, which established its present form,
that it is interesting to examine them together.
Rotaiy's stated objectives are to encourage and
foster the ideal of service as a basis of worthy
enterprise — in particular, to promote the devel-
opment of acquaintance as an opportunity to serv-
ice; to uphold the ethical standards and dignity
of business and professional life; to make tlie
ideal of service a personal ideal for every Ro-
tarian; and to further the advancement of inter-
national understanding, good will, and peace
through a world fellowship of business and pro-
fessional men united in the ideal of service.

Every one of these objectives upheld by Rotary
is in harmony with the great inter- American pur-
pose of solidarity as outlined in the charter of
the Organization of American States. This pur-
pose is for our American Republics to achieve an
order of peace and justice; to promote their soli-
darity; to strengthen their cooperation one witli

1 Address made before the Rotary Club of New York
at New York, N. Y., on Apr. \\ (press release 202).

another; and to defend their sovereignty, terri-
torial integrity, and independence.

May we not say that just as Rotary has made
"service" its watchword, "cooperation" is a key-
word of the Organization of American States;
and, for eacli, international understanding and
good will are both ends and means.

I would like, in my talk today, to sketch for
you, in as much detail as the time will allow, the
total picture of our economic relations with Latin
America. It is a picture which, I am sure, you
will find encouraging, particularly when viewed
in relation to the worldwide economic scene.

First of all, let us realize that in Latin America
we are dealing with the peoples of 20 other Re-
publics who cherish the same ideals and principles
which guide us in the conduct of our national
affairs, whose historic development contains many
striking similarities to our own, who look to the
future with the same determination to build for
their children a more secure and fruitful life. We
are, in a true sense, a family of states, seeking
common goals along a common path.

Sources of Dollar Income

To understand better our economic relations
with Latin America, and their importance to us,
let me make a few comparisons. First, our trade
with the 20 other American Republics is greater
tlian that which we have with any other area of
the world. Thirty percent of our imports come
from Latin America, and we sell there one-quarter
of our total exports. This two-way trade be-

732

Oeparfmenf of Sfafe Bullelin

tween the United States and Latin America is now
at a level of $7.5 billion per annum.

In the field of private investment more than
one-third of United States direct private invest-
ment abroad is located in Latin America, that is,
over $7 billion. This investment is increasing at
the rate of over $500 million per year.

Another part of the picture is tourism. An
estimated $330 million was spent by American
tourists in Latin America in 1955. The $260
million income which Mexico received from our
tourists in 1955 was that country's largest single
source of dollars.

The above items — trade, private investment, and
tourism — are the principal nongovernment sources
of dollar income received by Latin America from
the United States. Let us now look briefly at the
government sources. In the last year loans of the
Export-Import Bank to Latin America were $409
million. During the past 4 years the total was
$1.1 billion. It is the Export-Import Bank's
policy that no economically sound developmental
project in Latin America shall fail for lack of
access to capital from other sources to cover its
dollar needs. The only limits on such sound loans
which the bank is willing to make in Latin
America are the limit of the bank's capacity and
the borrower's ability to repay in dollars.

Another similar source of funds is the Inter-
national Bank for Eeconstruction and Develop-
ment, which, in the fiscal year 1956, made loans
of $75.1 million in Latin America. The Inter-
national Finance Corporation, an affiliate of the
Ibrd, promises soon to be a valuable source of
additional capital for private-enterprise ventures
in Latin America.

A new source of capital, in this case local cur-
rencies rather than dollars, has been created
under surplus agricultural commodity agreements
which our Government has entered into with
seven of the Latin American countries. Under
the sales agreements for these surplus commodities
the bulk of the local currency proceeds is reserved
for loans to the local government and to private
industry for use in economic development. In the
past 2 years sales for the equivalent in local cur-
rencies of nearly $300 million have been nego-
tiated in Latin America.

A further, and important, component of our
economic relations with Latin Ajnerica is in the
field of teclmical cooperation. During the past 4
years our contribution toward these cooperative

programs has been at an annual level of about $28
million.

The final important source of income to Latin
xVmerica from a U.S. Government source is non-
military grant aid. Consistent with their proud
tradition as proud peoples, the Latin American
Republics prefer not to receive grant aid from us.
As sources of dollars, they prefer trade, invest-
ment, sound loans, and technical cooperation.
However, in the past several years temporary
emergency conditions in three countries — Guate-
mala, Bolivia, and Haiti — have been such that
grant aid became essential. In each country the
objective was the prevention of hunger and the
reestablishment of a self-reliant economy.

In the case of Guatemala, the emergency re-
sulted from the bankrupt treasury and stagnant
economy which the present government was faced
with on ousting the Communist-dominated Arbenz
government in 1954. With our cooperation the
Guatemalan Government has since made great
strides toward putting the country's economy on
a stable and progressive basis. In Bolivia the
problem has been to assist in terminating its de-
pendence on a single export, tin, and the more
effective development of the country's varied re-
sources for the benefit of the entire population.
Haiti's problems stemmed from the devastation
wrought by Hurricane Hazel, particularly with
respect to the country's principal export crop,
coffee. In the past 3 years our grant aid to Latin
America has been at the level of about $40 million
each year.

Having enumerated the principal sources of
dollar income which Latin America receives from
the United States, let me try to evaluate it in terms
of our economic relations with the area.

It is in our national self-interest that Latin
America have a continuing and adequate source
of dollar income, not only to purchase our exports
but to contribute to tlie development of sturdy
self-reliant economies in each of the Republics.
With the most rapidly increasing population of
any comparable area it is essential that the econo-
mies of these nations develop rapidly, but ration-
ally, if they are to meet the aspirations of future
generations for a better standard of living. The
present estimated population is increasing an-
nually at the rate of approximately 2.5 percent.
The other 20 American Republics now have an
estimated population of 170 million. Looking into
the future, based on its present rate of growth,

May 6. 1957

733

we can anticipate a Latin American population of
500 million by the j'ear 2000, or about double that
of the United States and Canada together at that
time and at the present rate of increase.

Primary Importance of Trade

Of these sources of dollars, trade is undoubtedly
of primary importance io Latin America. It re-
news itself year after year and is self-perpetuating.
Trade is most easily ex{)anded through the efforts
and ingenuity of individuals, provided govern-
ments do not intervene unduly to create obstacles.
Efforts to increase trade, or to eliminate barriers
to trade, can most effectively contribute to the
further improvement of our economic relations.
This $7.5 billion trade so beneticial to both the
United States and I.iatin America can be increased
substantially over the years, as it has been increas-
ing in the past, to our nuitual advantage.

There is much that can be done by private citi-
zens and by governments both in Latin America
and the United States to increase this trade.

Some of Latin America's exports enjoy a mo-
nopoly or near monopoly on the United States
market. How nmch could the markets for these
products be expanded if a really intensive long-
term camjjaign were imdertaken by the traders
in these products^ For instance, does this coun-
try really satisfy its "coll'ee hunger"?

Many Latin American exports, however, nuist
be sold in the United States in competition with
our domestic production of the same product.
In this situation there are conflicting interests
which must be reconciled in the national interest.
On the one hand, we must recognize that, if eco-
nomic and political stability is to exist in Latin
America, we must protect its existing access to
the United States market. At the same time,
domestic producers, understandably, press for
protection against competitive foreign products.
Your Government seeks carefully to resolve these
situations in teiTns of our national interest, which
includes encouragement to the healthy economic
growth of our neighbors. In doing so, it must be
borne in mind that to restrict access to our mar-
kets to Latin Amei-ican exporters means that we
are restricting in turn the Latin American mar-
kets of our own exporters of agricultural and
manufactured products. Our Latin American
customers must earn their dollars in our markets
i f they arc to continue buying from us.

llic expansion of this inter-American trade
is important to each of us. The 25 percent of
our total exports we sell to Latin America means
a great many jobs to our labor force. It con-
tributes greatly to the strength of the hemisphere
and to our own security by making its basic con-
tributions to the development of stable free-en-
terprise economies in Latin America.

Private Investment

Second in importance to trade as a source of
dollars for Latin America is private investment.
Since profits must be earned before there is any
remittance, private equity investment is prefer-
able from the point of view of the capital-import-
ing coinitry to loans on which interest must be
paid — whether or not the loan is profitably em-
ployed. Our private investment already has an
enviable record in contributing to the economic
development of Latin America. A recent survey
of the Department of Commerce has undertaken
to assay the role of United States investment in
the Latin American economy.- This study shows,
in a way that Mas heretofore not generally known,
the mutually beneficial results of this investment.
Some of tlie facts revealed are particularly
noteworthy :

— United States companies in Latin America
in 1955 paid salaries of a billion dollars to 609.000
employees, only 9,000 of whom were brought from
the LTnited States. This is an average wage of
$1,600 per year.

— In that year these companies paid over $1
billion in taxes.

— These United States tuiancial oijerations pro-
duced in Latin America in 1955 goods and serv-
ices valued at $4.8 billion. More than $2 billion
of these goods and services were sold abroad for
dollars, while $2.5 billion were sold in local mar-
kets — most of them I'eplacimr goods which other-
wise might have to be imported.

— To support these operations in 1955 these
companies used $650 million to import raw mate-
rials and capital equipment and remitted $555
million in earnings, at the same time making a net

"For an ai'tiole based on this survey, see "The Role of
t\S. Investments in the I.ntin American Economy," by
.Sauniel Pi/.i'r and Frederick Cutler, Siirrrji of Current
Biixmofs, .Tanuary 19.')", for sale by the Superintendent
of Documents, Government Printing OfiBce, Washington
25, D. C, 30 cents.

734

Department of State Bulletin

new investment of $100 million in Latin America.

— The net contribution of United States com-
panies to the Latin American economies during
1955 is conse(iuently estimated at $i5.5 billion.

— The net gain to Lathi America from the oi)e ra-
tions of United States direct investments was $3.5
billion in 1955.

Tourism

The thinl imiiortant source of dollars I have
mentioned is that of tourism. Like trade and jiri-
vate investment, it is generated, fundamentally, by
])rivate initiative rather than government. And,
like those two sources, it is capable of steady and
lucrative expansion, not based on government
appropriation of funds. Latin America has a
vast potential source of income in its multiple
tourist attractions which has so far been only
partially exploited.

The completion of the Inter- American Highway
to the Panama Canal and the improvement of
travel and hotel facilities will undoubtedly at-
tract in the future a greater portion of the millions
of Americans who annually travel abroad. At the
present time, 36.2 percent of our 1,284,000,000
tourist dollai'S go to Europe each year, while only
around 25 percent, or $380,000,000, go to Latin
America. Competition in this field is keen, and
the interested countries must "sell" their attrac-
tions.

The fields in which private enterprise and
initiative can expand and develop the inter-
American economic opportunities are indeed
challenging to the people of this hemisphere, and
the importance of these economic relations to the
people of our country and of the other American
Republics would be difficult to overstate. "While
the governments of the hemisphere can make cer-
tain contributions toward this development, or can
retard it, the course which our countries will
follow in this mutually beneficial undertaking
will be determined, essentially, by the efforts of
our people.

AVith resjiect to the role of the governments of
the hemisphere in the improvement of the living
standards of our peoples, I would like to call your
attention to efforts which are now being made to
strengthen the Organization of American States
in the economic, financial, social, and technical
fields.

When the Presidents of the .Vmerican Repub-
lics met in Panama during July of last year,^
there was enthusiastic response to President
Eisenhowers proposal that each of the 21 Presi-
dents name a personal re])resentative to meet to-
gether and make practical suggestions which the
Organization of American States could appro-
priately adopt to strengthen its cooperative efforts
in those fields which atTect the welfare of the in-
dividual. President Eisenhower named his
brother. Dr. Milton Eisenhower, to be the United
States representative. These representatives,
who have come to be called the Inter-American
Committee of Presidential Representatives, met
formally last September and again in January^
of this year. They plan a final meeting later this
month to put in final form the reports which they
will make to the respective Presidents.

"Wliile it would te premature to speculate on the
detailed form this report will take, I can assure
you that the members of this special connnittee
representing all the American Republics, their
staffs, and the secretariats of the Oas have devoted
a great deal of earnest effort toward developing
realistic proposals to strengthen and expand the
cooperative activities of the Organization of
American States in such fields as public health,
the peaceful uses of nuclear energy in various
fields, educational exchange, agricultural research,
and public education. These governmental activi-
ties will make an essential contribution toward
providing the individual with the "tools" of good
health, literacy, and technical know-how so essen-
tial in the development of the hemisphere's natural
resources for the benefit of its peoples.

I have tried to summarize for you the activities
of the peoples and the govermnents of the 21
Republics which make for the economic interde-
pendence of the Americas. This interdependence
which has contributed so much of mutual benefits
to our peoples already holds great promise for the
future. This promise has achieved increasing
reality through our joint efforts to develop in a
dynamic fashion the economies of all of the coun-
tries which make up our great inter-American
community.

' Bulletin of Aug. (5, 1956, ]). 221.

' Ihxd., Oct. 1. lO.'ti. p. Till, and Mar. 25, l